FORM 20-F
Table of Contents

Form 20-F

(Mark One)

 

      ¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

      x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2012

OR

 

      ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-10284

Allied Irish Banks,

public limited company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ireland

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland

(Address of principal executive offices)

David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Bankcentre, Ballsbridge

Dublin 4, Ireland

Telephone no: +353 1 6600311

(Name, telephone number and address of Company contact person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares of EUR 0.01 each   517,117,096,249

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes x  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨              Accelerated filer  x              Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP  ¨              IFRS  x               Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  Item 17 ¨  Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨  No x


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Contents

 

 

     Page      

Business review

    

Chairman’s statement

     4     

Chief Executive Officer’s review

     6     

Corporate Social Responsibility

     9     

Financial review

     11     

Risk Management

    

Risk factors

     58     

Framework

     65     

Individual risk types

     68     

Governance and oversight

    

The Board & Executive Officers

     168     

Report of the Directors

     171     

Corporate Governance statement

     173     

Supervision & Regulation

     185     

Financial statements

    

Accounting policies

     193     

Consolidated financial statements

     218     

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

     225     

Parent company financial statements

     342     

Notes to the parent company financial statements

     347     

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the Accounts

     381     

Independent Auditor’s Report

     382     

General information

    

Additional information

     384     

Glossary of terms

     405     

Principal addresses

     410     

Index

     411     

 

 

 

1    


Table of Contents
LOGO    

 

 

Forward-looking information

This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Group and certain of the plans and objectives of the Group. In particular, among other statements in this Annual Financial Report, with regard to management objectives, trends in results of operations, margins, risk management, competition and the impact of changes in International Financial Reporting Standards are forward-looking in nature. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, ‘may’, ‘could’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘should’, ‘assume’, or other words of similar meaning. Examples of forward-looking statements include among others, statements regarding the Group’s future financial position, income growth, loan losses, business strategy, projected costs, capital ratios, estimates of capital expenditures, and plans and objectives for future operations. Because such statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These are set out in ‘Risk factors’ on pages 58 to 64. These factors include, but are not limited to the Group’s access to funding and liquidity which is adversely affected by the financial instability within the Eurozone, contagion risks disrupting the financial markets, and the potential for one or more countries exiting the euro, constraints on liquidity and market reaction to factors affecting Ireland and the Irish economy, the Group’s markets, particularly for retail deposits, at risk from more intense competition, the Group’s business being adversely affected by a further deterioration in economic and market conditions, general economic conditions being very challenging for our mortgage and other lending customers and increase the risk of payment default, including the risks associated with large scale forbearance strategies, the depressed Irish property prices may give rise to increased losses experienced by the Group, the Group faces market risks, including non-trading interest rate risk, the Group is subject to rigorous and demanding Government supervision and oversight, the Group may be subject to the risk of having insufficient capital to meet increased regulatory requirements, the Group’s business activities must comply with increasing levels of regulation, the Group’s participation in the NAMA Programme gives rise to certain residual financial risks, the Group may be adversely affected by further austerity and budget measures introduced by the Irish Government, the value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements and estimates that may change over time, or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate, the Group’s deferred tax assets depend substantially on the generation of future profits over an extended number of years, adverse changes to tax legislation, regulatory requirements or accounting standards could impact capital ratios, the Group is subject to inherent credit risks in respect of customers, the Group faces heightened operational and reputational risks, the restructuring of the Group entails risk, the Group’s risk management strategies and techniques may be unsuccessful, risk of litigation arising from the Group’s activities. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Group speak only as of the date they are made. AIB cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. Investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events when making an investment decision based on any forward-looking statement. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Financial Report may not occur. The Group does not undertake to release publicly any revision to these forward-looking statements to reflect events, circumstances or unanticipated events occurring after the date hereof.

 

 

 

    2


Table of Contents
  Financial highlights   LOGO

 

 

 

     

2012

m

   

2011

m

 

Results

    

Total operating income

     621        4,340   

Operating loss

     (3,845     (5,108

Loss before taxation from continuing operations before exceptional items(1)

     (2,829     (8,060

Loss before taxation from continuing operations (including exceptional items)

     (3,830     (5,108

Profit after taxation from discontinued operations

            1,628   

Loss attributable to owners of the parent

     (3,647     (2,312

Per ordinary share

    

Loss – basic from continuing operations

     (0.7 c)      (1.6 c) 

Loss – diluted from continuing operations

     (0.7 c)      (1.6 c) 

Earnings – basic from discontinued operations

            0.7

Earnings - diluted from discontinued operations

            0.7

Dividend

              

Dividend payout

              

Net assets

      0.02         0.05   

Performance measures

    

Return on average total assets

     (2.76 %)      (1.66 %) 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

     (37.0 %)      (48.8 %) 

Statement of financial position

    

Total assets

     122,516        136,651   

Ordinary shareholders’ equity

     7,741        10,963   

Shareholders’ equity

     11,241        14,463   

Loans and receivables to customers including held for sale

     73,325        83,724   

Customer accounts

     63,610        60,674   

Capital ratios

    

Core tier 1 capital

     15.1     17.9

Total capital

     17.6     20.5

(1)Exceptional items are detailed on page 21 of the Management report.

 

 

 

3    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Chairman’s statement  

 

 

The re-establishment of AIB as a stable, soundly functioning bank progressed throughout 2012. Rebuilding its foundations as an institution capable of serving our customers and the Irish economy to the highest standard involved significant adjustment, resolve and sound management.

But, unprecedented times require unprecedented change and in the past number of years, and specifically in 2012, AIB has undergone major restructuring, established a new leadership team, implemented a new customer-focused strategy and begun a deep cost-cutting programme. This was achieved while assisting customers in financial difficulty and exceeding targets for SME and mortgage lending.

Against a challenging global economic backdrop, in 2012 AIB showed encouraging signs of returning to normalised banking operation. We increased our market share in key product areas, progressed non-core deleveraging and returned to the bond markets. We saw a major reduction in our operating loss, on a pre-exceptional basis, and a 70% reduction in bad debt provisions year on year.

Culturally, the customer and the community lies at the core of AIB’s business and the entire focus of the bank’s strategy is to regain stability and return to sustainable profitability within a reasonable timeframe – while looking after our c. 2 million customers. We again acknowledge the very significant contribution that the Irish taxpayer has made to this bank and recognise the need to return capital to the State.

The capacity to deal with customers in financial difficulty was expanded in 2012. Approximately two thousand staff have been trained specifically to engage with, and assist, customers dealing with financial stress. The Financial Solutions Group was set up, in part to manage customers in difficulty across the bank. In October, the Mortgages Arrears Resolution (“MARS”) programme completed the development of tailored forbearance options. The bank’s Arrears Support Unit launched the first phase of its outreach programme, work that will continue to gain momentum throughout 2013. In addition, the bank is closely engaged with our SME customers in difficulty in seeking to return them to viability where possible.

The process of rebuilding a more effective commercial capability has also progressed well, as the separation of those responsible for dealing with customers in financial difficulty now allows front line staff to focus more on other clients and their needs.

With c.800,000 AIB customers now using on-line banking, the bank is accelerating investment in our digital banking capability allowing a higher level of self-service and automation of transactions.

This continuing investment in operational efficiency has allowed the implementation of a voluntary severance programme which is seeing a material reduction in the workforce, and from 2013 onwards, a consequent reduction in operating costs will be evident.

Throughout AIB the need to engage with and regain the trust of our customers is well understood. This can only be achieved and demonstrated by actions rather than words, and this is a primary objective at all levels throughout the organisation.

The support that we have received from our customers and stakeholders through these challenging times continues to be deeply appreciated. We have growing confidence in Ireland’s economic progress and we look forward to playing our part in it.

Leadership

Following the appointment of David Duffy as CEO in December 2011, comprehensive changes have been made to the Bank’s Leadership Team, the composition of which has largely been refreshed with six appointments during 2012. The new appointments to this team were completed following rigorous selection processes and the Bank has been successful in attracting high quality individuals to the organisation with international finance experience.

The Leadership Team is supported by the Leadership Council, created in 2012, which comprises of senior management from across the bank. This Leadership Council works with the Leadership Team to further embed the bank’s revised strategy and cultural change across the organisation. The creation of the Leadership Council is part of an overall talent identification and succession planning process across the senior levels of the bank which serves to strengthen and develop talent across the organisation. I believe this strong and diverse management team, ably led by David Duffy, is well placed to ensure the delivery of AIB’s strategic priorities over the coming years.

Board Changes

Declan Collier retired from the Board in 2012 due to other business commitments. I wish to thank Declan for his commitment and support to AIB during his 3 years as an AIB Board member.

Peter Hagan and Tom Foley joined the Board during the year as Non-Executive Directors and bring with them numerous years of experience in the banking industry. I welcome both Peter and Tom to the Board.

A short biography and background of all our Directors is set out on pages 168 to 170.

Summary

We have made progress in 2012 as we seek to return AIB to a customer centric, sustainable business model but there is a lot more to do.

I am satisfied that AIB is moving in the right direction as we implement our strategic priorities and I want to sincerely thank our supportive and loyal staff who will continue to play a critical role in the target of returning AIB to sustainable profitability

 

 

 

 

    4


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

 

during 2014.

To our customers and the Irish public, I also say thank you for your immense support.

I also want to acknowledge the assistance that the Department of Finance and the Central Bank of Ireland continued to give AIB throughout 2012. I am confident that together we can meet the considerable challenges that lie ahead and find workable solutions.

David Hodgkinson

Chairman

26 March 2013

 

 

 

 

5    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Chief Executive’s review  

 

 

AIB has now largely completed the restructuring phase of its strategic plan as the bank targets a return to sustainable profitability and growth during 2014. While 2012 was another very challenging year for the Group, a number of important steps were taken to position the bank for recovery over the longer term. We continued to make progress on restructuring our balance sheet, undertook a number of strategic initiatives which will reduce the bank’s cost base over time, improved funding costs and took steps to increase margins on income earning assets. Progress was also made in reorienting the organisation to be better aligned with the needs of our customers.

A key strategic objective of the bank is to improve operating performance through significant cost reductions by 2014. We have made progress in 2012 in delivering this objective as a result of the commencement of the Voluntary Severance Programme and other measures including pay and benefit reductions. We will see the positive impact of our cost initiatives in the operating performance of the bank going forward. Management actions on the repricing of assets and liabilities throughout 2012 have seen a stabilisation in the bank’s net interest margin with positive quarter on quarter growth in the fourth quarter of 2012. This, coupled with the Minister for Finance’s recent announcement that the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) is to end for new liabilities at the end of March 2013, are important milestones in the bank’s recovery.

Customers

A focus on customer service is central to our revised strategy and during 2012 we took further steps to enhance our distribution capability through increased online services, mobile banks and self-service lobbies. Through our expanded agreement with An Post, we are providing additional banking services to our customers in locations where branches have recently closed. We have continued to invest in technology across our distribution network in order to enhance customer service and increase efficiency over time. Our overall distribution network will continue to be reviewed in future periods to ensure the appropriate balance between customer and commercial requirements with investment in technology being a key component of our differentiated customer proposition.

AIB will continue to ensure, as part of its overall strategic goals, that it supports economic recovery in Ireland through its lending to personal, business and corporate customers.

Supporting SMEs

AIB exceeded the Irish Government’s 3.5 billion SME lending target by 1.3 billion in 2012 by approving credit to almost 32,000 customers, including new, refinanced and restructured facilities. The bank continued to promote the availability of credit finance for SMEs throughout 2012 through initiatives launched under the ‘Big Drive for Small Business’ campaign,

including funds participation and advertising campaigns highlighting our “open for business” agenda. We supported customers at a local level through the provision of seminars attended by over 4,000 SME customers and a 90-day coaching programme for c.3,000 micro-enterprises.

The bank also participated in a number of Government supported initiatives including the Micro Finance Ireland Fund and the Temporary Partial Loan Guarantee Scheme as well as participation in other joint funds with Enterprise Ireland. In November 2012, AIB entered into a Risk Sharing Initiative (“RSI”) with the European Investment Fund to provide financing for innovative companies in emerging markets.

We revised our lending standards in an effort to reduce complexity and launched an initiative aimed at allowing SME loans for existing customers of up to 25,000 to be approved within 48 hours at branch level. We will continue to engage with our SME customers and enhance our products and service offerings in 2013 with a view to achieving our Government SME lending target of 4 billion.

Supporting mortgage customers

AIB remains committed to the mortgage market in Ireland and surpassed its 2012 lending target of 1 billion by approving 1.5 billion in mortgages. In volume terms, we approved c.60% more mortgages in 2012 versus 2011, and management estimates that AIB’s share of the mortgage market in Ireland was c.46% in 2012. We approved c. 70% of mortgage applications received from customers in 2012 and AIB (including EBS) has set a target of 2 billion in mortgage approvals in 2013.

Customers in financial difficulty

The Financial Solutions Group was created in the latter part of 2012 as part of the overall restructuring of the bank to ensure that all customers in financial difficulty are managed within one dedicated unit.

The Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (“MARS”) Programme completed the development of tailored forbearance options for Irish customers in arrears in October and these are now being offered in the Arrears Support Unit (“ASU”) and will continue to be refined throughout 2013. The first phase of our ‘Outreach Programme’ was launched to encourage pro-active and early customer engagement. Our strategy is to keep people in their homes, wherever possible, where mortgage payments are being prioritised and customers are co-operating with the bank.

Over 80% of our mortgage cases in the ASU are engaged with the bank and AIB intends to meet/exceed the recently announced Central Bank of Ireland 2013 sustainable mortgage solution targets as part of its ongoing efforts to deal effectively and quickly with these customers.

 

 

 

 

    6


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

 

The restructure of our Irish SME customers in financial difficulty is also underway with a stabilisation, sustain and resolve approach being applied. Our priority is to support viable businesses and to protect jobs where possible. We have defined a ‘One Customer Debt Management Strategy’ which is designed to resolve debt obligations across multiple asset categories including medium to long term solutions. A significant majority of customers are actively engaged with the bank. The implementation of treatment strategies for both our mortgage and SME customers remains a critical strategic imperative for the bank in 2013. How AIB treats its customers throughout this difficult period will have a defining impact on AIB’s successful recovery over time and as an organisation we must strive to deliver best in class customer service in every engagement with our customers.

Relationship with the Irish Government

Without the support provided by the Irish Government over the last number of years AIB would not exist today. As an organisation we are focused on ensuring the bank targets a return to sustainable profitability during 2014, so that the Irish Government can recover its investment in AIB over time.

Staff

As a result of the Voluntary Severance Programme launched in May 2012, a large number of staff left the bank throughout 2012 and further departures are expected in 2013. I wish to offer my thanks and appreciation to those people for their contribution to AIB over the years. Secondly, I wish to thank my colleagues who remain in the organisation for their loyalty and flexibility through this long period of restructuring and change and for their continued focus on and commitment to our customers’ requirements. Our success in meeting our goal of returning to sustainable profitability is dependent in part on the hard work and commitment of our staff.

Economic commentary

Growth in the Irish economy in 2012 was driven by continued strength in the export sector, while the domestic economy continued to contract due to lower consumer and government spending. Credit demand and growth remained weak, however, we have seen some signs of stabilisation in the housing market with an improvement in the level of housing transactions, albeit off a low base.

Fiscal adjustments, although negatively affecting affordability, have stabilised budget deficits and improved market sentiment towards Ireland. As a result, both the Sovereign and AIB were able to successfully enter the international funding markets in 2012.

We believe that domestic demand will remain constrained in 2013, however, there are signs that economic activity is continuing to stabilise. AIB has grown its market share in key product segments throughout 2012 and is positioning its business to fully support economic recovery.

Financial performance

AIB’s underlying loss before tax, excluding exceptionals, reduced from 8.1 billion in 2011 to 2.8 billion in 2012. This reduction was predominantly driven by a 70% reduction in provisions from 8.2 billion in 2011 to 2.5 billion in 2012. The reported operating loss before provisions of 315 million in 2012 compares to an operating profit of 101 million in 2011. The reduction in operating profit is due predominantly to lower levels of income, down by 364 million, or 20% due to lower loan balances, lower customer transactions and higher funding costs.

Underlying 2012 operating expenses, excluding the full year impact of the acquired EBS business, were broadly flat year on year. The material benefit from cost initiatives taken in 2012 and ongoing management actions are expected to reduce overall costs in 2013 and beyond. These costs will be further reduced by the elimination of the ELG cost which amounted to 388 million in 2012.

Capital

The Group’s core tier 1 capital ratio remains robust at 15.1% at December 2012 compared to 17.9% at the end of 2011. Risk Weighted Asset reduction of 12.9 billion from 84.3 billion to 71.4 billion reflects the overall significant deleveraging achieved in 2012. Our total capital ratio at the end of 2012 was 17.6% compared to 20.5% at the end of 2011. We continue to assess the impact of Basel III on the Group’s capital ratios and are actively evaluating and developing a number of mitigating actions to protect regulatory capital. Our pro forma Basel III fully loaded Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 9.7% at 31 December 2012 (including the 2009 Government preference shares).

Funding & liquidity

The strong momentum achieved in customer deposit growth in the second half of 2011 continued into 2012 with deposit growth of 2.9 billion during 2012. Total customer deposit balances were 64 billion at the end of 2012, an increase of 5% on 2011, with growth evident across all our continuing franchises. This deposit growth includes the impact of the closures of offshore businesses. These deposits represent the largest funding source for the bank at 55% of total funding. The bank’s net loan funding gap decreased to 9.8 billion at the end of 2012 compared to 21.9 billion at the end of 2011 due to progress in deleveraging. Reliance on monetary authorities decreased by 9 billion, or 29%, during 2012 to 22 billion.

AIB re-entered the public funding markets in 2012 with the completion of a sterling equivalent of 395 million UK RMBS issuance, and a 500 million 3 year Asset Covered Security issuance, the first of its type for the bank since June 2007. Both issuances were well supported by the market and reflected improved sentiment from external investors in AIB in 2012.

 

 

 

 

7    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Chief Executive’s review  

 

 

We issued a further 3.5 year 500 million Asset Covered Security in January 2013 and plan to continue to access funding markets in a measured and balanced manner in 2013, subject to market conditions.

The Group’s loan to deposit ratio was 115% at the end of 2012, down from 138% at December 2012.

Loans and Asset Quality

AIB’s gross loan book reduced by 9 billion to 90 billion in 2012, reflecting non-core deleveraging, amortisation and continued muted loan demand. The ongoing difficult economic environment, particularly in Ireland, continued to impact credit quality.

Mortgages remain the largest portfolio at 47% of total loans. Arrears on the Irish mortgage portfolio increased in 2012 although the pace of increase in arrears slowed when compared with 2011.

The 15.3 billion total SME/Commercial portfolio, of which close to 67% is Irish exposure, remained challenged during 2012. Our priority is to support viable business and protect jobs and a significant amount of refinancing and restructuring of existing facilities occurred to sustain these businesses during the year.

There have been recent indications that although asset prices in the Irish commercial property sector continue to fall, prime yields have stabilised. Of the total 22 billion Property and Construction portfolio, c. 62% was impaired at December 2012, with 56% provision cover on these impaired loans.

AIB held specific balance sheet provisions of 15.2 billion at end 2012 against impaired loans of 29.4 billion, providing cover of 52% with a further 1.3 billion set aside for losses which we believe are incurred but not yet reported within our loan book, with balance sheet provisions to total loans at 18% at December 2012.

Deleveraging

Significant progress has been made in deleveraging non-core assets with 18.2 billion, including contracted sales, in total achieved since December 2010. As of 31 December 2012, we had achieved 89% of the PLAR non-core deleveraging target of 20.5 billion by December 2013 as set by the Central Bank of Ireland, including these contracted sales. The overall cumulative discounts on non-core deleveraging are within assumptions contained in the Central Bank of Ireland’s March 2011 Financial Measures Programme. This has been achieved through disciplined disposal execution despite challenging market conditions and the bank is well placed for achievement of 100% of the total non-core deleveraging plan in 2013.

Closing comments

Our strategic plan to achieve a return to sustainable profitability

during 2014, remains on target. While 2012 was another difficult year for the bank, we have taken a number of important steps to position ourselves for recovery. During 2013, the bank will continue to focus on improving our overall operating performance including net interest margin expansion; delivery of our cost initiatives; implementing work out strategies for our customers in financial difficulties; focus on balance sheet and capital optimisation strategies and delivery of improved customer service. We will also initiate a broad sectoral research programme supported by a customer contact initiative to support existing SMEs and future growth sector.

I would like to thank our customers, staff and the Irish State for their continued support in this process.

David Duffy

Chief Executive Officer

26 March 2013

 

 

 

 

    8


Table of Contents
  Corporate Social Responsibility   LOGO

 

 

The customer and the community have always been at the very heart of AIB’s operations. In spite of the financial turbulence of recent years, the bank continues to support organisations and activities at cultural, sporting, farming and business level. It is of the utmost importance to AIB that it maintains this focus on its Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) activities while adjusting to the rapidly changing market environment.

Marketplace

Small and Medium Enterprises (“SMEs”)

AIB’s focus for Ireland’s SME community during 2012 was twofold: supporting business recovery by working with customers in difficulty and supporting growth in jobs by increasing the supply of credit to business. These two key business objectives were underpinned in 2012 by a highly visible campaign - ‘The Big Drive for Small Business’.

Credit to support SME growth remained a key business priority throughout 2012 with the launch of a number of new funds and initiatives to encourage new investment in both traditional and emerging sectors. Some of the highlights included the re-launch of the AIB Start Up Package, the Job Creation Loan Fund and the establishment of an Emerging Sectors team to work exclusively with export-oriented businesses in the technology sector.

AIB has also collaborated with the Government on a number of initiatives including; the development of a Micro Finance customer offering and support for the Government sponsored Temporary Partial Loan Guarantee Scheme that provides guarantees to viable businesses having problems obtaining credit.

AIB also supported a number of national SME & Agricultural events in 2012 including the national Small Firms Association Awards, the National Ploughing Championships, the Business and Finance Awards and the annual Dublin Chamber and Small Firms Association business lunches. Support was also given to the Tullamore Show and AIB National Livestock Show where 12 AIB Agri Food customers availed of the opportunity to showcase their products as part of AIB’s exhibition stand.

In Northern Ireland, First Trust Bank continued its support of the Business Finance Taskforce – a group of major banks, co-ordinated by the British Bankers Association, working to help the economy return to sustainable growth. An ongoing practical element of this initiative is the bank’s partnership with the Northern Ireland Chamber of Commerce’s SME Mentoring Scheme; where the bank has provided four experienced business banking mentors to help and guide SMEs who wish to access start-up finance, or develop and grow their exports.

Mortgages

AIB continued to actively support mortgage customers who found themselves in financial difficulty during 2012. In line with AIB’s Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy, a broader range of forbearance solutions have been developed to provide further support to customers with longer term difficulties, where appropriate. These are in addition to the short-term forbearance

solutions already in place for customers since 2011. AIB intends to meet/exceed the recently announced Central Bank of Ireland 2013 sustainable mortgage solution targets as part of its ongoing efforts to deal effectively and quickly with these customers.

2012 also saw the establishment of a new Mortgage Support Team in First Trust Bank in order to provide mortgage customers experiencing repayment difficulties with a centralised point of contact. EBS also continued to help customers manage their mortgages and support customers in financial difficulty.

Full disclosures in relation to mortgage arrears are contained within the credit risk section of the 2012 Annual Financial Report.

People

AIB employees experienced another year of significant change in 2012 engaging fully in the strategy to return AIB to profitability. Largely driven by the imperative to cut the bank’s cost base, the bank launched a Voluntary Severance Programme in May 2012 that will facilitate a reduction of at least 2,500 in overall staff numbers by March 2014.

Following a review of AIB’s retail operations, carried out as part of the Group’s overall transformation programme, AIB announced the closure of a total of 67 branches across the Republic of Ireland , to be completed by June 2013. A further 12 branches in Northern Ireland and Great Britain are part of the closure programme. In 2012, the bank also announced that its operations in Jersey and the Isle of Man would be wound down and cease operating by the end of 2013. AIB continues to engage with its employee representatives, in particular, the Irish Bank Officials Association (“IBOA”) on a range of issues. Discussions during the year principally focussed on the Severance Programmes and the ongoing Transformation Programme.

 

 

Employee information AIB Group

Total staff(1):

  13,429

Average age of employees (years):

  39

Average Length of Service (years):

  13

Voluntary Attrition(2):

  5.7%

Total Voluntary Attrition(3):

  17.9%

 

Permanent/Temporary staff mix:

  84% Permanent,
    16% Temporary

Full-time/ Part-time mix:

  91% Full-time
    9% Part-time

Gender mix:

  41% Male
    59% Female

 

(1)Reflects the Full Time Equivalent (“FTE”) of Staff in Payment (after attrition in the month of December) and includes staff on paid leave arrangements as at 31 December 2012.

 

(2)Excludes retirements and voluntary severance programme leavers.

 

(3)Includes retirement and voluntary severance programme leavers.

 

 

 

 

 

9    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Corporate Social Responsibility  

 

 

Community

AIB announced the renewal of its AIB GAA Club Championships Sponsorship for a further 5 years with the 2012/2013 season marking the 21st anniversary of this sponsorship. The bank continued its support of the arts and sponsored the Irish Photojournalism Awards for the tenth year. These annual awards, run in conjunction with the Press Photographers Association of Ireland recognise, reward and showcase excellence in press photography. The AIB Photojournalism Exhibition travelled to 24 AIB branches around the country giving access to the exhibition to a wide audience.

Supporting a range of causes across the country, AIB’s corporate hospitality boxes in Croke Park and the Aviva Stadium were offered to registered charities in Ireland for their use during the 2011/2012 GAA and rugby seasons. More than 100 charities from around the country availed of the opportunity to attend the fixtures in 2012, including the Jack & Jill Foundation, Temple Street Children’s Hospital, the Hospice Foundation, St. Vincent de Paul and Share a Dream.

During 2012, AIB also donated 39 key artworks from the AIB Art Collection to the State which are now displayed at the Crawford Art Gallery in Cork. In addition to this donation, up to a further one thousand pieces are to be made available to the State, for loan to museums and art galleries throughout Ireland. Allied Irish Bank (GB) has supported the London Irish Rugby Football Club Academy for over ten years in its community programme. The programme promotes education, social inclusion, teamwork and active lifestyles through the creation of rugby related programmes. In 2012 it delivered approximately 1,000 hours of coaching across 100 schools and provided 750 hours of coaching to amateur clubs.

First Trust Bank in Northern Ireland had a highlight to their ongoing support of the Young Enterprise Award Scheme, when the team coached by the Lisburn branch won the NI Young Enterprise Company of the Year Award, going on to represent the province at a UK level.

EBS was also very active in the community and supported a number of initiatives during 2012. Key amongst these were the EBS Community Fund, which continues to make a community fund available for community groups, clubs and projects that are active in their local communities. 2012 also marked the twentieth year of EBS involvement in the EBS INTO Handwriting competition. All national schools throughout Ireland were invited to enter the competition which saw over 100,000 entries received.

Environment

AIB remains committed to sustainability, striving to reduce carbon output across all aspects of its business, with an aim to achieve a 33 % improvement in energy efficiency by 2020. This is in accordance with obligations under the National Energy Efficiency Action Plan (2009 – 2020).

In 2012, AIB sought to implement a performance contract for

energy reduction across its Head Office estate through a partnership with an Energy Service Company (ESCo). A grant from the Sustainable Energy Authority of Ireland, through the Better Energy Workplaces scheme, was proposed but not drawn-down. 2013 will see AIB pursue alternative partnering strategies in this arena.

AIB implemented a number of other energy management projects during 2012 to reduce energy consumption and to improve energy efficiency, including the procurement of green energy wherever feasible. In this regard AIB engaged a new electricity supplier, Energia, to commence the provision of 100% green electricity for all AIB locations in the Republic of Ireland.

During 2012 AIB also made its annual return to the Carbon Disclosure Project, achieving an overall score of 79%. This is an improvement from the 41% scored on the 2011 submission and means that AIB qualified for the first time as a ‘Carbon Leader’, exceeding the requisite score of 75%.

 

 

 

 

    10    


Table of Contents
    Financial review    LOGO

 

 

 

              Page      
1.  

Business description

    
  1.1   

History

     12     
  1.2   

Developments in recent years

     12     
  1.3   

The businesses of AIB Group

     13     
  1.4   

Strategy

     14     
  1.5   

Restructured business of AIB Group

     15     
  1.6   

Competition

     16     
  1.7   

Economic conditions affecting the Group

     16     
2.  

Financial data

     18     
3.  

Management report

     21     
4.  

Capital management

     43     
5.  

Critical accounting policies and estimates

     45     
6.  

Deposits and short term borrowings

     49     
7.  

Financial investments available for sale

     53     
8.  

Financial investments held to maturity

     55     
9.  

Contractual obligations

     56     

 

 

 

11    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review -1. Business description  

 

 

1.1 History

The AIB parent company, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., originally named Allied Irish Banks Limited, was incorporated in Ireland in September 1966 as a result of the amalgamation of three long established banks: the Munster and Leinster Bank Limited (established 1885), the Provincial Bank of Ireland Limited (established 1825) and the Royal Bank of Ireland Limited (established 1836).

In December 1983, AIB acquired 43% of the outstanding shares of First Maryland Bankcorp (“FMB”). In 1989, AIB completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of FMB. During the 1990s, there were a number of ‘bolt-on’ acquisitions, the most notable being Dauphin Deposit Bank and Trust Company, a Pennsylvania chartered commercial bank which was acquired in 1997. Subsequently, all banking operations were merged into Allfirst Bank. In 2003, Allfirst was integrated with M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”). Under the terms of the agreement AIB received 26.7 million shares in M&T, representing a stake of approximately 22.5%. in the enlarged M&T, together with US$ 886.1 million cash, of which US$ 865 million was received by way of a pre-sale dividend from Allfirst Bank.

AIB entered the Polish market in 1995, when it acquired a non-controlling interest in Wielkopolski Bank Kredytowy S.A. (“WBK”). In September 1999, it completed the acquisition of an 80%. shareholding in Bank Zachodni S.A. (‘Bank Zachodni’) from the State Treasury. In June 2001, WBK merged with Bank Zachodni to form BZWBK, following which the Group held a 70.5%. interest in the newly-merged entity. The Group’s interest in BZWBK decreased to approximately 70.36%. when BZWBK’s share capital was increased in 2009.

In October 1996, AIB’s retail operations in the United Kingdom were integrated and the enlarged entity was renamed AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. with two distinct trading names, First Trust Bank in Northern Ireland and Allied Irish Bank (GB) in Great Britain.

In January 2006, Aviva Life & Pensions Ireland Limited and AIB’s life assurance subsidiary, Ark Life, were brought together under a holding company Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”), formerly Hibernian Life Holdings Limited. This resulted in AIB owning an interest of 24.99% in ALH. Following this, AIB entered into an exclusive agreement to distribute the life and pensions products of the venture.

1.2 Developments in Recent Years

A key element of AIB’s pre-crisis market positioning was its involvement in the Irish property sector, which was the fastest growing segment of the Irish economy. From the late 1990s to 2006, the mortgage market in Ireland expanded rapidly as housing prices soared, driven in part by economic and wage growth and a low interest rate environment.

The global financial system began to experience difficulties in mid-2007. This resulted in severe dislocation of international financial markets around the world, unprecedented levels of illiquidity in the global capital markets and significant declines in

the values of nearly all asset classes. Governments throughout the world took action to support their financial systems and banks, given the critical role which properly functioning financial systems and banks play in economies.

Global financial market conditions triggered a substantial deterioration in domestic economic conditions and property values. In 2008, as the Irish economy started to decline and as interest rates continued to increase, housing oversupply persisted and mortgage delinquencies increased. Declining residential and commercial property prices also led to a significant slowdown in the construction sector in Ireland. As a result, loan impairments in the Irish construction and property and residential mortgage sectors, to which AIB was heavily exposed, increased substantially. These dynamics began to present funding and liquidity issues for AIB as well as a rapid deterioration in the Group’s capital base.

The Irish Government recognised the pressing need to stabilise Irish financial institutions and to create greater certainty for all stakeholders. A number of measures were implemented by the Irish Government in response to the continuing crisis. These measures were taken to enhance the availability of liquidity and improve access to funding for AIB and other systemically important financial institutions in Ireland. The first action was the establishment of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) (“CIFS”) Scheme on 30 September 2008, by which the Minister for Finance guaranteed certain liabilities of covered institutions, including AIB, until 29 September 2010. This was followed by the 3.5 billion subscription by the National Pension Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) on 13 May 2009 for the 2009 Preference Shares and 2009 Warrants. Subsequently, the Minister for Finance established the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) (“ELG”) Scheme in December 2009 which facilitates participating institutions issuing debt securities and taking deposits during an issuance window and with a maximum maturity of 5 years.

AIB joined the ELG Scheme on 21 January 2010. However, on 26 February 2013, the Minister for Finance announced that the ELG Scheme will end for all new liabilities with effect from midnight on 28 March 2013. After this date, no new liabilities will be guaranteed under this Scheme. In December 2009 the Irish Government established the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) which has acquired certain performing and non-performing land and development and associated loans from participating banks, with the aim of freeing up banks’ balance sheets and facilitating the easier flow of credit throughout the Irish economy. AIB has transferred approximately 20 billion of assets to NAMA.

The original Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”) announced by the Central Bank of Ireland (‘the Central Bank’) on 30 March 2010 imposed a requirement for AIB, among other credit institutions, to strengthen and increase its capital base to help restore confidence in the Irish banking sector. The PCAR assessed the capital requirement of AIB and other Irish credit institutions in the context of expected losses and other financial developments, under both base and stress-case scenarios, over the period from 2010 to 2012.

 

 

 

 

    12


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

Following the results of the original PCAR exercise, AIB disposed of its stake in M&T on 4 November 2010, a transaction which generated core tier 1 capital of 0.9 billion. AIB announced, on 10 September 2010, the sale of its Polish interests to Banco Santander S.A. for a total cash consideration of 3.1 billion. This transaction completed on 1 April 2011 and AIB generated core tier 1 capital of approximately 2.3 billion as a result of the disposal. AIB also disposed of Goodbody Holdings Limited; AIB International Financial Services Limited; AIB Jerseytrust Limited; and its 49.99% shareholding in Bulgarian-American Credit Bank ; AIB Asset Management Holdings (Ireland) Limited, including AIB Investment Managers.

On 23 December 2010, a direction order under the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 with the consent of AIB, directed AIB to issue 3.8 billion of new equity capital to the NPRFC. This also resulted in the delisting of AIB’s ordinary shares from both the Main Securities Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and from the Official List maintained by the UK Financial Services Authority. AIB’s ordinary shares were subsequently admitted, in January 2011, to the Enterprise Securities Market of the Irish Stock Exchange. Furthermore, AIB announced in August 2011 that its American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) were delisted and have ceased to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

On 24 February 2011, AIB acquired deposits of 7 billion and NAMA senior bonds with a nominal value of 12 billion from Anglo Irish Bank, pursuant to a transfer order issued by the High Court under the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010. AIB also acquired Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (International) PLC in the Isle of Man, including customer deposits of almost 1.6 billion.

On 1 July 2011, as part of the restructuring of the Irish banking system, AIB completed the acquisition of EBS for a nominal cash payment of 1.00. EBS had 19.2 billion of total assets, approximately 16.0 billion of customer loans and 10.1 billion of customer deposits at this date. This transaction represented a significant consolidation within the Irish banking sector, resulting in the formation of one of two pillar banks in Ireland. On 31 March 2011, the Central Bank published its ‘Financial Measures Programme Report’, which detailed the outcome of PCAR 2011 and Prudential Liquidity Assessment Review (“PLAR”) 2011 for certain Irish credit institutions, including AIB and EBS.

On this date, the Central Bank stated that it had set a new capital target for AIB and EBS, ultimately requiring AIB and EBS to generate a total of 14.8 billion of additional capital. This additional capital requirement was satisfied through AIB’s placing of 5.0 billion of new ordinary shares with the NPRFC, capital contributions totalling 6.1 billion from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC, the issue of 1.6 billion of contingent capital notes at par to the Minister (which completed on 27 July 2011), and further burden-sharing measures undertaken with the Group’s subordinated debt-holders. Following these actions, the State, through the NPRFC, now owns 99.8% of the ordinary shares of AIB.

1.3 The businesses of AIB Group

During 2012, the business of AIB Group was conducted through four major operating market segments namely: Personal and Business Banking (“PBB”), Corporate Institutional and Commercial Banking (“CICB”), EBS and AIB UK which are described below. In addition, the Group also operated a Non-Core unit.

Personal & Business Banking

AIB’s Personal and Business Banking (“PBB”) segment was created in 2011 to service the personal and small business customers of AIB, in addition to including wealth management and credit card services. PBB commanded a strong presence in all key sectors including SME, mortgages and personal banking. It provided:

A range of delivery channels consisting of approximately 200 branches/outlets, c. 740 ATMs and AIB Phone and Internet Banking as well as an alliance with An Post which provides AIB customers with banking services at over 1,000 post offices nationwide.
A wide range of banking services
A choice of payment methods including cheques, debit and credit cards, self service and automated domestic and international payments.

AIB is the principal banker to many leading public and private companies and government bodies, and plays an important role in Ireland’s economic and social development. AIB is a founding member of the Irish Payments Services Organisation (“IPSO”) and is a member of the Irish Clearing Systems for paper, electronic and real-time gross settlement (“RTGS”). During 2012, the main distribution channel for PBB was an extensive branch network, structured around meeting personal and business banking needs.

Complementing the AIB Branch channel is the AIB Direct Channels operation (leading Irish online banking service), offering self service capability through telephone, internet, mobile, ATM, self service kiosks and automated payments.

The Wealth Management unit delivers wealth propositions to AIB customers, tailored to the needs of specific customer segments.

AIB Card Services provides credit and debit card products to all AIB customers, supporting payment and consumer credit requirements. The products are delivered across all channels. AIB has a joint venture with Firs Data International, trading as AIB Merchant Services, which provides access for merchant and partners in the merchant acquiring business.

Corporate, Institutional & Commercial Banking

Corporate, Institutional and Commercial Banking (“CICB”), was created in 2011 to service large and medium-sized enterprises in the Republic of Ireland, United Kingdom, and the United States in addition to Treasury Services, Corporate Finance and Asset Finance.

During 2012, CICB supported the business customer through Corporate and Institutional banking (“C&I”) and Commercial Banking.

 

 

 

 

13    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review -1. Business description  

 

 

C&I provided a fully integrated relationship-based banking service to top-tier companies, both domestic and international, including financial institutions, Irish Commercial State companies and large multinationals. C&I’s activities also included participating in, developing and arranging acquisition, project and property finance primarily in Ireland.

Commercial Banking provided a fully integrated relationship banking service to medium sized enterprises in Ireland. Commercial Banking operated out of 14 commercial centres across the republic and had a strong presence in all key SME sectors.

AIB Finance and Leasing and AIB Commercial Services are the asset finance arm of AIB. Services include leasing, hire purchase and invoice discounting delivered via the branch network, direct sales force, broker intermediaries, relationship managers or the internet.

Customer Treasury Services provided a wide range of treasury, risk management, payments and import and export related financial services to corporate, commercial and retail customers of the Group.

EBS

On 1 July 2011, EBS Building Society converted into EBS Limited (“EBS”) and became part of the AIB Group. While the two institutions together form one of the two pillar banks in Ireland, EBS operates as a separately branded subsidiary of AIB with its own banking licence.

EBS operates in the Republic of Ireland and has a countrywide network of 82 branches - 68 agency branches and 14 owned branches.

EBS’s network gives it a physical presence in communities across Ireland which is important in allowing it to provide a high quality personal service to its customers. EBS also has an online distribution capability through ‘EBS Direct’, a direct telephone channel and ‘www.ebs.ie’.

EBS offers residential mortgages and savings products, bancassurance, personal banking and general insurance products on an agency basis.

AIB UK

The AIB UK market segment operates in two distinct markets, Great Britain and Northern Ireland, with different economies and operating environments. The market segment’s activities are carried out primarily through AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., a bank registered in the UK and regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”).

Great Britain

In this market, the segment operates under the trading name Allied Irish Bank (GB) from 22 full service branches. The head office is located in Mayfair, London with a processing centre based in Belfast. A full service is offered to business customers, professionals, and high net worth individuals.

Allied Irish Bank (GB) is positioned as a specialist business

bank, providing a relationship focused alternative to UK high street banks. The bank offers a full range of banking services, including daily banking, deposits solutions, corporate banking and international management and personal banking offerings, delivered through the traditional branch network and online banking systems. Allied Irish Bank (GB)’s relationship approach has been supported by external research in 2012. This included winning Best Business Fixed Account Provider from the Business Moneyfacts Awards 2012. The bank’s commitment to staff development has consistently achieved the recognition of the Investors in People (“IiP”) standard since 1995.

Northern Ireland

In this market, the segment operates under the trading name First Trust Bank from 43 branches and outlets in Northern Ireland. The First Trust Bank head office is located in Belfast, together with a processing centre.

A full service, including internet and telephone banking is offered to business and personal customers across the range of customer segments, including professionals and high net worth individuals, small and medium enterprises, as well as the public and corporate sectors.

Specialist services, including mortgages, credit cards, invoice discounting and asset finance are based in Belfast and delivered throughout the market segment.

First Trust Bank is strongly rooted in the communities which it serves and supports a wide range of business, community and charitable initiatives, with strong links to the education sector in Northern Ireland.

Non-Core – Transaction and Asset Management teams

During 2012, the key responsibility of the Non-Core unit was to implement the deleveraging plan, which is to deliver the deleveraging of 20.5 billion of assets identified by AIB as non-core by year end 2013.

1.4 Strategy

AIB is continuing its focus of returning to sustainable profitability during 2014 and in ensuring it meaningfully contributes to the recovery of the Irish economy. As part of these goals, AIB made significant progress in 2012 in setting out a revised strategy aimed at materially reducing operating costs while enhancing income generation aligned to prudent and risk adjusted lending practices. The overall Group strategy is comprised of the following key elements:

Customer focus

AIB began to organise its internal structure in the latter half of 2012 to a more customer centric model. AIB will operate in 2013 around three key segments – the Domestic Core Bank, AIB UK comprising the businesses in Great Britain (“ AIB GB”) and Northern Ireland (“FTB”), and the newly created Financial Solutions Group.

The Domestic Core Bank is organised around Personal, Business and Corporate Banking and an integrated Products area. Key areas of focus for the Domestic Core Bank include mortgage, SME, Personal and Corporate lending, appropriately

 

 

 

 

    14


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

aligned to the Group’s deposit platform. EBS will continue to operate as a separate brand within the Domestic Core Bank and will maintain its own distribution network focused most particularly on deposit products and mortgage lending. The process of streamlining EBS operations to remove duplication with AIB’s systems is ongoing with progress to date. The customer proposition at First Trust Bank is being aligned with the approach in the Core Domestic Bank. AIB GB continues to focus on SMEs, owner managed businesses, and professional firms with a significant emphasis on facilitating trade in both directions between Ireland and Britain. Each of the segments is underpinned by an integrated set of support and control functions to drive efficiencies across the organisation.

AIB’s distribution capability is being enhanced to ensure the Group is meeting the requirements of customers across the full spectrum of its business. In addition to the increase of services available through AIB’s online and mobile platform, the Group has introduced mobile community banks, a number of self service banking lobbies and is continuing to increase the number of Intelligent Deposit Devices in branches which are designed to reduce waiting times for everyday banking transactions. In locations in the Republic of Ireland, where AIB has recently closed branches, an enhanced agreement with An Post (the Irish postal service) is providing additional banking services for affected customers. AIB will continue to adjust the size and scope of its physical distribution network as appropriate.

AIB is fully committed to supporting customers in financial difficulty and fully recognises the critical imperative to deliver timely solutions for customers. The creation of the Financial Solutions Group means that the Group has a unit dedicated to the overall management of this critical area. The Group continues to stress the need for early, open engagement from customers as it is mutually beneficial for both the Group and customers to manage these issues in a constructive way. For SME customers in financial difficulty, the approach is to restore immediate customer stability, restructure loans where required and establish a path back to viability. For mortgage customers in financial difficulty, the strategy is to work to ensure that homeowners who are co-operating with the bank and prioritising mortgage repayments can remain in their home, where possible. As part of the Group’s Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (“MARS”), AIB is providing both short term and long term solutions for customers.

A return to sustainable profitability during 2014

A renewed focus on income growth coupled with cost management measures will help AIB to achieve the goal of a return to sustainable profitability during 2014. As part of an overall cost reduction agenda, AIB is well advanced in the implementation of a Voluntary Severance Programme which will reduce the number of staff at AIB by at least 2,500 by 2014. Among other measures, the bank has also made changes to staff pay and benefits including pay cuts at senior levels and it is proposed that all employees who are members of a defined benefit pension scheme will be transferred to a defined contribution pension model. Changes to the Group’s operating cost base are ongoing, the positive effects of which will be more

evident in the Group’s 2013 and 2014 financial statements. In addition to cost reductions, the Group is taking necessary decisions to drive income growth including focus on funding costs and adjusting the pricing and number of lending products to be more in line with cost of funding. The Group is focused on ensuring it plays a critical role in Ireland’s economic recovery and in maintaining market share in key target markets namely, mortgages, SME and corporates and will focus more closely on balance sheet management and capital allocation. AIB is also fully prepared for the removal of ELG which will have a positive impact on operating performance over time.

Emphasising technology and innovation

AIB is using technology to better meet the evolving needs of customers. Through the development of an integrated online, phone and physical branch distribution network, AIB’s systems will deliver high quality services to customers. AIB has made significant progress in the implementation of these processes already and customers will continue to see greater flexibility in the future in the range of products available to them online, over the phone and in their local branch.

Focus on leadership, governance and risk control environment

AIB has implemented changes to its overall governance and risk control environment across both the main business and support functions. As part of this AIB has recruited several new members to its Leadership team, comprising individuals who bring experience and external knowledge to the Group. This team is supported by a Leadership Council comprised of senior management individuals from all areas of the Group.

Maintaining strong relationships with key stakeholders

AIB is a functioning bank today because of the support provided by the State and by extension the Irish taxpayer. AIB fully recognises the critical role the Group has in contributing to economic recovery and as such AIB is in constant dialogue with the Department of Finance, the Central Bank of Ireland and the EU/IMF/ECB (“Troika”) as it seeks to rebuild the reputation of the Group and return to sustainable profitability. The Minister for Finance specified a Relationship Framework Document in March 2012 which ensures the Board and Leadership Team are in a position to manage the Group on a commercial basis. Additionally, AIB is committed to engaging with debt and equity investors in a transparent, measured and balanced manner over time as the Group emerges from its financial difficulties.

1.5 The restructured business of AIB Group

In 2013, a new operating structure will better align the organisation to the Group’s revised strategy. The key segments of the new structure are as follows:

Domestic Core Bank comprising:

(i) Personal, Business and Corporate Banking

AIB’s Personal, Business and Corporate Banking (PBCB) area will service the Irish personal, business and corporate customers of AIB in addition to including wealth management services. This segment now reflects the amalgamation of the customers and distribution aspects of Personal & Business Banking, EBS and Corporate, Institutional and Commercial Banking segments.

 

 

 

 

15    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review -1. Business description  

 

 

 

(ii) Products

AIB’s products segment was created as part of the new operating structure. The Products segment will seek to provide a portfolio of banking products that are appropriately priced, striking a balance between customer value and an appropriate return for the Bank.

Financial Solutions Group

The Financial Solutions Group (“FSG”), is a unit dedicated to supporting business and personal customers in financial difficulties.

The unit’s emphasis is on early, open engagement as it is mutually beneficial for the Group and customers to manage issues in a constructive way. The key component of the FSG strategy is to return customers in difficulty to regular banking coverage over time.

AIB UK

The structure of the AIB UK business remains unchanged.

Group Support Functions

The support functions of AIB Group are Risk, Chief Operating Office, Finance, Legal, Audit, Human Resources and Corporate Affairs and Strategy.

1.6 Competition

Republic of Ireland

Competition in the retail banking sector in the Republic of Ireland has undergone a significant transformation in light of the recent economic crisis with a resultant change in both operating models and behaviours. The economic crisis and resultant banking crisis has led to both Government and European intervention through Government sponsored bank guarantee schemes, the recapitalisation of many banks operating in Ireland (both domestic and foreign), the provision of substantial Government financial support across the majority of domestic institutions as well as the transfer of property related assets to the National Asset Management Agency.

There continues to be a limited demand for banking products and services in both the personal and business markets due to muted domestic demand. Activity in the mortgage market continues to be limited although 2012 activity was ahead of 2011 market levels. In addition, consumers continue to pay down debt and focus on saving disposable income.

The focus of retail banking continues to be to provide credit to customers, in particular SMEs and mortgages to support stimulation of economic turnaround, as well as retention and gathering of deposits. Deposits pricing continues to be competitive although market pricing levels have declined from unsustainable rates.

UK

The UK economy has had limited growth over the past two years, as it has battled amidst a global economic crisis and a sharp squeeze in domestic spending power. Concerns over Ireland and Irish banks have had an adverse impact on Irish banks operating in the UK market.

While public concern in the UK regarding the stability of the Irish banking system continued in 2012, there was also increased focus on Europe and on those countries which have required financial support. The euro and speculation around its longevity also remained in focus.

Ireland’s state authorities prolonged the ELG Scheme, which was put in place to safeguard all eligible deposits with Ireland’s guaranteed banks (including their UK operations). During 2011, the positive impact of this guarantee was evident as the level of withdrawals from Irish banks operating in the UK market was less evident than in 2010. As the market returned to a level of normality AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. decided, with the approval of the Irish Government and agreement from the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”), to withdraw from the ELG Scheme in August 2012.

The focus of activity in a very competitive UK retail market continues to be on maintaining close customer relationships so as to retain existing and attract new deposits and more recently to increase levels of lending as the Group strives towards recovery

1.7 Economic conditions affecting the Group

AIB’s activities in Ireland accounted for the bulk of the Group’s business. As a result, the performance of the Irish economy is extremely important to the Group. The Group also continues to operate significant business in the United Kingdom, which means that it is also influenced directly by political, economic and financial developments there.

The world economy went into deep recession in early 2008. It has been recovering since around the middle of 2009, but at a moderate and uneven pace. Indeed, some economies lapsed back into recession last year, most notably the Eurozone and UK. World GDP is estimated by the International Monetary Fund in its latest World Economic Update (January 2013) to have expanded by 3.2% in 2012, down from 3.9% in 2011. This compares to average GDP growth of 5% in the period 2004-2007 (Source: IMF World Economic Outlook, October 2012, Table A1).

The United States, the United Kingdom and the Eurozone are Ireland’s three most important trading partners. A moderate recovery in activity had been underway in all three economies, but while modest growth has continued in the US, the UK and Eurozone fell back into mild recession last year.

US GDP is estimated by the IMF to have grown by 2.3% in 2012 following growth of 1.8% in 2011, with the IMF forecasting growth of 2.1% for 2013. Similar growth forecasts for the US were published in November by the OECD in its Economic Outlook. Meanwhile, GDP in the United Kingdom rose by 0.2% last year after growth of 0.8% in 2011, and the OECD is forecasting UK GDP growth of 0.9% for 2013. For the Eurozone, GDP is estimated by Eurostat to have fallen by 0.5% last year after growth of 1.5% in 2011. Another decline in GDP is expected in 2013, with the ECB predicting in its March 2013 Economic Forecasts that eurozone GDP will contract by 0.5% again this year.

 

 

 

 

    16


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

 

According to Ireland’s CSO’s National Income and Expenditure (“NIE”) 2011 publication, real GDP in Ireland rose by 1.4% in 2011. This followed three years of declines in GDP of 0.8% in 2010, 5.5% in 2009 and 2.1% in 2008. The pick up in growth in 2011 was largely due to exports as domestic demand continued to contract in that year. National Accounts data published by the CSO (21 March 2013) for 2012 show that GDP rose by 0.9% last year. The pace of contraction in the domestic sector of the economy eased considerably during 2012. While exports continued to grow last year, it was at a slower pace than in 2011, largely due to the weakness of external demand.

Another modest rise in GDP of around 1.0-1.5% is expected in 2013, helped by continued modest growth in exports. GDP growth is forecast to pick up thereafter to a 2.5% - 3% range (Source: Department of Finance Budget 2013).

The recovery in exports has led to a marked turnaround in the balance of payments. According to CSO data, Ireland recorded a balance of payments surplus on the current account of 1.78 billion in both 2010 and 2011, the first such surpluses since 1999. This compares with current account deficits of over 10 billion in 2007 and 2008 and 3.7 billion in 2009. CSO data for 2012 show a marked rise in the current account surplus last year (Source: CSO Balance of Payments 2012). The current account surplus rose to over 8 billion in 2012, or 5% of GDP.

Credit growth remained weak in Ireland in 2012. Total household loans outstanding were down 3.9% year-on-year at end December 2012, while lending for house purchase fell by 1.6% in the same period (Source: Central Bank of Ireland, Money and Banking Statistics December 2012). House prices were down by 4.5% year-on-year at end December according to the CSO house price index, although house prices did rise modestly in the second half of the year (Source: CSO Residential Property Price Index, December 2012). Overall, the housing market showed signs of stabilising last year, albeit at low activity levels, with increases in mortgage approvals and transactions, as well as more stable prices.

Given the deep recession, labour market conditions have weakened significantly in Ireland since 2007. Employment fell sharply in the period 2008-2011 according to CSO data, but there were signs of stabilisation in 2012. Employment fell 0.6% last year but, by the final quarter, employment was showing a slight rise of 0.1% year-on-year (Source: CSO Quarterly National Household Survey Q4 2012). The labour force continued to contract, while CSO data also show that the unemployment rate edged down last year, declining from 15% in Q1 to 14.2% by Q4 2012 (Source: CSO Quarterly National Household Survey Q4 2012).

The European Central Bank, which has responsibility for monetary policy in the Euro area as a whole, cut the official refinancing rate to 1% in May 2009 from a peak of 4.25% in July 2008. It then raised rates by 25bps points in both April and July 2011 in response to rising inflationary pressures.

However, it reversed these two rates hikes in the final two months of 2011, bringing the refi rate back down to 1%. It reduced the refi rate by a further 25bps to 0.75% in July 2012.

The Irish public finances deteriorated sharply during the recession, moving into large deficit due to the very sharp fall in tax revenues largely associated with the downturn in the Irish housing market. The budget in 2010 stabilised the underlying deficit at some 11% of GDP. In 2011 the deficit fell to just over 9% of GDP, with the budget deficit declining further in 2012 to around 8%. Further fiscal tightening is being implemented in 2013 with the budget deficit forecast to fall to 7.5% of GDP. Further corrective actions will be necessary to reduce the deficit to below 3% of GDP by 2015 (Source: Dept of Finance, Budget 2013).

The Irish General Government debt/GDP ratio fell steadily from over 95% in 1991 to 25% by 2007 (Source: NTMA, Ireland Information Memorandum March 2008). However, as a result of higher budget deficits and falling levels of GDP, Ireland’s General Government debt/GDP ratio is estimated by the Department of Finance (Budget 2013) to have climbed to 118% of GDP at end 2012, up from 106% in 2011 and 93% in 2010. As highlighted by the Department of Finance, allowing for the high Exchequer cash balances and deposits, it would bring down the debt ratio to 106% at end 2012.

There has been a marked improvement in market sentiment towards Ireland since the middle of 2011, with a consequent sharp drop in yields on Irish government bonds. Yields on the Irish 5 year bond, which peaked at close to 20% in July 2011, fell to close on 3% in the second half of 2012. Meanwhile, the yield on the 5% 2020 bond fell from 14% to some 4.5% over the same period. (Source: Thomson Datastream). Despite, these developments, Ireland’s long-term sovereign credit ratings remain low, standing at BBB+ from S&P and Fitch, and Ba1 by Moody’s at end 2012. Both S&P and Fitch, though, have raised the outlook on their BBB+ rating for Ireland from negative to stable.

 

 

 

 

 

17    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 2. Financial data  

 

 

The financial information in the tables below for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of AIB Group for those periods. AIB Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and IFRS as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). The EU adopted version of IAS 39 currently relaxes some of the hedge accounting rules in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. The Group has not availed of these, therefore, these financial statements comply with both IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU. This information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the accounting policies adopted, the consolidated financial statements of AIB Group and notes therein for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010 included in this Annual Financial Report. The summary of consolidated income statement represents the results of continuing operations, where the results of Bank Zachodni WBK S.A. (“BZWBK”), M&T Bank Corporation and Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD as applicable, are accounted for as discontinued operations net of taxation for all relevant years.

Summary of consolidated income statement

 

     Years ended 31 December         
  

 

 

    
     2012          2011          2010          2009          2008         
     m          m          m          m          m         

 

    

Net interest income

     1,106           1,350           1,844           2,872           3,392        

Other (loss)/income

     (485        2,990           (5,201        1,234           749        

 

    

Total operating income/(loss)

     621           4,340           (3,357        4,106           4,141        

Total operating expenses

     (1,937        (1,720        (1,649        (1,522        (1,885)       

 

    

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

     (1,316        2,620           (5,006        2,584           2,256        

Provisions

     (2,529        (7,728        (7,118        (5,267        (1,749)       

 

    

Operating (loss)/profit

     (3,845        (5,108        (12,124        (2,683        507        

Associated undertakings

     10           (37        18           (3        2        

Profit/(loss) on disposal of property

     2           (1        46           23           10        

Construction contract income

                                   1           12        

Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses(1)

     3           38           (11                  106        

 

    

(Loss)/profit before taxation from continuing operations

     (3,830        (5,108        (12,071        (2,662        637        

Income tax credit/(expense) from continuing operations

     183           1,188           1,710           373           (69)       

 

    

(Loss)/profit after taxation from continuing operations

     (3,647        (3,920        (10,361        (2,289        568        

Discontinued operations, net of taxation

               1,628           199           (45        322        

 

    

(Loss)/profit for the year

     (3,647        (2,292        (10,162        (2,334        890        

Non-controlling interests from discontinued operations

               (20        (70        (79        (118)       

Distributions to RCI holders(2)

                                   (44        (38)       

 

    

(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

     (3,647        (2,312        (10,232        (2,457        734        

Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary/CNV
share(3)

                         

Continuing operations

     (0.7 c)         (1.6 c)         (571.1 c)         (203.5 c)         54.8c      

Discontinued operations

       –         0.7        7.1        (11.7 c)         28.6c      
     (0.7 c)         (0.9 c)         (564.0 c)         (215.2 c)         83.4c      

Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary/CNV share(3)

                         

Continuing operations

     (0.7 c)         (1.6 c)         (571.1 c)         (203.5 c)         54.7c      

Discontinued operations

       –         0.7        7.1        (11.7 c)         28.6c      
     (0.7 c)         (0.9 c)         (564.0 c)         (215.2 c)         83.3c      

Dividends

       –           –           –           –         81.8c      

 

    

 

 

 

    18


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Selected consolidated statement of financial position data

 

          Years ended 31 December  
     

 

 

 
          2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
          m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Total assets

        122,516         136,651         145,222         174,314         182,174   

 

 

Loans and receivables to banks and customers(4)

        75,886         88,258         91,212         131,464         135,755   

Deposits by central banks and banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue

        102,718         113,218         117,922         147,940         155,996   

 

 

1.6bn Contingent Capital Tier 2 Notes due
2016(5)

        1,237         1,177                           

Dated loan capital

        34         32         3,996         4,261         2,970   

Undated loan capital

                        197         189         692   

Other capital instruments

                        138         136         864   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

                        690         626         1,344   

Shareholders’ funds: other equity interests

                        239         389         497   

Shareholders’ equity(6)

        11,241         14,463         3,420         10,320         8,472   

 

 

Total capital resources

        12,512         15,672         8,680         15,921         14,839   
     

 

 

 
         

Years ended 31 December

 
     

 

 

 
          2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
          m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Share capital - ordinary shares

                 

Number of shares outstanding

        517,152.8         513,528.8         1,791.6         918.4         918.4   

Nominal value of 0.01 per share (2010:  0.32 per share)

        5,171         5,135         573         294         294   

Share capital - convertible non-voting shares(3)

                 

Number of shares outstanding

                        10,489.9                   

Nominal value of 0.32 per share

                        3,357                   

2009 Preference shares(7)

                 

Number of shares outstanding

        3,500         3,500         3,500         3,500           

Nominal value of 0.01 per share

        35         35         35         35           

 

 

 

 

 

19    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 2. Financial data  

 

 

Selected consolidated statement of financial position data (continued)

Other financial data(8)

 

       Years ended 31 December   
    

 

 

 
       2012
%
     2011
%
    

2010

%

    

2009

%

    

2008 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

       (2.76      (1.66      (6.21      (1.29      0.47    

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity

       (37.0      (48.8      (222.5      (24.8      8.2    

Dividend payout ratio

                                       36.8    

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets

       7.5         5.8         2.8         4.3         4.8    

Year end impairment provisions as a percentage of total loans to customers:(4)

                

Total Group

       18.4         15.1         7.1         5.5         1.7    

Continuing operations

       18.4         15.1         7.4         5.5         1.7    

Net interest margin(9)

       0.91         1.03         1.49         1.92         2.21    

Core tier 1 capital ratio(10)(11)

       15.1         17.9         4.0         7.9         5.8    

Total capital ratio(10)(11)

       17.6         20.5         9.2         10.2         10.5    

 

 

(1)The profit of 3 million on disposal of businesses in 2012 related to the sale of AIB Asset Management Holdings (Ireland) Limited - 2 million (tax charge: Nil) and the sale of an Offshore subsidiary - 1 million (tax charge: Nil).

The profit on disposal of businesses in 2011 relates to (a) AIB International Financial Services Limited and related companies 27 million (tax charge Nil); (b) AIB Jerseytrust Limited 10 million (tax charge Nil); and (c) deferred consideration of 1 million from the sale of Goodbody Holdings Limited in 2010 (note 15).

The loss on disposal of businesses in 2010 of 11 million relates to the sale of AIB’s investment in Goodbody Holdings Limited and related companies (note 15).

The profit on disposal of businesses in 2008 of 106 million relates to a joint venture with First Data Corporation.

(2)The distributions in 2009 and 2008 relate to the Reserve Capital Instruments (note 48).

(3)Convertible non-voting shares issued to the NPRFC on 23 December 2010 ranked equally with ordinary shares and were convertible into ordinary shares on a one to one basis. These converted to ordinary shares in April 2011 (note 45).

(4)Loans and receivables to customers included loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA in 2009 and 2010.

(5)Relates to the issue of 1.6 billion in Contingent Capital Notes to the NPRFC during 2011 (note 44).

(6)Includes ordinary shareholders’ equity (in July 2011, 500 billion ordinary shares were issued to the NPRFC at a subscription price of 0.01 per share) (note 45), the 3,500 million 2009 Preference Shares issued to the NPRFC in May 2009 (note 45) and the convertible non-voting shares issued to the NPRFC on the 23 December 2010 which converted to ordinary shares in April 2011 (note 45).

(7)2009 Preference Shares issued to the NPRFC on 13 May 2009.

(8)The calculation of the average balances includes daily and monthly averages and are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group.

(9)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets. The net interest margin is presented on a continuing basis for 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and presented on a total Group basis for 2008.

(10)The minimum regulatory capital requirements set by the Central Bank, which reflect the requirements of the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”), establish a floor of 4% under which the core tier 1 capital ratio must not fall (8% for total capital ratio). These ratios were the capital adequacy requirements effective as at 31 December 2010. Following the Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”) in March 2011, the Central Bank announced a new minimum capital target for AIB of 10.5% core tier 1 in a base scenario and 6% core tier 1 in a stressed scenario.

These target ratios form the basis of the Group’s capital management policy and are capital adequacy requirements effective as at 31 December 2012.

(11)Please see Capital Management section for further detail.

 

 

 

    20


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

 

Summary income statement  

2012

m

       

2011

m

       

2010

m

     

 

   

Net interest income

    1,106          1,350          1,844      

Other income

    318          438          463      

 

   

Total operating income

    1,424          1,788          2,307      

Personnel expenses

    (1,013       (935       (921)     

General and administrative expenses

    (607       (637       (528)     

Depreciation(1), impairment and amortisation(2)

    (119       (115       (180)     

Total operating expenses

    (1,739       (1,687       (1,629)     

 

   

Operating(loss)/profit before provisions

    (315       101          678      

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

    (2,434       (7,861       (6,015)     

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

    (9       (17       –      

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

    (86       (283       (74)     

Total provisions

    (2,529       (8,161       (6,089)     

 

   

Operating loss

    (2,844       (8,060       (5,411)     

Associated undertakings

    10          (37       18      

Profit/(loss) on disposal of property

    2          (1       46      

Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses

    3          38          (11)     

 

   

Loss from continuing operations before exceptional items

    (2,829       (8,060       (5,358)     

Loss on disposal of loans

    (962       (322       (54)     

Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

    159          (364       (5,969)     

Gain on redemption of subordinated debt and other capital instruments

             3,277          372      

Interest rate hedge volatility

             (39       (13)     

Retirement benefits curtailment

    204                   –      

Restructuring and restitution expenses

    (402       (33       (20)     

Writeback/(charge) of contingent provisions for NAMA loans

             433          (1,029)     

Total exceptional items

    (1,001       2,952          (6,713)     

 

   

Loss before taxation from continuing operations

    (3,830       (5,108       (12,071)     

Income tax credit from continuing operations

    183          1,188          1,710      

 

   

Loss after taxation from continuing operations

    (3,647       (3,920       (10,361)     

Profit after taxation from discontinued operations

             1,628          199      

 

   

Loss for the year

      (3,647       (2,292       (10,162)     
 

 

 

   
   

 

2012

%

        2011
%
       

2010

%

   

 

   

Cost income ratio(3)

      122.1          94.4          70.6     
 

 

 

   

(1)Depreciation of property, plant and equipment.

(2)Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets.

(3)Excluding exceptional items.

Overview of results

The Group recorded a loss before taxation from continuing operations of 3.8 billion in 2012 compared to a loss of 5.1 billion in 2011. When exceptional items of 1.0 billion in 2012 are excluded the loss from continuing operations was 2.8 billion in 2012 compared to 8.1 billion in 2011. The performance reflected a material reduction in provisions, lower levels of income on reduced business volumes and additional costs primarily associated with the ongoing restructuring of the Group. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables were 2.4 billion in 2012, a reduction of 5.4 billion from 2011. The level of provisions in 2012 continues to reflect the continued weak economic environment.

The Group recorded an operating loss before provisions and excluding exceptional items of 315 million in 2012 compared to 101 million profit in 2011. Net interest income reduced by 18% compared to 2011, reflecting lower loan balances following deleveraging, higher volumes of impaired loans and an increase in the cost of funds for the bank. Other income was 27% lower as fee and commission income reduced in 2012 reflecting subdued demand, lower business volumes and weak economic conditions. Total operating expenses were 3% higher compared to 2011, and 1% higher when the impact of EBS for the full twelve months in 2012 is

 

 

 

21    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

taken into account. This increase in costs mainly related to additional external provider fees on Group restructuring, deleveraging transactions and credit management improvement, partially offset by the impact of staff exits in 2012.

At 31 December 2012, the Group remains well capitalised with a core tier 1 capital ratio of 15.1%, comfortably above the 10.5% minimum target level as prescribed by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Exceptional items

The Group’s performance is presented to exclude those items that the Group believes obscure the underlying performance trends in the business.

Loss on disposal of loans: There was 962 million loss on disposal of loans of which 952 million related to the ongoing deleveraging programme in the Non-Core portfolio.
Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA: valuation adjustments on previous transfers of financial assets to NAMA.
Retirement benefits curtailment: AIB affirmed its approach to the funding of the Irish pension scheme during the year which resulted in a reduction in the scheme obligations under IAS 19 Employee Benefits of 204 million which was recognised in the income statement.
Restructuring and restitution expenses: includes early retirement/voluntary severance termination benefits, restructuring costs associated with the closure of AIB’s operations in the Isle of Man and Channel Islands and restitution expenses for Payment Protection Insurance and the UK Derivatives investigation.

 

 

 

    22


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Income statement commentary

 

Net interest income     

2012

m

      

2011

m

      

2010 

 

 

 

Net interest income

           1,106           1,350           1,844    
    

 

 

 
Average interest earning assets     

2012

m

      

2011

m

      

2010 

 

 

 

Average interest earning assets

           122,200           131,038           141,093    
    

 

 

 
Net interest margin     

2012

%

      

2011

%

      

2010 

 

 

 

Group net interest margin

       0.91           1.03           1.31    

Group net interest margin excluding eligible liabilities guarantee (“ELG”)

           1.22           1.40           1.52    
    

 

 

 

2012 v 2011

Net interest income was 1,106 million in 2012 compared with 1,350 million in 2011, a decrease of 244 million or 18%.

Average interest earning assets decreased by 9 billion in 2012 to 122 billion compared with 131 billion in 2011. Group net interest margin was 91 basis points (“bps”) in 2012 compared with 103bps in 2011.

The underlying reduction in net interest income mainly reflected lower loan balances along with higher funding costs through interest bearing customer accounts, which saw the average gross cost increase from 219bps to 264bps, notwithstanding appreciably lower wholesale market rates. These factors were partially offset by the impact of the recapitalisation during 2011 and lower wholesale funding costs in 2012. In the second half of 2012, deposit pricing actions along with the impact of standard variable rate mortgage increases have resulted in a stabilisation in the net interest margin.

The ELG charge for 2012 was 388 million as compared to 488 million for 2011. The reduction in the ELG charge is due to lower levels of wholesale funding in 2012, withdrawal of AIB UK from the ELG scheme in August 2012 and NTMA deposits of 11 billion which impacted the ELG charge until July 2011. Excluding ELG, net interest income reduced by 344 million or 19%.

Net interest income excluding ELG for EBS was 198 million for the full year in 2012 compared with 158 million from 1 July 2011, the date of EBS acquisition.

Excluding the cost of the ELG scheme, the net interest margin for 2012 was 1.22% compared with 1.40% in 2011. The factors contributing to the decline in the margin of 18bps is due to a contraction in yields on interest earning assets of 14bps and an increase of 4bps on the cost of funding those assets.

2011 v 2010

Net interest income was 1,350 million in 2011 compared with 1,844 million in 2010, a decrease of 494 million or 27%. Excluding EBS net interest income of 158 million in the second half of 2011, net interest income decreased by 652 million or 35%. Net interest income for 2011 and 2010 included charges for the ELG scheme of 488 million and 306(1) million respectively excluding which net interest income reduced by 312 million or 15%. The ELG scheme replaced the CIFS scheme in January 2010, the cost of which was recorded in other income.

The decrease in net interest income excluding the ELG cost mainly reflected margin compression arising from the higher cost of deposits, reduced interest-earning loan volumes due to higher impairments, sales of non-core assets and net repayments within the core loan portfolio.

Excluding the cost of the ELG scheme, the net interest margin for 2011 was 1.40% compared with 1.52% in 2010. The estimated(2) factors contributing to the decline in the margin of 12 basis points were: -10bps due to lower loan margin income, -4bps due to an increase in the cost of customer deposits and -7bps due to lower treasury/other net interest income. This was partly offset by +6bps due to lower cost of wholesale funding following recapitalisation and +3bps due to higher income on capital and the benefit following the liability management exercises.

(1)The total government guarantee charge was 357 million in 2010 including Credit Institutions (Financial Support) scheme (“CIFS”) charge of 51 million which is included in other income and 306 million ELG charge in net interest income.

(2)Management estimate

 

 

 

23    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

Other income

 

Other income      

2012

m

        2011
m
        2010 
     

 

   

Dividend income

               4                

Banking fees and commissions

      382           412           486      

Investment banking and asset management fees

      14           58           99      

Fee and commission income

      396           470           585      

Irish Government guarantee scheme expense (CIFS)

                        (51 )    

Other fee and commission expense

      (29 )         (29 )         (37 )    

Less: Fee and commission expense

      (29)          (29)          (88)     

Trading income(1)

      (100)          (74)          (188)     

Other operating income

      50           67           153      

 

   

Other income before exceptional items

        318             438           463      
   

 

 

   

(1)Trading income includes foreign exchange contracts, debt securities and interest rate contracts, credit derivative contracts, equity securities and index contracts.

2012 v 2011

Other income before exceptional items was 318 million in 2012 compared with 438 million in 2011, a reduction of 120 million or 27%.

Fee and commission income decreased by 74 million as fees including those related to life assurance, ATM fees and various branch fees all reduced due to lower levels of activity. Investment banking and asset management fees were lower primarily due to the disposal of AIBIFS (November 2011) and AIBIM (May 2012).

Negative trading income was 100 million in 2012 compared to 74 million in 2011. Increase in negative income reflects a further fair value movement on the options relating to transactions on the expected disposal of Aviva Life Holdings (see note 35 to the financial statements) and loan breakage and associated costs relating to deleveraging.

Other operating income in 2012 was 50 million compared with 67 million in 2011. In 2012 there was a net  31 million profit from the disposal of available for sale debt and equity securities. The comparative period in 2011 included 61 million from litigation settlements, 40 million in foreign exchange gains and 8 million income from the disposal of available for sale equity shares, partially offset by a loss of 36 million from the disposal of available for sale debt securities which primarily related to bonds in peripheral Eurozone countries.

Other income for EBS was 14 million for the full year in 2012 compared with 5 million from 1 July 2011, the date of EBS acquisition.

2011 v 2010

Other income before exceptional items was 438 million in 2011 (of which EBS contributed 5 million), compared with 463 million in 2010. This represents a decrease of 25 million or 5%, or 76 million (15%) excluding the cost of the Irish Government guarantee scheme expense (CIFS) of 51 million in 2010. The weaker economic conditions, challenging trading markets in which AIB operates and the disposal of businesses resulted in lower business volumes and lower revenues.

Banking fees and commissions decreased by 15% reflecting lower business volumes and activity. Investment banking and asset management fees were down 41% in 2011 mainly reflecting lower income following the sale of Goodbody Stockbrokers in December 2010. Fee and commission expense in 2010 included the cost of the CIFS scheme of 51 million.

Trading loss was 74 million in 2011 compared to a loss of 188 million in 2010. Trading loss excludes interest payable and receivable arising from hedging and the funding of trading activities, these are included in interest income. As a result the trend in trading loss within other income cannot be considered in isolation. On a total income basis (net interest income and other income), income from trading activities was lower in 2011. The reduction in the trading loss in other income compared to 2010 mainly related to higher trading foreign exchange income and higher income from interest rate swaps partly offset by losses on credit derivative contracts.

Other operating income in 2011 was 67 million compared with 153 million in 2010, a reduction of 86 million. In 2011 there was 61 million from litigation settlements, 40 million in foreign exchange gains and 8 million income from the disposal of available for sale equity shares, partially offset by a loss of 36 million from the disposal of available for sale debt securities which primarily related to bonds in peripheral Eurozone countries. In 2010 there was 75 million profit from the disposal of available for sale debt securities, 13 million profit from the disposal of available for sale equity shares and 8 million in foreign exchange gains.

 

 

 

    24


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

Operating expenses   

2012

m

      

2011

m

      

2010

m

 

 

 

Personnel expenses

     1,013           935           921   

General and administrative expenses

     607           637           528   

Depreciation,(1) impairment and amortisation(2)

     119           115           180   

 

 

Total operating expenses

         1,739           1,687           1,629   
  

 

 

 

(1)Depreciation of property, plant and equipment.

(2)Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets.

2012 v 2011

2012 operating expenses of 1,739 million includes EBS costs of 80 million for a full twelve months compared to 46 million for six months in 2011 (date of acquisition 1 July 2011). Adjusting for the acquired EBS business, operating costs of 1,659 million are 18 million higher than 2011.

Personnel expenses in 2012 were 1,013 million, an increase of 78 million or 8% compared with 935 million in 2011, and include the full year impact of EBS of 36 million compared to the six month impact of 21 million in 2011. The higher costs reflected the higher pension costs and an increase in the number of fixed term contract staff, particularly in credit management areas. The implementation of the early retirement/voluntary severance scheme in 2012 included the departure of 1,744 staff from AIB resulting in an overall net decrease in FTE of 1,072 compared to 2011. The majority of the early retirement/voluntary severance scheme exits occurred in the latter part of 2012.

General and administrative expenses of 607 million in 2012 were 30 million or 5% lower than 2011 and reflect lower external provider fees compared to 2011. External provider fees in both periods were associated with business outsourcing, restructuring and transformation, deleveraging and credit management. Additionally, external provider fees in 2011 were incurred on capital raising initiatives.

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation expense of 119 million in 2012 was 4 million or 3% higher when compared to 2011 and include impairment on branches being closed.

2011 v 2010

Total operating expenses were 1,687 million in 2011, an increase of 58 million or 4% compared to 1,629 million in 2010. EBS operating costs of 46 million are included from 1 July 2011, excluding which costs increased by 12 million or 1%. The cost increase of 12 million in 2011 included higher external provider fees and higher fees to statutory bodies partly offset by lower pension costs and lower NAMA related costs. In 2010 there was a writedown in the value of intangible assets in relation to projects discontinued during the year partly offset by the reversal of an accrual for personnel expenses which was no longer required. When these amounts are excluded, costs in 2011 reduced by 4% compared to 2010.

Personnel expenses in 2011 were 935 million, an increase of 14 million or 2% compared with 921 million in 2010. Excluding EBS personnel expenses of 21 million in the second half of 2011, personnel expenses were 1% lower than 2010, notwithstanding the inclusion of c. 200 staff from the acquisition of Anglo deposits in February 2011 and increased staff numbers in credit management areas. Adjusting for the one-off items mentioned in the previous paragraph, personnel expenses were 5% lower than 2010.

General and administrative expenses of 637 million in 2011 were 109 million or 21% higher than 528 million in 2010. The increase mainly related to external provider fees associated with restructuring and transformation, deleveraging, capital raising and credit management. There was also increased reimbursement of fees to statutory bodies, particularly in relation to capital raising. Excluding these items and EBS expenses of 20 million in the second half of 2011, general and administrative expenses were down 5% when compared to 2010.

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation of 115 million in 2011 was 65 million or 36% lower when compared to 180 million in 2010. This reduction was mainly due to a writedown in 2010 in the value of intangible assets of 59 million in relation to projects discontinued.

Asset quality

See Risk Management section commencing on page 57. Commentary on AIB’s asset quality is detailed on pages 68 to 166 with commentary on provision charge on pages 89 to 91.

 

 

 

25    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

Associated undertakings

2012 v 2011

Income from associated undertakings in 2012 was 10 million compared with a loss of 37 million in 2011, 2012 income includes Aviva Health Insurance Ireland Limited and AIB’s share in the joint venture with First Data International trading as AIB Merchant Services. On 1 July 2012, AIB re-designated its investment in Aviva Life Holdings as an equity investment at fair value through the income statement (see note 35 to the financial statements).

2011 v 2010

Loss from associated undertakings in 2011 was 37 million compared with a profit of 18 million in 2010. The results for 2011 include an impairment of the investment in Aviva Life Holdings of 36 million (see note 35 to the financial statements). Associated undertakings also includes Aviva Health Insurance Ireland Limited and AIB’s share in the joint venture with First Data International trading as AIB Merchant Services.

Income tax

2012 v 2011

The taxation credit for 2012 was 183 million (being a 183 million credit relating to deferred taxation), compared with a taxation credit of 1,188 million in 2011 (including a credit of 1,148 million relating to deferred taxation). The credit is influenced by the geographic mix of profits and losses, which are taxed at the rates applicable in the jurisdictions where the Group operates. With specific exceptions as set out in note 38 to the financial statements, the largest of which relates to UK tax losses, deferred tax credit continues to be recognised in full for the value of tax losses arising in Group companies, as it is expected that the tax losses will be utilised in full against future profits.

2011 v 2010

The taxation credit for 2011 was 1,188 million (including a 1,148 million credit relating to deferred taxation), compared with a taxation credit of 1,710 million in 2010 (including a credit of 1,714 million relating to deferred taxation). The taxation credits exclude taxation on share of results of associated undertakings. Associated undertakings are reported net of taxation in the Group loss before taxation. The credit is influenced by the geographic mix of profits and losses, which are taxed at the rates applicable in the jurisdictions where the Group operates. With specific exceptions as set out in note 38 to the financial statements, deferred tax credit continues to be recognised in full for the value of tax losses arising in Group companies, as it is expected that the tax losses will be utilised in full against future profits.

Discontinued operations

The results for 2011 included the consolidated results of BZWBK for the quarter to 31 March 2011 and the profit on sale of BZWBK.

 

Profit from discontinued operations     

2012

m

      

2011

m

       2010 
 

 

 

BZWBK

                 99           329    

M&T

                             

BACB

                           (60)   

 

 

Profit before taxation

                 99           274    

Income tax expense

                 (17        (72)   

 

 

Profit after taxation

                 82           202    

Profit on disposal of business

                 1,546           –    

Loss recognised on the remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell(1)

                           (3)   

 

 

Profit for the period from discontinued operations

                   –           1,628           199    
    

 

 

 

(1)Relates to impairment of intangible assets.

2011 v 2010

Discontinued operations recorded a profit after taxation of 1,628 million in 2011 compared to 199 million in 2010. Discontinued operations in 2010 were impacted by investment reviews which resulted in a 62 million writedown with regard to the investment in BACB and by the completion of the disposal of the M&T investment on 4 November 2010. See note 18 to the financial statements for further details.

BZWBK recorded a profit before taxation of 99 million in the three months to March 2011, compared with 329 million in the full year 2010 and there was a profit on disposal of the business of 1,546 million, following completion of the sale on 1 April 2011.

 

 

 

    26


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Balance sheet commentary

The commentary on the balance sheet is on a continuing operations basis unless otherwise stated.

 

Gross loans(1)  

31 December 

2012 

bn 

     

31 December 

2011 

bn 

     

31 December 

2010 

bn 

   

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

        30.0            29.2            30.6   

Corporate, Institutional & Commercial Banking

    22.4        24.7        25.2   

AIB UK

    8.9        9.4        9.4   

EBS

    13.0        13.6        –   

Group

    –        –        0.1   

Total Core

    74.3        76.9        65.3   

Non-Core

    15.0        20.5        28.3   

 

 

Total gross customer loans

    89.3        97.4        93.6   

Gross loans held for sale to NAMA

    –        –        2.2   

Other gross loans held for sale (Non-Core)

    0.6        1.2        0.1   

 

 

Total gross loans

    89.9        98.6        95.9   
 

 

 

(1)The balance sheet identifies loans eligible for sale to NAMA and loans classified as held for sale as part of deleveraging measures (included in ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’) separately from other customer loans.

2012 v 2011

Total gross loans were down 8.7 billion or 9% since 31 December 2011. This reduction reflected deleveraging measures and continued weak demand for credit from certain sectors in 2012. Total Core loans are down 2.6 billion which reflects lower demand from larger businesses and corporates, partially offset by new lending to personal and small businesses. Additionally 0.8 billion of loans were transferred from Core to Non-Core in 2012. Non-Core loans reduced by 6.1 billion or 28% and is in line with the Group’s commitments to the Financial Measures Programme in 2011. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK gross loans decreased by 8%.

2011 v 2010

While the headline gross customer loans are up 2.7 billion in 2011, gross loans were down 14% or 13.6 billion since 31 December 2010 excluding EBS gross loans of 16.3 billion (including EBS loans classified as Non-Core of 2.7 billion) at 31 December 2011. This reduction reflected significant ongoing deleveraging measures and continued weak demand for credit in 2011. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK gross loans decreased by 2%.

 

Net loans(1)  

31 December 

2012 

bn 

     

31 December 

2011 

bn 

     

31 December 

2010 

bn 

    

 

  

Personal & Business Banking

        26.8            27.0            29.4    

Corporate, Institutional & Commercial Banking

    16.3        19.6        22.8    

AIB UK

    8.3        9.0        9.1    

EBS

    12.3        13.1        –    

Group

    –        –        0.1    

Total Core

    63.7        68.7        61.4    

Non-Core

    9.2        13.8        25.0    

 

  

Total net customer loans

    72.9        82.5        86.4    

Net loans held for sale to NAMA

    –        –        1.9    

Other net loans held for sale (Non-Core)

    0.4        1.2        0.1    

 

  

Total net loans

    73.3        83.7        88.4    
 

 

  

(1)The balance sheet identifies loans eligible for sale to NAMA and loans classified as held for sale as part of deleveraging measures (included in ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’) separately from other customer loans.

2012 v 2011

Total net loans decreased by 10.4 billion or 12%, reflecting the movement of gross loans as set out above and additional impairment charge in the year. The identified pool of Non-Core assets including net customer loans classified as held for sale reduced from 15.0 billion at 31 December 2011 to 9.6 billion at 31 December 2012. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK net loans decreased by 9% in 2012.

 

 

 

27    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

Excluding EBS net loans of 15.3 billion at 31 December 2011 (including EBS loans classified as Non-Core of 2.2 billion), net loans decreased by 20.0 billion or 23%. The identified pool of Non-Core assets including net customer loans classified as held for sale reduced from 25.1 billion at 31 December 2010 to 12.8 billion at 31 December 2011 (excluding EBS non-core loans of 2.2 billion at the end of 2011). The reductions reflected the aforementioned significant ongoing deleveraging measures, weaker credit demand and loan loss provisions. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK net loans decreased by 4% in 2011.

 

Customer accounts   

31 December 
2012 

bn 

      

31 December 
2011 

bn 

      

31 December 
2010 

bn 

    

 

  

Personal & Business Banking

        27.0            28.2            28.0    

Corporate, Institutional & Commercial Banking

      14.5          13.8          15.4    

AIB UK

      10.9          10.2          9.0    

EBS

      10.1          8.5          –    

Group

      1.1          –          –    

Total Core

      63.6          60.7          52.4    

Non-Core

      –          –          –    

 

  

Total customer accounts

      63.6          60.7          52.4    
  

 

  

2012 v 2011

Customer accounts of 63.6 billion are up 2.9 billion (5%) since 2011 and 11.2 billion (21%) since 2010. The increase in 2012 was achieved despite a range of deposit pricing actions taken in 2012 and generally reflects a return to more normalised market behaviour. Customer accounts are higher across all business areas with the exception of Personal and Business Banking (“PBB”) which includes the impact of the ongoing wind-up of AIB’s operations in Isle of Man and Channel Islands. Excluding this, PBB customer accounts were up 0.6 billion (2%) year on year. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK customer accounts increased by 5% in 2012.

2011 v 2010

The increase in total customer accounts of 8.3 billion includes the acquisition of EBS deposits and Anglo deposits of 8.5 billion and 5.3 billion respectively as at 31 December 2011. Excluding the EBS deposits and Anglo deposits, customer accounts were down 5.5 billion. Bank and sovereign ratings downgrades contributed to an outflow in deposits in the first half of 2011, particularly from Non Bank Financial Institutions (“NBFIs”) and international corporates during quarter 1 2011. In the second half of 2011 customer account balances were broadly stable. Excluding currency factors, AIB UK customer accounts increased by 10% in 2011.

 

 

 

    28


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Funding(1)

   

31 December    

2012    

   

31 December    

2011    

   

31 December

2010(2)

 
Sources of funds - total AIB Group basis    bn       %         bn         %         bn         %  

 

 

Customer accounts

  64         55            61            47            63            45   

Deposits by central banks and banks - secured

  28         24            36            28            41            29   

                                                             - unsecured

  1         1            1            1            9            7   

Certificates of deposit and commercial paper

  –         –            –            –            1            1   

Asset covered securities (“ACS”)

  3         3            4            3            3            2   

Securitisation

  1         1            1            1            –              

Senior debt

  6         5            11            8            12            9   

Capital(3)

  13         11            15            12            9            7   

 

 

Total source of funds

  116           100            129              100            138              100   
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other(4)

  7           8              7         

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   
    123             137                145         
 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

(1)The funding commentary is on a total AIB Group basis.

(2)Includes BZWBK at 31 December 2010.

(3)Includes total shareholders’ equity, subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments.

(4)Non-funding liabilities including derivative financial instruments, other liabilities, retirement benefits and accruals and other deferred income.

2012 v 2011

Customer accounts contributed 55% of the total funding requirement at 31 December 2012, up from 47% at 31 December 2011. This represents a 3 billion increase in customer accounts in 2012, notwithstanding outflows of 2 billion as a result of the announced closure of AIB’s operations in Isle of Man and Channel Islands. This level of growth was noteworthy given management’s focus on reducing the pricing of deposits in both the Irish and UK markets in the second half of 2012.

While wholesale funding markets continued to be challenging in 2012, the second half of the year showed significant improvement in sentiment towards Ireland. Given the emergence of a return to more normalised market operations, AIB re-entered the wholesale market issuing a 500 million covered bond in November 2012.

At 31 December 2012, the Group held 41 billion in qualifying liquid assets/contingent funding (excluding trapped liquidity at a Group level relating to AIB Group (UK) plc) of which approximately 28 billion was used in repurchase agreements. The Group continues to explore and develop contingent collateral and funding facilities to support its funding requirements. In this regard, AIB issued an external residential mortgage backed security (“RMBS”) in May 2012 using mortgage collateral from its UK operations, raising £ 0.3 billion in funding.

Deposits by central banks and banks decreased by 8 billion year on year. At 31 December 2012 AIB availed of Central Bank funding of 22 billion, down from 31 billion in 2011. This included the switching of an additional 8 billion from short term Central Bank drawings into the 3 year Long Term Repurchase Operation (“LTRO”), with the total 3 year LTRO balance of 11 billion at December 2012. The reduction in Central Bank drawings in 2012 was due to asset deleveraging, loan amortisation and continued weak demand for credit, the redemption of NAMA senior bonds and increased deposits, offset partially by maturing secured and unsecured bonds (ACS and medium term notes (“MTN”) respectively). Reducing the reliance on Central Bank funding will continue to be a key objective of the Group. The strong deposit growth and the lower loan balances, including deleveraging actions contributed to an improved Group loan to deposit ratio. The Group’s loan to deposit ratio including loans and receivables held for sale decreased from 138% at 31 December 2011 to 115% at 31 December 2012.

Senior debt funding of 6 billion at 31 December 2012 decreased from 11 billion at 31 December 2011 due to contractual maturing bonds.

 

 

 

29    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

The Group’s balance sheet saw significant change in 2011, with the disposal of BZWBK, the acquisition of Anglo NAMA senior bonds and deposits, the acquisition of EBS, asset deleveraging in the Non-Core unit and the completion of AIB’s capital raising measures.

The source of funds continued to show customer accounts as the largest funding source at 47% of total funding requirement at 31 December 2011, up from 45% at 31 December 2010. Excluding the NTMA deposit placed at 30 June 2011 of 11 billion in advance of recapitalisation in July, customer accounts were broadly stable in the second half of 2011. This was a positive result following the 5 billion decrease in customer deposits (excluding Anglo) in the first half of 2011. Customer deposits stabilised after the PCAR announcement and the resultant recapitalisation of the Group. Secured funding has decreased by 5 billion ( 9 billion excluding EBS repos) due to asset deleveraging and sale of securities held in AIB’s available for sale (“AFS”) portfolio. Unsecured interbank borrowings reduced by 8 billion to 1 billion in the full year reflecting the repayment of non standard facilities with the CBI in April 2011. At 31 December 2011 AIB availed of Central Bank funding of 31 billion (including EBS of 4 billion), down from 37 billion at 31 December 2010. AIB extended the bank’s debt maturity by participating in the 3-year Long Term Refinancing Operation, to the amount of 3.0 billion at 31 December 2011. Reducing the reliance on ECB funding will continue to be a key objective of the bank. Senior debt as a percentage of funding sources decreased by 1% in 2011 to 8% at 31 December 2011 reflecting the repayment of 2 billion in bonds, offset partially by 1 billion of EBS bonds. ACS as a percentage of funding sources increased by 1% to 3% at 31 December 2011 due to the inclusion of EBS ACS.

The Group’s loan deposit ratio decreased from 165% at 31 December 2010 to 136% at 31 December 2011 (138% including the aforementioned loans and receivables held for sale). The Group is managing to interim targets for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) pending their formal introduction as regulatory standards in 2015 and 2018 respectively.

Access to wholesale funding markets continued to be restricted in 2011. This is a symptom of the continued negative sentiment towards the fiscal position which gave rise to the EU/ECB/IMF financial support package, the Europe-wide uncertainty in the second half of 2011 and the Group’s credit rating. The terms of the restructuring plan agreed with the EU/ECB/IMF requires AIB to reduce its wholesale funding dependency and maintain its deposit franchise. The retention and gathering of stable customer accounts in a challenging and increasingly competitive market environment remains a key focus of the Group. Coupled with the action to deleverage Non-Core assets, this is paramount to increasing the bank’s pool of available liquid assets and to the Group’s overall funding/liquidity strategy.

Capital

See Capital Management section commencing on page 43.

 

 

 

    30


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Segment reporting

In this section, the Group’s operations are reported under the Core banking segments and Group (which includes wholesale treasury activities). Non-Core, which comprises assets which AIB is committed to deleveraging together with related costs, is reported as a distinct portfolio.

The segments’ performance statements include all income and direct costs relating to each segment but exclude certain overheads which are held centrally in the ‘Group’ segment. Funding and liquidity charges are based on actual wholesale funding costs incurred and a segment’s net funding requirements. Wholesale funding costs include ELG charges relating to wholesale funds. Net interest income also includes ELG charges directly attaching to customer deposits within a segment. Income on capital is allocated to segments based on each segment’s capital requirement. Surplus capital is held in the Group segment. The cost of services between segments and from central support functions to segments is based on the estimated actual cost incurred in providing the service.

A summarised view of the Group’s segmental performance is available in note 1 to the financial statements.

Personal & Business Banking (“PBB”) comprises banking operations for personal customers and small enterprises within the Republic of Ireland. This segment also includes Channel Islands and the Isle of Man.

 

PBB income statement          

2012 

         

2011 

         

2010 

   

 

 

Net interest income before ELG

      672        686        783   

ELG

      (97)       (103)       (64)  

Net interest income

      575        583        719   

Other income

      259        263        297   

 

 

Total operating income

      834        846        1,016   

Personnel expenses

      (420)       (441)       (443)  

General and administrative expenses

      (217)       (200)       (175)  

Depreciation/amortisation

      (55)       (57)       (65)  

Total operating expenses

      (692)       (698)       (683)  

 

 

Operating profit before provisions

      142        148        333   

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

      (494)       (1,177)       (736)  

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

            (2)       (2)  

Total provisions

      (494)       (1,179)       (738)  

 

 

Operating loss

      (352)       (1,031)       (405)  

Associated undertakings

      13        (39)       16   

Loss on disposal of property

      –        (1)       –   

 

 

Loss before disposal of businesses

      (339)       (1,071)       (389)  

Profit on disposal of businesses

            10        –   

 

 

Loss before exceptional items

      (338)       (1,061)       (389)  

 

 
PBB balance sheet metrics  

31 December 

2012 

bn 

 

31 December 

2011 

bn 

 

31 December 
2010 

bn 

   

 

 

Gross loans

      30.0        29.2        30.6   

Net loans

      26.8        27.0        29.4   

Customer accounts

      27.0        28.2        28.0   

 

 

2012 v 2011

PBB loss before exceptional items was 338 million, an improvement of 723 million on the 2011 loss of 1,061 million. Operating profit before provisions of 142 million was 6 million (4%) lower than 2011 with income 12 million (1%) lower and costs 6 million (1%) lower. Income was lower as a result of the higher cost of deposits, lower level of customer transaction activity resulting in lower fee income partly offset by higher lending margins as a result of pricing actions taken in the year. Total operating expenses were 6 million lower and include the benefit of ongoing cost management actions taken during the period. Excluding the realignment of costs between Group and segments, which was impacted by refinement to the organisation structure, total operating expenses were 66 million higher reflecting higher transformation and restructuring costs in 2012. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables reduced from 1.2 billion in 2011 to 0.5 billion in 2012.

 

 

 

31    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

Gross loans to customers increased 0.8 billion (3%) in the year. This increase reflects an internal transfer of customer loans from Non-Core of 1.4 billion, increased lending to personal customers as part of AIB’s mortgage lending targets and to small businesses offset by customer loan repayments. In 2012, AIB met its lending commitments of 3.5 billion to SMEs. There was a 0.6 billion increase in customer accounts when AIB’s operations in Isle of Man and Channel Islands are excluded, representing a return to more normalised deposit market conditions in the second half of 2012.

2011 v 2010

2011 was a particularly difficult year for PBB, as conditions in Ireland’s economy remained very challenging. Competition for deposits further intensified against the background of a low interest rate environment. In addition, lower lending margins mainly reflected lower variable rate home mortgage margins partially offset by increased margins on other products. Higher unemployment and lower disposable incomes contributed to higher mortgage impairments.

For the year ended 31 December 2011, PBB recorded a loss before exceptional items of 1,061 million with provisions for impairment on loans and receivables of 1,177 million. This compares with a loss before exceptional items of 389 million in 2010 with provisions for impairment on loans and receivables of 736 million.

Operating profit before provisions was 148 million. This was down 56% when compared to 2010, with total operating income of 846 million down 17% and total operating expenses of 698 million, an increase of 2%.

Net loans to customers reduced by 8% to 27 billion at 31 December 2011. This decrease reflects increased loan impairment provisions, loan repayments and subdued demand for new lending, particularly for mortgage and consumer credit products as consumers continue to take a cautious approach to additional debt and in many cases are reducing their personal debt levels.

Total customer accounts remain broadly unchanged at 28 billion as at 31 December 2011 when compared with 31 December 2010. Intense competition which existed in the Irish deposit market during 2011 coupled with Irish and European sovereign debt concerns impacted on the ability to raise retail deposits. This resulted in a 9% reduction to underlying customer accounts compared with 31 December 2010 when customer accounts received as part of the acquisition of the Anglo deposit business are excluded. Concerns about Ireland’s fiscal position and the stability of the banking sector gave rise to significant outflow of deposits in the first half of 2011 and resulted in 8% reduction in deposit balances to 30 June. This decline stabilised in the second half of the year with deposits remaining relatively flat between 30 June and 31 December 2011 as fears subsided and with continued focus by PBB on both retention and gathering of deposits albeit at elevated pricing levels.

Net interest income for year ended 31 December 2011 of 583 million was 19% lower than 2010. This reduction in net interest income was due to the cost of the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (ELG) scheme together with the higher cost of wholesale funding. In addition, there was a reduction in the average earning loan volumes due to the migration of loans from earning to impaired and scheduled loan repayments during 2011. There was also a reduction in lending margins, due to variable rate home mortgage pricing as the April and July 25bps ECB rate increases were not passed on to customers. The effect of this was partly offset by some recovery in non mortgage lending margin during the year.

Other income for year ended 31 December 2011 of 263 million was 11% lower than 2010 reflecting lower level of customer transaction activity with an adverse impact on fees and other income.

Total operating expenses for year ended 31 December 2011 of 698 million were 2% higher than 2010. Rigorous cost management of the PBB cost base was offset by costs associated with increases in the number of personnel in credit management and compliance roles.

The provision charge for impairment on loans and receivables for year ended 31 December 2011 was 1,177 million and represents a charge of 3.95% of average gross loans. Impairment charge on the PBB loan portfolio remains high but within expectations due to the economic downturn, which has resulted in high levels of unemployment and lower disposable incomes. These factors combined with high levels of personal debt have given rise to a significant increase in impaired loans. Impaired loans at 31 December 2011 were 1.2 billion higher at 2.7 billion when compared to 31 December 2010, driven principally by growth in home mortgage impaired loans of 1 billion (owner occupier 0.7 billion, buy to let 0.3 billion).

Losses incurred on associated undertakings reflect an impairment charge of 36 million in respect of the investment in Aviva Life Holdings Limited - see note 35 to the financial statements for further details.

Profit on disposal of business for the year ended 31 December 2011 of 10 million represents the profit from sale of AIB Jerseytrust Limited, located in the Channel Islands.

 

 

 

    32


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Corporate, Institutional & Commercial Banking (“CICB”) comprises banking operations for mid-sized commercial and corporate enterprises. It also includes a Corporate Finance business and a Treasury customer services area which delivers treasury services to customers of the Group.

 

CICB income statement                              

2012

m

                               

2011

m

                               

2010 

     

 

   

Net interest income before ELG

                  102                      264                      322      

ELG

                  (190                   (185                   (154)     

Net interest income

                  (88                   79                      168      

Other income

                  75                      85                      73      

 

   

Total operating (loss)/income

                  (13                   164                      241      

Personnel expenses

                  (173                   (163                   (144)     

General and administrative expenses

                  (64                   (86                   (79)     

Depreciation/amortisation

                  (12                   (14                   (13)     

Total operating expenses

                  (249                   (263                   (236)     

 

   

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

                  (262                   (99                       

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

                  (916                   (2,933                   (1,557)     

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

                  (4                                        –      

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

                                       (5                   (7)     

Total provisions

                  (920                   (2,938                   (1,564)     

 

   

Operating loss

                  (1,182                   (3,037                   (1,559)     

 

   

Loss before exceptional items

                  (1,182                   (3,037                   (1,559)     

 

   
CICB balance sheet metrics  

 

31 December

2012

bn

   

31 December
2011

bn

   

31 December 
2010 

bn 

     

 

   

Gross loans

                  22.4                      24.7                      25.2      

Net loans

                  16.3                      19.6                      22.8      

Customer accounts

                  14.5                      13.8                      15.4      

 

   

2012 v 2011

CICB loss before exceptional items was 1.2 billion in 2012 compared to a loss of 3.0 billion in 2011. Operating loss before provisions was 262 million in 2012 compared to 99 million in 2011, with negative total operating income of 13 million down 177 million and total operating expenses of 249 million down 14 million.

Negative net interest income of 88 million was 167 million lower than 2011. The reduction related to a combination of higher non-performing loans and higher deposit funding costs driven by pricing pressure and a lower interest rate environment. Other income of 75 million was 12% lower than 2011 reflecting lower fee and foreign exchange income and interest rate swap income. Total operating expenses of 249 million were 5% lower than 2011. Excluding the realignment of costs between Group and segments, which was impacted by refinement to the organisation structure, total operating expenses were in line with 2011. Personnel expenses were 6% higher due to increased staff numbers which were mainly required to support more intensive credit management activity relating to distressed customers. General and administrative expenses of 64 million in 2012 reduced by 26%, primarily driven by lower external provider fees associated with business transformation in 2011. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables for 2012 were 0.9 billion compared to 2.9 billion in 2011. While the reduction in the credit provision charge is significant, the level of the charge remains elevated due to the difficult domestic economic environment and continued decline in property valuations.

Gross loans to customers decreased 2.3 billion (9%) reflecting lower customer demand and an internal transfer of customer loans to Non-Core.

There was a 0.7 billion (5%) increase in customer accounts representing a return to more normalised deposit market conditions in the second half of 2012.

 

 

 

33    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

CICB loss before exceptional items was 3.0 billion in 2011 compared to 1.6 billion in 2010. Operating loss before provisions of 99 million in 2011 compared to an operating profit of 5 million in 2010, with total operating income of 164 million down by 77 million and total operating expenses of 263 million up 27 million.

Net interest income of 79 million was 53% lower than 2010. This reduction in net interest income was due to higher non-performing loan volumes, higher costs of deposits and increased ELG costs. Deposit pricing remained intensely competitive throughout the year.

Consumer sentiment in the Republic of Ireland remained subdued during 2011 with ongoing uncertainty in the Eurozone. CICB is fully committed to supporting customers facing difficulty and has a dedicated team in place to provide a range of supports to mid sized commercial enterprises.

Gross loans were down 0.5 billion compared to 2010 and net loans were down by 3.2 billion, mainly due to provision charges. Demand for business credit remained at subdued levels reflecting the uncertain economic outlook.

Other income of 85 million was 16% higher due to lower mark to market writedowns in 2011. Excluding the writedowns, other income was lower than 2010 reflecting lower fee and foreign exchange income.

Personnel expenses were 19 million higher due to increased staff numbers which were mainly required to support more intensive credit management activity and the reversal in 2010 related to personnel expenses not utilised. General and administrative expenses of 86 million in 2011 increased by 9%, primarily driven by higher external provider fees associated with business transformation.

The provision charge for impairment on loans and receivables for 2011 was 2.9 billion compared to 1.6 billion in 2010. The increase in the impairment charge reflects the stressed economic environment and falling property values through 2011.

 

 

 

    34


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

AIB UK comprises retail and commercial banking operations in Britain operating under the trading name Allied Irish Bank (GB) (“AIB GB”) and in Northern Ireland operating under the trading name First Trust Bank (“FTB”).

 

AIB UK income statement                                 2012
£ m
                               

2011 

£ m 

                             

2010 

£ m 

     

 

   

Net interest income before ELG

                  112                    167                    241      

ELG

                  (29                 (51)                   (45)     

Net interest income

                  83                    116                    196      

Other income

                  54                    61                    77      

 

   

Total operating income

                  137                    177                    273      

Personnel expenses

                  (88                   (109)                   (118)     

General and administrative expenses

                  (70                 (54)                   (39)     

Depreciation/amortisation

                  (9                 (6)                   (8)     

Total operating expenses

                  (167                 (169)                   (165)     

 

   

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

                  (30                                   108      

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

                  (79                 (194)                   (104)     

 

   

Operating (loss)/profit

                  (109                 (186)                       

Associated undertakings

                  2                                          

 

   

(Loss)/profit before exceptional items

                  (107                 (184)                       

 

   

(Loss)/profit before exceptional items

     m                  (131                 (214)                       

 

   
AIB UK balance sheet metrics      

 

31 December
2012

£ bn

   

31 December 
2011 

£ bn 

 

31 December 
2010 

£ bn 

   

 

   

Gross loans

                  7.3                    7.9                    8.1      

Net loans

                  6.8                    7.5                    7.8      

Customer accounts

                  8.9                    8.5                    7.7      

 

   

2012 v 2011

AIB UK reported a loss before exceptional items of £ 107 million, an improvement of £ 77 million on 2011. The operating loss before provisions of £ 30 million, £ 38 million lower than 2011 was primarily driven by a reduction in net interest income. Other income fell by 11% due to lower business transactions. Total operating expenses of £ 167 million were 1% lower than the previous year. Excluding the realignment of costs between Group and segments, which was impacted by refinement to the organisation structure, total operating expenses were £11 million or 7% higher than the previous year. Personnel expenses declined by 19% in the year, but were offset by higher general and administrative expenses mainly due to restructuring costs for head office and branch amalgamations and closures in 2012. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables for the year decreased by 59% to £ 79 million, compared to 2011.

Gross loans have fallen by 8% due to loan repayments and lower customer demand. Customer accounts have increased by 5% since December 2011, with increases occurring mainly through the Savings Direct channel(1) and also in the AIB GB branch network. AIB UK withdrew from the ELG scheme in August 2012.

(1)The Savings Direct channel was established following the transfer of deposits from Anglo Irish Bank in 2011.

 

 

 

35    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

AIB UK reported a loss before exceptional items of £ 184 million. Operating profit before provisions was £ 8 million in 2011 compared with a profit of £ 108 million in 2010, reflecting the reduction in loan volumes and continued competition for customer deposits.

The reduction in operating profit was primarily driven by a 41% reduction in net interest income. This reflects a reduction in income from lower lending volumes mainly as a result of asset transfers to NAMA and Non-Core combined with continued margin compression on customer deposits. Lending margins continued to improve during the year, while net customer loans fell since December 2010. Customer deposits increased by 10% since December 2010, which reflects the Anglo deposit business acquired in February 2011. While there was some reduction in the AIB originated UK book, this stabilised in the second half of 2011. As a result of the decrease in advances and increase in the deposit book, the loan deposit ratio improved to 88% at 31 December 2011.

Other income fell by 21%, as a result of the reduction in fee income due to lower business transactions than the previous year and a gain on disposal of available for sale debt securities in 2010 which was not repeated in 2011. Costs increased by 2% on the previous year, with lower staff costs as a result of reduced staff numbers and lower pension costs offset by higher operating expenses due to non recurring items.

Loan impairment charges for the year increased to £ 194 million, due to the continued economic downturn along with a higher IBNR charge in 2011.

 

 

 

    36


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

EBS was acquired by AIB on 1 July 2011 and therefore the 2011 results are for a six month period only. EBS is primarily a mortgage based lending operation located in the Republic of Ireland. The income statement presented below is prepared on a management reporting basis and it excludes non-core and treasury related activities which are reported under the Non-Core and Group segments respectively.

 

EBS income statement                                      

2012

m

                               

2011 

     

 

   

Net interest income before ELG

                      122                      113      

ELG

                      (60                   (27)     

Net interest income

                      62                      86      

Other income

                      11                          

 

   

Total operating income

                      73                      91      

Personnel expenses

                      (30                   (18)     

General and administrative expenses

                      (32                   (19)     

Depreciation/amortisation

                      (10                   (5)     

Total operating expenses

                      (72                   (42)     

 

   

Operating profit before provisions

                      1                      49      

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

                      (237                   (201)     

 

   

Operating loss

                      (236                   (152)     

 

   

Loss before exceptional items

                      (236                   (152)     

 

   
EBS balance sheet metrics  

31 December
2012

bn

   

31 December 
2011 

bn 

     

 

   

Gross loans

                      13.0                      13.6      

Net loans

                      12.3                      13.1      

Customer accounts

                      10.1                      8.5      

 

   

2012 v 2011

EBS reported a loss before exceptional items of 236 million for the full year 2012 compared to 152 million for the six months in 2011, which includes provisions for impairment on loans and receivables of 237 million ( 201 million in 2011). The operating profit before provisions for the period was 1 million.

Net interest income for the period was 62 million. The cost of deposits remained high during the year as competition for deposits remained intense against the background of a low interest rate environment. Total operating expenses in the period were 72 million. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables of 237 million represents 1.8% of average loan balances and brings total provisions at 31 December 2012 to 715 million or 5.5% of outstanding balances compared to 461 million or 3.4% of outstanding balances at 31 December 2011.

EBS continues to support the residential mortgage market in Ireland through mortgages advanced to first time buyers and home movers. However, demand for new mortgages throughout 2012 was very low and gross loans reduced 0.6 billion (4%).

EBS continues to have a strong franchise in the retail deposit market and at 31 December 2012 had total customer accounts of 10.1 billion, an increase of 1.6 billion or 19% since 31 December 2011.

 

 

 

37    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

EBS reported a loss before exceptional items of 152 million for the period since acquisition by AIB on 1 July 2011. The loss of 152 million included provisions for impairment on loans and receivables of 201 million.

Net interest income for the period was 86 million. The cost of retail and wholesale funding, including the cost of ELG remained high during the period. It was necessary to further increase customer lending rates in order to return loan margins to sustainable levels.

Total operating expenses in the period were 42 million. The underlying costs of running the business are under constant review.

The impairment charge for loans and receivables of 201 million on an annualised basis represented 2.94% of average loans. The economic conditions in the Republic of Ireland continue to be extremely challenging for customers and the impact of high unemployment, austerity measures and a stressed property market led to increased default levels and consequently higher impairment charges. EBS is fully committed to supporting customers in financial difficulty.

EBS continues to support the residential mortgage market in Ireland through mortgages advanced to first time buyers and home movers. At 31 December 2011, EBS had total gross mortgages of 13.6 billion. The level of loans advanced in 2011 was lower than in previous years due to subdued demand and the introduction of tighter credit criteria.

EBS continues to have a strong franchise in the retail deposit market and at 31 December 2011 had total customer accounts of 8.5 billion. The impact of successive corporate and sovereign downgrades in the Republic of Ireland resulted in pricing remaining intensely competitive but retail balances were maintained.

 

 

 

    38


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Group includes wholesale treasury activities, central services costs and income on surplus capital.

 

Group income statement                                  

2012 

                             

2011 

                                 

2010 

   

 

 

Net interest income before ELG

                  364                  371                    492   

ELG

                                  (51)                    

Net interest income

                  368                  320                    494   

Other income

                  (37)                 (22)                   (112)  

 

 

Total operating income

                  331                  298                    382   

Personnel expenses

                      (216)                     (117)                   (94)  

General and administrative expenses

                  (167)                 (208)                       (157)  

Depreciation/amortisation

                  (31)                 (30)                   (90)  

Total operating expenses

                  (414)                 (355)                   (341)  

 

 

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

                  (83)                 (57)                   41   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

                  –                  (11)                   –   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

                  (84)                 (270)                   (54)  

Total provisions

                  (84)                 (281)                   (54)  

 

 

Operating loss

                  (167)                 (338)                   (13)  

Profit on disposal of property

                                  –                    46   

 

 

(Loss)/profit before disposal of businesses

                  (165)                 (338)                   33   

Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses

                  –                  28                    (11)  

 

 

(Loss)/profit before exceptional items

                  (165)                 (310)                   22   

 

 
Group balance sheet metrics  

31 December 
2012 

bn 

 

31 December 
2011 

bn 

 

31 December 
2010 

bn 

   

 

 

Gross loans

                  –                  –                    0.1   

Net loans

                  –                  –                    0.1   

Customer accounts

                  1.1                  –                    –   

 

 

2012 v 2011

Group reported a loss before exceptional items for the year to December 2012 of 165 million compared to 310 million for the year to December 2011.

Total operating income of 331 million in 2012 was 33 million higher compared to 298 million in 2011. The increase included higher income from Wholesale Treasury and net gains of 31 million from the disposal of UK and Eurozone securities partially offset by lower income on surplus capital due to a lower interest rate environment. ELG costs reduced by 55 million in the period primarily due to the reduction in deposits.

Total operating expenses in 2012 of 414 million increased from 355 million in 2011. Excluding the realignment of costs between Group and segments, which was impacted by refinement to the organisation structure, Group costs reduced by 46 million mainly due to lower external provider fees. 2011 included external provider fees in relation to capital raising and transformation programme.

Total provisions reduced to 84 million in 2012 from 281 million in 2011. The charge in 2011 primarily related to bonds held in other financial institutions whilst the charge of 84 million in 2012 related to an impairment of the NAMA subordinated bonds.

 

 

 

39    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

Group reported a loss before exceptional items of 310 million compared to a profit of 22 million in 2010. This out-turn reflected higher impairment on financial investments available for sale and lower profit from wholesale treasury activities.

The trends in net interest income and other income in Group were impacted by the reclassification of income between headings in relation to interest rate hedging. Consequently, it is more meaningful to analyse the trend in total operating income. Total operating income excluding exceptional items decreased from 382 million in 2010 to 298 million in 2011. This reflected lower income from wholesale treasury activities partly offset by higher capital income in 2011.

Total operating expenses of 355 million in 2011 increased by 14 million compared to 2010. This reflected significant expenditure on external engagement including external provider fees and regulatory fees. These increases were partly offset by lower depreciation/amortisation in 2011, mainly due to a writedown in 2010 in the value of intangible assets in relation to projects discontinued.

Total provisions increased from 54 million in 2010 to 281 million in 2011. The increase in provision for impairment on financial investments available for sale reflected the impairment of Eurozone bank and sovereign bonds and the impairment of subordinated bonds received on transfer of assets to NAMA.

The profit on disposal of business in 2011 mainly reflects the profit on sale of the investment in AIB International Financial Services and related companies of 27 million.

 

 

 

    40


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 3. Management report   LOGO

 

 

Non-Core comprises non strategic assets, assets which the bank is committed to deleveraging and activity relating to the transfer of loans to NAMA.

 

            2012            2011            2010     
Non-Core income statement                                  

 

 

Net interest income before ELG

      96        211        272   

ELG

      (9)       (63)       (38)  

Net interest income

      87        148        234   

Other income

      (57)       37        115   

 

 

Total operating income

      30        185        349   

Personnel expenses

      (66)       (70)       (102)  

General and administrative expenses

      (41)       (62)       (72)  

Depreciation/amortisation

      –        (2)       (2)  

Total operating expenses

      (107)       (134)       (176)  

 

 

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

      (77)       51        173   

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

      (690)       (3,325)       (3,601)  

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

      (5)       (6)       –   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

      (2)       (6)       (11)  

Total provisions

      (697)       (3,337)       (3,612)  

 

 

Operating loss

      (774)       (3,286)       (3,439)  

Associated undertakings

      (5)       –        –   

 

 

Loss before disposal of businesses

      (779)       (3,286)       (3,439)  

Profit on disposal of businesses

            –        –   

 

 

Loss before exceptional items

      (777)       (3,286)       (3,439)  

 

 
    31 December    31 December    31 December     
            2012            2011            2010     
Non-Core balance sheet metrics           bn            bn            bn     

 

 

Gross loans(1)

      15.6        21.7        28.4   

Gross loans held for sale to NAMA

      –        –        2.2   

Net loans(2)

      9.6        15.0        25.1   

Net loans held for sale to NAMA

      –        –        1.9   

 

 

(1)Includes other gross loans held for sale, excludes gross loans held for sale to NAMA.

(2)Includes other net loans held for sale, excludes net loans held for sale to NAMA.

2012 v 2011

Non-Core loss before exceptional items amounted to 777 million for 2012, a decrease of 76% on 3,286 million in 2011. Net interest income declined by 61 million (41%), principally due to reductions in Non-Core loan volumes arising from ongoing deleveraging, partly offset by reduced wholesale funding costs and lower ELG costs. Other income decreased by 94 million following the sale of Non-Core businesses and loan breakage and associated costs relating to deleveraging. Total operating expenses for 2012 of 107 million were 20% lower than 2011. Excluding the realignment of costs between Group and segments, which was impacted by refinement to the organisation structure, Non-Core costs reduced to 107 million in 2012 from 130 million in 2011 mainly due to lower legal and due diligence costs associated with loans transferred to NAMA and lower operating costs following the sale of Non-Core portfolios and businesses. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables were 0.7 billion in 2012, a reduction of 2.6 billion from 2011 levels. Associated undertakings reflect an impairment charge in respect of a Non-Core held for sale investment.

Gross loans of 15.6 billion reduced by 6.1 billion in 2012 reflecting the ongoing deleveraging of Non-Core loans.

Total net loans reduced by 15.5 billion since inception of the deleveraging programme. When EBS non core loans are included, the total loan deleveraging represents c. 89% of the three year deleveraging target of 20.5 billion to be achieved by the end of 2013. The loss on disposal of loans is treated as an exceptional item and is set out on page 22. Losses incurred to date represent an overall cumulative discount of 10% on disposals/amortisation which were significantly less than the average discount set out in the Financial Measures Programme process.

 

 

 

41    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 3. Management report  

 

 

2011 v 2010

Non-Core was established to formulate and implement AIB’s strategy of deleveraging non-core assets through a combination of disposals, run-off, refinancing and other forms of deleveraging. Non-Core assets are managed as a distinct portfolio within the business by a dedicated management team. The team has an explicit performance mandate to realise optimum value from the portfolio while also preserving AIB’s core customer franchise within the overall objective of meeting the defined deleveraging targets as agreed with the regulatory authorities.

To date, AIB has made significant progress in meeting its deleveraging targets. During 2011, Non-Core net loans reduced by 10.1 billion, notwithstanding the inclusion of 2.2 billion of EBS loans classified as Non-Core at 31 December 2011. This reduction was achieved through a combination of disposals, targeted non-refinancing of loans, redemptions, scheduled repayments and additional provisioning. This principally occurred in overseas property, project finance and other leveraged portfolios located in the United States, United Kingdom and Europe.

Losses before exceptional items of 3.3 billion in 2011 compared to 3.4 billion in 2010. Net interest income declined by 37% from 234 million to 148 million as loan volumes declined significantly in line with the bank’s ongoing deleveraging strategy. Lower fee income following the sale of Non-Core businesses and losses on credit derivative contracts contributed to the fall in other income.

Total operating expenses fell by 24%, principally impacted by lower staff numbers, staff related costs and operating expenses following the sale of Non-Core businesses.

The reduction in credit provisions from 3.6 billion in 2010 to 3.3 billion in 2011 reflects lower NAMA loans in 2011. Excluding credit provisions on NAMA loans, credit provisions increased from 2.1 billion in 2010 to 3.2 billion in 2011. Continuing credit stresses, particularly in the property and development portfolios, contributed to this increase.

 

 

 

    42


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 4. Capital management   LOGO

 

 

Capital

The objectives of the Group’s capital management policy are to at all times comply with regulatory capital requirements and to ensure that the Group has sufficient capital to cover the current and future risks inherent in its business and to support its future development. The Group does this through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”), which is subject to supervisory review and evaluation. The minimum regulatory capital requirements set by the Central Bank, which reflect the requirements of the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”) established a floor of 4% under which the core tier 1 capital ratio must not fall (8% for total capital ratio). Following the Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”) in March 2011, the Central Bank announced a new minimum capital target for AIB of 10.5% core tier 1 capital ratio in a base scenario and 6% core tier 1 capital ratio in a stressed scenario. These target ratios form the basis of the Group’s capital management policy and are the capital adequacy requirements effective as at 31 December 2012.

The Group’s capital base underwent significant changes in 2011, the most significant of which was the recapitalisation of the Group by the Irish Government following the completion of the Central Banks’ Financial Measures Programme. As a result of the PCAR 2011 exercise, AIB was required to raise capital of 14.8 billion which was completed in July 2011 via the following:

  Liability management exercise 2.1 billion
  Equity placing to NPRFC 5.0 billion
  Contingent capital issue 1.6 billion
  Capital contribution 6.1 billion

In May 2012, following an Irish High Court order, 5.9 billion was transferred into revenue reserves. 2 billion of share premium was cancelled and 3.9 billion was reduced from capital redemption reserves. This had no impact on the Group’s capital base in 2012. The Group’s core tier 1 capital ratio was 15.1% as at 31 December 2012, down from 17.9% as at 31 December 2011 (see commentary on page 44).

Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”)

The CRD, which came into force on 1 January 2007, is the EU directive that establishes the regulatory capital adequacy requirements for credit institutions. It is set out in three distinct ‘pillars’. Pillar 1 is concerned with the calculation of the minimum capital requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. It introduced greater granularity and sensitivity in risk weightings, including for certain portfolios risk weightings determined by regulatory approved internal rating models (known as the Internal Ratings Based approach). Under Pillar 2 banks are required to estimate their own internal capital requirements to cover all material risks (not limited to the pillar 1 risks) as part of their ICAAP which is then subject to supervisory review and evaluation (known as the “SREP”). Pillar 3 (‘market discipline’) involves the disclosure of a suite of qualitative and quantitative risk management information to the market. The Group issued its most recent pillar 3 disclosures in June 2012.

Since it first came into effect the CRD has been amended a number of times (“CRD II” and “CRD III”). These amendments reflected in the main; new requirements on hybrid tier one capital instruments; updates to the large exposures regime; improved risk management requirements for securitisations; and changes to trading book capital requirements. These amendments have not had a material impact on the capital position of the Group. In July 2011 a further amendment to the CRD was proposed by the European Commission to implement Basel 3 in Europe. This new directive, CRD IV, was due to be in place from 1 January 2013. The implementation of CRD IV has been delayed from its original target implementation date, as drafting of the underlying regulations and directive has not completed. Notwithstanding this it is still expected to come into effect on a phased basis in 2013, fully effective from 1st January 2018. It is based on the Basel 3 recommendations, which were developed in response to the recent banking crisis and aims to strengthen the capital adequacy of banks by increasing:

  the quality of eligible capital the banks can include in their capital base for capital adequacy purposes; and
  the quantity of capital held by setting significantly higher minimum capital ratios and identifying capital buffers that can be imposed by national supervisors according to their assessment of risk exposure.

Based on our current interpretation of the draft CRD IV regulations, the Group’s pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET 1”) ratio, including the 2009 Preference Shares (which will continue to be considered as CET 1 until 31 December 2017), is estimated at 9.7% as at 31 December 2012.

 

 

 

43    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 4. Capital management  

 

 

The following table summarises the Group capital position as at 31 December 2012 and 2011:

 

    2012     2011   
Capital adequacy information*   m      

 

 

Tier 1

   

Paid up share capital and related share premium

    8,096        10,096    

Eligible reserves

    3,022        5,313    

Regulatory adjustments

    (312     (263)   

 

 

Core tier 1 capital

    10,806        15,146    

Supervisory deductions from tier 1

   

Unconsolidated financial investments

    (6     (2)   

Securitisations

    (45     (79)   

 

 

Total tier 1 capital (Core tier 1 capital including supervisory deductions)

    10,755                15,065    
 

 

 

 

Tier 2

   

Eligible reserves

    125        125    

Credit provisions

    682        795    

Subordinated term loan capital

    1,154        1,472    

Supervisory deductions from tier 2 capital

    (51     (81)   

 

 

Total tier 2 capital

    1,910        2,311    
 

 

 

 

Gross capital

    12,665        17,376    

Supervisory deductions

    (74     (74)   

 

 

Total capital

    12,591        17,302    
 

 

 

 

Risk weighted assets (unaudited)

   

Credit risk

    66,335        77,863    

Market risk

    616        560    

Operational risk

    4,466        5,856    

 

 

Total risk weighted assets

      71,417        84,279    
 

 

 

 

Capital ratios (unaudited)

   

Core tier 1

    15.1     17.9

Total

    17.6     20.5

 

 

Risk weighted assets (“RWAs”) reduced by 12.9 billion in the year to 31 December 2012. The credit RWAs reduction of 11.5 billion is primarily a result of deleveraging, amortisations and increased provisions, which were offset, to a degree, by deterioration in credit quality, particularly in the mortgage portfolio. The RWAs attached to Operational risk reduced by 1.4 billion in 2012 reflecting the reduced levels of income in the annual calculation, arising, in the main, from disposals and the impact of the economic decline in the last three years.

Core tier 1 capital has reduced by 4.3 billion in the period; this is primarily due to the attributable loss for the period. The impact of this movement together with the decrease in RWAs is a reduction in the core tier 1 capital ratio from 17.9% at 31 December 2011 to 15.1% at 31 December 2012. The core tier 1 ratio is in excess of the 10.5% target core tier 1 requirement as announced under the Financial Measures Programme in March 2011.

Total capital reduced by 4.7 billion in the year to 31 December 2012, due to the 4.3 billion movements in core tier 1 capital described above and a 0.4 billion reduction in tier 2 capital. The reduction in tier 2 capital results from the continued amortisation of the contingent capital instrument that is within five years to maturity. The contingent capital instrument is due to mature in July 2016. The impact of this movement together with the decrease in RWAs is a reduction in the total capital ratio from 20.5% at 31 December 2011 to 17.6% at 31 December 2012.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

    44

 


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 5. Critical accounting policies and estimates   LOGO

 

 

The Group’s accounting policies are set out on pages 193 to 217 of this report.

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since management judgement involves making estimates concerning the likelihood of future events, the actual results could differ from those estimates.

The accounting policies that are deemed critical to AIB’s results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the policy is applied and the estimates that have a significant impact on the financial statements are set out in this section. In addition, estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are also discussed.

Going concern*

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In making its assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Board of Directors have taken into consideration the significant economic and market risks and uncertainties that continue to impact the Group. These include the ability to access Eurosystem funding and Central Bank liquidity facilities to meet liquidity requirements. In addition, the Directors have considered the current level of capital and the potential requirement for capital in the period of assessment. Furthermore, the Directors considered the risks and uncertainties impacting the Eurozone and have taken into account the developments taken at EU level which saw a marked easing of the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis and improvements in conditions in Eurozone financial markets during the second half of 2012.

Loan impairment*

AIB’s accounting policy for impairment of financial assets is set out in accounting policy number 15. The provisions for impairment on loans and receivables at 31 December 2012 represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the reporting date.

The estimation of loan losses is inherently uncertain and depends upon many factors, including loan loss trends, portfolio grade profiles, local and international economic climates, conditions in various industries to which AIB Group is exposed and other external factors such as legal and regulatory requirements.

Credit risk is identified, assessed and measured through the use of credit rating and scoring tools. The ratings influence the management of individual loans. Special attention is paid to lower quality rated loans and when appropriate, loans are transferred to specialist units to help avoid default, or where in default, to help minimise loss. The credit rating triggers the impairment assessment and if relevant the raising of specific provisions on individual loans where there is doubt about their recoverability.

The management process for the identification of loans requiring provision is underpinned by independent tiers of review. Credit quality and loan loss provisioning are independently monitored by credit and risk management on a regular basis. All AIB market segments assess and approve their provisions and provision adequacy on a quarterly basis. These provisions are in turn reviewed and approved by the AIB Group Credit Committee on a quarterly basis with ultimate Group levels being approved by the Audit Committee and the Board.

Key assumptions underpinning the Group’s estimates of collective and IBNR provisioning are back tested with the benefit of experience and revisited for currency on a regular basis.

Specific provisions

A specific provision is made against problem loans when, in the judgement of management, the estimated repayment realisable from the obligor, including the value of any security available, is likely to fall short of the amount of principal and interest outstanding on the obligor’s loan or overdraft account. The amount of the specific provision made in the Group’s consolidated financial statements is intended to cover the difference between the assets’ carrying value and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the assets’ original effective interest rates. Specific provisions are created for cases that are individually significant (i.e. above certain thresholds), and also collectively for assets that are not individually significant.

The amount of specific provision required on an individually assessed loan is highly dependent on estimates of the amount of future cash flows and their timing. Individually insignificant impaired loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As this process is model driven, the total amount of the Group’s impairment provisions on these loans is somewhat uncertain as it may not totally reflect the impact of the prevailing market conditions.

Changes in the estimate of the value of security and the time it takes to receive those cash flows could have a significant effect on the amount of impairment provisions required and on the income statement expense and on the statement of financial position, for example, in assessing the value of residential property held as collateral for impaired mortgage loans in Ireland, AIB uses a ‘peak to trough’ house price decline of 55% as a base. In certain circumstances, realisation costs of 10% to 20% are also deducted.

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

 

 

45    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 5. Critical accounting policies and estimates  

 

 

Specific provisions (continued)

For larger impaired loans (individually significant) other factors such as recent transactional evidence and/or local knowledge are considered, which can result in higher discounts to collateral values. CSO statistics for December 2012 outline a ‘peak to trough’ decline of 49.6% for residential property, nationally. If prices were to decline by a further 5% from AIB’s assumed values and this decline fell directly through to the collateral values of its impaired mortgage loans in Ireland, the additional impairment provision impact would be in the range of approximately 240 million to 280 million.

The construction and property loan portfolio continues to be adversely impacted by the downturn in both the Irish and UK economies. Collateral values have significantly reduced and, particularly in Ireland, market activity is very low in the sector. Accordingly, the estimation of cash flows likely to arise from the realisation of such collateral is subject to a very high degree of uncertainty.

Incurred but not reported provisions

Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) provisions are also maintained to cover loans which are impaired at the reporting date and, while not specifically identified, are known from experience to be present in any portfolio of loans. IBNR provisions are maintained at levels that are deemed appropriate by management having considered: credit grading profiles and grading movements; historic loan loss rates; changes in credit management; procedures, processes and policies; levels of credit management skills; local and international economic climates; portfolio sector profiles/industry conditions; and current estimates of loss in the portfolio.

The total amount of impairment loss in the Group’s non-impaired portfolio and therefore the adequacy of the IBNR allowance is inherently uncertain. There may be factors in the portfolio that have not been a feature of the past and changes in credit grading profiles and grading movements may lag the change in the credit profile of the customer. In addition, current estimates of loss within the earning portfolio and the period of time it takes following a loss event for an individual loan to be recognised as impaired (‘emergence period’) are subject to a greater element of estimation due to the speed of change in the economies in which the Group operates and the unprecedented market conditions.

The potential impact of an increase of one month in the emergence period could result in additional impairment provisions of c. 40 million to 50 million relating to the residential mortgage portfolio and c. 80 million to 90 million for the non-mortgage portfolios.

Forbearance

The Group’s accounting policy for forbearance is set out in accounting policy number 15 ‘Impairment of financial assets’ which incorporates forbearance.

The Group has developed a number of forbearance strategies for both short-term and longer-term solutions to assist customers experiencing financial difficulties. The forbearance strategies involve modifications to contractual repayment terms in order to improve the collectability of outstanding debt, to avoid default, and where relevant, to avoid repossessions. The longer-term advanced forbearance strategies are currently in the process of being rolled out to relevant residential mortgage customers in Ireland. Accordingly, a higher level of judgement and estimation is involved in determining their effects on impairment provisions. Further information on forbearance strategies is set out in the ‘Risk management’ section of this report.

Deferred taxation*

The Group’s accounting policy for deferred tax is set out in accounting policy number 13. Details of the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are set out in note 38.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable (defined for this purpose as more likely than not) that there will be sufficient future taxable profits against which the losses can be used. For a company with a history of recent losses, there must be convincing other evidence to underpin this assessment. The recognition of the deferred tax asset relies on the assessment of future profitability and the sufficiency of those profits to absorb losses carried forward. It requires significant judgements to be made about the projection of long-term future profitability because of the period over which recovery extends.

In assessing the future profitability of the Group, the Board has considered a range of positive and negative evidence for this purpose. Among this evidence, the principal positive factors include the:

  financial support provided by the Irish Government to AIB as agreed with the EU/IMF;
  Irish Government’s committed support to AIB and its nomination of the Group as one of two pillar banks in the smaller reconstructed Irish banking sector;
  updated restructuring plan submitted to the European Commission in September 2012, targeting a return to profitability in 2014 and the ability to grow profits thereafter;
  financial support provided to the Irish State under the EU/IMF programme;
  absence of any expiry dates for Irish and UK tax losses;

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

    46

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Deferred taxation* (continued)

  non-enduring nature of the loan impairments at levels which resulted in recent years’ losses; and
  external forecasts for Ireland and the UK which indicate continued economic recovery through the period of the medium-term financial plan.

Against this, there are a number of uncertainties inherent in any long-term financial assumptions and projections and other negative evidence, including:

  continued funding and margin pressures;
  reduced size of the Group’s operations following re-structuring;
  recent reductions in a number of external forecasts of near-term economic growth rates in Ireland and the UK; and
  instability in the Eurozone and in the Irish and global economies.

The Group’s strategy and its medium term financial plan targets a return to profitability by 2014 and growth in profitability thereafter.

Taking account of all relevant factors, and in the absence of any expiry date for tax losses in Ireland, the Group further believes that it is more likely than not that there will be future profits in the medium term and beyond, in the relevant Irish Group companies against which to use the tax losses. Assuming a sustainable market return on equity over the long term for future profitability levels in Ireland, it will take an extended time period, in excess of 20 years, to absorb such tax losses.

Notwithstanding the absence of any expiry date for tax losses in the UK, AIB has concluded that the recognition of deferred tax assets in its UK subsidiary be limited to the amount projected to be realised within a time period of 15 years. This is the timescale within which the Group believes that it can assess the likelihood of its profits arising as being more likely than not.

However, for certain other subsidiaries and branches, the Group has also concluded that it is more likely than not that there will be insufficient profits to support recognition of deferred tax assets.

The amount of recognised deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses amounts to 3,904 million of which 3,270 million relates to Irish tax losses and 634 million relates to United Kingdom tax losses.

IAS 12 does not permit a company to apply present value discounting to its deferred tax assets or liabilities, regardless of the estimated timescales over which those assets or liabilities are projected to be realised. AIB Group’s deferred tax assets are projected to be realised over a long timescale, benefiting from the absence of any expiry date for Irish or UK tax losses. As a result, the carrying value of the deferred tax assets on the statement of financial position does not reflect the economic value of those assets.

Determination of fair value of financial instruments*

The Group’s accounting policy for the determination of fair value of financial instruments is set out in accounting policy number 16.

The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active market. The absence of quoted prices due to the deterioration of the world’s financial markets increases reliance on valuation techniques and requires the use of judgement in the estimation of fair value. This judgement includes but is not limited to: evaluating available market information; determining the cash flows for the instruments; identifying a risk free discount rate and applying an appropriate credit spread.

Valuation techniques that rely to a greater extent on non-observable data require a higher level of management judgement to calculate a fair value than those based wholly on observable data.

The choice of contributors, the quality of market data used for pricing, and the valuation techniques used are all subject to internal review and approval procedures. Given the uncertainty and subjective nature of valuing financial instruments at fair value, any change in these variables could give rise to the financial instruments being carried at a different valuation, with a consequent impact on shareholders’ equity and, in the case of derivatives and contingent capital instruments, the income statement.

NAMA senior bonds designation and valuation*

The Group’s accounting policy for NAMA senior bonds is set out in accounting policy number 17. These bonds are separately disclosed in the statement of financial position.

NAMA senior bonds are designated as loans and receivables as they meet the criteria to be so designated.

The bases for measurement, interest recognition and impairment for NAMA senior bonds are the same as those for loans and receivables (see accounting policy numbers 6, 15, and 18). There is no active market for the NAMA senior bonds, accordingly, the fair value at take on was determined using a valuation technique.

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.  
   

 

47    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 5. Critical accounting policies and estimates  

 

 

NAMA senior bonds designation and valuation* (continued)

The absence of quoted prices in an active market required an increased use of management judgement in the estimation of fair value. This judgement included, but was not limited to: evaluating available market information; determining the cash flows generated by the instruments; identifying a risk free discount rate and applying an appropriate credit spread.

The valuation technique and critical assumptions used were subject to internal review and approval procedures. While the Group believes its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different measurements, valuation techniques or assumptions could have given rise to the NAMA senior bonds being measured at a different valuation at initial recognition, with a consequent impact on the income statement.

NAMA senior bonds are subject to the same credit review processes and procedures as for loans and receivables (accounting policy number 17).

Retirement benefit obligations*

The Group’s accounting policy for retirement benefit plans is set out in accounting policy number 11.

The Group provides a number of defined benefit and defined contribution retirement benefit schemes in various geographic locations, the majority of which are funded. In relation to the defined benefit schemes, a full actuarial valuation is undertaken every three years and is updated to reflect current conditions in the intervening periods. Scheme assets are valued at fair value. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis, using the projected unit method and discounted at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.

In calculating the scheme liabilities and the charge to the income statement, the Directors have chosen a number of financial and demographic assumptions within an acceptable range, under advice from the Group’s actuaries which include price inflation, pension increases, earnings growth and the longevity of scheme members. The impact on the income statement and statement of financial position could be materially different if a different set of assumptions were used. The assumptions adopted for the Group’s pension schemes are set out in note 12 to the financial statements, together with a sensitivity analysis of the scheme liabilities to changes in those assumptions.

In June 2012, the Group announced a pay and benefits review which proposed amendments to the pay and benefits of staff. At 31 December 2012, certain elements of this review had already been implemented and their impact was recognised in the financial statements. In relation to the proposed closure of the defined benefit schemes to further accrual, whilst the Group had signalled its intentions in this regard, this had not occurred at 31 December 2012, therefore, its impact was not recognised in the financial statements.

Termination benefits provisions

The Group’s accounting policy for termination benefits is set out in accounting policy number 11.

The Group announced a voluntary severance programme in May 2012 which included both an early retirement scheme and a voluntary severance scheme. The programme is scheduled to run until December 2013, however, a sizeable number of staff have already left the Group. The income statement has been charged for the expense relating to all staff expected to leave under this programme. The provisions at 31 December 2012 are based on management’s best estimate of the cost for the expected level of staff leaving in 2013 based on currently known facts and expectations.

Basis of consolidation*

For third party acquisitions, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their acquisition date fair values.

Where these acquisitions relate to the acquisition of a business between entities under the control of the Irish Government, assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their carrying value in the books of the transferor at the date of transfer, adjusted for any differences in accounting policies.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    48

 


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings   LOGO

 

 

Customer accounts

The following table analyses average deposits by customers based on the location of the offices in which the deposits are recorded for 2012, 2011 and 2010, with 2010 showing continuing and discontinued operations separately. The discontinued operations were disposed of on 1 April 2011.

 

        2012        2011        2010     
         

 

 
        Total        Total    Continuing    Discontinued     
                    operations    operations     
                             

 

 

Domestic offices

                 

Current accounts

    11,251      11,179      11,641      –   

Deposits

                         

Demand

    7,311      5,388      6,110      –   

Time

    30,986      31,068      30,984      –   
    49,548      47,635      48,735      –   

Foreign offices

                 

Current accounts

    4,326      4,144      5,403      4,335   

Deposits:

                         

Demand

    2,368      1,920      2,611      –   

Time

    6,646      6,759      11,525      5,920   
    13,340      12,823      19,539      10,255   

 

 

Total

    62,888      60,458      68,274       10,255   
 

 

 

Current accounts are both interest bearing and non-interest bearing checking accounts raised through AIB Group’s branch network in Ireland, Northern Ireland and Britain. Poland, which was presented as a discontinued operation in 2010, was disposed of on 1 April 2011.

Demand deposits attract interest rates which vary from time to time in line with movements in market rates and according to size criteria. Such accounts are not subject to withdrawal by cheque or similar instrument and have no fixed maturity dates.

Time deposits are generally larger, attract higher rates of interest than demand deposits and have predetermined maturity dates.

Customer accounts by currency

The following table analyses customer deposits by currency as at 31 December:

 

        2012       2011       2010     
           

 

 
        Total       Total       Continuing       Discontinued     
                        operations       operations     
        m       m       m          

 

 

Euro

    49,755     46,376     38,715     908   

US dollar

    1,145     1,197     1,422     203   

Sterling

    12,567     12,974     11,869     57   

Polish zloty

    2     3         9,317   

Other currencies

    141     124     383     11   

 

 

Total

    63,610     60,674     52,389     10,496   
 

 

 

 

 

 

49    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings  

 

 

Large time deposits and certificates of deposit

The following tables show details of the Group’s large time deposits and certificates of deposit (US$ 100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies) by time remaining until maturity as at 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010. The analysis for 2010 shows continuing operations and discontinued operations separately. The discontinued operations were disposed of on 1 April 2011.

 

    2012  
 

 

 

 
    3 months
or less
    After 3 months
but within
6 months
    After 6 months
but within
12 months
    After
12 months
    Total  
     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Large time deposits

         

Domestic offices

    10,570        4,574        5,622        2,851        23,617   

Foreign offices

    1,895        707        890        366        3,858   

Certificates of deposit

         

Domestic offices

    8        23        3               34   

Foreign offices

                                  

 

 

Total

    12,473        5,304        6,515        3,217        27,509   
 

 

 

 
    2011  
 

 

 

 
    3 months
or less
    After 3 months
but within
6 months
    After 6 months
but within
12 months
    After
12 months
    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Large time deposits

         

Domestic offices

    8,479        2,867        3,389        1,953        16,688   

Foreign offices

    2,912        935        1,464        357        5,668   

Certificates of deposit

         

Domestic offices

    36        5        17               58   

Foreign offices

    194               19               213   

 

 

Total

    11,621        3,807        4,889        2,310        22,627   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    50


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Large time deposits and certificates of deposit

 

    2010    
 

 

 

 
    3 months
or less
    After 3 months
but within
6 months
    After 6 months
but within
12 months
    After
12 months
    Total    
Continuing operations   m     m     m     m     m    

 

 

Large time deposits

         

Domestic offices

    8,244        1,938        1,737        450        12,369     

Foreign offices

    3,301        1,126        902        883        6,212     

Certificates of deposit

         

Domestic offices

                                –     

Foreign offices

    38               10        206        254     

 

 

Total

    11,583        3,064        2,649        1,539        18,835     
 

 

 

 
    2010    
 

 

 

 
    3 months
or less
    After 3 months
but within
6 months
    After 6 months
but within
12 months
    After
12 months
    Total    
Discontinued operations   m     m     m     m     m    

 

 

Large time deposits

         

Domestic offices

                                –     

Foreign offices

    1,752        473        250        18        2,493     

Certificates of deposit

         

Domestic offices

                                –     

Foreign offices

                                –     

 

 

Total

    1,752        473        250        18        2,493     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 6. Deposits and short term borrowings  

 

 

Short-term borrowings

The following table shows details of short-term borrowings of AIB Group for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010. The analysis for 2010 shows continuing operations and discontinued operations separately. It is presented on a total Group basis for 2012 and 2011.

 

     2012     2011     2010   
      

 

 

 
     Total     Total     Continuing
operations
    Discontinued 
operations 
 
     m     m     m      

 

 

Commercial Paper:

        

End of year outstandings

                   712        –      

Highest month-end balance

            423        4,092        –      

Average balance

            35        2,622        –      

Average rate of interest

        

At end of year

                   1.32     –      

During the year

            1.25     0.83     –      

Repurchase agreements:

        

End of year outstandings

     16,700        32,878        40,660        409      

Highest month-end balance

     32,845        49,088        43,441        1,314      

Average balance

     21,891        39,646        28,777        728      

Average rate of interest

        

At end of year

     0.58     0.98     1.66     3.19%   

During year

     0.78     1.33     0.96     2.89%   

Other short-term borrowings:

        

End of year outstandings

     4,283        6,752        11,326        47      

Highest month-end balance

     8,499        11,987        26,102        209      

Average balance

     7,470        7,363        17,807        132      

Average rate of interest

        

At end of year

     3.30     2.21     2.09     1.08%   

During year

     3.51     1.99     1.33     1.71%   

 

 

Average interest rates during the year are computed by dividing total interest expense by the average amount borrowed. Average interest rates at the year end are average rates for a single day and as such may reflect one-day market distortions which may not be indicative of generally prevailing rates. ‘Other short-term borrowings’ consist principally of borrowings in the inter-bank market included within ‘Deposits by central banks and banks’ and ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the consolidated financial statements and generally have remaining maturities of one year or less. The maturity profiles of the above outstandings are disclosed in note 60 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

    52


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 7. Financial investments available for sale   LOGO

 

 

Available for sale debt securities

The following tables categorise AIB Group’s available-for-sale debt securities by contractual residual maturity and weighted average yield at 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010 with the analysis for 2010 showing continuing operations and discontinued operations separately. There were no discontinued operations in either 2012 or 2011.

 

    2012  
 

 

 

 
          After 1 but        After 5 but            
    Within 1 year      within 5 years     within 10 years     After 10 years  
    m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %  

 

 

Irish Government securities

                  3,563        5.7        3,784        5.0        241        5.3   

Euro government securities

    67        1.7        833        1.9        534        2.7        320        3.5   

Non Euro government securities

    56        0.4        344        1.5        150        3.5        162        3.9   

Supranational banks and government agencies

    83        0.9        1,491        1.7        98        2.0        10        0.6   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

                  13        1.2        9        1.2                 

Other asset backed securities

                  53        0.4        3        0.3        864        0.4   

Euro bank securities

    932        3.5        2,048        3.1        90        2.7                 

Non Euro bank securities

    35        4.0        126        2.8                               

Euro corporate securities

    26        3.4        45        6.6        8        6.2        8        7.4   

Non Euro corporate securities

    44        4.1        82        4.1        39        6.4        28        6.0   

Other investments

                  12        6.9                               

 

 

Total

      1,243        3.1        8,610        3.8        4,715        4.6        1,633        2.2   
 

 

 

 
    2011  
 

 

 

 
          After 1 but        After 5 but            
    Within 1 year       within 5 years     within 10 years     After 10 years  
    m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %  

 

 

Irish Government securities

    693        3.8        2,204        6.9        2,113        6.6        207        6.5   

Euro government securities

    137        2.5        810        2.0        621        2.9        292        3.8   

Non Euro government securities

    63        0.7        361        1.7        417        3.7        429        3.9   

Supranational banks and government agencies

    131        3.7        896        2.0        107        2.6        14        1.0   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

                  9        1.9        10        3.9        489        0.6   

Other asset backed securities

                  29        2.3        32        2.0        1,149        2.0   

Euro bank securities

    968        2.3        1,896        4.3        191        4.1                 

Non Euro bank securities

    232        1.7        200        2.9        44        3.0                 

Euro corporate securities

    17        3.1        74        6.4        12        9.2        7        8.3   

Non Euro corporate securities

    35        2.7        154        4.9        65        8.0        25        6.3   

Other investments

                  12        6.9                               

 

 

Total

    2,276        2.7        6,645        4.4        3,612        5.3        2,612        2.7   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Financial review - 7. Financial investments available for sale  

 

 

Available for sale debt securities (continued)

    2010  
 

 

 

 
          After 1 but        After 5 but            
    Within 1 year      within 5 years     within 10 years     After 10 years  
Continuing operations   m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %  

 

 

Irish Government securities

    908        3.1        1,471        4.2        1,930        6.1                 

Euro government securities

    754        3.6        1,853        2.2        527        2.5        383        3.8   

Non Euro government securities

    589        4.7        208        2.7        538        2.3        358        4.8   

Supranational banks and government agencies

    271        5.0        883        2.2        163        2.2                 

U.S. Treasury & U.S. Government agencies

    142        3.6                                    41        0.6   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

                  33        1.7        11        2.7        841        0.6   

Other asset backed securities

                  7        1.7        171        1.0        2,382        1.6   

Euro bank securities

    1,116        2.5        2,293        2.4        547        3.4        10        4.8   

Non Euro bank securities

    702        3.8        599        2.1        132        11.1                 

Euro corporate securities

    17        1.9        152        6.0        11        8.1        7        8.0   

Non Euro corporate securities

    48        7.5        280        5.4        83        7.2        38        6.7   

Other investments

                  12        6.9                               

 

 

Total

      4,547        3.5        7,791        2.9        4,113        4.7        4,060        1.9   
 

 

 

 
    2010  
 

 

 

 
          After 1 but        After 5 but            
    Within 1 year      within 5 years     within 10 years     After 10 years  
Discontinued operations   m     Yield %     m     Yield %     m     Yield %      m     Yield %  

 

 

Euro government securities

    30        3.5        40        4.7                               

Non Euro government securities

    341        2.6        897        3.6        388        4.7                 

U.S. Treasury & U.S. Government agencies

    5        4.9                                             

Euro bank securities

                  13        5.8        6        6.3                 

 

 

Total

    376        2.7        950        3.6        394        4.8                 
 

 

 

 

Financial investments available for sale unrealised gains/losses

The following table gives the fair value of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the gross unrealised gains and losses at 31 December 2010. See note 33 of the financial statements for this analysis for 2012 and 2011.

 

                                  2010  
 

 

 

 
          Unrealised     Unrealised     Net unrealised           Net  
    Fair value     gross gains     gross losses     gains/(losses)     Tax effect     after tax  
Continuing operations   m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Debt securities

           

Irish Government securities

    4,309               (632     (632     111        (521

Euro government securities

    3,517        44        (50     (6     1        (5

Non Euro government securities

    1,693        88        (3     85        (17     68   

Supranational banks and government agencies

    1,317        15        (8     7        (1     6   

U.S. Treasury & U.S. Government agencies

    183        2               2               2   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

    885        1        (22     (21     3        (18

Other asset backed securities

    2,560        1        (291     (290     36        (254

Euro bank securities

    3,966        25        (79     (54     7        (47

Non Euro bank securities

    1,433        6        (87     (81     10        (71

Euro corporate securities

    187        10        (3     7        (2     5   

Non Euro corporate securities

    449        27        (3     24        (6     18   

Other investments

    12                                      

 

 

Total debt securities

    20,511        219        (1,178     (959     142        (817

Equity securities

           

Equity securities - NAMA subordinated bonds

    169               (51     (51     6        (45

Equity securities - other

    145        23        (11     12        (2     10   

 

 

Total financial investments available for sale

    20,825        242        (1,240     (998     146        (852
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    54


Table of Contents
  Financial review - 8. Financial investments held to maturity   LOGO

 

 

The following table categorises the Group’s financial investments held to maturity, by maturity and weighted average yield at 31 December 2010, for discontinued operations (there were no financial investments held to maturity for continuing operations in 2010) and there were no financial investments held to maturity at either 31 December 2012 or 31 December 2011.

 

    2010  
 

 

 

 
          After 1 but        After 5 but            
    Within 1 year      within 5 years     within 10 years     After 10 years  
Discontinued operations   m     Yield %    
m
    Yield %    
m
    Yield %      m     Yield %  

 

 

Non Euro government securities

        283        4.3        901        5.2        227        5.6                 

 

 

 

 

 

55    


Table of Contents
LOGO    Financial review - 9. Contractual obligations   

 

 

Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual cash flows are set out in note 61 to the consolidated financial statements. The tables in this section provide details of the contractual obligations of the Group as at 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010 in respect of capital expenditure and operating lease commitments. The analysis for 2010 shows continuing operations and discontinued operations separately.

 

                                 2012  
  

 

 

 
     Less than
1 year
     1 to
3 years
     3 to
5 years
     After 5
years
     Total  
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contractual obligations

              

Capital expenditure commitments

     7                                 7   

Operating leases

     73         135         124         507         839   

 

 

Total

     80         135         124         507         846   
  

 

 

 
                                 2011  
  

 

 

 
     Less than
1 year
     1 to
3 years
     3 to
5 years
     After 5
years
     Total  
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contractual obligations

              

Capital expenditure commitments

     11                                 11   

Operating leases

     80         134         126         557         897   

 

 

Total

     91         134         126         557         908   
  

 

 

 
                                 2010  
  

 

 

 
     Less than
1 year
     1 to
3 years
     3 to
5 years
     After 5
years
     Total  
Continuing operations    m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contractual obligations

              

Capital expenditure commitments

     20                                 20   

Operating leases

     73         127         107         546         853   

 

 

Total

     93         127         107         546         873   
  

 

 

 
                                 2010  
  

 

 

 
     Less than
1 year
     1 to
3 years
     3 to
5 years
     After 5
years
     Total  
Discontinued operations    m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contractual obligations

              

Capital expenditure commitments

     9                                 9   

Operating leases

     37         63         49         77         226   

 

 

Total

     46         63         49         77         235   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    56


Table of Contents
   Risk management   LOGO

 

 

             Page      

1. Risk factors

     58     

2. Framework

    

2.1

   

Risk management framework

     65     

2.2

   

Risk appetite

     65     

2.3

   

Risk governance and risk management organisation

     65     

2.4

   

Risk identification and assessment process

     67     

2.5

   

Stress and scenario testing

     67     

2.6

   

Future developments

     67     

3. Individual risk types

    

3.1

   

Credit risk

     69     
   

Credit exposure

     69     
   

Credit risk management

     72     
   

Credit profile of the loan portfolio:

     79     
   

Credit profile of residential mortgages

     92     
   

Segmental analysis of the loan portfolio

     112     
   

Credit ratings of total loans and receivables to customers

     122     
   

Analysis of credit risk - 5 year summaries

     125     
   

Financial investments available for sale

     144     

3.2

   

Liquidity risk

     147     

3.3

   

Market risk

     148     

3.4

   

Structural foreign exchange risk

     152     

3.5

   

Operational risk

     153     

3.6

   

Regulatory compliance risk

     154     

3.7

   

Pension risk

     155     

3.8

   

Parent company risk information

     156     

 

 

 

57    


Table of Contents
LOGO    Risk management – 1. Risk factors

 

 

Introduction

The Group’s approach to identifying and monitoring the principal risks and uncertainties it faces is informed by risk factors. All of the Group’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks which are assessed on a Group wide basis. Certain risks can be mitigated by the use of safeguards and appropriate systems and actions which form part of the Group’s risk management framework. The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group fall under the following broad categories:

  Macro-economic and geopolitical risk;
  Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to the business model; and,
  Risks relating to business operations, governance and internal control systems.

The risks pertaining to each of these categories are set out in summary form in the box below and described in more detail in subsequent pages.

 

 

Macro-economic and geopolitical risk

 

Ireland depends materially on financial support from the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”), the European Union (“EU”) and the European Central Bank (“ECB”) and may be adversely affected by the conditions attaching to the financial support provided by these institutions.

 

The Group’s access to funding and liquidity is adversely affected by the financial instability within the Eurozone.

 

Contagion risks could disrupt the markets and adversely affect the Group’s financial condition.

 

Constraints on liquidity and market reaction to factors affecting Ireland and the Irish economy have created an exceptionally challenging environment for the management of the Group’s liquidity.

 

The Group’s markets, particularly for retail deposits, are at risk from more intense competition.

 

The Group’s business may be adversely affected by a further deterioration in economic and market conditions.

 

General economic conditions continue to be very challenging for mortgage and other lending to customers and increase the risk of payment default.

 

The depressed Irish property prices may give rise to increased losses by the Group.

 

 

The Group faces market risks, including non-trading interest rate risk.

 

 

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to the business model

 

Extensive powers continue to be conferred on the Irish Minister for Finance.

 

The Group is subject to rigorous and demanding Government supervision and oversight.

 

The Group may be subject to the risk of having insufficient capital to meet increased minimum regulatory requirements.

 

The Group’s business activities must comply with increasing levels of regulation introduced as a result of failings in financial markets.

 

The Group’s participation in the National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) Programme gives rise to certain residual financial risks.

 

The Group may be adversely affected by further austerity and budget measures introduced by the Irish Government.

 

The value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements and estimates that may change over time, or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate, and the value realised by the Group for these assets may be materially different from their current, or estimated, fair value.

 

The recoverability of the Group’s deferred tax assets depend substantially on the generation of future profits over an extended number of years. Changes in tax legislation, regulatory requirements or accounting standards could adversely affect the basis of recognition.

 

 

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

  The Group is subject to inherent credit risks in respect of customers and counterparties which could adversely affect the Group’s results, financial condition and further prospects.

 

The Group faces heightened operational risks.

 

The restructuring of the Group entails risks.

 

The Group’s risk management strategies and techniques may be unsuccessful.

 

There is always a risk of litigation arising from the Group’s activities.

 

This list of principal risks and uncertainties should not be considered as exhaustive and other factors, not yet identified, or not currently considered material, may adversely affect the Group.

Macro-economic and geopolitical risk

Ireland depends materially on financial support from the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”), the European Union (“EU”) and the European Central Bank (“ECB”) and may be adversely affected by the conditions attaching to the financial support provided by these institutions

The IMF/EU/ECB Programme of Financial Support for Ireland provides financial assistance to the Irish State. The Programme includes a fundamental downsizing and reorganisation of the banking sector, complemented by the availability of capital to underpin bank solvency. The Irish State committed to ‘ensure continued compliance with the minimum core tier 1 capital ratio of 10.5% for all PCAR

 

 

 

    58


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

banks’ (which includes AIB). In addition, the Irish State must report on a series of actions agreed with the EU /IMF on financial sector reforms in Ireland under headings such as deleveraging, funding and liquidity monitoring, asset quality, reorganisation and financial supervision. As part of a quarterly IMF/EU/ECB mission to Ireland, AIB is required to meet with representatives of the IMF, EU and ECB to discuss progress on the restructuring of AIB. In addition, AIB is required to submit a formal restructuring plan to the authorities which sets out the Group’s path to viability and presents the Group’s plans on deleveraging, funding and liquidity, asset quality, and reorganisation.

A failure to meet the specified conditions of the financial support and achieve the associated fiscal targets on time could lead to a termination of the financial support which could have a material adverse effect on the financial sector in Ireland and on the Group.

The Group’s access to funding and liquidity is impacted by the financial instability within the Eurozone

Economic, monetary and political conditions, although improved, remain unstable within a number of the Eurozone members. There is a risk that certain EU/Eurozone members may not be able to support their debt burdens and meet future financial obligations, which may then be reflected in a further downgrade of sovereign credit ratings. This could adversely affect the cost and availability of funding to EU Member States and European banks. The Irish sovereign ratings have a direct impact on the Group’s rating, which is a key factor in attracting and retaining deposits. Any future downgrade could threaten the Group’s liquidity and funding including its deposit base and might also impede future access to wholesale funding markets.

Contagion risks could disrupt the markets and adversely affect the Group’s financial condition

Contagion risk in the markets in which the Group operates and dislocations caused by the interdependency of financial market participants is an on-going material risk to the Group’s financial condition. Any reductions in the perceived creditworthiness of one or more corporate borrowers or financial institutions could lead to market-wide liquidity problems, losses and defaults, which could adversely affect the Group’s results, financial condition and future prospects. Another source of potential contagion risk relates to the Euro. The potential withdrawal of Greece from the Eurozone would have a significant adverse effect on the financial stability of Europe, and with it that of the Irish financial system and Irish banks. This scenario could lead to a loss of customers’ deposits, as well as creating some immediate operational and business hurdles for the Group.

Constraints on liquidity and market reaction to factors affecting Ireland and the Irish economy have created an exceptionally challenging environment for the management of the Group’s liquidity

AIB has been operating in an exceptionally challenging environment for the last four years. Wholesale market conditions have restricted the Group’s funding access to short duration, mainly secured funding. However, there has been recent improvement in market sentiment towards Irish issuers and AIB plans to re-engage in a balanced and measured manner to ensure viable funding levels whilst building confidence with external investors.

The continuing availability of customer deposits to fund the Group’s loan portfolio is subject to factors outside the Group’s control, such as the loss of confidence of depositors in the Irish economy, the Irish financial services industry or the Group. Any loss of confidence in the Group, or in banking businesses generally, could lead to further losses of deposits over a short period of time.

To meet its funding requirements, the Group has accessed a range of central bank liquidity facilities, including certain additional liquidity schemes introduced by central banks for market participants during periods of dislocation in the funding markets. This has included a switch from short term ECB drawings into two 3-year Longer-Term Refinancing Operations (“LTROs”) in December 2011 and March 2012. In accessing central bank and other secured lending facilities, the Group has relied significantly on its Qualifying Liquid Assets.

On-going deleveraging and an increase in customer deposits have reduced the Group’s reliance on ECB funding and central bank liquidity facilities with the Group now preparing for the expiry of the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) Scheme. However, in the unlikely event that AIB exhausts its stock of available collateral, it would be necessary to seek alternative sources of funding, including continued support by the Irish Government.

The Financial Measures Programme, which requires each domestic Irish bank to meet liquidity requirements including targets set for Basel III ratios, Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) and Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) require continued deleveraging measures such as the run off and disposal of non-core assets.

The Group’s markets, particularly for retail deposits, are at risk from more intense competition

The Group faces continuing competition for retail deposits across all of its markets. In the absence of available wholesale funding, the Group needs to retain and grow its retail deposits to support future growth. Deposit balances have increased across all business segments and AIB UK’s withdrawal from the ELG Scheme has had a negligible impact on deposit balances. While the Group believes it is positioned to compete effectively, there can be no assurance that existing or increased competition will not adversely affect the Group in one or more of the markets in which it operates.

 

 

 

59    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 1. Risk factors  

 

 

The Group’s business may be adversely affected by a further deterioration in economic and market conditions

The deterioration of the Irish and UK economies has significantly adversely affected the Group’s financial condition and performance in recent years. Although, following a very deep recession, economic activity had regained some momentum both in Ireland and internationally, global activity has weakened again.

A renewed downturn in the performance of the Irish economy or other relevant economies could further adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results. This could include further reductions in business activity, lower demand for the Group’s products and services, reduced availability of credit, increased funding costs, decreased asset values, and additional write-downs and impairment charges. This would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s plans for recovery and deleveraging. The Group’s financial performance may also be affected by future recovery rates on assets and the historical assumptions underlying asset recovery rates may no longer be accurate, given the general economic instability.

General economic conditions continue to be very challenging for mortgage and other lending to customers and increases the risk of payment default

The Group remains heavily exposed to the Irish residential property market ( 39.53 billion). The high level of unemployment, coupled with a general reduction in disposable income (including increased taxes and pay reductions) has had an adverse impact on borrowers’ ability to repay loans which is evidenced by the increasing arrears on residential property mortgages.

Furthermore, since 2011 a number of initiatives and regulations were introduced following the Inter-Departmental Working Group on Mortgage Arrears, including the publication of the ‘Keane Report’, the Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears, the Consumer Protection Code 2012 and the 2012 Code of Conduct for Business Lending to Small and Medium Enterprises and the requirement for Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategies. Collectively, these have led to a need for more sophisticated mortgage arrears management strategies, in particular, the application of forbearance measures which were introduced in 2012. The impact of these measures has yet to be seen, but it does increase the risk of potential loan losses which the Group would not otherwise incur as it may lead to a lack of willingness (as opposed to ability) to repay loans. Furthermore, there is a risk that the reforms of Irish bankruptcy law may result in more customers choosing this as a debt solution.

Overall, there is an increased risk of further impairment to the Group’s residential mortgage and commercial property loan portfolios, leading to higher costs, additional write-downs and lower profitability for the Group.

The depressed Irish property prices may give rise to increased losses by the Group

Since the beginning of 2007, the Irish property market has undergone a material negative correction both in property prices and lending activity. AIB’s exposure to credit risk is exacerbated when the collateral it holds cannot be realised or is liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or other exposure due to AIB. This is most likely to occur during periods of illiquidity and depressed asset valuations, such as those currently being experienced. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on AIB’s future performance and results. In addition, exposure to particularly vulnerable sectors of the Irish and/or UK economies, in particular property and construction, could result in reduced valuations of the assets over which AIB has taken security and reduced recoverability. Furthermore, an increase in interest rates in AIB’s main markets may lead, amongst other things, to further declines in collateral values, higher repayment costs and reduced recoverability. Together with the aforementioned risks this may adversely affect AIB’s earnings or require an increase in the cumulative impairment charge for AIB.

The Group faces market risks, including non-trading interest rate risk

Market risk is defined as the risk to AIB’s earnings and shareholder value resulting from adverse movements in the level or volatility of market prices of debt instruments, equities and currencies. The market risk associated with AIB’s trading activities is predominantly the result of the facilitation of client business and secondarily, the discretionary positioning activities of AIB in debt instruments, foreign exchange and equity products.

Among the most significant market risks which AIB faces are interest rate, foreign exchange, bond and equity price risks. Changes in interest rate levels, yield curves and spreads may affect the interest rate margin between lending and borrowing costs, the effect of which may be heightened during periods of liquidity stress, such as those experienced in recent times.

Changes in currency rates, particularly in the euro-sterling and euro-US dollar exchange rates, affect the value of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and the reported earnings of AIB’s non-Irish subsidiaries and may affect income from foreign exchange dealing. The performance of financial markets may affect bond and equity prices causing changes to the value of AIB’s investment and trading portfolios.

While AIB has implemented risk management methodologies to mitigate and control these and other market risks to which it is exposed, it is difficult, particularly in the current environment, to predict with accuracy changes in economic or market conditions and to anticipate the effects that such changes could have on AIB’s financial performance and results of operations.

 

 

 

    60


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to the business model

Extensive powers continue to be conferred on the Irish Minister for Finance

The Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 conferred extensive powers on the Irish Minister for Finance to direct the affairs of and restructure credit institutions and reorganise their assets and liabilities. Pursuant to the Act, directors are required to act in a manner that is aligned to the interests of the State in the performance of their duties, having regard to public interest considerations specified in the Act. The provisions of the Act were to cease to have effect on 31 December 2012 unless otherwise extended. The Act was extended and remains in effect until the end of 2014, unless further extended in due course.

The Group is subject to rigorous and demanding Government supervision and oversight

As a result of the recapitalisations of AIB by the Irish Government, AIB is subject to a set of obligations outlined under a number of Subscription and Placing Agreements impacting on the Group’s governance, remuneration, operations and lending activities. These obligations are in addition to certain commitments and restrictions to the operation of the Group’s business under the Credit Institutions (Financial Support ) Scheme 2008 (“the CIFS Scheme”), the NAMA Programme and the ELG Scheme, all of which may serve to limit the Group’s operations and place significant demands on the reporting systems and resources of the Group.

The Group may be subject to the risk of having insufficient capital to meet increased minimum regulatory requirements

The Group’s target capital requirements as determined by the Central Bank of Ireland under its Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”) are currently a core tier 1 ratio of 10.5% in the base scenario and 6% in a stressed scenario (excluding a requirement for an additional protective buffer). As at 31 December 2012, the Group achieved a core tier 1 ratio of 15.1% which is above the required level. AIB carries out extensive forward-looking stress tests on its capital position on a quarterly basis and, over the course of 2012, these have confirmed that the Group does not require additional capital within the defined stress level. However, given the levels of uncertainty in the current economic environment, there is a possibility that the economic outturn over the capital planning period may be materially worse than the stress scenario envisaged and/or that losses on the Group’s credit portfolio may be above forecast levels. Were such losses to be significantly greater than currently forecast, there is a risk that the Group’s capital position could be eroded to the extent that it would have insufficient capital to meet its regulatory requirements.

The Group’s business activities must comply with increasing levels of regulation introduced as a result of failings in financial markets

In 2012, the unprecedented level of new regulations, issued by both by the Central Bank of Ireland and the EU, continued through a number of new and revised Codes and Directives:

  The first compliance statement under the Corporate Governance Code for Credit Institutions and Insurance firms which was introduced in 2011 was required to be submitted. The Code sets out the minimum requirements an institution must meet to promote strong and effective governance;
  The revised Code of Conduct for Business Lending to Small and Medium Enterprises offers added protection to those in financial difficulties. This code came into effect on 1 January 2012 with consideration given until 30 June 2012 for its full implementation; and
  The revised Consumer Protection Code came into effect on 1 January 2012 with consideration given until 30 June 2012 for full compliance where system changes were required.

Major change programmes were initiated across the Group to implement these new requirements spanning all business areas, processes and systems and we are operating fully to these codes now.

The Personal Insolvency Act, which was signed into law in December 2012, provides for the introduction of new non-judicial debt settlement and for amendments to the Bankruptcy Act. It is expected that in quarter 1 of 2013 the newly established Insolvency Service of Ireland will issue relevant guidelines and publications and that in quarter 2 the Insolvency Service will begin to appoint Personal Insolvency Practitioners (“PIPs”). A key risk arises from potential changes in customer behaviour and attitude to debt obligations given that the new legislation allows for the agreed settlement of unsecured debt and the settlement/restructuring of secured debts up to a maximum of 3 million. The inclusion of secured debt in the non-judicial process is unprecedented, and therefore, it is difficult to gauge its impact. While the Personal Insolvency Arrangement (“PIA”) requires prior co-operation and engagement by Private Dwelling House (“PDH”) borrowers under the MARP process, this requirement does not apply to other secured debtors. These factors could impact on the potential number of customers applying through the insolvency process, with potential negative consequences for the Group in terms of resourcing, impairment provisions and capital adequacy, with ensuing adverse Government, media and consumer reactions. It is recognised that PIPs, who have yet to be authorised, will play a key role in the effective implementation of the legislation as will the guideline living standards for applicants. While the Insolvency Service has given indications as to its intended approach in relation to these factors, there remains uncertainty that the controls will be adequate to mitigate the downside risk of changes to customer behaviour.

A number of new legislative proposals are currently being considered by the Oireachtas (the Irish National Parliament) including the Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement Bill) 2011 and the Credit Reporting Bill 2012. Together with the high level of existing

 

 

 

61    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 1. Risk factors  

 

 

regulations, the challenge of managing regulatory compliance increased substantially in 2012. The changing regulatory standards have posed a concomitant demand on the Group in terms of the deployment of business and IT resources which are expected to continue in 2013. Delivering this level of change has placed and will continue to place added risk on the organisation, including the challenge to meet tight delivery timelines in the face of competing priorities and resource demands. The Group is subject to financial services laws, regulations and policies in each location in which it operates. Changes in supervision and regulation, in particular in or applying to Ireland has and will continue to have a material impact on the Group’s business, products and services offered and the value of its assets.

Future changes in government policy, central bank monetary authority policy, EU/Eurozone policies, legislation or regulation or their interpretation relevant to the financial services industry in the markets in which the Group operates may adversely affect its product range, distribution channels, funding sources, capital requirements and consequently, reported results and financing requirements. Any changes in the regulation of selling practices and solvency, funding and capital requirements could have a significant adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations, financial condition and future prospects. Furthermore, new regulatory obligations regarding functional and operational arrangements within the Group may also have an adverse impact on the Group’s results, financial conditions and prospects.

The Group’s participation in the NAMA Programme gives rise to certain residual financial risks

On 8 April 2009, the Minister for Finance announced that a National Assets Management Agency (“NAMA”) would be established on a statutory basis for the purpose of strengthening the Irish financial system as a whole. Legislation was enacted (the National Asset Management Agency Act 2009 (“NAMA Act”)) in November 2009 which established NAMA with AIB being designated in February 2010 as a participating institution under the NAMA Act.

During 2010 and 2011, AIB transferred financial assets to NAMA with a net carrying value of 15.5 billion for which it received as consideration NAMA senior and NAMA subordinated bonds.

Section 93 of the NAMA Act (Clawback of overpayments) provides that where a participating institution receives an amount to which it was not entitled, that the participating institution will repay such amount to NAMA. Any payments to NAMA in relation to such “Clawback” may have an adverse effect on AIB. Section 135 of the NAMA Act and Clause 9.2 of NAMA’s Acquisition Terms and Conditions directs AIB to provide a series of indemnities to NAMA relating to the transferred assets. Any payment by AIB to NAMA in respect of the indemnities may have an adverse effect on AIB.

Furthermore, Section 225 of the NAMA Act provides, that on the dissolution or restructuring of NAMA, that the Minister for Finance may require that a report and accounts be prepared. In the event that NAMA shows that an aggregate loss has been incurred during the period since its establishment, the Irish Minister for Finance may impose a surcharge on AIB, as a participating institution (under additional legislation which would be enacted). The surcharge is to be apportioned to each participating institution on the basis of the book value of the assets acquired from that participating institution and is not to exceed the amount of the underlying loss, if any, incurred by NAMA. Any surcharge due to be paid by a participating institution in accordance with the Act may not exceed 100 per cent. of the corporation tax, if any, due and payable by that participating institution for the accounting period(s). No surcharge will become payable until either (a) 10 years after the passing of the NAMA Act; or (b) NAMA is dissolved or restructured, or there is a material alteration of NAMA’s functions, whichever is last to occur.

In addition, credit exposure to NAMA arises from the senior and subordinated NAMA bonds acquired by AIB in consideration for the transfer of assets to NAMA.

Any of these events may serve to limit AIB’s operations and could have a material adverse effect on AIB’s results, financial condition and future prospects.

The Group may be adversely affected by further austerity and budget measures introduced by the Irish Government

The current and future budgetary and taxation policy of Ireland and other measures adopted by Ireland to meet its obligations to the EU, the ECB or the IMF may have an adverse impact on borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and, as a result, the Group’s business.

The value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements, and estimates that may change over time, or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate, and the value realised by the Group for these assets may be materially different from their current, or estimated, fair value

Under IFRS, the Group recognises at fair value: (i) derivative financial instruments; (ii) financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss; (iii) certain hedged financial assets and financial liabilities; and (iv) financial assets classified as available for sale (“AFS”). The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active market. Generally, to establish the fair value of these instruments, the Group relies on quoted market prices or, where the market for a financial instrument is not sufficiently active, internal valuation models that use

 

 

 

    62


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

observable market data. Where quoted prices on active markets are not available, the Group uses valuation techniques which require it to make assumptions, judgements and estimates to establish fair value. In common with other financial institutions, these internal valuation models are complex, and the assumptions, judgements and estimates the Group is required to make often relate to matters that are inherently uncertain, such as expected cash flows, the ability of borrowers to service debt, appropriate credit spreads, residential and commercial property price appreciation and depreciation, and relative levels of defaults. Such assumptions, judgements and estimates need to be updated to reflect changing facts, trends and market conditions. The resulting change in the fair values of the financial instruments has had, and could continue to have, an adverse effect on the Group’s results and financial condition.

The financial markets have experienced stressed conditions, where steep falls in perceived or actual asset values have been accompanied by a severe reduction in market liquidity. These stress conditions resulted in the Group recording significant fair value write-downs in the preceding four years. Valuations in future periods, reflecting then-prevailing market conditions, may result in significant changes in the fair values of the Group’s exposures, even in respect of exposures such as credit market exposures, for which it has previously recorded fair value write-downs. In addition, the value ultimately realised by the Group may be materially different from the current or estimated fair value. Any of these factors could require the Group to recognise further fair value write-downs or recognise impairment charges, any of which may adversely affect its results, financial condition and future prospects.

The recoverability of the Group’s deferred tax assets depend substantially on the generation of future profits over an extended number of years. Changes in tax legislation, regulatory requirements or accounting standards could adversely affect the basis of recognition.

The Group’s business performance may not reach the level assumed in the projections supporting the carrying value of the deferred tax assets. Lower than anticipated profitability within Ireland would lengthen the anticipated period over which the Group’s Irish tax losses would be used. The value of the deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses constitutes substantially all of the deferred tax assets recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position. A significant reduction in anticipated profit, or changes in tax legislation, regulatory requirements, accounting standards or relevant practices, could adversely affect the basis for recognition of the value of these losses, which would adversely affect the Group’s results and financial condition, including capital and future prospects.

New capital adequacy rules, consistent with Basel III principles, are proposed within the EU draft Capital Requirements Regulation (part of the Capital Requirements Directive IV package). Assuming implementation in substantially unchanged form, the new rules will, inter alia, require the Group to deduct from its common equity capital, the value of most of the Group’s deferred tax assets, including all deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses. The deduction is likely to be phased in evenly over 5 years (20% per annum) starting on 1 January 2014.

Risks relating to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

The Group is subject to inherent credit risks in respect of customers and counterparties which could adversely affect the Group’s results, financial condition and future prospects

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and other amounts due from customers and counterparties are inherent in a wide range of the Group’s businesses. In addition to the credit exposures arising from loans to individuals, SMEs and corporates, the Group also has exposure to credit risk arising from loans to financial institutions, its trading portfolio, AFS portfolio and derivatives and from off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments. The Group has been exposed to increased counterparty risk as a result of the risk of financial institution failures during the global economic crisis. The Group is also exposed to credit risks relating to sovereign issuers. Concerns in respect of Ireland and other sovereign issuers, including other European Union Member States, have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect the financial performance of the Group.

The Group faces heightened operational risks

The Group faces a heightened operational risk profile given the current economic environment and in the context of taking forward the significant organisational restructuring programme including the integration of EBS, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited (now Irish Bank Resolution Corporation “IBRC”) deposits and the impact of an ongoing organisational voluntary severance programme.

One of its key operational risks is people risk. The Group’s efforts to restore and sustain the stability of its business on a long-term basis depend, in part, on the availability of skilled management and the continued service of key members of staff both at its head office and at each of its business units. Failure by the Group to staff its day-to-day operations appropriately, or the loss of one or more key Senior Executives, with a failure to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, could have an adverse effect on the Group’s results, financial condition and prospects.

 

 

 

63    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 1. Risk factors  

 

 

Delivering this level of change has placed and will continue to place added risk on the organisation, including the challenge to meet tight delivery timelines in the face of competing priorities and resource demands. Negative public or industry opinion can result from the actual, or perceived, manner in which the Group conducts its business activities or from the restructuring of the Group. Negative public or industry opinion may adversely affect the Group’s ability to keep and attract customers and, in particular, corporate and retail depositors, the loss of which would, in both cases, adversely affect the Group’s results, financial condition and prospects. Any weakness in the Group’s risk controls or loss mitigation actions in respect of operational risk could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results, financial condition and operations.

The restructuring of the Group entails risks

AIB’s strategy is to establish a new domestic core bank with a restructured balance sheet. This will be achieved through the progressive disposal and winding down of non-core assets through its deleveraging plan with a target loan to deposit ratio of 122.5 per cent by December 2013.

In May 2011, the Group dismantled its former divisional structure which was replaced with a ‘one bank’ model comprising AIB customer facing units: Personal & Business Banking; Corporate, Institutional and Commercial Banking; and AIB UK, which continues to be managed as a separate unit. Following a further strategy review announced in July 2012, AIB has re-affirmed its commitment to a ‘one bank’ strategy. However, this strategy will be implemented via a further revised and simpler organisational structure. AIB will, in future, operate around three points of focus – the domestic core bank, AIB UK comprising in Great Britain: Allied Irish Bank (“GB”); and in Northern Ireland First Trust Bank (“FTB”), and the newly created Financial Solutions Group (“FSG”). This revised structure is currently being implemented.

In addition, AIB has continued the integration of EBS Limited and the former Anglo Irish Bank retail deposit book which were both acquired during 2011 (see notes 22 and 23 to the consolidated financial statements). AIB’s business and organisational restructuring represents a significant change programme and brings with it a number of key execution risks, including impacting on: labour relations as a consequence of the introduction and implementation of a severance programme; employees as the organisation transitions to a significantly smaller and less diversified institution; and the implementation of a cost reduction and business rationalisation programme currently being developed to re-align its cost base and become a more focused and streamlined organisation. This may result in AIB incurring significant additional costs, including incremental redundancy costs. Any such programme will take time to implement and may negatively impact on the profitability of AIB.

Given the possibility of the imposition of conditions by the European Commission, in connection with the approval of AIB’s European Union restructuring plan, there can be no assurance that AIB will be able to implement its cost reduction and business rationalisation programme in the way currently envisaged, which could adversely affect AIB’s results, operations, financial condition and future prospects.

The Group’s risk management strategies and techniques may be unsuccessful

AIB is exposed to a number of material risks as categorised and outlined above. In order to minimise these risks, AIB has implemented comprehensive risk management strategies. Although AIB invests substantial time and effort in its risk management strategies and techniques, there is a risk that these may fail to fully mitigate the risks in some circumstances, particularly if confronted with risks that were not identified or anticipated.

Some of AIB’s measures for managing risk are based upon observation of historical market behaviour. Where this is so, AIB applies statistical techniques to these observations to quantify its risk exposures. If circumstances arise that AIB in developing its models did not identify or anticipate, the losses could be greater than expected.

Furthermore, AIB’s quantifications of risk do not take all risks into account. If AIB’s measures to assess and mitigate risk prove insufficient, AIB may experience material unexpected losses.

There is always a risk of litigation arising from the Group’s activities

AIB operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potentially significant litigation and regulatory risks. Disputes and legal proceedings in which AIB may be involved are subject to many uncertainties, and their outcomes are often difficult to predict, particularly in the earlier stages of a case or investigation. Adverse regulatory action or adverse judgments in litigation could result in restrictions or limitations on AIB’s operations or result in a material adverse effect on AIB’s reputation or results of operations.

 

 

 

    64


Table of Contents
   Risk management – 2. Framework   LOGO

 

 

Introduction

The Group’s risk profile remains at an elevated level, driven in tandem by both the on-going influencing challenges of the external environment and a number of internal factors, both legacy and reflecting the level of organisational transformation currently underway across the Group. The key risk factors to which the Group is exposed are set out in the previous section. The governance and organisation framework through which the Group manages and seeks, where possible, to mitigate these risks, are described below.

2.1 Risk management framework

The Group assumes a variety of risks in undertaking its business activities. Risk is defined as any event that could damage the core earnings capacity of the Group, increase earnings or cash-flow volatility, reduce capital, threaten business reputation or viability, and/or breach regulatory or legal obligations. AIB has adopted an Enterprise Risk Management approach to identifying, assessing and managing risks, the core elements of which are set out in a revised Enterprise Risk Management Framework which was approved by the Board in March 2012. This framework is in turn supported by a number of frameworks covering the management of specific risk categories (credit risk, operational risk, etc) which were reviewed and approved by the Board over the course of 2012. The core aspects of the Group’s risk management approach are described below.

2.2 Risk appetite

The Group’s risk appetite is defined as the amount of risk that the Group is prepared to accept in order to deliver on its strategic and business objectives. The Group Risk Appetite Statement (“RAS”) is a blend of qualitative statements and quantitative limits and triggers linked to the Group’s strategic objectives, and is supported by a number of business segment level risk appetite statements.

The Group RAS and Risk Appetite Framework are Board approved and reviewed at least annually or more often if required in alignment with the annual business and financial budgeting process. The Group RAS has just undergone a review and update process for 2012 (previously approved in March 2012) during the period November 2012 – February 2013 in order to align both with the Group’s revised strategy and its new organisational structure. The revised Group RAS will be presented for Board approval in March 2013.

All AIB licensed subsidiaries and Business Segments are required to document and align their own risk appetite statements with the Group statement. This work was initiated and is being facilitated in tandem with the review and update process of the Group RAS and will be complete in quarter 1 2013.

While the Board reviews and approves the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework and RAS, the Leadership Team is accountable for ensuring that risks remain within appetite. The Group’s risk profile is measured against its risk appetite on a monthly basis and reported to the Executive Risk Committee (“ERC”) and Board Risk Committee (“BRC”). Material breaches of risk appetite, should they arise, are escalated by the Board to the Central Bank of Ireland.

2.3 Risk governance and risk management organisation

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the governance of all risk taking activity in the Group. The Group has adopted a ‘three lines of defence’ framework in the delineation of accountabilities for risk governance. Under the three lines of defence model, primary responsibility for risk management lies with business line management. The Risk Management function provides the second line of defence, providing independent oversight and challenge to business line managers. The third line of defence is the Group Internal Audit function which provides independent assurance to the Audit Committee of the Board on the effectiveness of the system of internal control.

Risk governance - Committees

While the Board has ultimate responsibility for the governance of all risk taking activity within AIB, it has delegated a number of risk governance responsibilities to various committees or key officers. The diagram below summarises the current risk committee structure of the Group. The role of the Board, the Audit Committee, and the BRC is set out in the section on Corporate governance. The Leadership Team comprises the senior executive managers of the Group who manage the strategic business risks of the Group. It establishes the business strategy and risk appetite within which the risk management function operates. The ERC is the principal executive forum for the review and challenge of enterprise-wide risk management and control. The CRO chairs the ERC. The principal duties of the ERC are to:

  Continuously review the effectiveness of the Group’s risk frameworks and policies;
  Monitor and review the Group’s risk profile, risk trends, risk concentrations and policy exceptions; and
  Review all breaches of Board or Leadership Team approved risk appetite and limits.

The ERC acts as the ultimate parent body of a number of other risk and control committees, namely the Group Credit Committee (“GCC”), the Strategic Credit Forum (“SCF”) and the New Products Development Committee (“NPDC”).The SCF is charged with responsibility for governance of Group credit risk strategy, risk appetite, quality and impairment provision adequacy. The NPDC approves all new products prior to implementation; ensuring that the Group’s New Product policy has been fully adhered to in the design and roll out of new products.

 

 

 

65    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 2. Framework  

 

 

During 2012, the Group had established a Compliance Committee and an Operational Risk Committee. These committees were chaired by the CRO, and reported to the ERC and oversaw the on-going management of compliance with regulations and the implementation of new regulations, and operational risk trends and controls across the organisation. In December 2012, these committees were amalgamated back into the ERC.

The Financial Solutions Group Oversight Committee is responsible for overseeing and challenging progress in relation to the implementation of AIB’s Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (“MARS”) and for co-ordinating the mortgage arrears resolution activities across the Group. This committee evaluates proposals associated with plan implementation before forwarding them, when and as appropriate, to the Leadership Team and to the Board for approval. The committee is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the CRO and Chief Credit Officer (“CCO”) are members of the committee. The Deleveraging Committee is responsible for the delivery of the Group deleveraging plan and the management of all deleveraging transactions involving non-core assets of the Group. Its principal objective is to oversee the deleveraging of the loan portfolio in a prudent and efficient manner.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

    66


Table of Contents
  Risk management – 2. Framework   LOGO

 

 

Individuals and functions

The role of certain key officers within the Group’s risk management framework is described below.

Chief Risk Officer

The CRO has independent oversight of the Group’s enterprise-wide risk management activities across all risk types. A new CRO was appointed to the Group and commenced in the role in May 2012. The CRO is a member of the Leadership Team and reports independently to the CEO and the Chairman of the Board Risk Committee. The CRO’s responsibilities include:

  Providing second line assurance to Senior Management and the Board across all risk types;
  Developing and maintaining the Enterprise Risk Management framework;
  Providing independent reporting to the Board on all risk issues, including the risk appetite and risk profile of the Group; and
  Providing independent assurance to the CEO and Board that material risks are identified across all risk types and managed by line management and that the Group is in compliance with enterprise risk policies, processes and limits.

Head of Internal Audit

Group Internal Audit (“GIA”) is an independent evaluation and appraisal function reporting to the Board through the Audit Committee. A new Head of Internal Audit commenced in the role in May 2012. GIA acts as the third line of defence in the Group’s risk governance organisation and provides assurance to the Audit Committee on the adequacy, effectiveness and sustainability of the governance, risk management and control framework throughout the Group, including the activities carried out by other control functions. The results of GIA audits are reported quarterly to the Audit Committee, which monitors both the resolution of audit issues and progress in the delivery of the audit plan.

2.4 Risk identification and assessment process

Risk is identified and assessed throughout the Group through a combination of top-down and bottom-up risk assessment processes. Top-down risk assessment processes seek to identify the material risks facing the Group, both in the context of the Group’s agreed risk appetite and in the identification of new and emerging threats. Top-down risk assessments are carried out on a regular basis and are reviewed by the ERC and the BRC. These assessments form critical inputs into the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”). Bottom-up risk assessment processes are more granular, focusing on risk events that have been identified through specific qualitative and quantitative measurement tools. More information on the key bottom-up risk assessment techniques across material risk types can be found in the individual risk sections below.

2.5 Stress and scenario testing

The Group’s risk identification and assessment framework described above is supported by a framework of stress testing, scenario and sensitivity analysis and reverse stress testing that seeks to ensure that risk assessment is dynamic and forward looking and considers not only existing risks but also potential and emerging threats. The Group undertakes a regular programme of stress testing across all its material risks to meet internal and regulatory requirements. In addition, ad-hoc stress tests are undertaken, as required, to inform strategic decision making.

2.6 Future developments

The Group recognises the need to make further enhancements to its risk management arrangements given the heightened external risk environment, the increasing scope and intensity of the regulatory environment and the further operational transformation upon which the Group embarked in 2012. These further enhancements include:

  Completing the implementation and embedding of a revised risk management framework and policy architecture;
  On-going review of the nature and scale of the Group’s risk governance arrangements as the Group pursues its deleveraging and strategic transformation agendas; and
  On-going improvements in the risk management and internal control environment in line with internal and external stakeholder requirements.

 

 

 

67    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

This section provides details of the Group’s exposure to, and risk management of the following individual risk types which have been identified through the Group’s risk assessment process:

3.1 Credit risk;

3.2 Liquidity risk;

3.3 Market risk;

3.4 Structural foreign exchange risk;

3.5 Operational risk;

3.6 Regulatory compliance risk;

3.7 Pension risk; and

3.8 Parent company risk information

 

 

 

    68


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that the Group will incur losses as a result of a customer or counterparty being unable or unwilling to meet a commitment that it has entered into. Credit exposure arises in relation to lending activities to customers and banks, including ‘off-balance sheet’ guarantees and commitments, the trading portfolio, financial investments available for sale, and derivatives.

Concentrations in particular portfolio sectors, such as property and construction can impact the overall level of credit risk.

The credit risk disclosures in this section are aligned with the Central Bank of Ireland (“CBI”) guidelines issued in December 2011.

Percentages presented throughout the tables in this section are calculated on the absolute underlying figures and so may differ from the percentage variances calculated on rounded numbers presented.

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments is presented before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the statement of financial position, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount, and for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that the Group would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.

The following table sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk that arises within the Group and distinguishes between those assets that are carried in the statement of financial position at amortised cost and those carried at fair value:

 

        2012            2011   
 

 

      

 

 

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk*

     

 

 

Amortised

cost

m

  

(1) 

  

     

 

 

Fair

value

m

  

(2) 

  

     

 

 

Total  

 

m  

  

 

  

      

 

 

Amortised

cost

m

  

(1) 

  

     

 

 

Fair

value

m

  

(2) 

  

     

 

 

Total 

 

  

 

  

 

      

 

 

 

Balances at central banks(3)

      3,481                   3,481             2,344                   2,344    

Items in course of collection

      192                   192             202                   202    

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale(4)

      353 (5)                 353             1,191 (5)                 1,191    

Trading portfolio financial assets(6)

               22          22                      54          54    

Derivative financial instruments

               2,835          2,835                      3,046          3,046    

Loans and receivables to banks

      2,914                   2,914             5,718                   5,718    

Loans and receivables to customers

      72,972                   72,972             82,540                   82,540    

NAMA senior bonds

      17,387                   17,387             19,856                   19,856    

Financial investments available for sale(7)

               16,201          16,201                      15,145          15,145    

Included elsewhere:

                        

Sale of securities awaiting settlement

      5                   5             2                     

Trade receivables

      63                   63             150                   150    

Accrued interest

      454                   454             582                   582    

 

      

 

 

 
      97,821          19,058          116,879             112,585          18,245          130,830    

Financial guarantees

      1,561                   1,561             2,009                   2,009    

Loan commitments and other credit
related commitments

      8,974                   8,974             9,862                   9,862    
      10,535                   10,535             11,871                   11,871    

 

      

 

 

 

Total

      108,356          19,058          127,414             124,456          18,245          142,701    
 

 

      

 

 

 

(1)All amortised cost items are ‘loans and receivables’ per IAS 39 definitions.

(2)All items measured at fair value except financial investments available for sale and cash flow hedging derivatives are classified as ‘fair value through profit or loss’.

(3)Included within cash and balances at central banks of 4,047 million (2011: 2,934 million).

(4)Certain non-financial assets and equity investments within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale of 209 million (2011: 231 million) are not included above (note 25).

(5)Comprises loans and receivables to banks and customers measured at amortised cost.

(6)Excluding equity shares of 2 million (2011: 2 million).

(7)Excluding equity shares of 143 million (2011: 244 million).

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

69    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit exposure

Credit risk mitigants*

The perceived strength of a borrower’s repayment capacity is the primary factor in granting a loan; however, AIB uses various approaches to help mitigate risks relating to individual credits including: transaction structure, collateral and guarantees. Collateral or guarantees are usually required as a secondary source of repayment in the event of the borrower’s default. The main types of collateral for loans and receivables to customers are described below under the section on Collateral.

Very occasionally, credit derivatives are purchased to hedge credit risk. Current levels are minimal and their use is subject to the normal credit approval process.

The Group enters into master netting agreements for derivatives with certain counterparties, to ensure that in the event of default, all amounts outstanding with those counterparties will be settled on a net basis.

In the case of large exposures, it is sometimes necessary to reduce initial deal size through appropriate sell-down and syndication strategies. There are established guidelines in place within the Group relating to the execution of such strategies.

The Group also has in place an interbank exposure policy which establishes the maximum exposure for each counterparty bank depending on credit grade. Each bank is assessed for the appropriate exposure limit within the policy. Risk generating business units in each market segment are required to have an approved bank or country limit prior to granting any credit facility, or approving any obligation or commitment which has the potential to create interbank or country exposure.

Collateral*

The main types of collateral for loans and receivables to customers are as follows:

Mortgage portfolios*: The Group takes collateral in support of lending transactions for the purchase of residential property. Collateral valuations are required at the time of origination of each residential mortgage. The fair value at 31 December 2012 as outlined on page 71 is based on the property values at origination or date of latest valuation and applying the CSO (Ireland) and Nationwide (UK) indices to these values to take account of price movements in the interim.

Please also refer to additional information in relation to loan-to-value (“LTV”) and Days Past Due profiles for residential mortgages in 3.1 Credit Risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio.

Non-mortgage portfolios*: For non-mortgage lending, collateral is taken where available, and will typically include a charge over the business assets such as stock and debtors. In some cases, a charge over property collateral or a personal guarantee supported by a lien over personal assets may also be taken. The value of collateral is assessed at origination of the loan or in the case of criticised loans, when testing for impairment. However, as the Group does not capture collateral values on its loan systems, it is not possible to quantify the fair value of collateral for non impaired loans on an on-going basis at portfolio level. It should be noted that when testing a loan for impairment, the present value of future cash flows, including the value of collateral held, and the likely time taken to realise any security is estimated. A provision is raised for the difference between this present value and the carrying value of the loan. Therefore, for non-mortgage impaired loans, the net exposure after provision would be indicative of the fair value.

Set out below is the fair value of collateral for financial assets (excluding non-mortgage portfolios) detailed in the maximum exposure to credit risk table on the previous page.

Derivatives*

Derivative financial instruments are shown on the statement of financial position at their fair value. Those with a positive fair value are reported as assets which at 31 December 2012 amounted to 2,835 million (2011: 3,046 million) and those with a negative fair value are reported as liabilities which at 31 December 2012 amounted to 3,256 million (2011: 3,843 million).

The Group has a number of ISDA Master Agreements (netting agreements) in place which may allow it to net the termination values of derivative contracts upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to its counterparties. The enforcement of netting agreements would potentially reduce the statement of financial position carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities by 1,539 million (2011: 1,369 million). The Group has Credit Support Annexes (“CSAs”) in place which provide collateral for derivative contracts. At 31 December 2012, 1,260 million (2011: 1,904 million) of CSAs are included within financial assets and 361 million (2011: 612 million) of CSAs are included within financial liabilities. Additionally, the Group has agreements in place which may allow it to net the termination values of cross currency swaps upon the occurrence of an event of default.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    70

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk Credit exposure

Collateral* (continued)

Loans and receivables to banks*

Interbank placings, including central banks, are largely carried out on an unsecured basis apart from reverse repurchase agreements. At 31 December 2012, the Group has received collateral with a fair value of 61 million on a loan with a carrying value of 61 million (2011: 55 million and 59 million respectively).

Loans and receivable to customers*

The following table shows the fair value of collateral held for residential mortgages at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

    2012           2011   
 

 

 

      

 

 

 
   

Neither past

due nor
impaired

   

Past due

but not
impaired

    Impaired     Total          

Neither past

due nor
impaired

    Past due
but not
impaired
    Impaired     Total   
    m     m     m              m     m     m      

 

      

 

 

 

Fully collateralised(1)

                  

Loan-to-value ratio:

                  

Less than 50%

    4,282        204        316        4,802            4,919        196        300        5,415    

50% - 70%

    4,083        218        419        4,720            4,692        231        393        5,316    

71% - 80%

    2,451        133        320        2,904            2,655        136        262        3,053    

81% - 90%

    2,771        156        369        3,296            2,838        154        331        3,323    

91% - 100%

    2,682        160        505        3,347            3,065        180        426        3,671    

 

      

 

 

 
    16,269        871        1,929        19,069            18,169        897        1,712        20,778    

 

Partially collateralised

                  

Collateral value relating to loans over 100% loan-to-value

    12,011        866        4,254        17,131            14,037        1,012        3,199        18,248    

 

      

 

 

 

Total collateral value

    28,280        1,737        6,183        36,200            32,206        1,909        4,911        39,026    
 

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross residential mortgages

        32,318        2,073        8,130        42,521                36,466 (2)      2,269        6,243 (3)      44,978(4)   
 

 

 

          

 

 

     

Statement of financial position specific provisions

        (2,699     (2,699)               (1,741     (1,741)   

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

          (507)                 (895)   
     

 

 

          

 

 

 

Net residential mortgages

            5,431        39,315                        4,502        42,342    
     

 

 

          

 

 

 

(1)The fair value of collateral held for residential mortgages which are fully collateralised has been capped at the carrying value of the loans outstanding at each year end.

(2)Excludes deferred costs of 70 million and purchased residential mortgage loan pools of 78 million in 2011. In 2012, the figures are inclusive of deferred costs and the purchased residential mortgage loan pools are included within the ‘Financial’ sector.

(3)Excludes purchased residential mortgage loan pools of 100 million in 2011. In 2012, these loans are shown in ‘Financial’ sector.

(4)Excludes deferred costs of 70 million and purchased residential mortgage loan pools of 178 million in 2011. In 2012, the figures are inclusive of deferred costs and the purchased residential mortgage loan pools are included within the ‘Financial’ sector.

NAMA senior bonds*

NAMA senior bonds, which at 31 December 2012 have a carrying value of 17,387 million (2011: 19,856 million), are guaranteed by the Irish Government as to principal and interest.

Financial investments available for sale*

At 31 December 2012, government guaranteed senior bank debt amounting to 0.8 billion (2011: 0.9 billion) was held within the available for sale portfolio.

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

71    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk Credit risk management

Credit risk on lending activities to customers and banks*

AIB Group lends to personal, retail customers, commercial entities and banks. Credit risk arises on the drawn amount of loans and advances, but also as a result of loan commitments, such as undrawn loans and overdrafts, and other credit related commitments such as guarantees, performance bonds and letters of credit. These credit related commitments are subject to the same credit assessment and management as loans and advances.

Credit risk also arises in the Group’s available for sale portfolio where counterparties are banks, sovereigns or structured debt, e.g. residential mortgage backed securities. These credit risks are identified and managed in line with the credit management framework of the Group.

Credit risk on derivatives*

The credit risk on derivative contracts is the risk that the Group’s counterparty in the contract defaults prior to maturity at a time when AIB has a claim on the counterparty under the contract. AIB would then have to replace the contract at the current market rate, which may result in a loss. Derivatives are used by AIB to meet customer needs, to reduce interest rate risk, currency risk and in some cases, credit risk, and also for proprietary trading purposes. Risks associated with derivatives are managed from a credit, market and operational perspective. The credit exposure is treated in the same way as other types of credit exposure and is included in customer limits. The total credit exposure consists partly of the current replacement cost and partly of the potential future exposure. The potential future exposure is an estimation, which reflects possible changes in market values during the remaining life of the individual contract. The Group uses a simulation tool to estimate possible changes in future market values and computes the credit exposure to a high level of statistical significance.

Country risk*

Credit risk is also influenced by country risk, where country risk is defined as the risk that circumstances arise in which customers and other counterparties within a given country may be unable/unwilling to fulfil or are precluded from fulfilling their obligations to the Group due to economic or political circumstances.

Country risk is managed by setting appropriate maximum risk limits to reflect each country’s overall creditworthiness. These limits are informed by independent credit information from international sources and supported by periodic visits to relevant countries. Risks and limits are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Settlement risk*

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities or equities. The settlement risk on many transactions, particularly those involving securities and equities, is substantially mitigated when effected via assured payment systems, or on a delivery-versus-payment basis. Each counterparty is assessed in the credit process and clearing agents, correspondent banks and custodians are selected with a view to minimising settlement risk. The most significant portion of the Group’s settlement risk exposure arises from foreign exchange transactions. Daily settlement limits are established for each counterparty to cover the aggregate of all settlement risk arising from foreign exchange transactions on a single day.

Credit concentration risk*

Credit concentration risk arises where any single exposure or group of exposures, based on common risk characteristics, has the potential to produce losses large enough relative to the Group’s capital, total assets, earnings or overall risk level to threaten its health or ability to maintain its core operations.

Risk identification and assessment *

All customer requests for credit are subject to a credit assessment process.

AIB operates credit approval criteria which:

  Include a clear indication of the Group’s target market(s), in line with Group and Business Unit Risk Appetite Statements;
  Require a thorough understanding and assessment of the borrower or counterparty, as well as the purpose and structure of the credit, and the source of repayment; and
  Enforce compliance with minimum credit assessment and facility structuring standards.

Knowledge of the customer and the customer’s financial circumstances or business is the initial factor in assessing credit risk. Depending on the size and nature of the credit, the assessment process is assisted by standard application formats in order to aid the credit decision maker in making an informed credit decision. The credit approval authority is dependent on the size of the credit application and the grade of the borrower.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    72

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Risk identification and assessment* (continued)

Delegated authority is a key credit risk management tool. The Board determines the credit authority (i.e. limit) for the Group Credit Committee (“GCC”) together with the authorities of the Chairman/Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Credit Officer. The GCC approves the market segment delegated credit authorities and also considers, and where appropriate, approves credit exposures which are in excess of these credit authorities. Delegated authorities below market segment levels are clearly defined and are explicitly linked to levels of seniority and experience within the Group. With the exception of some individual delegated credit authorities, credit approval is exercised on a dual basis by a business person and a credit person jointly.

Another key tool used to assess credit risk is credit grading or credit scoring for each borrower or transaction, both prior to approval of the credit exposure and subsequently. The methodology used produces a quantitative estimate of probability of default (“PD”) for the borrower, typically referred to as a ‘grade’. This assessment is carried out at the individual borrower or transaction level.

In the retail consumer and small and medium sized enterprise portfolios, which are characterised by a large number of customers with small individual exposures, risk assessment is largely informed through statistically-based scoring techniques. The majority of mortgages are assessed centrally with particular reference to affordability which is assisted by scoring models. Both application scoring for new customers and behavioural scoring for existing customers are used to assess and measure risk as well as to facilitate the management of these portfolios.

In the commercial, corporate and interbank portfolios, the grading systems utilise a combination of objective information, essentially financial data (e.g. borrowings; Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation & Amortisation (“EBITDA”); interest cover; and balance sheet gearing) and qualitative assessments of non-financial risk factors such as management quality and competitive position within the sector/industry. The combination of expert lender judgement and statistical methodologies varies according to the size and nature of the portfolio, together with the availability of relevant default experience applicable to the portfolio.

Credit concentration risk is identified and assessed at single name counterparty level and at portfolio level. The Board-approved Group Large Exposures Policy (“GLEP”) sets the maximum limit by grade for exposures to individual counterparties or group of connected counterparties taking account of features such as security, default risk and term. Portfolio concentrations are identified and monitored by exposure and grade using internal sector codes.

Such measures facilitate the measurement of concentrations by balance sheet size and risk profile relative to other portfolios within the Group and in turn facilitate appropriate management action and decision making.

Risk management and mitigation*

To manage credit risk effectively, AIB has developed and implemented processes and information systems to monitor and report on individual credit and credit portfolios and to highlight issues such as policy exceptions for senior management attention.

The key monitoring process is the ongoing review of credits, including annual case and grade review, with more frequent review when required or as necessitated by the grade.

Credit grading and scoring systems facilitate the early identification and management of any deterioration in loan quality. Changes in the objective information (i.e. financial and business variables as described under risk identification and assessment) are reflected in the credit grade of the borrower with the resultant grade influencing the management of individual loans. Special attention is paid to lower quality graded loans or ‘Criticised’ loans. In AIB, criticised loans include ‘Watch’, ‘Vulnerable’ and ‘Impaired’ loans which are defined as follows:

 

Watch:    The credit is exhibiting weakness but with the expectation that existing debt can be fully repaid from normal cash flows;
Vulnerable:    Credit where repayment is in jeopardy from normal cash flows and may be dependent on other sources; and
Impaired:    A loan is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact such that the present value of future cash flows is less than the current carrying value of the financial asset or group of assets and requires an impairment provision to be recognised in the income statement.

The Group’s criticised loans are subject to more intense assessment and review, due to the increased risk associated with them. Given the on-going deterioration in credit quality throughout 2012 in the residential, retail and commercial markets, credit management and credit risk management continued to be the key area of focus. Resourcing, structures, policy and processes are subjected to continued review in order to ensure that the Group is best placed to manage asset quality and assist borrowers in line with agreed treatment strategies.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

73    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Risk management and mitigation* (continued)

The credit management process is underpinned by an independent system of credit review. Independent credit review teams assess the application of credit policies, processes and procedures across all areas of the Group. Credit policy and credit management standards are controlled and set centrally via the Credit Risk function.

The more significant credit policies are approved by the Board. Concentration levels are set by geography, sector and product through the Risk Appetite Statement which is required to be approved by the Board on an annual basis.

Forbearance strategies*

The Group considers requests from customers who are experiencing cash flow difficulties on a case by case basis against their current and likely future financial circumstances and their willingness to resolve these difficulties, taking into account legal and regulatory obligations.

The Group has implemented the standards for the Codes of Conduct in relation to customers in difficulty as set out by the Central Bank of Ireland ensuring these customers are dealt with in a professional and timely manner.

A forbearance agreement is entered into where the customer is in financial difficulty to the extent they are unable to repay both the principal and interest in accordance with the original contract terms. Modifications to the original contract can be of a temporary (e.g. interest only) or permanent (e.g. term extension) nature and a loan is considered to be no longer a forborne loan once the modified terms and conditions have expired.

The Group has developed a Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (“MARS”) for dealing with mortgage customers in difficulty or likely to be in difficulty. This builds on and formalises the Group’s Mortgage Arrears Resolution Process, under which short term mortgage forbearance solutions (e.g. interest only; part capital and interest repayment; moratorium; capitalisation of arrears; term extension and deferred interest schemes) have been provided to customers in financial difficulty for the last number of years.

The strategy is built on three key factors:

 i)   Segmentation – identifying customers in difficulty;

 ii)  Sustainability – customer assessment; and

 iii) Suitable Treatment – identifying solutions.

The core objectives are to ensure that arrears solutions are sustainable in the long term and they comply with the spirit and the letter of all regulatory requirements. MARS includes the following new longer-term forbearance solutions which have been devised to assist existing Republic of Ireland primary residential mortgage customers in difficulty:

Split mortgages – a split mortgage will be considered where a customer can afford a mortgage but their income is not sufficient to fully support their current mortgage. The existing mortgage is split into two parts: Loan A being the sustainable element, which is repaid on the basis of principal and interest; and Loan B being the unsustainable element, which is deferred and becomes repayable at a later date;

Negative equity trade down – This allows a customer to sell their house and subsequently purchase a new property and transfer the negative equity portion to a new loan secured on the new property. A negative equity trade down mortgage will be considered where a customer will reduce monthly loan repayments and overall indebtedness by trading down to a property more appropriate to his/her current financial and other circumstances;

Voluntary sale for loss – A voluntary sale for loss solution will be considered where the loan is deemed to be unsustainable and the customer is agreeable to sell the property and put an appropriate agreement in place to repay any residual debt.

These new advanced forbearance options were introduced during the latter part of 2012 and will continue to be available to customers who meet certain criteria.

Business customers, following assessment of requests made, may also be provided with forbearance solutions which the Group considers on a case by case basis. Typical types of forbearance being: the placing of the facility on an interest only basis; part capital/ interest basis for a period of time; extension of the facility term; and in some cases, a debt for equity swap or similar structure. See accounting policy number 15 – Impairment of financial assets.

All forborne loans and those loans which have completed their period of forbearance and have returned to original terms and conditions are managed and monitored in line with the relevant credit approval and review authorities framework.

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    74

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Risk monitoring and reporting*

Credit managers pro-actively manage the Group’s credit risk exposures at transaction and relationship level. Credit risk, at a portfolio level, is monitored and reported regularly to senior management and the Board Risk Committee. A detailed credit review, including information on impairment provisions, is prepared quarterly.

Single name counterparty concentrations are monitored at transaction level and managed within the Risk Appetite Statement. Large exposures and portfolio concentrations are reported regularly to senior management and the Board.

Provisioning for impairment*

The identification of loans for assessment as impaired is facilitated by the Group’s rating systems. As described under the risk management and mitigation section, changes in the variables which drive the borrower’s credit grade may result in the borrower being downgraded. This in turn influences the management of individual loans with special attention being paid to lower quality or criticised loans, i.e. in the Watch, Vulnerable or Impaired categories.

The grade of an exposure is one of the key factors used to determine if a case should be assessed for impairment. Loans are assessed for impairment, either individually or collectively, if they are past due typically for more than ninety days or the borrower exhibits, through lender assessment, an inability to meet his obligations to the Group based on objective evidence of loss events (i.e. impairment triggers). The types of loss events considered as triggers for an impairment assessment include:

General

  national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio (e.g. an increase in the unemployment rate in the geographical area of the borrowers, a decrease in residential and/or commercial property prices in the relevant area, regulatory/government fiscal policy change or adverse changes in industry conditions that affect the borrowers in the group);
  significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor; and
  observable data indicating a measurable decrease in estimated cash flows.

Mortgages

  90+ days past due;
  a request for a forbearance measure from the borrower.

Corporate and SME

  90+ days past due;
  a request for a forbearance measure from the borrower;
  significant financial difficulty of the borrower such as trading losses, loss of business or major customers or change in the borrower’s competitive landscape;
  a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; and
  a breach of covenant, e.g. interest cover, loan-to-value (“LTV”) level, debt to equity ratio etc.

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”)

  90+ days past due;
  significant financial difficulty of the borrower or obligor;
  a request for a forbearance measure from the borrower;
  the lack of an active market for the assets concerned;
  a material decrease in the estimated future cash flows or timing of receipt of these; and
  a breach of covenant, e.g. interest cover, LTV level, debt to equity ratio.

Where loans are deemed to be impaired, the Group raises specific impairment provisions in a timely and consistent manner across the credit portfolios. The Group makes use of two types of impairment provision:

  a) Specific; and
  b) Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) which represents a collective provision relating to the portfolio of performing loans.

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

75    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Provisioning for impairment* (continued)

Specific impairment provisions

Specific impairment provisions arise when the recovery of a specific loan or group of loans is in doubt based on specific impairment triggers as described previously and assessment that all the expected future cash flows either from the loan itself or from the associated collateral will not be sufficient to repay the loan. The amount of the specific impairment provision will reflect the financial position of the borrower and the net realisable value of any security held for the loan or group of loans. In practice, the specific impairment provision is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows for the impaired loan(s) discounted at the original effective interest rate and the carrying value of the loan(s). When raising specific impairment provisions, AIB divides its impaired portfolio into two categories, namely individually significant and individually insignificant.

Impairment of individually significant exposures

Each market segment sets a threshold above which cases are assessed on an individual basis. The individually significant thresholds are as follows:

  PBB, CICB and AIB UK > 500,000/£ 500,000
  EBS > 750,000

For those loans identified as being impaired and which require assessment on an individual basis, the impairment provision is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at the loan’s original effective interest rate and comparing the result (the estimated recoverable amount) to the carrying amount of the loan to determine the level of provision required. Specific impairments for larger loans (individually significant) are raised with reference to the individual characteristics of each credit including an assessment of the cash flows that may arise from foreclosure less costs to sell in respect of obtaining and selling any associated collateral. The time period likely to be required to realise the collateral and receive the cash flows is taken into account in estimating the future cash flows and discounting these back to present value.

As property loans represent a significant concentration within the Group’s loan portfolio (25% at December 2012) property valuation guidelines have been issued by Credit Risk to aid lenders in valuing property assets in the current distressed and illiquid property markets, particularly in Ireland and the UK. For impaired property and construction exposures, cash flows will generally emanate from the development and/or disposal of the assets which comprise the collateral held by the Group. The Group’s preference is to work with the obligor to progress the realisation of the collateral although in some cases the Group will foreclose its security to protect its position.

The methods used by the Group to assist in reaching appropriate valuations for collateral held include:

  (a) use of professional valuations;

  (b) the application of local market knowledge in respect of the property and its location;

  (c) use of internal guidelines for deriving the valuation of investment property; and

  (d) use of internally developed residual value methodologies. These are described below:

 

  Use of professional valuations represents circumstances where external firms are requested to provide formal written valuations in respect of the property. Up to date external professional valuations are sought in circumstances where it is believed that sufficient transactional evidence is available to support an expert objective view. Historic valuations are also used as benchmarks to compare against current market conditions and assess peak to trough reductions. Available market indices for relevant assets, i.e. residential property, are also used in valuation assessments;
  The residual value methodology assesses the value in the land or property asset after meeting the incremental costs to complete the development. This approach estimates the cost of developing the asset to determine the residual value for the Group, including covering the costs to complete and additional funding costs. The key factors considered include:
  (i)   the   development potential given the location of the asset;
  (ii)  its   current or likely near term planning status;
  (iii) levels   of current and likely future demand;
  (iv) the   relevant costs associated with the completion of the project; and
  (v)  expected   market prices of completed units.
     If, following internal considerations which may include consultations with valuers, it is concluded that the optimal value for the Group will be obtained through the development/completion of the project; a residual value methodology is used. When, in the opinion of AIB, the land is not likely to be developed or it is not commercial to do so, agricultural/‘green field’ values may be applied;
  Application of local market knowledge represent circumstances where the local bank management familiar with the property concerned, with local market conditions, and with knowledge of recently completed transactions provide indications of the likely realisable value and a potential timeline for realisation; and
  In valuing investment property, yields are applied to sustainable rental flows having considered current yields and estimated likely future yields for a more normal market environment for relevant asset classes.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    76

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Provisioning for impairment* (continued)

Applying one or a combination of the above methodologies has resulted in a wide range of discounts to original collateral valuations, influenced by the nature, status and year of purchase of the asset. All relevant costs likely to be associated with the realisation of the collateral are taken into account in the cash flow forecasts. The spread of discounts is influenced by the type of collateral, e.g. land, developed land or investment property and also its location. The valuation arrived at is therefore a function of the nature of the asset, e.g. unserviced land in a rural area will most likely suffer a greater reduction in value if purchased at the height of a property boom than a fully let investment property with strong lessees. The discounts to original collateral value, having applied our valuation methodologies to reflect current market conditions, can be as high as 95% for land assets where values have been marked down to agricultural/‘green field’ site values.

When assessing the level of provision required for property loans, apart from the value to be realised from the collateral, other cash flows if available, for example, recourse to other assets or sponsor support, are also considered.

The other key driver in determining the level of provision is the time it takes to receive the funds from the realisation of collateral. While it depends on the type of collateral and the stage of its development, the period of time to realisation is typically 2 to 7 years but sometimes this time period may be exceeded. These estimates are frequently reassessed on a case by case basis. In accordance with IAS 39, AIB discounts these cash flows at the asset’s original effective interest rate to calculate the net present value and compares this with the carrying value of the asset, the difference being the level of provision required.

In assessing the value of collateral for impaired mortgage loans in Ireland, the Group uses a peak to trough price decline of 55% as a base. In certain circumstances, realisation costs of 10% to 20% are deducted. For individually significant loans, other factors, such as recent transactional evidence or local knowledge are considered, which can result in higher or lower discounts to collateral valuations.

AIB employs a dedicated approach to loan workout and to monitoring and proactively managing impaired loans. Enterprise Lending Services (“ELS”) teams in the Republic of Ireland and Specialised Lending Services (“SLS”) in AIB UK, focus on managing the majority of criticised loans. Ultimately, the loan workout manager will decide on the method(s) to be used based on his/her expert judgement. The loan workout manager then recommends the required impairment provision to the appropriate credit approval authority.

The Group operates a tiered approval framework for impairment provisions which are approved, depending on amount, by various delegated authorities to Area Credit Committee level. These committees are chaired by the Head of Credit in the market segments where the valuation/impairment is reviewed and challenged for appropriateness and adequacy. Impairments in excess of the market segment authorities are approved by the GCC and Board (where appropriate). Market segment impairments are ultimately reviewed by the Special GCC as part of the quarterly provision process.

The valuation assumptions and approaches used in determining the impairment provisions required are documented and the resulting impairment/impairment losses are reviewed and challenged as part of the approval process by market segment and Group senior management.

Impairment of individually insignificant exposures

The calculation of an impairment charge for credits below the ‘significant’ threshold is undertaken on a collective basis. Loans are grouped together in homogeneous pools sharing common characteristics, for example in PBB and CICB, exposures are split into the following pools: < 10,000; 10,000 to 30,000; and 30,000 to 500,000, home mortgages up to 500,000; property and construction 30,000 to 500,000; and other commercial 30,000 to 500,000.

Recovery rates for non mortgages are established for each pool by assessing the Group’s loss experience for these pools over the past four years and by examining the amount and timing of cash flows received (typically over four years) from the date the loan was identified as impaired. These recovery rates are updated at a minimum on a yearly basis. Impairment provisions are then raised on new impaired loans and updated on existing impaired loans, reflecting the Group’s updated recovery experience. The individually insignificant provision process in the UK is similar to that in PBB, with loans grouped into pooled ranges: < £ 10,000; £ 10,000 to £ 25,000; £ 25,000 to £ 500,000 for the following sectors:

  Property and construction;
  Personal; and
  Other commercial.

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

77    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit risk management

Provisioning for impairment* (continued)

In the EBS market segment, all loans less than 750,000 and > 90 days past due are assessed on a pooled basis. The methodology applies a probability of a loan going to repossession based on its individual characteristics e.g. time in arrears. Given the lack of repossession experience in the portfolio in recent years, the actual observed instances of loans going from > 90 days past due to less than 90 days past due is used as a proxy for the aforementioned probability of going to/not going to repossession. The provision applied, given the default to repossession, is arrived at following the application of a peak to trough price decline of 55% plus additional firesale/disposal costs (range 10% to 20%) and after applying a 3 year discount to the collateral value at the effective interest rate. This methodology is also applied to mortgage loans < 500k and > 90 days past due in PBB and CICB market segments. For impaired mortgages < 500k and < 90 days past due in PBB and CICB, provisions are applied using the aforementioned peak to trough house price decline, costs and discount period assumptions.

While the approach adopted throughout the Group is similar, depending upon the range/depth of customer and portfolio information available, the methodologies used in establishing the level of impairment may vary across the market segments, given that the nature of the asset pools differs across market segments.

When the prospects of recovering a loan, either partially or in full, do not improve, a point will come when it will be concluded that as there is no realistic prospect of recovery, the loan (and any related specific provision) will be written off. Where the loan is secured, the write-off will take account of receipt of the net realisable value of security held.

Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) impairment provisions

IBNR provisions are maintained to cover loans which are impaired at the reporting date and, while not specifically identified, are known from experience to be present in any portfolio of loans but have not yet emerged.

Evidence of impairment may arise where there is observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a group of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the group. Such evidence may include:

  National or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the group (e.g. an increase in the unemployment rate in the geographical area of the borrowers;
  a decrease in residential and/or commercial property prices in the relevant area;
  regulatory/ government fiscal policy change; or
  adverse changes in industry conditions that affect the borrowers in the group).

IBNR provisions can only be recognised for incurred losses i.e. losses that are present in the portfolio at the reporting date and are not permitted for losses that are expected to happen as a result of likely future events. IBNR provisions are determined by reference to loss experience in the portfolios and to the credit environment at the reporting date.

IBNR provisions are maintained at levels that are deemed appropriate by management having considered: credit grading profiles and grading movements; arrears profiles; forbearance activity; historic loan loss rates; recent loss experience; changes in credit management procedures, processes and policies; local and international economic climates; and near term future losses associated with portfolio sector profiles/industry conditions.

The appropriate level of IBNR is calculated based on:

  (i)   the likely provision rates for these portfolios through the emergence period by reference to the Group’s near term provision plans/forecasts which are informed by the recent specific provision experience;
  (ii)   an assessment of higher risk portfolios, which include but are not limited to:
  (a)   the non-impaired forborne mortgages; and
  (b)   loans graded vulnerable which include loans in advanced arrears; and
  (c)   loans > 90 days past due but not impaired.

The approach used for the collective evaluation of impairment is to split the performing financial assets into pools on the basis of similar risk characteristics such as, residential mortgages (owner-occupier/buy-to-let), property and construction, SME/other commercial, other personal and corporate. The assessment of the level of likely incurred loss in these higher risk portfolios is informed, where appropriate, by independent credit reviews of these portfolios.

The emergence period is key to determining the level of collective impairment provisions. Emergence periods for each market segment are determined by taking into account current credit management practices; historical evidence of assets moving from ‘good’ to ‘bad’ as a result of a ‘loss event’, and include case sampling. The range of emergence periods applied by AIB is three to twelve months with the majority of the portfolio having a six month emergence period applied.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    78

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

AIB Group’s customer loan portfolio comprises loans (including overdrafts), instalment credit and finance lease receivables. The overdraft provides demand credit facility combined with a current account. Borrowings occur when the customer’s drawings take the current account into debit. The balance may therefore fluctuate with the requirements of the customer. Although overdrafts are contractually repayable on demand (unless a fixed term has been agreed), provided the account is deemed to be satisfactory, full repayment is not generally demanded without notice.

The tables below show for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 loans and receivables to customers by industry sector including loans and receivables within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale:

   (i)   Total   loans and receivables to customers;
   (ii)  Impaired   loans and receivables to customers; and
   (iii) Provisions   for impairment on loans and receivables to customers.

 

    2012          2011   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Loans and receivables to customers*   Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets
held
for sale
    Total       Total          Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets
held
for sale
    Total      Total   
   m      m      m                m      m      m       

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    1,781               1,781          2.0           1,862        6        1,868         1.9    

Energy

    375        88        463          0.5           665        231        896         0.9    

Manufacturing

    1,625               1,625          1.8           2,037        34        2,071         2.1    

Property and construction

    22,251               22,251          24.8           23,774        716        24,490         24.8    

Distribution

    7,790               7,790          8.7           8,476        73        8,549         8.7    

Transport

    801        373        1,174          1.3           1,287        42        1,329         1.3    

Financial

    785               785          0.9           1,362        6        1,368         1.4    

Other services

    6,313        14        6,327          7.0           7,010        15        7,025         7.1    

Personal

                 

Residential mortgages

    42,521               42,521          47.3           45,154        72        45,226         45.8    

Other

    4,698               4,698          5.2           5,321               5,321         5.4    

Lease financing

    457               457          0.5           544               544         0.6    

 

     

 

 

 

Gross loans and receivables

    89,397        475        89,872             100.0           97,492        1,195        98,687            100.0    
       

 

 

           

 

 

 

Unearned income

    (108            (108)             (123     (2     (125)     

Deferred costs

    89               89              103               103      

Provisions for impairment

    (16,406     (122     (16,528)             (14,932     (9     (14,941)      

 

       

 

 

   

Total statement of financial position

    72,972        353        73,325              82,540        1,184        83,724      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

Gross loans and receivables analysed as to:

                 

Neither past due nor impaired

    56,179        238        56,417              67,894        1,162        69,056      

Past due but not impaired

    4,039               4,039              4,795        3        4,798      

Impaired - provisions held

    29,179        237        29,416              24,803        30        24,833      

 

       

 

 

   
    89,397        475        89,872              97,492        1,195        98,687      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

79    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio (continued)

 

    2012          2011   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Impaired loans and receivables to customers*   Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets held
for sale
    Total          Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets held
for sale
    Total   
  m     m             m     m      

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    334               334           310               310    

Energy

    36               36           38               38    

Manufacturing

    472               472           436               436    

Property and construction

    13,804               13,804           11,899               11,899    

Distribution

    3,442               3,442           3,058               3,058    

Transport

    120        237        357           127               127    

Financial

    245               245           191               191    

Other services

    1,026               1,026           951               951    

Personal

             

Residential mortgages

    8,130               8,130           6,313        30        6,343    

Other

    1,431               1,431           1,335               1,335    

Lease financing

    139               139           145               145    

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    29,179        237        29,416           24,803        30        24,833    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2012          2011   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables to
customers*
  Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets held
for sale
    Total          Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups
and non-
current
assets held
for sale
    Total   
  m     m             m     m      

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    233               233           199               199    

Energy

    29               29           28               28    

Manufacturing

    300               300           251               251    

Property and construction

    7,681               7,681           6,469               6,469    

Distribution

    2,013               2,013           1,698               1,698    

Transport

    93        122        215           90               90    

Financial

    168               168           142               142    

Other services

    650               650           567               567    

Personal

             

Residential mortgages

    2,699               2,699           1,785        3        1,788    

Other

    1,064               1,064           904               904    

Lease financing

    133               133           121               121    

 

     

 

 

 

Specific

    15,063        122        15,185           12,254        3        12,257    

IBNR

    1,343               1,343           2,678        6        2,684    

 

     

 

 

 

Total

          16,406        122        16,528                 14,932        9        14,941    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

The definitions below relate to the loans and receivables to customers profiled on the tables on pages 81 and 82.

(1)Satisfactory: credit which is not included in any of the criticised catergories of Watch, Vulnerable and Impaired loans.

Criticised loans include:

(2)Watch: credit exhibiting weakness but with the expectation that existing debt can be fully repaid from normal cashflow.

(3)Vulnerable: credit where repayment is in jeopardy from normal cashflow and may be dependent on other sources.

(4)Impaired: a loan is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the assets (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact such that the present value of future cashflows is less than the gross carrying value of the financial asset or group of assets i.e. requiring a provision to be raised through the income statement.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    80

 


Table of Contents
  Risk management   LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

The following table analyses loans and receivables to customers by market segment showing asset quality and impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     
    Core      
 

 

 

   
Gross loans and receivables to customers*  

PBB

 

       

CICB

 

       

AIB UK

 

       

EBS

 

       

Total  

Core  

     
  m         m         m         m         m        

 

   

Residential mortgages

                   

Owner occupier

    18,536          30          2,482          13,018          34,066       

Buy-to-let

    4,195          2,780          324                   7,299       
    22,731          2,810          2,806          13,018          41,365       

Other personal

    2,857          988          396                   4,241       

Property and construction

    1,335          8,287          2,477                   12,099       

SME/Other commercial

    3,036          6,936          3,198                   13,170       

Corporate

             3,371                            3,371       

 

   

Total

     29,959          22,392          8,877          13,018          74,246       
 

 

 

   

Analysed as to asset quality

                   

Satisfactory(1)

    20,072          8,403          5,779          9,066          43,320       

Watch(2)

    2,552          1,458          1,282          1,000          6,292       

Vulnerable(3)

    2,209          1,590          976          403          5,178       

Impaired(4)

    5,126          10,941          840          2,549          19,456       

Total criticised loans

    9,887          13,989          3,098          3,952          30,926       

 

   

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %          %       

 

   

Criticised loans/total loans

    33          62          35          30          42       

Impaired loans/total loans

    17          49          9          20          26       

 

   

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                   

Specific

    2,811          5,711          385          563          9,470       

IBNR

    332          413          151          152          1,048       

 

   

Total impairment provisions

    3,143          6,124          536          715          10,518       
 

 

 

   

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %          %       

 

   

Specific provisions/ impaired loans

    55          52          46          22          49       

Total provisions/impaired loans

    61          56          64          28          54       

Total provisions/total loans

    10          27          6          5          14       

 

   

Impairment charge/average loans

    1.68          3.83          1.03          1.79          2.29       
 

 

 

   

 

                                            2012    
        Non-Core         Total    
   

 

 

     

 

 

 
Gross loans and receivables to customers*      

PBB

 

       

CICB

 

       

AIB UK

 

       

EBS

 

       

Group

 

       

Total  

Non-Core  

           
      m         m         m         m         m         m           m    

 

     

 

 

 

Residential mortgages

                           

Owner occupier

                        101                            101            34,167     

Buy-to-let

      24          341          83          607                   1,055            8,354     
      24          341          184          607                   1,156            42,521     

Other personal

      3          384          70                            457            4,698     

Property and construction

      4          6,912          2,958          278                   10,152            22,251     

SME/Other commercial

      1          358          1,716                            2,075            15,245     

Corporate

               1,786                                     1,786            5,157     

 

     

 

 

 

Total

      32          9,781          4,928          885                   15,626             89,872     
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                           

Satisfactory(1)

      9          2,498          1,131          243                   3,881            47,201     

Watch(2)

      1          430          152          145                   728            7,020     

Vulnerable(3)

      5          358          644          50                   1,057            6,235     

Impaired(4)

      17          6,495          3,001          447                   9,960            29,416     

Total criticised loans

      23          7,283          3,797          642                   11,745            42,671     

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

      %          %          %          %          %          %            %     

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

      73          74          77          72                   75            47     

Impaired loans/total loans

      53          66          61          51                   64            33     

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                           

Specific

      8          3,979          1,574          154                   5,715            15,185     

IBNR

               136          93          66                   295            1,343     

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

      8          4,115          1,667          220                   6,010            16,528     
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

      %          %          %          %          %          %            %     

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/ impaired loans

      46          61          52          34                   57            52     

Total provisions/impaired loans

      49          63          56          49                   60            56     

Total provisions/total loans

      26          42          34          25                   38            18     

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

       6.01          4.00          4.31          (0.37                3.67            2.57     
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

81    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk Credit profile of the loan portfolio

 

    Core      
 

 

 

   
Gross loans and receivables to customers*  

PBB

 

       

CICB

 

       

AIB UK

 

       

EBS

 

       

Total 

Core 

     
  m         m         m         m              

 

   

Residential mortgages

                   

Owner occupier

    18,626          34          2,711          13,562          34,933      

Buy-to-let

    4,345          3,309          143                   7,797      
    22,971          3,343          2,854          13,562          42,730      

Other personal

    2,342          170          466                   2,978      

Property and construction

    810          9,275          2,772                   12,857      

SME/Other commercial

    3,129          7,721          3,350                   14,200      

Corporate

             4,203                            4,203      

 

   

Total

     29,252          24,712          9,442          13,562          76,968      
 

 

 

   

Analysed as to asset quality

                   

Satisfactory(1)

    21,539          12,490          6,669          9,929          50,627      

Watch(2)

    2,972          2,144          1,423          1,116          7,655      

Vulnerable(3)

    2,028          1,258          860          279          4,425      

Impaired(4)

    2,713          8,820          490          2,238          14,261      

Total criticised loans

    7,713          12,222          2,773          3,633          26,341      

 

   

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %              

 

   

Criticised loans/total loans

    26          50          29          27          34      

Impaired loans/total loans

    9          36          5          17          19      

 

   

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                   

Specific

    1,453          4,181          241          403          6,278      

IBNR

    786          874          203          58          1,921      

 

   

Total impairment provisions

    2,239          5,055          444          461          8,199      
 

 

 

   

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %              

 

   

Specific provisions/ impaired loans

    54          47          49          18          44      

Total provisions/impaired loans

    83          58          91          21          58      

Total provisions/total loans

    8          21          5          3          11      

 

   

Impairment charge/average loans

                   
   

 

    Non-Core        

2011

Total

 
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Gross loans and receivables to customers*  

PBB

 

       

CICB

 

       

AIB UK

 

       

EBS

 

       

Group

 

        Total 
Non-Core 
           
  m         m         m         m         m                 m  

 

     

 

 

 

Residential mortgages

                         

Owner occupier

             178          112                   54          344           35,277   

Buy-to-let

                      291          1,861                   2,152           9,949   
             178          403          1,861          54          2,496           45,226   

Other personal

    838          1,418          86                            2,342           5,320   

Property and construction

    651          6,842          3,244          896                   11,633           24,490   

SME/Other commercial

    15          20          2,052                            2,087           16,287   

Corporate

             3,161                                     3,161           7,364   

 

     

 

 

 

Total

     1,504          11,619          5,785          2,757          54          21,719            98,687   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                         

Satisfactory(1)

    564          4,725          1,777          978          42          8,086           58,713   

Watch(2)

    181          467          184          364          -          1,196           8,851   

Vulnerable(3)

    230          500          1,026          109          -          1,865           6,290   

Impaired(4)

    529          5,927          2,798          1,306          12          10,572           24,833   

Total criticised loans

    940          6,894          4,008          1,779          12          13,633           39,974   

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %          %                   %   

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    63          59          69          65          22          63           41   

Impaired loans/total loans

    35          51          48          47          22          49           25   

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                         

Specific

    391          3,923          1,308          354          3          5,979           12,257   

IBNR

    131          268          224          134          6          763           2,684   

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    522          4,191          1,532          488          9          6,742           14,941   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %          %                   %   

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/ impaired loans

    74          66          47          27          25          57           49   

Total provisions/impaired loans

    99          71          55          37          75          64           60   

Total provisions/total loans

    35          36          27          18          17          31           15   

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

                            7.84   
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    82

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Gross loans and receivables to customers amounted to 89.9 billion at 31 December 2012 down from 98.7 billion at 31 December 2011 and include 0.5 billion which are classified as held for sale ( 1.2 billion at 31 December 2011). The reduction reflects the continued deleveraging of non-core assets, particularly in the CICB and AIB UK market segments and the sale of a portion of the buy-to-let portfolio in EBS. The reduction is also impacted by the demand for credit from customers being exceeded by repayments of debt.

The Group has a Non-Core unit which actively manages the disposal of selected assets under the Group’s deleveraging programme. While Non-Core is a distinct business segment, credit management activities, including the day to day interaction with borrowers, is undertaken by the market segments. During 2012, the Group refined its definition of non-core assets to ensure all cross-collateralised elements of borrower connections were maintained in the respective areas. This resulted in the transfer of 3.3 billion from core into non-core assets and 4.1 billion from non-core to core assets resulting in a net transfer of 0.8 billion into core assets.

The on-going difficult economic environment, particularly in Ireland where the majority of the Group’s loans and advances to customers are concentrated, continued to impact credit quality with borrowers experiencing difficulty in meeting their debt repayments. Consequently, there was a significant amount of restructuring activity with regard to existing facilities in the period. Details relating to this type of activity as it applies to the residential mortgage portfolio in Ireland are provided on pages 92 – 104. At 31 December 2012, the Group was not in a position to systematically capture restructuring/forbearance activity at a portfolio level as it related to non-mortgage loans and receivables. However, this is being addressed and information on a Group basis will be available in 2013. In the interim, it should be noted that criticised loans, which largely comprise customers in difficulty, either restructured or requiring restructuring, are in general, managed by dedicated specialised lending teams where intense case management is provided with a view to minimising loan losses through pro-active monitoring and control. At 31 December 2012, non mortgage criticised loans amounted to 28.6 billion (31 December 2011: 27 billion) of which 21.3 billion were impaired with specific provisions of 12.5 billion providing cover of 59% (31 December 2011: impaired loans 18.5 billion, specific provisions 10.5 billion, cover of 57%). Total statement of financial position provisions to total loans were 18% up from 15% at 31 December 2011.

The income statement provision charge for loans and receivables was 2,434 million or 2.57% of average customer loans compared with 7,774 million or 7.84% in 2011 (excluding provisions for loans held for sale to NAMA). The provision comprised 3,756 million in specific provisions and a release of IBNR provisions of 1,322 million (31 December 2011: 7,595 million in specific provisions and an IBNR provision charge of 179 million).

The movement in IBNR provisions of 1,322 million was due to the level of specific provisions raised during 2012 which had largely been provided in IBNR provisions at 31 December 2011, based on management’s view of the incurred loss inherent in the portfolio at that time, as evidenced by the level of arrears, requests for forbearance and vulnerable loans. The portfolios most impacted were the property and construction portfolio where the release was 659 million due, in particular, to the level of specific provisions raised in 2012 in the property investment sub-sector, and 369 million for the residential mortgage portfolio which largely resulted from specific provisions being taken during the year, particularly for mortgages in forbearance. IBNR provisions were also reduced by 205 million, 84 million and 5 million in the SME/other commercial, other personal and corporate portfolios, respectively.

The financial position IBNR provisions amounted to 1,343 million which represented 2.22% of non-impaired loans (3.63%: 31 December 2011). The outcomes of independent reviews of certain higher risk portfolios helped to inform management’s view of the incurred loss remaining in the performing book and the appropriate level of IBNR provisions required.

Core portfolio 74.2 billion:

At 31 December 2012, the core portfolio amounted to 74.2 billion and has reduced from 77.0 billion at 31 December 2011.

As mentioned above, the Group refined its definition of non-core assets during the year which resulted in a net transfer into Core of approximately 0.8 billion. However, there were further underlying reductions of 3.6 billion across all sectors in the core portfolio reflecting the impact of repayments and lower levels of demand for credit as a result of the continuing difficult economic environment, particularly in Ireland, where household deleveraging and subdued consumer sentiment are still in evidence.

30.9 billion or 42% of the core portfolio was criticised (31 December 2011: 26.3 billion or 34%) of which 19.5 billion was impaired (31 December 2011: 14.3 billion). Excluding the reclassification of core/non-core assets during the year, the increase in criticised and impaired loans was 3.8 billion and 4.4 billion respectively.

55.7% or 41.4 billion of the core portfolio related to residential mortgages which comprised 34.1 billion in owner-occupier mortgages and a further 7.3 billion in buy-to-let mortgages. Arrears in the residential mortgage portfolio in Ireland continued to increase, albeit at a slower pace in the second half of 2012 compared with the first half, as borrowers’ repayment capacity was impacted by high unemployment and a general reduction in disposable income through increased taxes and pay reductions. Further detailed disclosures in relation to the total Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio of 39.5 billion, and forbearance activity and arrears for this portfolio are provided on pages 101 – 104.

 

 

 

    83    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio (continued)

Core portfolio 74.2 billion: (continued)

Core property and construction loans amounted to 12.1 billion and comprised property investment loans of 9.7 billion, land and development loans of 1.9 billion and other property and construction loans of 0.5 billion (31 December 2011: 11.5 billion, 0.8 billion and 0.6 billion respectively).

6.2 billion of the property investment portfolio of 9.7 billion related to loans for the purchase of property in the Republic of Ireland, 3.3 billion in the United Kingdom, and 0.2 billion in other geographical areas. While the investment property market in Ireland remains challenging, there is some evidence that prime rents and yields for office and retail properties stabilised in 2012, however, secondary yields continued to weaken.

6.7 billion of the core property investment portfolio was criticised (31 December 2011: 6.2 billion) of which 5.0 billion was impaired (31 December 2011: 3.9 billion). The Group had core statement of financial position specific provisions of 2.3 billion providing cover of 45% for impaired loans (31 December 2011: 1.7 billion or 43%) and total provisions to total loans of 25% (31 December 2011: 20%). The income statement provision charge for the core property investment portfolio was 317 million compared with 1,270 million for 2011, reflecting the slowing down in the pace of new impaired loans in the period.

Core land and development loans amounted to 1.9 billion at 31 December 2012, up from 0.8 billion at 31 December 2011. This increase was influenced primarily by the reclassification of non-core assets in the Group during 2012 which resulted in exposures relating to loans being transferred from non-core to the core portfolio. The portfolio largely relates to loans for the purchase of property and land in Ireland of 1.4 billion and 0.5 billion in the United Kingdom.

1.6 billion of the core land and development portfolio was criticised (31 December 2011: 0.2 billion) of which 1.2 billion was impaired (31 December 2011: 0.1 billion). The increase in criticised and impaired loans compared with 31 December 2011 is largely due to the majority of the loans which transferred back from the non-core portfolio being criticised, with a substantial portion of these also being impaired. The Group had core statement of financial position specific provisions of 867 million providing cover of 71% for land and development impaired loans (31 December 2011: 47 million or 47%) and total provisions to total loans of 47% (31 December 2011: 8%). The significant increase in provision cover was largely due to the reclassification of core/non-core assets resulting in approximately 0.8 billion of impaired assets which were heavily provided for when transferred back into the core portfolio. The income statement provision charge for the year was 26 million compared with 53 million in 2011 and reflects the relatively low level of new impaired loans downgraded in the year compared with the previous year. Further detailed profiles of the property and construction portfolios by market segment are provided on pages 115 – 117.

The remaining core portfolio consisted of: 0.5 billion in property loans; 0.4 billion in contractors; 0.1 billion in housing associations; 4.2 billion in other personal loans; 13.2 billion to SME/other commercial borrowers; and 3.4 billion to corporate borrowers. These portfolios are profiled in more detail on pages 112 – 114 and 118 – 121.

The Group held total core statement of financial position specific provisions of 9.5 billion providing cover of 49% on impaired loans of 19.5 billion (31 December 2011: 6.3 billion or 44%). Total core provisions to total core loans was 14% (31 December 2011: 11%).

The income statement provision charge for total core loans and receivables to customers was 1,744 million or 2.29% of average core customer loans. The core provision charge comprised 2,679 million in specific provisions and a release of 935 million in IBNR provisions as outlined above (31 December 2011: specific provisions 4,168 million and an IBNR provision charge of 368 million).

Non-Core portfolio 15.6 billion:

The non-core portfolio amounted to 15.6 billion (31 December 2011: 21.7 billion) following: the net transfer of 0.8 billion as a result of the reclassification of non-core assets by the Group during the year; disposals as part of the deleveraging programme including the sale of buy-to-let mortgages in EBS; targeted non-refinancing of loans; and repayments. The portfolio now largely comprises property and construction and SME/other commercial loans at 10.2 billion and 2.1 billion respectively with a further 1.8 billion to corporate borrowers, 1.2 billion related to residential mortgages and 0.5 billion in other personal loans.

The non-core property and construction portfolio of 10.2 billion included 5.2 billion in property investment loans ( 2.9 billion related to loans for the purchase of property in Ireland, 1.6 billion in the United Kingdom, 0.2 billion in the United States of America and 0.5 billion in other geographical locations) and 4.6 billion in land and development loans ( 3.2 billion in Ireland and 1.4 billion in the United Kingdom). There was a further 0.3 billion relating to loans to housing associations in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

    84


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Non-Core portfolio 15.6 billion: (continued)

11.7 billion of the total non-core portfolio was criticised of which 10.0 billion was impaired (31 December 2011: 13.6 billion and 10.6 billion respectively). Excluding the reclassification of core/non-core assets during the year, the underlying decrease in criticised loans since 31 December 2011 was 1.1 billion, largely as a result of deleveraging in the portfolio.

The Group had non-core statement of financial position specific provisions of 5.7 billion providing cover of 57% for impaired loans (31 December 2011: 6.0 billion or 57%) and total provisions to total loans of 38% (31 December 2011: 31%).

The Non-Core income statement provision charge was 690 million or 3.67% of average non-core customer loans for the year to 31 December 2012 and comprised 1,077 million in specific provisions and a movement of 387 million in IBNR provisions as outlined above (31 December 2011: 3,427 million and 189 million respectively).

The provision charge for land and development loans of 309 million accounted for 45% of the total non-core provision charge and reflected the impact that the lack of activity in this sector has had on the portfolio.

The following table profiles the asset quality of the Group’s loans and receivables as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

                                                     2012  
  

 

 

 
                                              Of which        
  

 

 

 
Asset quality*   

Mortgages 

    

    

Other 

    

     Property and 
construction 
     SME/other 
commercial 
    

Corporate

    

m

   

Total  

    

m  

    

Core 

    

    

Non-
Core

m

 

 

    

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

     32,318          2,902          7,554          9,309          4,334        56,417           51,152          5,265   

Past due but not impaired

     2,073          365          893          688          20        4,039           3,638          401   

Impaired - provisions held

     8,130          1,431          13,804          5,248          803        29,416           19,456          9,960   

 

    

 

 

 

Gross loans and receivables

     42,521          4,698          22,251          15,245          5,157        89,872           74,246          15,626   

Provisions for impairment

     (3,206)         (1,139)         (8,104)         (3,496)         (583     (16,528)          (10,518)         (6,010

 

    

 

 

 
     39,315          3,559          14,147          11,749          4,574        73,344           63,728          9,616   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Deferred costs

                   89           

Unearned income

                   (108)          
                

 

 

       

Net loans and receivables

                   73,325           
                

 

 

       
                                                     2011  
  

 

 

 
                                              Of which        
  

 

 

 
Asset quality*   

Mortgages 

    

    

Other 

    

    

Property and 
construction 

     SME/other 
commercial 
    

Corporate 

    

   

Total  

    

m  

    

Core 

    

    

Non-
Core

m

 

 

    

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

     36,614          3,527          11,454          10,871          6,590         69,056           58,943          10,113   

Past due but not impaired

     2,269          459          1,137          854          79         4,798           3,764          1,034   

Impaired - provisions held

     6,343          1,334          11,899          4,562          695         24,833           14,261          10,572   

 

    

 

 

 

Gross loans and receivables

     45,226          5,320          24,490          16,287          7,364         98,687           76,968          21,719   

Provisions for impairment

     (2,681)         (1,063)         (7,568)         (3,093)         (536)        (14,941)          (8,199)         (6,742

 

    

 

 

 
     42,545          4,257          16,922          13,194          6,828         83,746           68,769          14,977   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Deferred costs

                   103           

Unearned income

                   (125)          
                

 

 

       

Net loans and receivables

                   83,724           
                

 

 

       

Profiles of past due but not impaired loans are detailed on pages 86 and 87 and impaired loans are detailed on page 88.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

85    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired gross loans and receivables to customers*

The table below sets out the aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired loans and receivables to customers as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 by:

(a) industry sector;

(b) core/non-core; and

(c) market segment:

Past due but not impaired is defined as follows: When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative number of days a missed payment is overdue. This category can also include an element of loans where negotiation with the borrower on new terms and conditions has not concluded to full completion of documentation while the original loan facility remains outside its original terms for more than 90 days. When a loan or exposure is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, not just the amount of any excess or arrears.

 

                                        2012  
 

 

 

 
a) Industry sector   1–30 days
m
    31–60 days
m
    61–90 days
m
    91–180 days
m
    181–365 days
m
    > 365 days
m
   

Total

m

 

 

 

Agriculture

    55        9        16        13        16        30        139   

Energy

    6                      1               1        8   

Manufacturing

    19        4        2        4        7        5        41   

Property and construction

    210        101        66        174        187        155        893   

Distribution

    80        34        28        46        45        42        275   

Transport

    7        5        1        15        1        3        32   

Financial

    4        2        8        6        2        1        23   

Other services

    70        25        17        21        33        24        190   

Personal

             

Residential mortgages

    1,013        451        248        208        91        62        2,073   

Credit cards

    39        11        9        5        1               65   

Other

    75        32        40        48        47        58        300   

 

 
    1,578        674        435        541        430        381        4,039   
 

 

 

 

b)     Of which:

             

Core

    1,493        624        405        443        358        315        3,638   

Non-Core

    85        50        30        98        72        66        401   

 

 
    1,578        674        435        541        430        381        4,039   
 

 

 

 

c) Market segment

             

PBB

    571        232        157        186        110        55        1,311   

CICB

    314        142        113        207        272        294        1,342   

AIB UK

    104        78        45        97        40        21        385   

EBS

    589        222        120        51        8        11        1,001   

Group

                                                

 

 
    1,578        674        435        541        430        381        4,039   
 

 

 

 

As a percentage of

    %        %        %        %        %        %        %   

      total gross loans

    1.8        0.7        0.5        0.6        0.5        0.4        4.5   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    86

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired gross loans and receivables to customers* (continued)

 

                                               2011  
  

 

 

 
a) Industry sector    1–30 days
m
     31–60 days
m
     61–90 days
m
     91–180 days
m
     181–365 days
m
     > 365 days
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

Agriculture

     54         37         10         11         19         13         144   

Energy

     4                 1         2         2         1         10   

Manufacturing

     24         16         2         5         6         2         55   

Property and construction

     391         163         115         171         184         113         1,137   

Distribution

     153         75         45         148         35         23         479   

Transport

     10         7         2         4         2         1         26   

Financial

     6         1         1         2         4                 14   

Other services

     87         30         13         17         38         20         205   

Personal

                    

Residential mortgages

     1,067         489         253         294         126         40         2,269   

Credit cards

     50         16         11         8         1                 86   

Other

     126         60         34         56         53         44         373   

 

 
     1,972         894         487         718         470         257         4,798   
  

 

 

 

b)     Of which:

                    

Core

     1,602         759         418         555         305         125         3,764   

Non-Core

     370         135         69         163         165         132         1,034   

 

 
     1,972         894         487         718         470         257         4,798   
  

 

 

 

c) Market segment

                    

PBB

     563         362         203         299         152         41         1,620   

CICB

     460         282         182         338         275         188         1,725   

AIB UK

     220         62         30         47         20         6         385   

EBS

     727         188         72         34         23         22         1,066   

Group

     2                                                 2   

 

 
     1,972         894         487         718         470         257         4,798   
  

 

 

 

As a percentage of

     %         %         %         %         %         %         %   

      total gross loans

     2.0         0.9         0.5         0.7         0.5         0.3         4.9   
  

 

 

 

The figures reported are inclusive of overdrafts, bridging loans and cases with expired limits.

Loans past due but not impaired were 4.0 billion or 4.5 % of total loans and receivables to customers (31 December 2011: 4.8 billion or 4.9%).

Residential mortgage loans past due but not impaired at 2.1 billion represent 51% of the total past due but not impaired loans (31 December 2011: 2.3 billion represent 47%) largely driven by decreases in household income and the high level of unemployment. Property and construction loans past due but not impaired represent a further 22% or 0.9 billion (31 December 2011: 24% or 1.1 billion) with other personal at 9% or 0.4 billion (31 December 2011: 10% or 0.5 billion).

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

87    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Impaired loans for which provisions are held

The following table shows impaired loans which are assessed for impairment either individually or collectively with the relevant specific impairment provisions:

 

    2012*  
 

 

 

 
         

Impaired loans

       

Specific

impairment
provisions

 
   

 

     

 

 

 
   

Gross loans
and
receivables

m

       

Individually
assessed

    

m

       

Collectively
assessed

    

m

       

Total

    

    

m

       

% of
total

loans

    

       

Total

    

    

m

       

% of
impaired
loans

    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Retail

                         

Residential mortgages

    42,521          3,888          4,242          8,130          19          2,699          33   

Other personal lending

    4,698          863          568          1,431          30          1,064          74   

Total retail

    47,219          4,751          4,810          9,561          20          3,763          39   

Commercial

                         

Property and construction

    22,251          13,306          498          13,804          62          7,681          56   

SME/commercial

    15,245          4,559          689          5,248          34          3,256          62   

Total commercial

    37,496          17,865          1,187          19,052          51          10,937          57   

Corporate

    5,157          803                   803          16          485          60   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    89,872          23,419          5,997          29,416          33          15,185          52   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific impairment provisions at 31 December 2012

        12,515          2,670          15,185               
     

 

 

         
        %          %          %               
     

 

 

         

Specific provision cover percentage

        53          45          52               
     

 

 

         
    2011  
 

 

 

 
         

Impaired loans

       

Specific

impairment
provisions

 
   

 

     

 

 

 
    Gross loans
and
receivables
m
       

Individually
assessed

    

m

       

Collectively
assessed

    

m

       

Total

    

    

m

       

% of

total
loans

    

       

Total

    

    

m

       

% of
impaired
loans

    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Retail

                         

Residential mortgages

    45,226          2,859          3,484          6,343          14          1,787          28   

Other personal lending

    5,320          764          570          1,334          25          903          68   

Total retail

    50,546          3,623          4,054          7,677          15          2,690          35   

Commercial

                         

Property and construction

    24,490          11,557          342          11,899          49          6,469          54   

SME/commercial

    16,287          4,060          502          4,562          28          2,665          58   

Total commercial

    40,777          15,617          844          16,461          40          9,134          55   

Corporate

    7,364          695          -          695          9          433          62   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    98,687          19,935          4,898          24,833          25          12,257          49   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific impairment provisions at 31 December 2011

        10,318          1,939          12,257               
     

 

 

         
        %          %          %               
     

 

 

         

Specific provision cover percentage

        52          40          49               
     

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    88

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Movements on impairment provisions

The following table sets out the movements on the Group impairment provisions for the year ended 31 December 2012:

 

     2012*  
  

 

 

 
            Of which  
     

 

 

 
    

Total     

m     

    

Core 

     Non-Core 
 

 

    

 

 

 

At 1 January 2012

     14,945              8,203          6,742    

Exchange translation adjustments

     47              11          36    

Transfers

     34              968          (934)   

Charge against income statement

     2,434              1,744          690    

Amounts written off

     (673)             (404)         (269)   

Disposals

     (263)             –          (263)   

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     4              –            

Provisions on loans and receivables returned by NAMA

     4              –            

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

         16,532                10,522          6,010    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provisions are split as follows:

        

Specific

     15,189              9,474          5,715    

IBNR

     1,343              1,048          295    

 

    

 

 

 
     16,532              10,522          6,010    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts include:

        

Loans and receivables to banks (note 28)

     4                      –    

Loans and receivables to customers (note 29)

     16,406              10,518          5,888    

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

     122              –          122    

 

    

 

 

 
     16,532              10,522          6,010    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions – income statement

The following table sets out the provision charge in the income statement for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*       2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Core
m
     Non-Core
m
     Total   
m   
    

Core

    

    

Non-Core

    

     Total 
 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables to customers

     1,744         690         2,434            4,536         3,238         7,774    

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

                     –                    87         87    

 

    

 

 

 

Total provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

     1,744         690         2,434            4,536         3,325         7,861    

Charge/(writeback) of provisions for liabilities and commitments

     4         5         9            (422)         6         (416)   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

     84         2         86            275         8         283    

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      1,832         697         2,529              4,389         3,339         7,728    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

While there were some initial signs of improvement in the Irish economy where the majority of the Group’s exposure is concentrated, continuing high unemployment, low levels of activity in the property sector, and the impact of the on-going austerity measures influenced the credit quality profile of the Group’s loans and receivables to customers and associated provision levels for the year to 31 December 2012.

The income statement provision charge for loans and receivables for the year to 31 December 2012 was 2,434 million or 2.57% of average customer loans compared with 7,774 million or 7.84% in 2011 (excluding provisions for loans held for sale to NAMA). The provision comprised 3,756 million in specific provisions and a release of IBNR provisions of 1,322 million as outlined on page 83 (2011: 7,595 million in specific provisions and IBNR charge of 179 million) split 1,744 million for core loans and receivables and 690 million for non-core.

A provision of 9 million for liabilities and commitments was raised in 2012.

The provision for impairment on financial instruments available for sale of 86 million related to equity investments of which NAMA subordinated bonds accounted for 82 million.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

89    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Provisions – income statement (continued)

The following table analyses by market segment the income statement impairment provision charge/(credit) for loans and receivables to customers for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*  
  

 

 

 
           Core          Non-Core              Total  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Mortgages
m
     Other
m
     Total    
m    
      Mortgages
m
     Other 
     Total  
m  
       Mortgages
m
     Other 
     Total
m
 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PBB

     318         176         494                     48          48           318         224          542   

CICB

     169         747         916             1         415          416           170         1,162          1,332   

AIB UK

     10         87         97             8         226          234           18         313          331   

EBS

     237                 237             6         (14)         (8)          243         (14)         229   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     734         1,010         1,744               15         675          690           749         1,685          2,434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                      2011  
 

 

 
        Mortgages
m
     Other
m
     Total
m
 

 

 

PBB

      703         723         1,426   

CICB

      499         4,439         4,938   

AIB UK

      99         988         1,087   

EBS

      305         18         323   
   

 

 

 

Total

      1,606         6,168         7,774   
   

 

 

 

The following table analyses by market segment the impairment provision charge/(credit) as a percentage of average loans expressed as basis points (“bps”) for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012  
  

 

 

 
           Core          Non-Core              Total  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Mortgages
bps
     Other
bps
     Total    
bps    
      Mortgages
bps
     Other 
bps 
     Total 
bps 
       Mortgages
bps
     Other 
bps 
     Total
bps
 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PBB

     140         263         168             278         606          601          140         297          179   

CICB

     545         359         383             37         409          400          504         376          388   

AIB UK

     35         133         103             258         442          431          57         269          223   

EBS

     179                 179             40         (176)         (37)         166         (176)         149   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     175            297            229             75         402          367          170            331             257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

        2011  
 

 

 
        Mortgages
bps
     Other
bps
     Total
bps
 

 

 

PBB

      301         876         451   

CICB

      1,386         1,230         1,244   

AIB UK

      302         807         70   

EBS

      396         385         395   

Group

      17                 17   
   

 

 

 

Total

      418         1,076         784   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    90

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Provisions for impairment – income statement

The following table analyses the income statement impairment provision charge/(credit) split between individually significant, individually insignificant and IBNR for loans and receivables to customers for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*      2011   
  

 

 

 
Impairment charge by nature of impairment provision         m  

 

 

Individually significant

     2,821          6,470   

Individually insignificant

     935          1,124   

IBNR

         (1,322)         180   

 

 

Total

     2,434          7,774 (1) 
  

 

 

 

(1)Excludes 87 million relating to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

Core provisions*

The Core provision charge of 1,744 million comprised 2,679 million of specific provisions and a release of 935 million of IBNR provisions (31 December 2011: 4,168 million and an IBNR provision charge of 368 million).

The movement in IBNR provisions occurred in the following portfolios: 328 million related to residential mortgages; 362 million to property and construction loans; 162 million, 78 million and 5 million respectively to the SME/other commercial, other personal and corporate sectors where IBNR provisions raised in previous periods, have now been reflected in the specific provision charge at 31 December 2012 and following independent reviews of certain higher risk portfolios which helped inform management’s view of incurred loss remaining in the performing book.

42% or 734 million of the Core provision charge related to residential mortgages where the portfolio has experienced an increase in impaired loans as borrowers’ repayment capacity was impacted by the difficult economic environments in Ireland and the United Kingdom. The charge occurred in PBB (owner-occupier 219 million and buy-to-let 99 million); in EBS where the charge of 237 million related to the owner-occupier mortgage portfolio; 169 million in CICB where the charge related to the buy-to-let mortgage sector; and 10 million in AIB UK.

378 million of the Core provision charge related to the property and construction sector, primarily in the CICB market segment where the charge was 290 million; PBB 50 million; and 38 million in AIB UK.

The Core provision charge in the SME/other commercial sector was 443 million and was largely incurred in the distribution (hotels, licensed premises and retail/wholesale) and other services sectors as a result of the continuing pressure on SMEs, particularly in Ireland, who are heavily dependent on the domestic economy which remained challenged during 2012. A further 148 million of the provision charge related to the other personal portfolio where borrowers capacity to repay continued to be impacted by high levels of unemployment and reduced incomes, and 39 million related to the corporate portfolio.

Non-Core provisions*

The non-core provision charge of 690 million comprised 1,077 million in specific provisions and a release of 387 million in IBNR provisions (31 December 2011: 3,427 million and 189 million).

The non-core provision charge was largely driven by provisions of 403 million in the property and construction sector. These occurred mainly in the land and development sub-sector (CICB 165 million; PBB 20 million; and AIB UK 124 million) which reflected the impact that the lack of activity in this sector has had on the portfolio where 95% of loans were impaired at 31 December 2012. The provision charge for property investment was 103 million and was incurred primarily in CICB 51 million, AIB UK 59 million and PBB 7 million, reflecting the pressure that borrowers in Ireland and the UK are experiencing as a result of poorer rental incomes and yields where properties are in secondary locations. There was a release of IBNR provisions of 14 million in EBS relating to property investment loans and a further 9 million, largely in AIB UK relating to loans to housing associations.

The provision charge in the non-core corporate portfolio was 128 million and included a significant provision in the transport sub-sector. The SME/other commercial, other personal and residential mortgage sectors accounted for 74 million, 71 million and 15 million respectively of the non-core provision charge, as borrowers in these sectors continued to be impacted by the weak Irish and UK economies, with lower turnover, high unemployment and reduced incomes.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

91    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Residential mortgages*

Residential mortgages amounted to 42.5 billion at 31 December 2012. This compares to 45 billion at 31 December 2011. The split of the residential mortgage book was owner-occupier 34.2 billion (31 December 2011: 35 billion) and buy-to-let 8.3 billion (2011: 10 billion). The income statement impairment charge for 2012 was 0.7 billion or 1.70% of average residential mortgages, comprising 1.1 billion specific charge and a release of IBNR of 0.4 billion (2011: 1.6 billion or 3.4% of average residential mortgages, comprising 1.4 billion specific charge and 0.2 billion IBNR charge). Statement of financial position provisions of 3.2 billion were held at 31 December 2012, split 2.7 billion specific and 0.5 billion IBNR (31 December 2011: 2.6 billion, split 1.7 billion specific and 0.9 billion IBNR).

This section provides the following information in relation to residential mortgages:

Republic of Ireland residential mortgages – pages 93 to 104

 

    Credit profile

 

    Origination profile

 

    Loan-to-value profile:

Actual and weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages

Loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages (index linked) that were neither past due nor impaired

Loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages (index linked) that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired

 

    Credit quality profile of residential mortgages

 

    Residential mortgages which were past due but not impaired

 

    Residential mortgages which were impaired

 

    Forbearance:

Owner occupier

Buy-to-let

Total

 

    Repossessions

AIB UK residential mortgages – pages 105 to 111

 

    Credit profile

 

    Origination profile

 

    Loan-to-value profile:

Actual and weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgages

Loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgages (index linked) that were neither past due nor impaired

Loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgages (index linked) that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired

 

    Credit quality profile

 

    AIB UK residential mortgages which were past due but not impaired

 

    AIB UK residential mortgages which were impaired

 

    Repossessions

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    92

 


Table of Contents
  Risk management – 3. Individual risk types   LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Credit profile of the loan portfolio (continued)

Loans and receivables to customers – Republic of Ireland residential mortgages

The following table analyses the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio by market segment showing impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

    PBB     CICB  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Statement of financial position   Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

    

m

   

Total 

    

    Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

    

m

   

Total  

    

m  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

    18,536        4,219        22,755         30        3,121        3,151     

In arrears (>30 days past due)(2)

    2,286        1,239        3,525         19        1,990        2,009     

In arrears (>90 days past due)(2)

    2,091        1,166        3,257         19        1,954        1,973     

Of which impaired

    1,955        1,099        3,054         19        1,895        1,914     

Statement of financial position specific provisions

    655        441        1,096         6        798        804     

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

    170        46        216                38        38     

Provision cover percentage

    %        %               %        %        %     

 

   

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    33.5        40.1        35.9         29.7        42.1        42.0     

 

   

 

 

 

Income statement

    m        m               m        m        m     

 

   

 

 

 

Income statement specific provisions

    376        253        629                268        268     

Income statement IBNR provisions

    (157)        (154)        (311)               (98)        (98)    

 

   

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    219        99        318                170        170     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    2012*  
    EBS     Total  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
Statement of financial position   Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

    

m

   

Total   

    

m   

    Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

    

m

   

Total 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

    13,018        607 (1)      13,625           31,584        7,947        39,531    

In arrears (>30 days past due)(2)

    2,919        353        3,272           5,224        3,582        8,806    

In arrears (>90 days past due)(2)

    2,592        343        2,935           4,702        3,463        8,165    

Of which impaired

    2,549        339        2,888           4,523        3,333        7,856    

Statement of financial position specific provisions

    563        126        689           1,224        1,365        2,589    

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

    152        28        180           322        112        434    

Provision cover percentage

    %        %        %           %        %          

 

   

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    22.1        37.2        23.9           27.1        41.0        33.0    

 

   

 

 

 

Income statement

    m        m        m           m        m          

 

   

 

 

 

Income statement specific provisions

    143        30        173(3)        519        551        1,070    

Income statement IBNR provisions

    94        (24)        70           (63)        (276)        (339)   

 

   

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    237        6        243           456        275        731    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)All Non-Core.

(2)Includes all impaired loans whether past due or not.

(3)Inclusive of a settlement received in respect of Mortgage Indemnity Insurance.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

93    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Credit profile of the loan portfolio (continued)

Loans and receivables to customers – Republic of Ireland residential mortgages (continued)

 

                                         
    PBB         CICB(1)  
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Statement of financial position   Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

 

m

   

Total  

 

m  

        Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

 

m

   

Total  

 

m  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

    18,626        4,345        22,971            34        3,309        3,343     

In arrears (>30 days past due)(4)

    1,471        734        2,205            22        1,657        1,679     

In arrears (>90 days past due)(4)

    1,212        616        1,828            22        1,580        1,602     

Of which impaired

    1,008        510        1,518            21        1,496        1,517     

Statement of financial position specific provisions

    305        189        494            5        555        560     

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

    327        200        527                   137        137     

Provision cover percentage

    %        %        %            %        %        %     

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    30.2        37.1        32.6            25.8        37.1        37.0     

 

     

 

 

 

Income statement

    m        m        m            m        m        m     

 

     

 

 

 

Income statement specific provisions

    236        156        392            5        475        480     

Income statement IBNR provisions

    175        136        311                   (16     (16)    

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    411        292        703            5        459        464     
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

                                      2011   
    EBS(2)         Total  
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
Statement of financial position   Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

 

m

   

Total  

 

m  

        Owner-
occupier
m
   

Buy-to-let

 

m

   

Total 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

    13,492        1,861 (3)      15,353            32,152        9,515        41,667    

In arrears (>30 days past due)(4)

    2,459        805        3,264            3,952        3,196        7,148    

In arrears (>90 days past due)(4)

    2,238        785        3,023            3,472        2,981        6,453    

Of which impaired

    2,238        765        3,003            3,267        2,771        6,038    

Statement of financial position specific provisions

    403        213        616            713        957        1,670    

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

    58        67        125            385        404        789    

Provision cover percentage

    %        %        %            %        %          

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    18.0        27.8        20.5            21.8        34.6        27.7    

 

     

 

 

 

Income statement

    m        m        m            m        m          

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income statement specific provisions

    324        114        438            565        745        1,310    

Income statement IBNR provisions

    (116     (17     (133)           59        103        162    

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    208        97        305            624        848        1,472    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

(1)Excludes purchased residential mortgage loan pools of 178 million in CICB. In 2012, these loans are shown in ‘Financial’ sector.

(2)Excludes deferred costs of 70 million in EBS. In 2012, the EBS residential mortgage portfolio includes deferred costs.

(3)All Non-Core.

(4)Includes all impaired loans whether past due or not.

 

 

 

 

 

    94

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Republic of Ireland residential mortgages (continued)

Residential mortgages in the Republic of Ireland (managed in the PBB, CICB & EBS market segments) amounted to 39.5 billion compared to 41.7 billion at 31 December 2011, the decrease mainly relating to the deleveraging of 1.2 billion of buy-to-let mortgages in EBS in 2012. The split of the residential mortgage book was owner-occupier 31.6 billion and buy-to-let 7.9 billion (31 December 2011: owner-occupier 32.2 billion and buy-to-let 9.5 billion) and comprised 42% tracker rate, 46% variable rate and 12% fixed rate mortgages. The total income statement provision charge for 2012 was 0.7 billion or 1.79% of average residential mortgages, comprising 1.0 billion specific charge and a release of IBNR of 0.3 billion. Statement of financial position provisions of 3.0 billion were held at 31 December 2012, split 2.6 billion specific provisions and 0.4 billion IBNR provisions. 56% of the total residential mortgage book was in negative equity caused by the decrease in house prices in the last number of years and resulting in a quantum of negative equity of 6.0 billion at 31 December 2012. Total owner-occupier and buy-to-let impaired loans increased from 6.0 billion at 31 December 2011 to 7.9 billion at 31 December 2012.

The level of loans greater than 90 days in arrears and/or impaired in the Republic of Ireland was 20.7% at 31 December 2012 compared to 15.5% at 31 December 2011. Residential mortgages are assessed for impairment when they are past due, typically for more than ninety days, or if the borrower exhibits an inability to meet their obligations to the Group based on objective evidence of loss events (“impairment triggers”), such as a request for a forbearance measure. The portfolio also continues to experience an increase in arrears as borrowers’ repayment capacity continues to be impacted by the current economic climate and high levels of personal debt. The pace of increase in arrears slowed during the year, particularly in comparison to the first half of the year.

The level of loans greater than 90 days in arrears and/or impaired in the owner-occupier book increased from 3,472 million or 10.8% at 31 December 2011 to 4,702 million or 14.9% at 31 December 2012. Decreases in household income and the high level of unemployment continue to be principal drivers of increased arrears and impaired loans in the owner-occupier book, coupled with an increase in the impairment of owner-occupier loans that are not past due, where evidence exists of other impairment triggers within the book, as mentioned above.

The level of loans greater than 90 days in arrears and/or impaired in the buy-to-let book increased from 2,981 million or 31.3% at 31 December 2011 to 3,463 million or 43.6% at 31 December, as the buy-to-let book continues to be impacted by increased financial pressure on borrowers.

Statement of financial position specific provisions of 2.6 billion were held at 31 December 2012 and provided cover of 33% (31 December 2011: 1.7 billion providing cover of 28%), and represents an increase of 0.9 billion in the period. AIB has used a 55% peak-to-trough house price decline as a base for assessing collateral values, but, where relevant, has applied a discount to reflect a higher decline in value. IBNR statement of financial position provisions of 434 million were held for the performing book compared to 789 million held at 31 December 2011 and reflects management’s view of incurred loss in this book. This view was informed by: the levels of specific provision taken in 2012; the results of independent credit reviews carried out on the more vulnerable elements of the residential mortgage portfolio; and management’s view of the likely specific provisions.

The total income statement provision charge for 2012 was 731 million, comprising a specific charge of 1,070 million and a release of IBNR of 339 million, further details of which are outlined on page 83. This compares to a total income statement charge of 1,472 million for 2011, comprising a specific charge of 1,310 million and an IBNR charge of 162 million.

Information on the provisioning policies and methodologies employed in the identification of loans for assessment as impaired is set out in accounting policy number 15 ‘Impairment of financial assets’.

 

 

 

   
   

 

95    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Residential mortgages by year of origination

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland total residential mortgage portfolio and impaired residential mortgage portfolio by year of origination at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                          2012*                             2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total        Impaired        Total        Impaired   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Republic of Ireland    Number     

Balance  

m  

       Number     

Balances  

m  

       Number     

Balance  

m  

       Number      Balance 
 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

1996 and before

     9,436         237           1,074         37           11,327         298           1,027         35    

1997

     3,398         106           367         15           4,271         134           367         16    

1998

     4,562         170           502         25           5,189         215           459         30    

1999

     6,017         277           670         48           6,723         334           617         45    

2000

     7,081         412           801         68           7,730         478           677         58    

2001

     7,627         538           882         82           8,169         611           764         72    

2002

     11,847         1,053           1,426         169           13,414         1,221           1,217         144    

2003

     16,957         1,732           2,309         322           18,336         1,964           1,848         262    

2004

     22,190         2,769           3,204         556           23,919         3,116           2,509         452    

2005

     30,375         4,362           5,148         1,029           32,571         4,874           3,909         838    

2006

     38,113         6,652           7,529         1,806           40,342         7,264           5,602         1,401    

2007

     36,623         6,670           7,435         1,741           38,423         7,129           5,479         1,290    

2008

     34,983         6,312           5,824         1,388           36,077         6,642           4,286         1,032    

2009

     23,693         3,776           2,104         432           24,490         3,983           1,342         297    

2010

     16,308         2,553           610         120           16,637         2,629           352         64    

2011

     4,960         782           74         18           5,030         775           44           

2012

     7,024         1,130                   –                   –                   –    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       281,194         39,531           39,959         7,856           292,648         41,667           30,499         6,038    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table shows that 18% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated before 2005, with such loans representing 17% of the impaired balances at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 20% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated before 2005, with such loans representing 18% of the impaired balances). A further 61% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated between 2005 and 2008, with such loans representing 76% of impaired balances (31 December 2011: 62% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated between 2005 and 2008, with such loans representing 76% of impaired balances). The remainder of the portfolio (21%) originated since 2008, and represents 7% of the impaired balances at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 18% originated since 2008 representing 6% of the impaired balances).

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    96

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

The property values used in the completion of the following loan-to-value tables are determined with reference to the original or most recent valuation, indexed to the Central Statistics Office (“CSO”) Residential Property Price Index. The CSO Residential Property Price Index for December 2012 reported that national residential property prices were 50% lower than their highest level in early 2007 and reported an annual fall in residential property prices of 4.5% in 2012. Comparative figures as reported by the CSO in December 2011 were 47% and 16.7% respectively.

Actual and weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio by the indexed loan-to-value ratios and the weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                 2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Owner-occupier            Buy-to-let              Total              
Republic of Ireland    m                %          m           %          m                 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     3,783                   12.0             523              6.6             4,306                   10.9   

50% to 70%

     3,612                   11.4             643              8.1             4,255                   10.8   

71% to 80%

     2,189                   6.9             432              5.4             2,621                   6.6   

81% to 90%

     2,516                   8.0             490              6.2             3,006                   7.6   

91% to 100%

     2,480                   7.9             593              7.5             3,073                   7.8   

101% to 120%

     5,438                   17.2             1,248              15.7             6,686                   16.9   

121% to 150%

     6,264                   19.8             1,742              21.9             8,006                   20.2   

Greater than 150%

     5,302                   16.8               2,276              28.6             7,578                   19.2   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     31,584                   100.0             7,947                  100.0              39,531                   100.0   

Weighted average indexed loan-to-value(1):

                 

Stock of residential mortgages at year end

        102.7                125.8                107.4   

New residential mortgages issued during year

        76.9                60.2                76.5   

Impaired residential mortgages

        122.1                144.6                131.6   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                                 2011   
  

 

 

 
     Owner-occupier            Buy-to-let              Total               
Republic of Ireland    m                %          m           %          m                 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     4,132                   12.9             682              7.1             4,814                   11.6    

50% to 70%

     3,843                   12.0             871              9.1             4,714                   11.3    

71% to 80%

     2,173                   6.8             534              5.6             2,707                   6.5    

81% to 90%

     2,347                   7.3             638              6.7             2,985                   7.2    

91% to 100%

     2,586                   8.0             741              7.8             3,327                   8.0    

101% to 120%

     6,028                   18.7             1,585              16.7             7,613                   18.3    

121% to 150%

     6,433                   20.0             2,251              23.7             8,684                   20.8    

Greater than 150%

     4,610                   14.3               2,213              23.3             6,823                   16.3    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     32,152                   100.0             9,515                  100.0              41,667                   100.0    

Weighted average indexed loan-to-value(1)(2):

                 

Stock of residential mortgages at year end

        99.8                118.6                104.1    

New residential mortgages issued during year

        73.7                61.6                72.8    

Impaired residential mortgages

        114.6                134.8                123.9    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

54% of the total owner-occupier and 66% of the total buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 53% and 64% respectively). The weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio for the total portfolio was 107.4% at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 104.1%) whilst the weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio for the impaired portfolio was 131.6% (31 December 2011: 123.9%), reflecting the decrease in property prices in the period. The weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio of new mortgages issued during 2012 was 76.5% (31 December 2011: 72.8%).

(1)Weighted average indexed loan-to-values are the individual indexed loan-to-value calculations weighted by the mortgage balance against each property.

(2)Arising from changes made to the method of calculating the weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios in 2012, comparative figures for 2011 have been adjusted.

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

97    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Risk management – 3. Individual risk types  

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio (continued)

Loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages (index linked) that were neither past due nor impaired

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was neither past due nor impaired by the indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                        2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Owner-occupier           Buy-to-let                  Total              
Republic of Ireland    m               %         m                %          m                 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     3,401                  13.3           412                  9.8             3,813                   12.8    

50% to 70%

     3,173                  12.4           482                  11.4             3,655                   12.3    

71% to 80%

     1,890                  7.4           310                  7.3             2,200                   7.4    

81% to 90%

     2,182                  8.6           341                  8.1             2,523                   8.5    

91% to 100%

     2,091                  8.2           378                  8.9             2,469                   8.3    

101% to 120%

     4,520                  17.7           691                  16.3             5,211                   17.5    

121% to 150%

     4,794                  18.8           828                  19.6             5,622                   18.9    

Greater than 150%

     3,464                  13.6           786                  18.6             4,250                   14.3    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       25,515                      100.0           4,228                  100.0             29,743                   100.0    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                                        2011   
  

 

 

 
     Owner-occupier           Buy-to-let                  Total                
Republic of Ireland    m                %         m                %          m                  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     3,792                  14.0           552                  9.0             4,344                   13.0    

50% to 70%

     3,460                  12.6           677                  11.0             4,137                   12.3    

71% to 80%

     1,924                  7.0           419                  6.8             2,343                   7.0    

81% to 90%

     2,065                  7.5           479                  7.8             2,544                   7.6    

91% to 100%

     2,253                  8.2           509                  8.3             2,762                   8.2    

101% to 120%

     5,226                  19.1           1,023                  16.7             6,249                   18.7    

121% to 150%

     5,235                  19.1           1,337                  21.8             6,572                   19.6    

Greater than 150%

     3,415                  12.5           1,139                  18.6             4,554                   13.6    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27,370                  100.0             6,135                      100.0               33,505                   100.0    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of the residential mortgages that were neither past due nor impaired at 31 December 2012, 50% of owner occupier and 55% of buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity (31 December 2011: 51% and 57% respectively). In terms of the total portfolio that was neither past due nor impaired, 51% was in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 52%).

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    98

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loan-to-value ratios of residential mortgages (index linked) that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired by the indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                 2012*   
  

 

 

 
         Owner-occupier            Buy-to-let          Total      Total           
                                              

residential    

mortgage    

portfolio     

 
Republic of Ireland    m          %        m        %        m        %        m       

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     252             5.4           93           2.7           345           4.2           4,306         10.9    

50% to 70%

     301             6.4           141           4.0           442           5.5           4,255         10.8    

71% to 80%

     208             4.4           105           3.0           313           3.8           2,621         6.6    

81% to 90%

     237             5.0           128           3.7           365           4.5           3,006         7.6    

91% to 100%

     299             6.4           193           5.6           492           6.0           3,073         7.8    

101% to 120%

     684             14.6           523           15.1           1,207           14.8           6,686         16.9    

121% to 150%

     1,153             24.5           851           24.6           2,004           24.5           8,006         20.2    

Greater than 150%

     1,567             33.3           1,430           41.3           2,997           36.7           7,578         19.2    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        4,701                   100.0             3,464                 100.0             8,165                 100.0             39,531               100.0    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                                               2011   
  

 

 

 
         Owner-occupier            Buy-to-let            Total      Total           
                                              

residential    

mortgage    

portfolio     

 
Republic of Ireland    m          %        m        %        m        %              

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     223             6.4           112           3.7           335           5.2           4,814          11.6    

50% to 70%

     253             7.3           164           5.6           417           6.4           4,714          11.3    

71% to 80%

     170             4.9           96           3.2           266           4.1           2,707          6.5    

81% to 90%

     199             5.7           134           4.5           333           5.2           2,985          7.2    

91% to 100%

     231             6.7           198           6.6           429           6.6           3,327          8.0    

101% to 120%

     548             15.8           488           16.4           1,036           16.1           7,613          18.3    

121% to 150%

     891             25.6           812           27.2           1,703           26.4           8,684          20.8    

Greater than 150%

     957             27.6           977           32.8           1,934           30.0           6,823          16.3    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,472             100.0           2,981           100.0           6,453           100.0           41,667          100.0    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of the residential mortgages that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired at 31 December 2012, 72% of the owner-occupier and 81% of the buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity (31 December 2011: 69% and 76% respectively). In terms of the total portfolio that was greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired, 76% was in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 72%).

 

 

 

 

*Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 
   

 

99    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Credit quality profile of residential mortgages

The following table profiles the asset quality of the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

                 2012*                        2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-     Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-     Buy-to-let     Total  
     occupier                        occupier              
Republic of Ireland    m     m     m             m     m     m  

 

      

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

     25,515        4,228        29,743              27,370        6,135        33,505   

Past due but not impaired

     1,546        386        1,932              1,515        609        2,124   

Impaired - provisions held

     4,523        3,333        7,856              3,267        2,771        6,038   

 

      

 

 

 

Gross residential mortgages

     31,584        7,947        39,531              32,152        9,515        41,667   

Provisions for impairment

     (1,546     (1,477     (3,023)             (1,098     (1,361     (2,459

 

      

 

 

 
     30,038        6,470        36,508              31,054        8,154        39,208   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Residential mortgages which were past due but not impaired

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was past due but not impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

                  2012*                          2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-      Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total  
     occupier                         occupier                
Republic of Ireland    m      m     m             m      m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

1 - 30 days

     845         137        982              830         184         1,014   

31 - 60 days

     334         77        411              326         134         460   

61 - 90 days

     188         42        230              154         81         235   

91 - 180 days

     120         65        185              147         117         264   

181 - 365 days

     42         38        80              50         65         115   

Over 365 days

     17         27        44              8         28         36   

 

      

 

 

 

Total past due but not impaired

     1,546         386        1,932              1,515         609         2,124   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

     31,584         7,947        39,531              32,152         9,515         41,667   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

1.9 billion or 5% of the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio was past due but not impaired at 31 December 2012 (2011: 2.1 billion or 5%), of which 1.0 billion or 51% was 30 days or less past due but not impaired (2011: 1.0 billion or 48%). Loans past due more than 90 days but not impaired amounted to 0.3 billion (16% of the portfolio), and have decreased from 0.4 billion (20% of the portfolio) at 31 December 2011.

Residential mortgages which were impaired

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

                  2012                            2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-      Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total  
     occupier                         occupier                
Republic of Ireland    m      m     m             m      m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

Not past due

     782         1,025        1,807              371         855         1,226   

1 - 30 days

     193         170        363              84         139         223   

31 - 60 days

     158         153        311              180         195         375   

61 - 90 days

     145         102        247              210         137         347   

91 - 180 days

     558         292        850              582         320         902   

181 - 365 days

     815         447        1,262              777         408         1,185   

Over 365 days

     1,872         1,144        3,016              1,063         717         1,780   

 

      

 

 

 

Total impaired

     4,523         3,333        7,856              3,267         2,771         6,038   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

     31,584         7,947        39,531              32,152         9,515         41,667   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Residential mortgages are assessed for impairment if they are past due, typically, for more than ninety days or if the borrower exhibits an inability to meet its obligations to the Group based on objective evidence of loss events (“impairment triggers”). Loans are deemed impaired where the carrying value of the asset is shown to be in excess of the present value of future cashflows, and an appropriate provision is raised. Where loans are not deemed to be impaired, they are collectively assessed as part of the IBNR provision calculation.

Of the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was impaired at 31 December 2012, 1.8 billion or 23% was not past due (2011: 1.2 billion or 20%). A further 0.9 billion or 12% of the impaired portfolio was less than 90 days past due at 31 December 2012 (2011: 0.9 billion or 16%).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    100

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Forbearance – residential mortgages

The Group has a number of forbearance strategies in operation to assist borrowers who have difficulty in meeting repayment commitments. These are described on page 74.

The following tables analyse by type of forbearance, (i) owner-occupier, (ii) buy-to-let and (iii) total residential mortgages that were subject to forbearance measures in the Republic of Ireland at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                        2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Total               Loans > 90 days              Loans neither > 90   
                        in arrears and/or             days in arrears  
           impaired             nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Number     Balance            Number     Balance            Number      Balance  
Republic of Ireland owner-occupier          m                  m                   m  

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     10,372        1,820             4,230        848             6,142         972   

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     1,852        387             877        229             975         158   

Payment moratorium

     838        127             350        58             488         69   

Arrears capitalisation

     3,139        571             2,071        408             1,068         163   

Term extension

     5,735        598             686        63             5,049         535   

Other

     312        41             146        20             166         21   

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

     22,248        3,544               8,360        1,626             13,888           1,918   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

                                        2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Total               Loans > 90 days              Loans neither > 90   
                        in arrears and/or             days in arrears  
           impaired             nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Number     Balance            Number     Balance            Number      Balance  
Republic of Ireland buy-to-let          m                  m                   m  

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     5,346        1,386             3,162        931             2,184         455   

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     957        224             518        129             439         95   

Payment moratorium

     79        19             47        12             32         7   

Arrears capitalisation

     1,800        488             1,484        427             316         61   

Term extension

     718        106             91        17             627         89   

Other

     25        10             14        8             11         2   

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

       8,925        2,233               5,316        1,524               3,609              709   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

                                        2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Total               Loans > 90 days              Loans neither > 90   
                        in arrears and/or             days in arrears  
           impaired             nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Number     Balance            Number     Balance            Number      Balance  
Republic of Ireland – Total          m                  m                   m  

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     15,718        3,206             7,392        1,779             8,326         1,427   

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     2,809        611             1,395        358             1,414         253   

Payment moratorium

     917        146             397        70             520         76   

Arrears capitalisation

     4,939        1,059             3,555        835             1,384         224   

Term extension

     6,453        704             777        80             5,676         624   

Other

     337        51             160        28             177         23   

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

     31,173        5,777             13,676        3,150             17,497           2,627   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

101    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Forbearance – residential mortgages (continued)

 

                                              2011   
  

 

 

 
     Total          Loans > 90 days            Loans neither > 90   
                in arrears and/or          days in arrears  
                impaired          nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
       Number     Balance              Number     Balance              Number      Balance   
Republic of Ireland owner-occupier          m                  m                    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     13,681        2,548             3,436        675             10,245         1,873    

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     1,014        184             251        58             763         126    

Payment moratorium

     1,438        254             470        92             968         162    

Arrears capitalisation

     1,512        274             649        135             863         139    

Term extension

     4,964        524             447        41             4,517         483    

Other

     2        1                    –             2           

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

     22,611        3,785             5,253        1,001             17,358         2,784    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

                                              2011   
  

 

 

 
     Total          Loans > 90 days            Loans neither > 90   
                in arrears and/or          days in arrears  
                impaired          nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
       Number     Balance              Number     Balance              Number      Balance   
Republic of Ireland buy-to-let          m                  m                    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     7,401        1,866             2,565        816             4,836         1,050    

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     423        99             107        29             316         70    

Payment moratorium

     136        40             78        28             58         12    

Arrears capitalisation

     823        232             558        163             265         69    

Term extension

     872        132             89        15             783         117    

Other

            –                    –                     –    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

       9,655        2,369             3,397        1,051               6,258         1,318    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

                                              2011   
  

 

 

 
     Total          Loans > 90 days            Loans neither > 90   
                in arrears and/or          days in arrears  
                impaired          nor impaired  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
       Number     Balance              Number     Balance              Number      Balance   
Republic of Ireland – Total          m                  m                    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest only

     21,082        4,414             6,001        1,491             15,081         2,923    

Reduced payment (greater than interest only)

     1,437        283             358        87             1,079         196    

Payment moratorium

     1,574        294             548        120             1,026         174    

Arrears capitalisation

     2,335        506             1,207        298             1,128         208    

Term extension

     5,836        656             536        56             5,300         600    

Other

     2        1                    –             2           

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

     32,266        6,154             8,650        2,052             23,616         4,102    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

The Group has developed a Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (“MARS”) for dealing with mortgage customers in difficulty or likely to be in difficulty. MARS builds on and formalises the Group’s Mortgage Arrears Resolution Process, under which short-term mortgage forbearance solutions were provided to customers in financial difficulty for the last number of years. MARS includes new longer-term forbearance solutions which were devised in 2012 to assist existing Republic of Ireland primary residential mortgage customers in difficulty. Further details on MARS are set out on page 74.

Of the total residential mortgage portfolio in the Republic of Ireland of 39.5 billion (31 December 2011: 41.7 billion),  5.8 billion (15%) was subject to forbearance measures at 31 December 2012, compared to 6.2 billion (15%) at 31 December 2011. The majority (56%) of the loans that were subject to forbearance measures at 31 December 2012 were granted a period of interest only payments (31 December 2011: 72%). 3.2 billion (55%) of the loans under forbearance were greater than 90 days past due or impaired at 31 December 2012, compared to 2.1 billion (33%) at 31 December 2011.

 

 

 

    102


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Forbearance – residential mortgages (continued)

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was subject to forbearance measures and which was past due but not impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                  2012*                         2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-      Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total   
     occupier                         occupier                
Republic of Ireland    m      m     m             m      m       

 

      

 

 

 

1 - 30 days

     176         36        212             209         58         267    

31 - 60 days

     96         20        116             121         53         174    

61 - 90 days

     58         15        73             74         33         107    

91 - 180 days

     53         25        78             94         38         132    

181 - 365 days

     23         12        35             37         22         59    

Over 365 days

     9         13        22             5         10         15    

 

      

 

 

 

Total past due but not impaired

        415            121           536             540         214            754    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

0.5 billion or 9% of the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was subject to forbearance measures at 31 December 2012 was past due but not impaired (31 December 2011:  0.8 billion or 12%). Of the portion of the portfolio that was past due but not impaired,  0.2 billion or 40% was 30 days or less past due but not impaired (31 December 2011:  0.3 billion or 35%). 0.1 billion (25%) of the portfolio was more than 90 days past due, compared to  0.2 billion (27%) at 31 December 2011.

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was subject to forbearance measures and which was impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                  2012                           2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-      Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total   
     occupier                         occupier                
Republic of Ireland    m      m     m             m      m       

 

      

 

 

 

Not past due

     475         575        1,050             183         412         595    

1 - 30 days

     117         97        214             36         59         95    

31 - 60 days

     88         90        178             62         103         165    

61 - 90 days

     61         57        118             65         45         110    

91 - 180 days

     209         154        363             178         120         298    

181 - 365 days

     249         217        466             204         137         341    

Over 365 days

     342         284        626             137         105         242    

 

      

 

 

 

Total impaired

     1,541         1,474        3,015             865         981         1,846    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

All loans that are assessed for a forbearance solution are tested for impairment either individually or collectively, irrespective of whether such loans are past due or not. Where the loans are deemed not to be impaired, they are collectively assessed as part of the IBNR provision calculation.

Of the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was subject to forbearance measures and impaired at 31 December 2012, 1.1 billion or 35% was not past due at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 0.6 billion or 32%). A further 0.5 billion or 17% of the impaired portfolio was less than 90 days past due at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 0.4 billion or 20%).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

103    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Forbearance – residential mortgages (continued)

The following table profiles the Republic of Ireland residential mortgage portfolio that was subject to forbearance measures by the indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                  2012*                         2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-      Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total   
     occupier                         occupier                
Republic of Ireland    m      m     m             m      m       

 

      

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     313         74        387              376         95         471    

50% – 70%

     341         111        452              432         152         584    

71% - 80%

     231         86        317              261         96         357    

81% - 90%

     245         96        341              268         126         394    

91%- 100%

     274         143        417              292         164         456    

101% - 120%

     568         353        921              657         394         1,051    

121% - 150%

     796         510        1,306              824         602         1,426    

Greater than 150%

     776         860        1,636              675         740         1,415    

 

      

 

 

 

Total forbearance

     3,544         2,233        5,777              3,785         2,369         6,154    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Of the residential mortgage portfolio in the Republic of Ireland that was subject to forbearance measures at 31 December 2012, 60% of owner-occupier and 77% of buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity (31 December 2011: 57% and 73% respectively), whilst 67% of the total portfolio subject to forbearance measures was in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 63%).

Republic of Ireland residential mortgages – repossessions(1)

The number (stock) of repossessions as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is set out below:

 

           2012*                  2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Stock of     Balance            Stock of      Balance   
     repossessions     outstanding              repossessions      outstanding   
           m                    

 

      

 

 

 

Owner-occupier

     80        23             91         29    

Buy-to-let

     53        15             39         11    

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     133        38             130         40    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

(1)The number of repossessed residential properties presented relates to those held as security for residential mortgages only.

The increase in the stock of repossessed properties in 2012 relates to 64 properties repossessed in the Republic of Ireland offset by disposals. The majority of repossessions were by way of voluntary surrender.

Republic of Ireland residential mortgages - repossessions disposed of

The following table analyses disposed of repossessed properties for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                       2012*  
  

 

 

 
     Number of      Outstanding      Gross sales            Costs      Loss on     Average   
     disposals         balance at         proceeds         to         sale (1)      loan-to-    
            repossession      on      sell            value at   
            date      disposal                   sale price %   
            m      m      m      m        

 

 

Owner-occupier

     44         13         5         1         9        244    

Buy-to-let

     17         8         3                 5        324    

 

 

Total

     61         21         8         1         14        269    
  

 

 

 
                                       2011   
  

 

 

 
     Number of      Outstanding      Gross sales            Costs      Loss on     Average   
      disposals         balance at         proceeds         to         sale (1)      loan-to-    
            repossession      on      sell            value at   
            date      disposal                   sale price %   
            m      m      m      m        

 

 

Owner-occupier

     5         2         1                 1        214    

Buy-to-let

     10         3         1                 2        238    

 

 

Total

     15         5         2                 3        230    
  

 

 

 

(1)Before specific impairment provisions.

During the year ended 31 December 2012, 61 residential properties were disposed of in the Republic of Ireland, resulting in a total loss on sale of 14 million compared to 2011 when 15 residential properties were disposed of, resulting in a total loss of 3 million.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    104

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

AIB UK residential mortgages

The following table analyses the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio showing impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                 2012*                         2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Owner-     Buy-to-let     Total             Owner-      Buy-to-let      Total  
     occupier                        occupier                
Statement of financial position    m     m     m             m      m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

     2,583        407        2,990              2,823         434         3,257    

In arrears (>30 days past due)(1)

     319        65        384              252         33         285    

In arrears (>90 days past due)(1)

     270        56        326              211         27         238    

Of which impaired

     230        44        274              169         24         193    

Statement of financial position specific provisions

     88        22        110              55         12         67    

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

     61        12        73              88         12         100    

Provision cover percentage

     %        %        %              %         %           

 

      

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

     38.3        50.0        40.1              32.9         46.1         34.7    

 

      

 

 

 

Income statement

     m        m        m              m         m           

 

      

 

 

 

Income statement specific provisions

     36        12        48              33         6         39    

Income statement IBNR provisions

     (28     (2     (30)             53         7         60    

 

      

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

     8        10        18              86         13         99    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

(1)Includes all impaired loans whether past due or not.

Residential mortgages in AIB UK were 3.0 billion at 31 December 2012 and comprised owner-occupier mortgages of  2.6 billion and buy-to-let mortgages of 0.4 billion (31 December 2011: 3.2 billion comprising owner-occupier mortgages of 2.8 billion and buy-to-let mortgages of 0.4 billion).

The level of loans greater than 90 days in arrears and/or impaired increased to 10.9% at 31 December 2012 from 7.4% at 31 December 2011, as borrowers’ repayment capacity continues to be impacted by the current economic climate, particularly in Northern Ireland. Statement of financial position specific provisions of 110 million were held at 31 December 2012 and provided cover of 40% (31 December 2011: 67 million providing cover of 35%). IBNR statement of financial position provisions of 73 million were held at 31 December 2012, down from 100 million at 31 December 2011, and reflects management’s view of incurred loss in the performing book.

The total income statement provision charge at 31 December 2012 was 18 million, comprising a specific provision charge of 48 million and a release of IBNR of 30 million, reflecting the reversal of IBNR provisions raised in previous periods to specific provisions, particularly, in relation to low-start mortgages in Northern Ireland. This compares to a total income statement charge of  99 million for 2011, comprising a specific charge of 39 million and an IBNR charge of  60 million.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

105    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

AIB UK residential mortgages by year of origination

The following table profiles the AIB UK total residential mortgage portfolio and impaired residential mortgage portfolio by year of origination at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                              2012*                                    2011   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     Total    Impaired    Total          Impaired  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
       Number      Balance          Number      Balance            Number      Balance          Number      Balance   
AIB UK           m                 m                   m                  

 

  

 

 

 

1996 and before

     335         17           2         –             418         20           1         –    

1997

     62         2                   –             87         3                   –    

1998

     93         5           1         –             113         6           1         –    

1999

     242         12                   –             293         15                   –    

2000

     230         15                   –             276         18                   –    

2001

     3,285         104           126         4             3,656         121           114           

2002

     1,317         84           47         3             1,466         97           42           

2003

     1,955         145           118         13             2,108         160           104         10    

2004

     2,421         213           135         14             2,558         236           119         12    

2005

     3,218         333           268         32             3,400         369           214         25    

2006

     4,891         600           443         73             5,174         658           311         51    

2007

     5,515         820           523         102             5,815         884           339         66    

2008

     2,627         373           135         23             2,771         400           100         18    

2009

     1,205         136           32         8             1,315         160           18           

2010

     605         65           8         1             656         76           6         –    

2011

     324         32           3         1             337         34           1           

2012

     288         34                   –                                       –    

 

  

 

 

 

Total

     28,613         2,990           1,841         274             30,443         3,257           1,370         193    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The table shows that 20% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated before 2005, with such loans representing 12% of the impaired balances at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 21% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated before 2005, with such loans representing 15% of the impaired balances). A further 71% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated between 2005 and 2008, with such loans representing 84% of impaired balances (31 December 2011: 71% of the residential mortgage portfolio originated between 2005 and 2008, with such loans representing 83% of impaired balances). The remainder of the portfolio (9%) originated since 2008 and represent 4% of the impaired balances at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 8% originated since 2008 with such loans representing 2% of the impaired balances).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    106

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

The property values used in the completion of the following loan-to-value tables are determined with reference to the original or most recent valuation, indexed to the Nationwide House Price Index (“HPI”) in the UK. This index for Quarter 4 2012 reported that house prices across the UK were 11.5% lower than their peak in Quarter 3 2007 and reported an annual fall of 1.1% during 2012. Comparative figures, as reported in the Nationwide HPI in Quarter 4 2011, was a decline from peak of 10.5% and an annual increase of 1.1%.

In Northern Ireland (which represents 70% of the UK residential mortgage portfolio), the Nationwide HPI reported in Quarter 4 2012 that house prices decreased by 54.3% from their peak in Quarter 3 2007 (2011: 50.2%), whilst during 2012 house prices decreased by 8.2% (2011: 8.9%).

Actual and weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgages

The following table profiles the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio by the indexed loan-to-value ratios and the weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                 2012*   
  

 

 

 
         Owner-occupier                      Buy-to-let                            Total              
AIB UK     m           %                   m     %                     m      %    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     442              17.1               54        13.3               496         16.6     

50% to 70%

     406              15.7               59        14.7               465         15.6     

71% to 80%

     258              10.0               25        6.1               283         9.5     

81% to 90%

     261              10.1               29        7.1               290         9.7     

91% to 100%

     249              9.6               25        6.1               274         9.2     

101% to 120%

     293              11.4               34        8.3               327         10.9     

121% to 150%

     304              11.8               62        15.2               366         12.2     

Greater than 150%

     370              14.3               119        29.2               489         16.3     

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     2,583              100.0               407        100.0               2,990         100.0     

Weighted average indexed loan-to-value(1):

                   

Stock of residential mortgages at year end

       96.9                 111.7                  98.9     

New residential mortgages issued during year

       71.1                 –                  71.1     

Impaired residential mortgages

       119.6                 145.4                  123.7     

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
                                 2011    
  

 

 

 
         Owner-occupier                      Buy-to-let                            Total              
AIB UK     m           %                   m     %                     m      %    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     543              19.2               58        13.3               601         18.5     

50% to 70%

     525              18.6               77        17.7               602         18.5     

71% to 80%

     315              11.2               31        7.2               346         10.6     

81% to 90%

     301              10.7               37        8.7               338         10.4     

91% to 100%

     276              9.8               28        6.3               304         9.3     

101% to 120%

     301              10.6               39        9.0               340         10.4     

121% to 150%

     329              11.6               94        21.7               423         13.0     

Greater than 150%

     233              8.3               70        16.1               303         9.3     

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     2,823              100.0               434        100.0               3,257         100.0     

Weighted average indexed loan-to-value(1):

                   

Stock of residential mortgages at year end

       88.2                 101.1                  89.9     

New residential mortgages issued during year

       70.0                 77.0                  70.4     

Impaired residential mortgages

       105.9                 121.8                  107.9     

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

(1)Weighted average indexed loan-to-values are the individual indexed loan-to-value calculations weighted by the mortgage balance against each property.

37% of owner-occupier and 53% of buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 31% and 47% respectively). In terms of the total portfolio, 40% was in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 33%). The weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio for the total portfolio was 98.9% at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 89.9%) whilst the weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio for the impaired portfolio was 123.7% (31 December 2011: 107.9%), reflecting the decrease in property prices in Northern Ireland in the period. The weighted average indexed loan-to-value ratio of new mortgages issued during 2012 was 71.1% (31 December 2011: 70.4%).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

107    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgages (index linked) that were neither past due nor impaired

The following table profiles the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio that was neither past due nor impaired by the indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                                              2012*  
  

 

 

 
             Owner-occupier                          Buy-to-let                          Total          
AIB UK              m     %                     m     %                     m       

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     417        18.7               52        15.3               469         18.2    

50% to 70%

     373        16.7               55        16.1               428         16.6    

71% to 80%

     229        10.2               22        6.4               251         9.7    

81% to 90%

     226        10.1               21        6.4               247         9.6    

91% to 100%

     192        8.6               21        6.1               213         8.3    

101% to 120%

     258        11.5               30        8.8               288         11.2    

121% to 150%

     257        11.5               51        15.1               308         12.0    

Greater than 150%

     283        12.7               88        25.8               371         14.4    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     2,235        100.0               340        100.0               2,575         100.0    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

                                              2011   
  

 

 

 
             Owner-occupier                            Buy-to-let                            Total          
AIB UK              m     %                     m     %                     m       

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     519        20.5               56        14.4               575         19.7    

50% to 70%

     483        19.0               72        18.6               555         19.0    

71% to 80%

     283        11.2               29        7.5               312         10.7    

81% to 90%

     265        10.5               29        7.5               294         10.0    

91% to 100%

     238        9.4               25        6.3               263         9.0    

101% to 120%

     267        10.5               35        9.1               302         10.3    

121% to 150%

     281        11.1               83        21.4               364         12.5    

Greater than 150%

     197        7.8               59        15.2               256         8.8    

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     2,533        100.0               388        100.0               2,921         100.0    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Of the residential mortgages that were neither past due nor impaired at 31 December 2012, 36% of owner-occupier and 50% of buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity (31 December 2011: 29% and 46% respectively). In total, 37% of such mortgages were in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 32%) driven by continued property price declines in Northern Ireland in 2012.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    108

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loan-to-value ratios of AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio (index linked) that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired

The following table profiles the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio that was greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired by the indexed loan-to-value ratios at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*  
  

 

 

 
         Owner-occupier                       Buy-to-let                           Total                         Total      
                                                                    residential      
                                                             

      mortgage    

      portfolio    

 
AIB UK    m      %                 m      %                   m      %                     m       

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     15         5.4               1         1.9               16         4.9               496         16.6    

50% to 70%

     22         8.2               3         5.8               25         7.7               465         15.6    

71% to 80%

     26         9.4               3         4.6               29         8.6               283         9.5    

81% to 90%

     27         10.1               7         12.4               34         10.4               290         9.7    

91% to 100%

     40         14.9               3         6.4               43         13.5               274         9.2    

101% to 120%

     29         10.7               4         6.5               33         9.8               327         10.9    

121% to 150%

     39         14.5               8         14.5               47         14.4               366         12.2    

Greater than 150%

     72         26.8               27         47.9               99         30.7               489         16.3    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

           270         100.0                   56         100.0               326         100.0                 2,990         100.0    
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
            2011   
  

 

 

 
          Owner-occupier                        Buy-to-let                           Total                         Total      
                                                                    residential      
                                                             

      mortgage    

      portfolio    

 
AIB UK    m      %              m      %              m      %              m       

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Less than 50%

     14         7.1                       –               14         6.3               601         18.5    

50% to 70%

     27         12.8               4         14.8               31         13.0               602         18.5    

71% to 80%

     26         12.3               1         3.7               27         11.3               346         10.6    

81% to 90%

     25         11.9               3         11.1               28         11.8               338         10.4    

91% to 100%

     26         12.3               2         7.4               28         11.8               304         9.3    

101% to 120%

     24         11.4               2         7.4               26         10.9               340         10.4    

121% to 150%

     37         17.5               7         26.0               44         18.5               423         13.0    

Greater than 150%

     32         14.7               8         29.6               40         16.4               303         9.3    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     211         100.0               27         100.0               238         100.0                 3,257         100.0    
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Of the residential mortgages that were greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired at 31 December 2012, 52% of owner-occupier and 68% of buy-to-let mortgages were in negative equity (31 December 2011: 44% and 63% respectively). In terms of the total portfolio that was greater than 90 days past due and/or impaired, 55% was in negative equity at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 46%), driven by continued property price declines in Northern Ireland during the year.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

109    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Credit quality profile of AIB UK residential mortgages

The following table profiles the asset quality of AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*            2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
    

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let     Total            

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let      Total  
                                      
AIB UK       m     m                m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

     2,235          340         2,575              2,533          388          2,921   

Past due but not impaired

     118          23         141              121          22          143   

Impaired - provisions held

     230          44         274              169          24          193   

 

      

 

 

 

Gross residential mortgages

     2,583          407         2,990              2,823          434          3,257   

Provisions for impairment

     (149)         (34)        (183)             (143)         (24)         (167

 

      

 

 

 
     2,434          373         2,807              2,680          410          3,090   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

AIB UK residential mortgages which were past due but not impaired

The following table profiles the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio that was past due but not impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012*          2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
    

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let      Total          

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let      Total  
                                      
AIB UK                       m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

1 - 30 days

     29         2        31           38         13         51   

31 - 60 days

     35         5        40           25         4         29   

61 - 90 days

     14         4        18           16         2         18   

91 - 180 days

     12         11        23           27         3         30   

181 - 365 days

     10         1        11           11                 11   

Over 365 days

     18                18           4                 4   

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     118         23        141           121         22         143   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

141 million or 5% of the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio was past due but not impaired at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 143 million or 4%), of which 31 million or 22% was 30 days or less past due but not impaired (31 December 2011: 51 million or 36%). 52 million (37%) of the portfolio was more than 90 days past due, compared to 45 million (31%) at 31 December 2011.

AIB UK residential mortgages which were impaired

The following table profiles the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio that was impaired at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     2012        2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
    

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let     Total           

Owner-

  occupier

m

     Buy-to-let      Total  
                                      
AIB UK       m     m               m      m  

 

      

 

 

 

Not in arrears

     15         2        17             8         1         9   

1 - 30 days

     3         1        4             5         1         6   

31 - 60 days

     5         1        6             7         1         8   

61 - 90 days

     6         2        8             1                 1   

91 - 180 days

     27         7        34             33         3         36   

181 - 365 days

     52         12        64             44         6         50   

Over 365 days

     122         19        141             71         12         83   

 

      

 

 

 

Total impaired

     230         44        274             169         24         193   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total gross residential mortgages

     2,583         407        2,990             2,823         434         3,257   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Residential mortgages are assessed for impairment if they are past due, typically for more than ninety days, or if the borrower exhibits an inability to meet its obligations to the Group based on objective evidence of loss events (“impairment triggers”). Loans are deemed impaired where the carrying value of the asset is shown to be in excess of the present value of future cashflows and an appropriate provision is raised. Where loans are not deemed to be impaired, they are collectively assessed as part of the IBNR provision calculation.

Of the AIB UK residential mortgage portfolio that was impaired at 31 December 2012, 17 million or 6% was not past due (31 December 2011: 9 million or 5%). A further 18 million or 7% of the impaired portfolio was less than 90 days past due at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 15 million or 8%).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    110

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

AIB UK residential mortgages – repossessions

The number (stock) of repossessions as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is set out below:

 

           2012*                  2011   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
     Stock of     Balance             Stock of      Balance   
     repossessions     outstanding                 repossessions      outstanding   
           m                     

 

      

 

 

 

Owner-occupier

     143        33              59         14    

Buy-to-let

     71        15              33           

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     214        48              92         21    
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

During the year ended 31 December 2012, 98 properties were disposed of in AIB UK, resulting in a total loss on sale of 10.3 million before specific impairment provisions. This compares to 31 December 2011 when 68 properties were disposed of resulting in a total loss on sale of 6.6 million before specific impairment provisions. A total of 220 properties were repossessed in AIB UK in 2012, the majority of which resulted from the enforcement of security and compares to 2011 when 106 properties were repossessed.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

111    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Other personal lending

The following table analyses other personal lending by market segment showing asset quality and impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                 

2012 

  Total 

 
    Core                  Non-Core             
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 
    PBB          CICB          AIB UK          Total Core                      PBB          CICB          AIB UK          Total                     
                                                                                     Non-Core                     
    m          m          m          m                  m          m          m          m                   

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Satisfactory

    1,865           290           284           2,439                 1           64           2           67                 2,506    

Watch

    148           109           36           293              

 

  

       23           7           30                 323    

Vulnerable

    221           110           38           369                 1           53           15           69                 438    

Impaired

    623           479           38           1,140                 1           244           46           291                 1,431    

Total criticised loans

    992           698           112           1,802                 2           320           68           390                 2,192    

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

       2,857           988           396           4,241                 3           384           70           457                 4,698    
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %           %           %           %                 %           %           %           %                   

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    35           71           28           42                 52           83           97           85                 47    

Impaired loans/total loans

    22           48           10           27                 28           64           66           64                 30    

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Impairment provisions - statement of financial position*

                                             

Specific

    535           320           27           882                           152           30           182                 1,064    

IBNR

    31           24           11           66                           8           1           9                 75    

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    566           344           38           948                           160           31           191                 1,139    
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %           %           %           %                 %           %           %           %                   

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    86           67           74           77                           62           64           62                 74    

Total provisions/impaired loans

    91           72           100           83                           66           67           66                 80    

Total provisions/total loans

    20           35           10           22                           42           44           42                 24    

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

    1.24           16.13           4.86           4.16                 4.92           4.96           3.55           4.87                     4.37    
 

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    112

 


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

  LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Other personal lending (continued)

 

                      2011   
    Core       Non-Core             Total   
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
   

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

Total Core    

 

m    

           

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

Total    
Non-Core    

m    

             

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Satisfactory

    1,775          72          345           2,192                397          449          7          853                3,045    

Watch

    115          13          36          164                103          162          6          271                435    

Vulnerable

    110          14          47          171                130          175          30          335                506    

Impaired

    342          71          38          451                208          632          43          883                1,334    

Total criticised loans

    567          98          121          786                441          969          79          1,489                2,275    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

       2,342          170          466          2,978                   838          1,418          86          2,342                5,320    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %                %          %          %          %                  

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    24          58          26          26                53          68          92          64                43    

Impaired loans/total loans

    15          42          8          15                25          45          50          38                25    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                                     

Specific

    289          52          28          369                153          360          21          534                903    

IBNR

    95          -          4          99                57          2          2          61                160    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    384          52          32          468                210          362          23          595                1,063    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %                %          %          %          %                  

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    84          73          76          82                73          57          49          60                68    

Total provisions/impaired loans

    112          73          86          104                101          57          54          67                80    

Total provisions/total loans

    16          30          7          16                25          26          26          25                20    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

                                            8.45    
                                     

 

 

 

 

 

 

113    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Other personal lending (continued)

The other personal lending portfolio at 4.7 billion has reduced by 0.6 billion in the period and comprises 3.7 billion in loans and overdrafts and 1.0 billion in credit card facilities. There has been a marked shift in the profile of the portfolio in terms of core/non core assets as a result of the reclassification of non-core assets during the year. This is particularly evident in the PBB market segment where practically all loans in this sector are now included in core assets.

Despite evidence of some improvement in retail sales and consumer spending in Ireland in the second half of 2012, with some stabilisation in unemployment and house prices, the reduction in the overall other personal lending book reflects the continued lack of demand for personal credit, as households focus on reducing debt, where possible.

2.2 billion or 47% of the portfolio is criticised of which impaired loans amount to 1.4 billion (31 December 2011: 2.3 billion or 43% and 1.3 billion).

The Group has statement of financial position specific provisions of 1.1 billion providing cover on impaired loans of 74% (31 December 2011: 0.9 billion or 68%) and a further 0.1 billion in IBNR provisions representing 2.30% of performing loans (31 December 2011: 0.2 billion or 4.01%).

The income statement provision charge for the year was 219 million or 4.37% of average customer loans compared with 478 million or 8.45% in the year to 31 December 2011. While the provision charge has reduced significantly since 2011, borrowers in this sector were impacted by high unemployment levels and reduced incomes as a result of austerity measures.

 

 

 

    114


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

 

Loans and receivables to customers – Property and construction

The following table analyses property and construction lending by market segment showing asset quality and impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

  LOGO

 

 

 

                                                                                                            2012  
    Core         Non-Core         Total  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
   

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

EBS

 

m

           

Total  
Core  

m  

       

  PBB

 

   m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

EBS

 

m

        Total  
Non-Core  
m  
        m  

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Investment

                                           

Commercial investment

    592          6,322          1,290                     8,204                     2,818          759          278          3,855            12,059   

Residential investment

    261          753          490                     1,504            1          880          499                   1,380            2,884   
    853          7,075          1,780                     9,708            1          3,698          1,258          278          5,235            14,943   

Land and development

                                           

Commercial development

    121          363          45                     529            2          788          130                   920            1,449   

Residential development

    244          697          422                     1,363            1          2,407          1,222                   3,630            4,993   
    365          1,060          467                     1,892            3          3,195          1,352                   4,550            6,442   

Contractors

    117          152          135                     404                     19          23                   42            446   

Housing associations

                      95                     95                              325                   325            420   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

     1,335          8,287          2,477                     12,099            4          6,912          2,958          278          10,152             22,251   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                                           

Satisfactory

    379          1,927          1,220                     3,526            1          1,153          414          60          1,628            5,154   

Watch

    123          461          529                     1,113                     354          93          78          525            1,638   

Vulnerable

    140          512          400                     1,052                     232          339          32          603            1,655   

Impaired

    693          5,387          328                     6,408            3          5,173          2,112          108          7,396            13,804   

Total criticised loans

    956          6,360          1,257                     8,573            3          5,759          2,544          218          8,524            17,097   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %            %            %          %          %          %          %            %   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    72          77          51                     71            87          83          86          78          84            77   

Impaired loans/total loans

    52          65          13                     53            87          75          71          39          73            62   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position*

                                           

Specific

    549          2,574          141                     3,264            2          3,241          1,147          27          4,417            7,681   

IBNR

    29          146          45                     220                     93          72          38          203            423   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    578          2,720          186                     3,484            2          3,334          1,219          65          4,620            8,104   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %            %            %          %          %          %          %            %   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    79          48          43                     51            70          63          54          25          60            56   

Total provisions/impaired loans

    83          50          57                     54            70          64          58          60          62            59   

Total provisions/total loans

    43          33          7                     29            61          48          41          23          46            36   

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

    4.60          3.23          1.43                     2.97            7.49          3.30          5.40          (1.76       3.69            3.30   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

115    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

 

Loans and receivables to customers – Property and construction (continued)

 

 

 

 

    Core   Non-Core         2011 
Total 
 
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
   

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

EBS

 

m

       

Total  
Core  

m  

       

  PBB

 

   m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

EBS

 

m

       

Total  
Non-Core  

m  

         

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Investment

                                         

Commercial investment

    621          8,871          1,248                   10,740                     819          1,266          896          2,981            13,721    

Residential investment

    60          153          533                   746            247          1,563          565                   2,375            3,121    
    681          9,024          1,781                   11,486            247          2,382          1,831          896          5,356            16,842    

Land and development

                                         

Commercial development

             4          87                   91            138          1,246          104                   1,488            1,579    

Residential development

             60          646                   706            266          3,206          887                   4,359            5,065    
             64          733                   797            404          4,452          991                   5,847            6,644    

Contractors

    129          187          131                   447                     8          31                   39            486    

Housing associations

                      127                   127                              391                   391            518    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

      810          9,275          2,772                   12,857            651          6,842          3,244          896          11,633            24,490    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                                         

Satisfactory

    389          4,083          1,674                   6,146            162          1,414          636          127          2,339            8,485    

Watch

    93          1,030          650                   1,773            77          278          75          164          594            2,367    

Vulnerable

    95          368          275                   738            101          276          560          64          1,001            1,739    

Impaired

    233          3,794          173                   4,200            311          4,874          1,973          541          7,699            11,899    

Total criticised loans

    421          5,192          1,098                   6,711            489          5,428          2,608          769          9,294            16,005    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    52          56          40                   52            75          79          80          86          80            65    

Impaired loans/total loans

    29          41          6                   33            48          71          61          60          66            49    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position

                                         

Specific

    189          1,593          84                   1,866            230          3,290          942          141          4,603            6,469    

IBNR

    36          493          53                   582            72          222          155          68          517            1,099    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

      225          2,086          137                   2,448            302          3,512          1,097          209          5,120            7,568    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    81          42          49                   44            74          67          48          26          60            54    

Total provisions/impaired loans

    97          55          79                   58            97          72          56          39          66            64    

Total provisions/total loans

    28          23          5                   19            46          51          34          23          45            31    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

                                            14.12    
                                         

 

 

 

 

 

 

    116


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Property and construction (continued)

At 31 December 2012, the property and construction portfolio amounted to 22.3 billion.

This sector continues to be very challenging, particularly in Ireland. However, latest information available on the commercial segment indicates that while asset prices continue to fall there are indications of a stabilisation reported by some sectors in prime rents and yields, nevertheless, pressure on rental cash flows continues as a result of tenants renegotiating lease terms including rental holidays. There are also positive signs in the housing market with activity levels improving, albeit off a low base, and prices beginning to stabilise and rents recovering. In the UK, while there have also been signs of improvement in prime markets, such as London and the South East, secondary markets remain relatively illiquid.

The level of criticised loans in the Group’s property and construction portfolio at 17.1 billion has increased from 16.0 billion at 31 December 2011. However, the pace of deterioration has slowed since 2011 when the increase into criticised was 3.0 billion. Impaired loans amounted to 13.8 billion or 62% of the portfolio (31 December 2011: 11.9 billion or 49%).

The Group has 7.7 billion in statement of financial position specific provisions providing cover on impaired loans of 56% (31 December 2011: 6.5 billion or 54%). Total statement of financial position provisions of 8.1 billion represented 36% of loans and receivables (31 December 2011: 7.6 billion or 31%).

The income statement provision charge for the year to 31 December 2012 of 781 million or 3.30% of average customer loans compared with 3,580 million or 14.12% to 31 December 2011. The reduced income statement provision charge was impacted by a release of 659 million IBNR provisions as outlined on page 83.

Investment

Property investment loans amounted to 14.9 billion at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 16.8 billion) of which 12.1 billion related to commercial investment. The reduction was largely as a result of deleveraging in the CICB, AIB UK and EBS market segments. 9.1 billion of the investment property portfolio related to loans for the purchase of property in the Republic of Ireland, 5.0 billion in the United Kingdom, 0.2 billion in the United States of America and 0.6 billion in other geographical locations (31 December 2011: 9.1 billion, 6.4 billion, 0.4 billion and 0.9 billion respectively).

10.6 billion or 71% of the investment property portfolio was criticised at 31 December 2012 compared with 9.7 billion or 58% at 31 December 2011. Included in criticised loans were 8.0 billion of loans which were impaired (31 December 2011: 6.3 billion) on which the Group had 3.4 billion in statement of financial position specific provisions, providing cover of 42% (31 December 2011: 2.6 billion or 41%). Total provisions as a percentage of total loans was 25%, up from 21% at December 2011 for this sector.

The income statement provision charge for the year to 31 December 2012 was 420 million or 2.64% of average property investment customer loans (31 December 2011: 1,850 million or 11.43%).

Land and development

At 31 December 2012, Group land and development loans amounted to 6.4 billion (31 December 2011: 6.6 billion). 4.6 billion of this portfolio related to loans in the Republic of Ireland and 1.8 billion related to loans in the United Kingdom, which is relatively unchanged from 31 December 2011.

While there was some increase in sales of land sites in Ireland during 2012, this sub-sector continues to be difficult and is likely to remain so given the lack of appetite for bank funding for this type of development. Land values have reverted to agricultural values in some locations where the possibility of development in the medium term is remote.

6.2 billion of the land and development portfolio was criticised up from 6.1 billion at 31 December 2011. Included in criticised loans were 5.6 billion of loans which were impaired (31 December 2011: 5.4 billion) on which the Group had 4.1 billion in statement of financial position specific provisions providing cover of 74% (31 December 2011: 69%). Total provisions as a percentage of total loans was 65%, up from 58% at 31 December 2011 for this sector.

The income statement provision charge for the year to was 334 million or 4.90% of average land and development customer loans compared with 1,663 million or 25.0% to 31 December 2011.

There was also an income statement provision charge of 27 million for other property and construction exposures, comprising a charge of 39 million for contractors and a release of IBNR provision of 12 million relating to housing associations in AIB UK.

 

 

 

117    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

 

Loans and receivables to customers – SME/other commercial lending

The following table analyses SME/other commercial lending by market segment showing asset quality and impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

 

 

    Core   Non-Core   2012 
Total 
 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
   

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

Total  
Core  

m  

       

  PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

        Total  
Non-Core  
m  
         

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    1,048          590          43          1,681                     29          12          41            1,722    

Distribution

                                 

Hotels

    58          1,386          647          2,091                     126          407          533            2,624    

Licensed premises

    211          681          46          938                     32          154          186            1,124    

Retail/Wholesale

    442          1,675          201          2,318                     53          69          122            2,440    

Other distribution

    90          109          9          208                              7          7            215    
    801          3,851          903          5,555                     211          637          848            6,403    

Other services

    721          1,411          1,845          3,977            1          73          919          993            4,970    

Other

    466          1,084          407          1,957                     45          148          193            2,150    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

      3,036          6,936          3,198          13,170            1          358          1,716          2,075            15,245    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                                 

Satisfactory

    1,573          2,558          2,189          6,320                     41          715          756            7,076    

Watch

    319          637          472          1,428                     9          36          45            1,473    

Vulnerable

    376          580          203          1,159                     33          256          289            1,448    

Impaired

    768          3,161          334          4,263            1          275          709          985            5,248    

Total criticised loans

    1,463          4,378          1,009          6,850            1          317          1,001          1,319            8,169    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    48          63          32          52            84          88          58          64            54    

Impaired loans/total loans

    25          46          10          32            42          77          41          47            34    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions – statement of financial position*

                                 

Specific

    637          1,947          164          2,748            1          168          339          508            3,256    

IBNR

    56          136          28          220                     5          15          20            240    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    693          2,083          192          2,968            1          173          354          528            3,496    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    83          62          49          64            100          61          48          52            62    

Total provisions/impaired loans

    90          66          58          70            113          63          50          54            67    

Total provisions/total loans

    23          30          6          23            47          48          21          25            23    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

    3.03          4.41          0.79          3.20            0.00          13.21          2.77          3.67            3.26    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    118

 


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

 

Loans and receivables to customers – SME/other commercial lending (continued)

  LOGO

 

 

 

    Core   Non-Core         2011 
Total 
 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
   

PBB

 

m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

       

Total  
Core  

m  

       

    PBB

 

     m

       

CICB

 

m

       

AIB UK

 

m

        Total  
Non-Core  
m  
         

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    1,044          666          43          1,753                              13          13            1,766    

Distribution

                                 

Hotels

    62          1,557          645          2,264                              485          485            2,749    

Licensed premises

    223          740          47          1,010                              112          112            1,122    

Retail/Wholesale

    504          2,018          211          2,733                              82          82            2,815    

Other distribution

                      36          36                              19          19            55    
    789          4,315          939          6,043                              698          698            6,741    

Other services

    759          1,589          1,910          4,258                              1,161          1,161            5,419    

Other

    537          1,151          458          2,146            15          20          180          215            2,361    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

      3,129          7,721          3,350          14,200            15          20          2,052          2,087            16,287    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Analysed as to asset quality

                                 

Satisfactory

    1,677          3,375          2,392          7,444            4          5          919          928            8,372    

Watch

    452          752          478          1,682            1          2          79          82            1,764    

Vulnerable

    380          543          263          1,186            1          1          401          403            1,589    

Impaired

    620          3,051          217          3,888            9          12          653          674            4,562    

Total criticised loans

    1,452          4,346          958          6,756            11          15          1,133          1,159            7,915    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

    %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

    46          56          29          48            73          75          55          56            49    

Impaired loans/total loans

    20          40          6          27            60          60          32          32            28    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment provisions - statement of financial position

                                 

Specific

    481          1,759          109          2,349            8          10          298          316            2,665    

IBNR

    128          185          57          370            2                   56          58            428    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

    609          1,944          166          2,719            10          10          354          374            3,093    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

    %          %          %          %            %          %          %          %              

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

    78          58          50          60            89          83          46          47            58    

Total provisions/impaired loans

    98          64          76          70            111          83          54          55            68    

Total provisions/total loans

    19          25          5          19            67          50          17          18            19    

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

                                    9.57    
                                 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119    


Table of Contents
LOGO    

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – SME/other commercial lending (continued)

The SME/other commercial lending portfolio amounted to 15.2 billion at 31 December 2012 and includes lending to the following main sub-sectors: hotels and licensed premises 3.7 billion; retail/wholesale 2.4 billion; other services 5.0 billion; and agriculture 1.7 billion (31 December 2011: 3.9 billion, 2.8 billion, 5.4 billion and 1.8 billion respectively).

Exposures in this sector of c. 67% are to SMEs in Ireland, who are heavily dependant on the domestic economy which remained challenged throughout 2012. A substantial portion of SME customers experienced a reduction in turnover during the year which together with economic conditions and the level of indebtedness in the sector has resulted in many SMEs experiencing difficulty in managing the finances of their businesses. Consequently, there has been a significant amount of refinance and restructuring activity with regard to existing facilities in order to sustain these businesses.

The level of criticised loans at 8.2 billion representing 54% of the portfolio (31 December 2011: 7.9 billion or 49% is indicative of the continuing stress on trading entities. Within criticised loans, impaired loans amounted to 5.2 billion or 34% of the sector (31 December 2011: 4.6 billion or 28%). The Group had statement of financial position specific provisions of 3.3 billion providing cover of 62% on impaired loans (31 December 2011: 2.7 billion or 58%).

Statement of financial position total provisions of 3.5 billion represented 23% cover of total loans for the sector (31 December 2011: 3.1 billion or 19%).

The income statement provision charge for the year to 31 December 2012 was 517 million or 3.26% of average customer loans compared with 1,603 million or 9.57% to 31 December 2011.

The reduction in the provision charge in the year was influenced by a release of 205 million of income statement IBNR provisions. At 31 December 2011, the Group had IBNR provisions of 428 million, informed by a number of factors including: the level of arrears; and the levels of stress in the portfolios. Specific provisions were raised during 2012 which together with the reduction in the non impaired portfolio of 1.7 billion, resulted in a reduction in the required level of IBNR provisions.

 

 

 

    120


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Loans and receivables to customers – Corporate lending

The following table analyses corporate lending showing asset quality and impairment provisions for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

                               2012                                    2011  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
         Core          Non-Core          Total            Core           Non-Core           Total  
         m          m          m            m           m           m  

 

      

 

 

 

Satisfactory

       2,873           1,197           4,070             3,729            2,779            6,508   

Watch

       106           29           135             81            25            106   

Vulnerable

       129           20           149             7            48            55   

Impaired

       263           540           803             386            309            695   

Total criticised loans

       498           589           1,087             474            382            856   

 

      

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

           3,371           1,786           5,157                 4,203            3,161            7,364   
 

 

      

 

 

 

Total loans percentage

       %           %           %             %            %            %   

 

      

 

 

 

Criticised loans/total loans

       15           33           21             11            12            12   

Impaired loans/total loans

       8           30           16             9            10            9   

 

      

 

 

 

Impairment provisions - statement of financial position*

                               

Specific

       176           309           485             216            217            433   

IBNR

       71           27           98             59            44            103   

 

      

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions

       247           336           583             275            261            536   
 

 

      

 

 

 

Provision cover percentage

       %           %           %             %            %            %   

 

      

 

 

 

Specific provisions/impaired loans

       67           57           60             56            70            62   

Total provisions/impaired loans

       94           62           73             71            84            77   

Total provisions/total loans

       7           19           11             7            8            7   

 

      

 

 

 

Impairment charge/average loans

       1.00           5.28           2.63                         5.26   
 

 

                  

 

 

 

The corporate portfolio amounted to 5.2 billion at 31 December 2012 compared with 7.4 billion at 31 December 2011. The reduction largely reflects the continued deleveraging of the portfolio along with scheduled repayments.

Criticised loans at 1.1 billion represent 21% of the portfolio compared with 0.9 billion or 12% at 31 December 2011. Within criticised loans, impaired loans amounted to 0.8 billion (31 December 2011: 0.7 billion) and the Group had statement of financial position specific provisions of 0.5 billion providing cover of 60% on these loans (31 December 2011: 0.4 billion or 62%).

Statement of financial position total provisions of 0.6 billion represented 11% of loans and receivables (31 December 2011: 0.5 billion or 7%).

The income statement provision charge for the year was 167 million or 2.63% of average customer loans (31 December 2011: 508 million or 5.26%). The reduced provision charge was due to a lower level of large corporate credit defaults compared with 2011 when a number of large borrowers were impaired and required a high level of specific provision.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

121    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Credit ratings*

Internal credit ratings

The Group uses various rating tools in managing its credit risk. Each rating tool has up to 11 rating/grading points, each point or grade in turn has its own ascribed Probability of Default (“PD”), which differentiates the risk associated with borrowers under each grade. Rating tools are designed to ensure they are suitable for the type of borrower being rated and therefore can have different PD bands or scales. Hence, a rating tool used to grade credit card borrowers will have a higher average PD than a tool being used to rate commercial borrowers and will have different PDs attaching to individual grading points.

To facilitate the aggregation of these individual tools for reporting purposes, the Group uses a Reporting masterscale which has 13 points, each with its own PD. The PD range for the full masterscale is 0% to 100% (where 100% indicates a borrower who is in default). The reporting masterscale in itself is not a rating tool and is not used in decision making or in the ongoing management of loans. It facilitates mapping of the individual rating tools purely by PD.

The role of rating tools is outlined in the Risk Management section of this report (pages 72 and 73) and highlights the role of rating tools in identifying and managing loans including those of lower credit quality. These lower credit quality loans are referred to as ‘Criticised loans’ and while identifiable within their own rating models can be spread across different ranges in the reporting masterscale as they carry different PDs.

For reporting purposes loans and receivables to customers are categorised into:

–      (i)   Neither past due nor impaired;
–      (ii)   Past due but not impaired; and
–      (iii)   Impaired.

Neither past due nor impaired applies to those loans that are neither contractually past due and/or have not been categorised as impaired by the Group.

Past due but not impaired is defined as follows: When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative number of days a missed payment is overdue. This category can also include an element of loans where negotiation with the borrower on new terms and conditions has not concluded to full completion of documentation while the original loan facility remains outside its original terms for more than 90 days. When a loan or exposure is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, not just the amount of any excess or arrears.

Impaired loans are defined as follows: A loan is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the assets (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact such that the present value of future cash flows is less than the current carrying value of the financial asset or group of assets and requires an impairment provision to be recognised in the income statement.

Loans that are neither past due nor impaired are further classified into ‘Strong, Satisfactory and Higher Risk’, which are described as follows:

Grades 1 – 3 (Strong) typically includes strong corporate and commercial lending combined with elements of the retail portfolios and residential mortgages.

Grades 4 – 10 (Satisfactory) typically includes new business written and existing satisfactorily performing exposures across all portfolios. The lower end of this category includes a portion of the Group’s criticised loans (i.e. loans requiring additional management attention over and above that normally required for the loan type) that are neither past due nor impaired.

Grades 11 – 13 (Higher Risk) contains the remainder of the Group’s criticised loans that are neither past due nor impaired, together with loans written at a high PD where there is a commensurate higher margin for the risk taken.

Loans and receivables to customers – Lending classifications:

Corporate/commercial includes loans to corporate and larger commercial enterprises processed through one of the Group’s corporate/commercial rating tools, where the exposure is typically greater than 300,000.

Residential mortgages include loans for the purchase of residential properties processed through the Group’s residential mortgage rating tools. In some circumstances, residential mortgage exposures can be processed through the Group’s Corporate and Commercial rating tools (e.g. where a borrower has more than five investment properties).

Other includes loans to SMEs and individuals. In some cases, behaviour scoring and credit scoring methodologies are used.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    122

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Credit ratings* (continued)

Internal credit ratings

The internal credit ratings profile of loans and receivables to customers by asset class at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is as follows:

 

                      2012                        2011   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Corporate/     Residential     Other       Total      Corporate/     Residential     Other     Total   
    commercial     mortgages                 commercial     mortgages              
Masterscale grade   m     m     m           m     m     m      

 

   

 

 

 

1 to 3

    1,135        8,338        1,006          10,479         2,037        9,153        1,041        12,231    

4 to 10

    14,295        19,517        2,737          36,549         21,071        22,554        3,019        46,644    

11 to 13

    4,380        3,881        1,128          9,389         4,575        4,245        1,361        10,181    

 

   

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

    19,810        31,736        4,871          56,417         27,683        35,952        5,421        69,056    

Past due but not impaired

    1,618        2,018        403          4,039( 1)      2,120        2,193        485        4,798( 2) 

Impaired

    20,489        7,347        1,580          29,416         17,871        5,583        1,379        24,833    

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

         41,917        41,101        6,854          89,872              47,674        43,728        7,285        98,687    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Unearned income

          (108)              (125)   

Deferred costs

          89               103    

Impairment provisions

          (16,528)              (14,941)   
       

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total

             73,325                  83,724    
       

 

 

         

 

 

 

(1)Of this amount, 46 million relates to masterscale grade 1– 3; 964 million relates to masterscale grade 4 – 10; and 3,029 million relates to masterscale grade 11 – 13.

(2)Of this amount, 66 million relates to masterscale grade 1 – 3; 1,394 million relates to masterscale grade 4 – 10; and 3,338 million relates to masterscale grade 11 – 13.

External credit ratings of financial assets

The external credit ratings profile of loans and receivables to banks, NAMA senior bonds, trading portfolio financial assets (excluding equity securities) and financial investments available for sale (excluding equity shares) at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is as follows:

 

                                2012  
  

 

 

 
     Bank      Corporate      Sovereign     Other      Total  
     m      m      m     m      m  

 

 

AAA/AA

     2,452         3         3,881        583         6,919   

A

     2,347         15         221        223         2,806   

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

     1,167         60         24,995 (1)      79         26,301   

Sub investment

     103         99         26        79         307   

Unrated

     76         115                        191   

 

 

Total

       6,145         292         29,123        964         36,524   
  

 

 

 
                                2011  
  

 

 

 
     Bank      Corporate      Sovereign     Other      Total  
     m      m      m     m      m  

 

 

AAA/AA

     2,741                 3,966        1,468         8,175   

A

     3,073         14         175        171         3,433   

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

     3,170         77         25,185 (1)      35         28,467   

Sub investment

     175         150         48        68         441   

Unrated

     96         160                1         257   

 

 

Total

       9,255         401         29,374        1,743         40,773   
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes NAMA senior bonds which do not have an external credit rating and to which the Group has attributed a rating of BBB+ (31 December 2011: BBB+) i.e. the external rating of the Sovereign.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

123    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – credit profile of the loan portfolio

Leveraged debt by geographic location and industry sector

Leveraged lending (including the financing of management buy-outs, buy-ins and private equity buy-outs) is conducted primarily through specialist lending teams. The leveraged loan book is held as part of the loans and receivables to customers portfolio. Specific impairment provisions of 34 million (31 December 2011: 70 million) are currently held against impaired exposures of 72 million (31 December 2011: 106 million). These impaired exposures are not included in the analysis below. The unfunded element below includes off-balance sheet facilities and the undrawn element of facility commitments.

The portfolio continues to reduce, in large part due to AIB’s deleveraging plans.

 

           2012              2011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Funded     Unfunded         Funded      Unfunded  
Leveraged debt by geographic location*    m     m       m      m  

 

   

 

 

 

United Kingdom

     84        24          215         35   

Rest of Europe

     39        4          220         53   

United States of America

     325        50          777         131   

Rest of the World

     31        –          62         1   

 

   

 

 

 
     479        78          1,274         220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2012           2011  
  

 

 

 
Funded leveraged debt by industry sector*               m     m  

 

 

Agriculture

            6   

Property and construction

            7   

Distribution

     91        298   

Energy

     29        42   

Financial

     5        19   

Manufacturing

     158        474   

Transport

     14        63   

Other services

     182        365   

 

 
          479        1,274   
  

 

 

 

Large exposures (including disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale)

AIB’s Group Large Exposure Policy sets out maximum exposure limits to, or on behalf of, a customer or a group of connected customers.

At 31 December 2012, the Group’s top 50 exposures amounted to 9.3 billion, and accounted for 10.4% ( 10.5 billion and 10.6% at 31 December 2011) of the Group’s on-balance sheet total gross loans and receivables to customers. No single customer exposure exceeded regulatory guidelines. In addition, the Group holds NAMA senior bonds amounting to 17.4 billion (31 December 2011:  19.9 billion).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

    124

 


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

  LOGO

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

This section sets out 5 year summaries as required for SEC reporting as follows:

 

    Loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector

 

    Percentages of loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector

 

    Risk elements in lending

 

    Impaired loans and receivables to customers

 

    Provisions for impairment (banks and customers)

 

    Movements in provisions for impairments on loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale)

 

    Additional information on provisions for impairment

 

    Loans charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans

 

    Analysis of loans and receivables to customers by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity

 

    Analysis of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geography and industry sector

 

    Cross-border outstandings

 

 

 

125    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector*

The credit portfolio is diversified within each of its geographic markets (which are principally in Ireland and the United Kingdom) by spread of locations, industry classification and individual customer.

Other than property and construction in Ireland (17.8%) and residential mortgages in Ireland (43.9%), as at 31 December 2012, no one industry or loan category, in any geographic market accounts for more than 10% of AIB Group’s total loan portfolio.

The following table shows the gross loans and receivables to customers portfolio by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 excluding in 2010 and 2009 those held for sale to NAMA. which are analysed on page 142.

 

     2012      2011      2010      2010       2009      2008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     m          Continuing
operations
m
    

Discontinued 
operations 

     m      m  

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRELAND

                

Agriculture

     1,727         1,810         1,939         –          2,015         2,217   

Energy

     326         431         686         –          844         992   

Manufacturing

     1,271         1,563         2,617         –          3,108         3,801   

Property and construction

     15,983         17,222         17,246         –          15,930         33,290   

Distribution

     5,839         6,391         7,626         –          8,182         9,364   

Transport

     538         614         809         –          979         1,016   

Financial

     592         1,048         1,368         –          1,403         1,549   

Other services

     3,093         3,276         4,080         –          4,700         5,422   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     39,486         41,847( 1)      27,290         –          27,818         26,546   

               – Other

     4,223         4,755         5,349         –          6,242         7,357   

Lease financing

     457         544         764         –          922         1,107   

Guaranteed by Irish Government

             –                 –                  1   

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
           73,535         79,501               69,774         –              72,143         92,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

                

Agriculture

     54         58         67         –          120         149   

Energy

     118         250         304         –          292         372   

Manufacturing

     350         486         843         –          1,193         1,348   

Property and construction

     6,228         6,938         7,430         –          7,068         10,312   

Distribution

     1,950         2,109         2,439         –          2,639         2,615   

Transport

     614         683         749         –          601         647   

Financial

     190         320         525         –          696         826   

Other services

     3,050         3,474         4,523         –          4,936         5,356   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     3,035         3,325         3,534         –          3,635         3,629   

               – Other

     475         566         672         –          861         757   

Lease financing

             –         8         –          48         61   

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,064         18,209         21,094         –          22,089         26,072   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

                

Agriculture

             –                 –          3         6   

Energy

     19         41         201         –          435         614   

Manufacturing

     4         12         60         –          161         260   

Property and construction

     40         218         732         –          904         1,090   

Distribution

     1         14         122         –          162         209   

Transport

     22         32         73         –          69         76   

Financial

     3         –         29         –          54         146   

Other services

     184         271         751         –          753         977   

Personal Residential mortgages

             –                 –                    

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     273         588         1,968         –          2,541         3,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)The significant increase in residential mortgages in Ireland in 2011 compared with 2010 reflects the EBS portfolio which was acquired by AIB in July 2011.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    126

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Loans and receivables to customers portfolio by geography and industry sector* (continued)

 

    2012      2011      2010      2010        2009      2008   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Continuing 
operations 
   

Discontinued   
operations   

m   

         

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

POLAND

           

Agriculture

    –         –         –         133           126         165    

Energy

    –         –         –         70           86         76    

Manufacturing

    –         –         –         978           1,024         1,145    

Property and construction

    –         –         –         2,542           2,852         2,760    

Distribution

    –         –         –         837           804         790    

Transport

    –         –         –         81           83         100    

Financial

    –         –         –         125           143         237    

Other services

    –         –         –         318           322         461    

Personal – Residential mortgages

    –         –         –         1,821           1,538         1,352    

               – Other

    –         –         –         1,051           1,039         857    

Lease financing

    –         –         –         685           711         745    

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    –         –         –         8,641           8,728         8,688    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

REST OF WORLD

    –         389         1,042         –            1,106         1,363    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loans to customers

    89,872( 1)      98,687( 1)      93,878( 2)      8,641           106,607         132,163    

Unearned income

    (108)        (125)        (167)        (67)          (279)        (382)   

Deferred costs

    89         103         –         –            –         –    

Provisions for impairment

    (16,528)        (14,941)        (7,299)        (344)          (2,987)        (2,292)   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and receivables

          73,325         83,724               86,412         8,230               103,341         129,489    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes 475 million (2011: 1,195 million) in loans and receivables to customers that relate to ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’.

(2)Includes 74 million relating to AmCredit which was held within ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

127    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Percentages of loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector

The following table shows the percentages of loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, excluding in 2010 and 2009 those held for sale to NAMA but including, in 2010, those within disposal groups and non-currents assets held for sale, that were not classified as discontinued operations (0.1%, Rest of World).

     2012           2011        2010      2010         2009           2008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     %           %        Continuing
operations
%
     Discontinued   
operations   
%   
     %           %  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRELAND

                       

Agriculture

     1.9            1.8           1.9         –            1.9            1.7   

Energy

     0.4            0.4           0.7         –            0.8            0.7   

Manufacturing

     1.4            1.6           2.6         –            2.9            2.9   

Property and construction

     17.8            17.5           16.8         –            14.9            25.2   

Distribution

     6.5            6.5           7.4         –            7.7            7.1   

Transport

     0.6            0.6           0.8         –            0.9            0.8   

Financial

     0.7            1.1           1.3         –            1.3            1.1   

Other services

     3.5            3.3           4.0         –            4.4            4.1   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     43.9            42.4           26.6         –            26.1            20.1   

               – Other

     4.7            4.8           5.2         –            5.9            5.6   

Lease financing

     0.5            0.6           0.7         –            0.9            0.8   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     81.9            80.6           68.0         –            67.7            70.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

                       

Agriculture

     0.1            0.1           0.1         –            0.1            0.1   

Energy

     0.1            0.3           0.3         –            0.3            0.3   

Manufacturing

     0.4            0.5           0.8         –            1.1            1.0   

Property and construction

     6.9            7.0           7.3         –            6.6            7.8   

Distribution

     2.2            2.1           2.4         –            2.5            2.0   

Transport

     0.7            0.7           0.7         –            0.6            0.5   

Financial

     0.2            0.3           0.5         –            0.7            0.6   

Other services

     3.3            3.5           4.4         –            4.6            4.0   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     3.4            3.4           3.4         –            3.4            2.7   

               – Other

     0.5            0.6           0.7         –            0.8            0.6   

Lease financing

                –                   –                       0.1   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17.8            18.5           20.6         –            20.7            19.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

                       

Energy

                –           0.2         –            0.3            0.5   

Manufacturing

                –           0.1         –            0.2            0.2   

Property and construction

     0.1            0.2           0.7         –            0.8            0.8   

Distribution

                –           0.1         –            0.2            0.2   

Transport

                –           0.1         –            0.1            0.1   

Financial

                –                   –            0.1            0.1   

Other services

     0.2            0.3           0.7         –            0.7            0.7   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.3            0.5           1.9         –            2.4            2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

POLAND

                       

Agriculture

                –                   0.1          0.1            0.1   

Energy

                –                   0.1          0.1            0.1   

Manufacturing

                –                   1.0          1.0            0.9   

Property and construction

                –                   2.5          2.7            2.1   

Distribution

                –                   0.8          0.7            0.6   

Transport

                –                   0.1          0.1            0.1   

Financial

                –                   0.1          0.1            0.2   

Other services

                –                   0.3          0.3            0.3   

Personal – Residential mortgages

                –                   1.8          1.4            1.0   

               – Other

                –                   1.0          1.0            0.6   

Lease financing

                –                   0.7          0.7            0.6   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                –                   8.5          8.2            6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

REST OF WORLD

                0.4           1.0         –          1.0            1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

           100.0            100.0                   91.5         8.5                100.0            100.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

    128


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Risk elements in lending

The Group’s loan control and review procedures generally do not include the classification of loans as non-accrual, accruing past due, restructured and potential problem loans, as defined by the SEC. Management has, however, set out in the following table the amount of loans, (including, in the case of 2010 and 2009, those held for sale to NAMA and in 2010 those within discontinued operations)(2), at 31 December, without giving effect to available security and before deduction of provisions, using the SEC’s classification

 

    

2012

m

         

2011

m

         

2010

m

         

2009

m

         

2008

m

 

 

 

Loans accounted for on non-accrual basis(1)

                          

Ireland

     24,719            21,047            10,215            14,922            1,972   

United Kingdom

     4,641            3,725            2,524            1,944            689   

United States of America

     56            49            75            42            61   

Poland(2)

                           587            477            250   

Rest of World

                12            68            68            19   

 

 
        29,416            24,833            13,469            17,453            2,991   
  

 

 

 

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

                          

Ireland

     1,190            1,371            1,768            815            153   

United Kingdom

     162            74            59            83            117   

United States of America

                           29                       13   

Poland(2)

                           3            4            1   

 

 
     1,352            1,445            1,859            902            284   
  

 

 

 

Restructured loans not included above(3)

     55            75            233            140              

Other real estate and other assets owned

                17            12            10              

(1)These figures represent AIB’s impaired loans before provisions. Total interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended 31 December 2012 had interest on gross impaired loans been included in income amounted to 771 million (2011:  528 million; 2010: 462 million; 2009: 235 million; 2008: 109 million) - 656 million for Ireland, 114 million for the United Kingdom and 1 million for the United States. Of the total figure of 771 million above, 392 million (2011: 236 million; 2010:  296 million; 2009: 172 million; 2008: 45 million) was included in income for the year ended 31 December 2012 for interest on impaired loans (net of provisions).

(2)For 2010, Poland is classified as a discontinued operation.

(3)AIB, on occasion, restructures loans on uncommercial terms. In circumstances where it enters into such arrangements these loans are typically classified as impaired and hence included in the table above under that category. In certain circumstances, as part of a loan restructure, AIB will convert debt to equity and if the recapitalised borrower is viable will reclassify the debt as performing. The restructured loans figure above solely relates to the loan element of these restructures which is deemed to be performing (i.e. non-impaired) following the restructure event. The value of equity held in the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2012 from such transactions was  19 million (2011: 24 million) and the amount of debt resulting from such transactions and held in performing grades was  9 million (2011: 33 million).

AIB Group generally expects that loans, where known information about possible credit problems causes management to have serious doubt as to the ability of borrowers to comply with loan repayment terms, would be included under its definition of impaired loans and would therefore have been reported in the above table.

In AIB Group, loans are typically reported as impaired when interest thereon is 90 days or more past due or where a specific provision is raised, except: (i) where there is sufficient evidence that repayment in full, including all interest up to the time of repayment (including costs) will be made within a reasonable and identifiable time period, either from realisation of security, refinancing commitment or other sources; or (ii) where there is independent evidence that the balance due, including interest, is adequately secured. Upon impairment, the accrual of interest income based on the original terms of the claim is discontinued but the increase of the present value of impaired claims due to the passage of time is reported as interest income.

 

 

 

129    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Impaired loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector*

The following table presents an analysis of AIB Group’s impaired loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA are analysed on page 142.

 

     2012          2011       2010     2010          2009           2008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     m               Continuing
operations
m
   

Discontinued    
operations    

m    

     m           m  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRELAND

                     

Agriculture

     322           299          193        –             105            47   

Energy

     32           34          7        –             11            10   

Manufacturing

     319           303          293        –             134            71   

Property and construction

     10,856           9,467          5,510        –             2,275            1,148   

Distribution

     2,812           2,499          1,505        –             846            147   

Transport

     113           113          77        –             34            11   

Financial

     219           168          61        –             70            17   

Other services

     706           628          384        –             206            65   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     7,856           6,138          1,013        –             475            163   

               – Other

     1,345           1,253          777        –             556            257   

Lease financing

     139           145          135        –             96            36   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
          24,719           21,047          9,955        –             4,808            1,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

                     

Agriculture

     12           11          10        –             4            2   

Energy

     1                          –             2            -   

Manufacturing

     153           132          75        –             66            33   

Property and construction

     2,908           2,389          1,408        –             449            432   

Distribution

     630           557          240        –             229            89   

Transport

     244           14          2        –             2            2   

Financial

     26           23          15        –             85            3   

Other services

     307           323          117        –             168            53   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     274           193          115        –             56            53   

               – Other

     86           82          61        –             40            22   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,641           3,725          2,043        –             1,101            689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

                     

Energy

     3                   1        –                        32   

Manufacturing

                              –             11            17   

Property and construction

     40           43          40        –             8            12   

Distribution

                       22        –                          

Transport

               –          12        –                          

Other services

     13           –                 –             23              

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     56           49          75        –             042            61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

POLAND

                     

Agriculture

               –                 12             10            39   

Energy

               –                 1             2              

Manufacturing

               –                 62             74            46   

Property and construction

               –                 264             194            61   

Distribution

               –                 57             52            30   

Transport

               –                 15             8            3   

Financial

               –                 2             1            -   

Other services

               –                 23             13            7   

Personal – Residential mortgages

               –                 19             13            11   

               – Other

               –                 97             75            36   

Lease financing

               –                 35             35            17   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
               –                 587             477            250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

REST OF WORLD

               12          68        –             68            19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     29,416           24,833          12,141        587                  6,496            2,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    130

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Impaired loans and receivables to customers by geography and industry sector* (continued)

2012

The following commentary on loans and receivables includes those within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale.

Group impaired loans were 29,416 million at 31 December 2012 and now represent 33% of loans and receivables up from  24,833 million or 25% at 31 December 2011.

Ireland

Impaired loans in Ireland were 24,719 million representing 34% of total group loans and receivables, up from  21,047 million or 27% at December 2011. 85% or 3,107 million of this increase relates to residential mortgages and property loans and reflects the continuing weak economic environment in Ireland with high unemployment, low level of activity in the property sector and muted consumer spending impacting impaired loans in most sectors but particularly the following: property (up 1,389 million); distribution (hotels, licensed premises, retail) (up 313 million); and residential mortgage (up 1,718 million).

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, impaired loans increased by 916 million to 4,641 million primarily in the following sectors: property (up  519 million); transport (up 230 million); and residential mortgages (up 81 million). The increase reflects the ongoing stress in the economic environment, particularly in the North of England and Northern Ireland.

United States of America

Impaired loans in the United States of America were 56 million, up on the 2011 level of 49 million and are primarily related to borrowers in the property sector.

Rest of World

Impaired loans in the rest of world reduced to Nil from 12 million in 2011 as a result of the sale of AmCredit during the year.

2011

The following commentary on loans and receivables, includes those within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale. It also includes EBS which was acquired by AIB on 1 July 2011.

Group impaired loans were 24,833 million at 31 December 2011 and now represent 25% of loans and receivables.

Ireland

Impaired loans were 21,047 million representing 27% of total Group loans and receivables, up from 9,955 million at December 2010. 3,544 million of this increase relates to residential mortgage and property investment loans in EBS which was acquired by AIB on 1 July 2011. The underlying increase in AIB impaired loans in the year was  7,548 million and reflects the impact the continuing difficult economic environment in Ireland with rising unemployment, a lack of activity in the property/housing sectors and reduced consumer spending is having on borrowers in most sectors, particularly the following: property (up 3,416 million); distribution (hotels, licensed premises, retail) (up 994 million); and residential mortgages (up 2,122 million).

United Kingdom

Impaired loans increased by 1,682 million to 3,725 million primarily in the following sectors: property (up 981 million); distribution (up 317 million); other services (up 206 million); and residential mortgages (up 78 million).

United States of America

Impaired loans in the United States of America were 49 million, down on the 2010 level of 75 million and are related to borrowers in the property sector. The reduction is primarily due to the write-off and sale of certain assets.

Rest of World

Impaired loans in the Rest of World were 12 million, down from 68 million in 2010 and relate to residential mortgages in AmCredit. The reduction is largely due to the sale of portfolios in AmCredit and other loan portfolios in the CICB market segment.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

131    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (both to banks and customers)*

The following table presents an analysis of provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (both to banks and customers) at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA are analysed separately on page 142.

     2012           2011        2010      2010           2009           2008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     m                Continuing
operations
m
    

Discontinued     
operations     

m    

     m           m  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRELAND

                       

Agriculture

     225            192          100         –             44            19   

Energy

     26            25          5         –             4            8   

Manufacturing

     224            184          128         –             58            35   

Property and construction

     6,205            5,332          2,310         –             557            398   

Distribution

     1,723            1,442          678         –             286            57   

Transport

     91            78          44         –             20            8   

Financial

     160            137          49         –             53            10   

Other services

     486            387          200         –             90            34   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     2,589            1,718          212         –             81            32   

               – Other

     1,006            854          479         –             302            136   

Lease financing

     133            121          109         –             67            25   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,868            10,470          4,314         –             1,562            762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

                       

Agriculture

     8                    5         –             1              

Manufacturing

     76            66          30         –             29            13   

Property and construction

     1,469            1,130          525         –             178            134   

Distribution

     290            256          121         –             88            37   

Transport

     124            12          1         –             2            1   

Financial

     12                    3         –             35            2   

Other services

     158            180          49         –             61            21   

Personal – Residential mortgages

     110            67          30         –             16            3   

               – Other

     58            50          35         –             24            17   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,305            1,777          799         –             434            228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

                       

Energy

     3                            –                        4   

Manufacturing

                                –                        4   

Property and construction

     7                    14         –             2            4   

Other services

     6            –                  –             4              

Distribution

                –          2         –                          

Transport

                –          6         –                          

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16            11          22         –             6            12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

POLAND

                       

Agriculture

                –                  7             7              

Energy

                –                  1             1              

Manufacturing

                –                  29             24              

Property and construction

                –                  68             45              

Distribution

                –                  28             23              

Transport

                –                  7             4              

Financial

                –                  1             1              

Other services

                –                  13             8            101   

Personal – Residential mortgages

                –                  8             6            32   

               – Other

                –                  77             58              

Lease financing

                –                  20             11            6   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                –                  259             188            139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

REST OF WORLD

                        23         –             24            7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

          15,189            12,261          5,158         259             2,214            1,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL IBNR PROVISIONS

     1,343            2,684          2,145         85             777            1,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL PROVISIONS

     16,532            14,945          7,303         344                  2,991            2,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    132

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Movements in provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (includes loans and receivables within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale)(1)

 

     Years ended 31 December  
    

2012

m

         

2011

m

          2010
m
          2009
m
          2008
m
 

 

 

Total provisions at beginning of period

     14,945            7,976            7,156            2,294            744   

Transfers in/(out)

     34                       (6         (10           

Acquisition of subsidiaries

                738                                    

Disposal of subsidiaries

                (360                                 

Disposal of loans and receivables

     (263                                            

Transferred from/(to) NAMA

     4            (570         (4,569                      

Exchange translation adjustments

     47            74            40            31            (117

Recoveries of provisions previously charged off

     4            4            48            6            11   

 

 
     14,771            7,862            2,669            2,321            638   

Amounts charged off

                          

Ireland

     (399         (481         (490         (287         (68

United Kingdom

     (269         (253         (236         (149         (78

United States of America

     (2         (37         (20         (15         (1

Poland

                (2         (52         (57         (19

Rest of World

     (3         (29         (15         (12           

 

 
     (673         (802         (813         (520         (166

Net provision movement(2)

                          

Ireland

     1,897            6,457            5,312            4,671            1,348   

United Kingdom

     541            1,371            705            530            363   

United States of America

                25            30            10            12   

Poland

                24            110            117            101   

Rest of World

                12            11            33            9   

 

 
     2,438            7,889            6,168            5,361            1,833   

Recoveries of provisions previously charged off(2)

                          

Ireland

     (2         (2         (3         (1         (7

United Kingdom

     (2         (2         (39         (1         (1

United States of America

                           (1                      

Poland

                           (5         (4         (3

 

 
     (4         (4         (48         (6         (11)

 

 

Total provisions at end of period

     16,532            14,945            7,976            7,156            2,294   
  

 

 

 

Provisions at end of period

                          

Specific

     15,189            12,261            5,646            5,798            1,148   

IBNR

     1,343            2,684            2,330            1,358            1,146   

 

 
     16,532            14,945            7,976            7,156            2,294   
  

 

 

 

Amounts include:

                          

Loans and receivables to banks

     4            4            4            4            2   

Loans and receivables to customers

     16,406            14,932            7,287            2,987            2,292   

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA

                           329            4,165              

Loans and receivables of discontinued operations

                           344                         

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     122            9            12                         

 

 
     16,532            14,945            7,976            7,156            2,294   
  

 

 

 

(1)Provisions for loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA are included in 2009 and 2010.

(2)The aggregate of these sets of figures represents the total provisions for impairment charged to income. Commentary on the movements is detailed on page 131 (impaired loans), on pages 134 to 137 (provisions for impairment) and page 139 (net loans charged off).

 

 

 

133    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within discontinued operations)

The following table reconciles the total provisions for impairment charged to income for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 as shown in (A), the table on page 133 relating to ‘Movements in provisions for impairment of loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale)’, with that shown in (B), AIB Group’s ‘Consolidated statement of income’.

 

    

2012

m

             

2011

m

             

2010

m

             

2009

m

             

2008

m

 

 

 

(A)

                                  

Net provision movement

     2,438              7,889              6,168              5,361              1,833   

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

     (4           (4           (48           (6           (11

 

 

Total charged to income

     2,434              7,885              6,120              5,355              1,822   

 

 

(B)

                                  

Provisions for impairment

        2,434              7,885              6,120              5,355              1,822   
  

 

 

 

The following table sets out the provisions charged to income and net loans charged off as a percentage of average loans for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The 2010 and 2009 figures include provisions for loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within discontinued operations. The 2011 figures include the provision charge for loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA.

 

     2012
%
                2011
%
                2010
%
                 2009
%
                 2008
%
 

 

 

Total provisions charged to income

     2.57               7.33               4.97               4.05               1.37   

 

 

Net loans charged off

          0.71               0.71               0.62               0.40               0.12   
  

 

 

 

Commentary on provisions for impairment in 2012

The following commentary includes provisions for loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale.).

The provision for impairment charge to income on loans and receivables of 2,434 million or 2.57% of average advances for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared with 7,885 million 7.33% of average advances at 31 December 2011. The significant reduction in the provision for impairment in the year of 5,451 million reflects the slowdown in the pace of cases downgraded to impaired status requiring provision during 2012 at 18% in 2012 compared with 105% in 2011. The provision for impairment in 2012 was also impacted by the release of IBNR provisions of  1,322 million compared with a charge of 179 million in 2011.

The movement in IBNR provisions of 1,322 million was due to the level of specific provisions raised during 2012 which had largely been provided in IBNR provisions at 31 December 2011, based on management’s view of the incurred loss inherent in the portfolio at that time, as evidenced by the level of arrears, requests for forbearance and vulnerable loans. The portfolios most impacted were the property and construction portfolio where the release was 659 million due in particular to the level of specific provisions raised in 2012 in the property investment sub-sector, and 369 million for the residential mortgage portfolio which largely resulted from specific provisions being taken during the year, particularly for mortgages in forbearance. IBNR provisions were reduced by 205 million, 84 million and 5 million in the SME/other commercial, other personal and corporate portfolios respectively.

Since all eligible loans have now transferred to NAMA there was no provision charge in 2012 compared to 87 million in 2011.

Ireland

The impairment charge was 1,895 million and included a specific charge of 3,014 million and a release of IBNR of 1,119 million. The charge was split 536 million relating to PBB; 1,130 million for CICB; and 229 million for EBS.

Included in the PBB charge of 536 million was a specific provision charge of 1,120 million, with 629 million or 56% relating to residential mortgage loans reflecting the increased level of arrears due to pressure on borrowers caused by continued high unemployment and reduced incomes. A further 135 million (12%) of the specific charge related to loans in the property and construction sector, influenced by a continued low level of activity. 175 million or 16% of the specific charge was for consumer loans and the remaining 181 million related to SME/other commercial borrowers who are highly dependent on the Irish economy which remained weak throughout 2012. There was a release of IBNR provision of 585 million in 2012 of which 311 million related to the residential mortgage portfolio where specific provisions were raised for cases, particularly those in forbearance, which had been

 

 

 

    134


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Commentary on provisions for impairment in 2012 (continued)

Ireland

 

 

allocated IBNR provisions at December 2011 with the remaining spread across the non-mortgage portfolios largely in the consumer, distribution (includes hotels, licensed premises, retail) and property sectors.

The provision for impairment in CICB market segment of 1,130 million included a specific charge of 1,714 million and a release of IBNR provision of 584 million. The key elements of the specific provision charge related to: (i) property loans, where the charge was 901 million or 53% of the specific charge reflecting the impact of the continuing lack of activity in this sector; and (ii)  349 million or 20% related to the distribution and other services sectors which continued to be affected by reduced consumer spending as a result of budgetary cuts and lower incomes and 268 million or 16% related to buy-to-let mortgages influenced by an increasing arrears profile due in part to high levels of unemployment. The provision charge also included a release of IBNR provisions of 584 million of which 476 million related to the property sector where IBNR provisions had been raised at year end December 2011 to take account of continued pressure on rental cash flows and uncertainty over the timing of a recovery in this sector which have now been reflected in specific provisions. At 31 December 2011, IBNR provisions were set aside for the loss on non-impaired mortgages in the forbearance book and specific provisions were raised for these where relevant in 2012 which resulted in a reduction of 98 million IBNR provisions in this portfolio. The IBNR stock of provisions (statement of financial position) was  528 million, 239 million of which has been allocated to the property portfolio, 141 million to SME/commercial portfolios which have been impacted by reduced consumer demand as a result of continued high unemployment and lower disposable incomes and 77 million for large borrower connections in the corporate portfolio with the remaining  71 million allocated to residential mortgages and consumer portfolios.

The impairment provision in EBS of 229 million related to residential mortgages, 237 million for the owner-occupier sector in Ireland, 6 million for the buy-to-let portfolio and a reduction of IBNR provisions of 14 million provision in the property investment sub-sector.

United Kingdom

The impairment charge in the United Kingdom was 539 million compared with 1,318 million in 2011 (excluding  51 million relating to NAMA) and included 331 million relating to AIB Bank UK, 200 million relating to CICB customers and  8 million to PBB customers.

In AIB Bank UK, the majority of the provision for impairment related to borrowers in the property and construction sector ( 209 million) reflecting the continued pressure on this sector, in both the land and development and property investment sub-sectors and while there have been signs of improvement in prime markets, such as London and the South East, the secondary markets still remain relatively illiquid. There was a release of 193 million IBNR provisions in the AIB Bank UK which reflected lower than anticipated loss rates in the ‘low start’ mortgage and land and development property exposures in FTB and interest only property and business loans in AIB GB. The statement of financial position IBNR provisions was 244 million at 31 December 2012 and was allocated to the following portfolios: 117 million to the property portfolio, 73 million in relation to the residential mortgage portfolio and  55 million to SME/other commercial and consumer portfolios.

The impairment charge in CICB of 200 million related primarily to large corporates in the property, and transport sectors. The statement of financial position IBNR provisions was 21 million at 31 December 2012.

United States

The impairment charge was Nil compared with  25 million to December 2011. The reduction is due to a smaller book as a result of disposals under the deleveraging programme.

 

 

 

135    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Commentary on provisions for impairment in 2011

The following commentary includes provisions for loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale. It includes the provision for impairment raised in the EBS for the six months since it was acquired by AIB in July 2011).

The provision for impairment for loans and receivables of 7,885 million or 7.33% of average loans for the year ended 31 December 2011 was 1,765 million higher than in 2010 ( 6,120 million 4.97% of average loans) and was impacted by the continuing economic difficulties being experienced, particularly in Ireland.

The 2011 provision included 87 million relating to loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA compared with  1,497 million in 2010.

The remaining non-NAMA charge of 7,798 million (7.32% of average advances) has increased by 3,175 million since December 2010 and comprised 7,619 million in specific provisions (2010: 3,318 million) and 179 million in IBNR provisions (2010: 1,305 million). 77% of the increase in provisions related to business in Ireland with a further 25% in the UK.

Ireland

The provision for impairment of 6,455 million included a charge of 36 million relating to loans held for sale to NAMA. The non-NAMA charge was 6,419 million and included a specific charge of 6,479 million and a release of IBNR of  60 million. The charge was split 1,426 million relating to PBB, 4,670 million for CICB and 323 million for EBS (for six months to December 2011).

Included in the PBB charge of 1,426 million was a specific provision charge of 936 million, with 392 million or 42% relating to residential mortgage loans reflecting the increased level of arrears due to pressure on borrowers caused by unemployment and reduced incomes. A further 166 million (18%) of the specific charge related to loans in the property sector, influenced by a continued lack of activity in that sector. 184 million or 20% of the specific charge was for consumer loans and the remaining  194 million related to SME/commercial loans. There was an IBNR provision of  490 million raised in 2011. 311 million of this charge was allocated to the residential mortgage portfolio based on the increasing arrears profile and a large proportion was set aside for non-impaired forbearance cases. The IBNR provision charge has been allocated to the following portfolios: 311 million to residential mortgages (statement of financial position of 527 million), which reflects recent provision experience, the level of arrears (including > 90 days past due but not impaired), the level of requests for forbearance and level of vulnerable loans (i.e. one notch above impaired).  179 million of the provision charge has been allocated to non-mortgage portfolios (statement of financial position of  390 million), mostly in the distribution sector (includes hotels, licensed premises, retail).

The non-NAMA provision for impairment in CICB market segment of 4,670 million included a specific charge of  5,071 million, and a release of IBNR provision of 401 million. While there have been increased provision charges across most sectors, the key elements of the non-NAMA specific provision charge related to: (i) property loans, where the charge was 2,933 million or 58% of the specific charge reflecting the impact of the continuing lack of activity in this sector; and (ii)  822 million or 16% related to the distribution sector which has been affected by reduced consumer spending and 515 million or 10% related to buy-to-let mortgages influenced by pressure on sponsor affordability and further declines in house prices. The IBNR provision of 401 million reflected the release of IBNR provisions which had been raised at year end December 2010 based on the level of requests for restructure and the uncertainty over true peak to trough asset price declines which have now been reflected in specific provisions, offset by the raising of IBNR provisions based on management’s view of incurred loss in the portfolio at the reporting date. The IBNR stock of provisions (statement of financial position) of 1,110 million is based on management’s estimate of incurred loss in the book.  714 million of the statement of financial position has been allocated to the property portfolio which reflects the impact of continued pressure on rental cash flows and uncertainty over the timing of a recovery in this sector.  136 million has been allocated to the residential mortgage portfolio based on recent provision experience and heightened levels of forbearance requests. The remaining  260 million has been allocated to SME/commercial portfolios which have been impacted by reduced consumer demand as a result of continued high unemployment and lower disposable incomes.

The provision for impairment in EBS for the six months to 31 December 2011 was 323 million of which 94% related to residential mortgages in Ireland. The statement of financial position provisions amounted to 209 million in relation to property loans and  740 million for residential mortgages reflecting the pressure on affordability resulting in higher levels of arrears.

United Kingdom

The provision for impairment in the United Kingdom was 1,369 million and included a provision of 51 million relating to loans held for sale to NAMA compared with 152 million in 2010. The non-NAMA charge of 1,318 million included  1,087 million relating to AIB UK and 231 million relating to CICB customers.

In AIB UK, 646 million or 59% of the charge related to borrowers in the property sector reflecting the continued pressure on this sector, particularly in the land and development sub-sector. 212 million of the AIB UK charge was in IBNR provisions which included provisions raised in respect of management’s view of impairment in the ‘low start’ mortgage and land and development property

 

 

 

    136


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Commentary on provisions for impairment in 2011 (continued)

United Kingdom

 

 

exposures in FTB and interest only property and business loans in AIB GB. The levels of mortgages in forbearance and 90 days past due but not impaired were also taken into consideration when determining the appropriate level of IBNR stock. The statement of financial position IBNR provisions was 427 million at 31 December 2011 and was allocated to the following portfolios: 207 million to the property portfolio, 100 million in relation to the residential mortgage portfolio and 120 million to other SME/commercial and consumer portfolios.

The charge in CICB of 231 million related primarily to large corporates in the manufacturing, property, distribution, and other services sectors and the statement of financial position was 30 million across these sectors.

United States of America

The provision for impairment decreased compared with 2010 by 4 million to 25 million and relate to loans predominantly in the property sector (62%) with provisions also in the energy, manufacturing, distribution and other services sectors impacted by a reducing book.

Rest of World

The provision of 12 million relates to loans in the property and other services sectors in the CICB market segment.

Disposal groups

The impairment charge was 24 million which related to the 3 months to 31 March 2011 in the BZWBK business.

Additional information on provisions for impairment

The following table presents additional information with respect to the statement of financial position provisions as at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The 2010 and 2009 figures include provisions for impairment on loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and the 2010 figure also includes provisions for impairment on loans and receivables included within discontinued operations.

 

     2012             2011             2010             2009             2008  
     %             %             %             %             %  

 

 

Provisions as a percentage of total loans, less unearned income, at end of period

                                  

Specific provisions

     16.90              12.42              5.40              4.46              0.87   

IBNR provisions

     1.49              2.72              2.23              1.04              0.87   

 

 
     18.39              15.14              7.63              5.50              1.74   
  

 

 

 

Provisions are raised as outlined on pages 75 – 78.

The increase in provisions from 15.14% to 18.39% reflects the impact that the continuing high level of unemployment, low levels of activity in the property sector with further property price reductions and ongoing austerity measures is having on our borrowers’ ability to repay facilities, particularly in Ireland. Specific provisions as a percentage of loans increased from 12.42% to 16.90% and are allocated to individual impaired loans ( 29,416 million up from  24,833 million for 2011).

The IBNR provisions as a percentage of loans decreased from 2.72% to 1.49% at December 2012. The reduction reflects a release of 1,322 million in the year as a result of:

–    (i) IBNR provisions raised in previous periods which have now been reflected in specific provisions;
–    (ii) improved credit management processes; and
–    (iii) independent reviews of certain higher risk portfolios which helped inform management’s view of the incurred loss remaining in the performing book.

 

 

 

137    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Loans charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans

The following table presents an analysis of loans charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008. This table includes loans and receivables to customers of continuing operations, loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA, and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale(1).

 

    Loans charged off     Recoveries of loans    
previously charged off
 
    2012
m
    2011
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008  
m  
    2012
m
    2011
m
    2010
m
    2009
m
    2008
m
 

 

   

 

 

 

IRELAND

                   

Agriculture

    5.2        5.2        8.2        1.7        1.7                 0.1        0.7        0.2        0.7   

Energy

    2.2        2.4        1.3        8.1        –                 0.2                        

Manufacturing

    23.3        64.9        31.7        38.3        1.2          0.1                               

Property and construction

    112.2        152.3        202.2        135.6        35.1          0.2               0.1                 

Distribution

    44.7        67.9        58.0        15.3        7.2                                      2.9   

Transport

    5.6        2.7        5.2        1.5        1.5                                        

Financial

    27.2        23.1        31.0        26.7        0.1                                      2.2   

Other services

    29.9        48.0        35.5        5.8        5.7          0.1        0.3        0.1                 

Personal – Residential mortgages

    50.1        19.4        24.2        9.5        2.4                        0.1               0.1   

               – Other

    93.4        91.4        76.5        28.9        9.6          0.7        0.6        1.2        0.6        1.0   

Lease financing

    5.6        3.8        16.2        15.6        3.6          0.1        0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3   

 

   

 

 

 
    399.4        481.1        490.0        287.0        68.1          1.2        1.4        2.5        1.0        7.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

                   

Agriculture

    0.1        0.2        0.1        0.1        0.1                                        

Energy

                                –                                        

Manufacturing

    21.9        25.2        11.8        5.7        15.5                 0.4                      0.2   

Property and construction

    97.9        117.0        46.7        40.9        33.4          0.6        0.3        37.9               0.1   

Distribution

    53.1        34.9        43.1        63.2        19.4          0.2        0.2        0.3        0.2        0.1   

Transport

    11.2        0.3        29.7        0.3        0.3                 0.2                        

Financial

    4.3        0.3        54.0        0.5        0.1                 0.1                        

Other services

    65.4        63.0        42.0        33.6        5.5          0.3        0.2        0.3        0.1        0.1   

Personal – Residential mortgages

    6.0        4.3        2.6        0.5        0.3                                        

               – Other

    9.2        7.3        5.9        4.0        3.8          0.9        0.6        0.4        0.2        0.3   

 

   

 

 

 
    269.1        252.5        235.9        148.8        78.4          2.0        2.0        38.9        0.5        0.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

                   

Energy

                  0.3        8.2        –          0.2        0.2        0.5                 

Manufacturing

    0.9        0.9        2.1        1.4        –                        0.1                 

Property and construction

           22.8        7.5        5.3        0.9                                        

Distribution

           5.0        1.4               –                                        

Transport

           6.8                      –                                        

Other services

    0.6        2.1        9.1               –                                        

 

   

 

 

 
    1.5        37.6        20.4        14.9        0.9          0.2        0.2        0.6                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

POLAND(1)

           2.2        51.8        57.0        18.7                        5.5        4.1        2.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

REST OF WORLD

    2.7        28.6        14.7        12.3        –          0.1               0.3                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    672.7        802.0        812.8        520.0        166.1          3.5        3.6        47.8        5.6        10.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)For 2010, Poland is classified as a discontinued operation, all other amounts relate to continuing operations.

 

 

 

    138


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries (continued)

Loans charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans (continued)

Net loans charged off 2012

The following commentary includes loans and receivables (including loans and receivables within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale).

Group net loans charged off at 0.71% ( 669 million) of average advances for the year to December 2012 compared with 0.71% or 798 million at December 2011.

Ireland net loans charged off were 398 million and were split 171 million in PBB and 227 million in CICB market segments. 50% of the net charge-offs in PBB related to loans in the other personal sector with a further 31% to the property and residential mortgage sectors. In CICB, the net-charge offs were spread across a number of sectors, primarily property 95 million, distribution  35 million, manufacturing 20 million, financial 27 million and other services 21 million with the remaining in residential mortgages and the other personal sector.

United Kingdom net loans charged off were 267 million, 109 million of which related to the CICB market segment with the main net charge-offs occurring in other services 51 million, distribution 26 million, property 16 million and manufacturing  15 million and transport 1 million sectors. In AIB Bank UK, the net charge-offs were 158 million mainly in the property  81 million, distribution 28 million, other services 14 million and other personal 9 million sectors.

United States net loans charged off were 1 million and related to borrowers in the manufacturing and other services sectors.

Rest of World net loans charged off were 3 million relating to residential mortgages in AmCredit.

Net loans charged off 2011

The following commentary includes loans and receivables (including loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables included within disposal groups and non current assets held for sale. It also includes the EBS which was acquired by AIB on 1 July 2011).

Group net loans charged off at 0.71% ( 798 million) of average loans for the year to December 2011 compared with 0.62% or  765 million at December 2010.

Ireland net loans charged off were 480 million and were split 300 million in PBB and 180 million in CICB market segments. 38% of the net charge offs in PBB were related to the property sector. The other main sectors where net charge offs occurred were the distribution, other services, residential mortgage and other personal sectors. In CICB the net charge offs were spread across a number of sectors, primarily in manufacturing, property, distribution, financial and other services.

United Kingdom net loans charged off were 250 million, 150 million of which related to the CICB market segment with the main net charge offs occurring in the manufacturing, property, distribution, and other services sectors. In AIB UK, the net charge offs were 101 million mainly in the property, distribution and other services sectors.

United States net loans charged off were 37 million and mainly related to borrowers in the property sector.

Rest of World net loans charged off were 29 million with 4 million relating to residential mortgages in AmCredit and the remaining arising in the other services sector.

Disposal Groups net loans charged off were 2 million in the lease financing sector.

 

 

 

139    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Analysis of loans and receivables to customers by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity

The following tables analyse gross loans and receivables to customers by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity. Overdrafts, which in the aggregate represent approximately 2% of the portfolio at 31 December 2012, are classified as repayable within one year. Approximately 9% of AIB Group’s loan portfolio is provided on a fixed rate basis. Fixed rate loans are defined as those loans for which the interest rate is fixed for the full term of the loan. The interest rate risk exposure is managed within agreed policy parameters.

The analysis of loans and receivables to customers for both NAMA and disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale are shown separately below.

Loans and receivables to customers

     2012  
     Fixed
rate
          Variable
rate
          Total         Within 1
year
     After 1 year
but within 5
years
          After 5
years
          Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     6,933            66,505            73,438            31,465         5,582            36,391            73,438   

United Kingdom

     905            14,781            15,686            7,484         2,596            5,606            15,686   

United States of America

     16            257            273            106         141            26            273   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     7,854            81,543            89,397                39,055         8,319            42,023            89,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2011  
    

Fixed

rate

          Variable
rate
          Total         Within 1
year
     After 1 year
but within 5
years
          After 5
years
          Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     8,339            70,631            78,970            24,711         8,342            45,917            78,970   

United Kingdom

     1,157            17,007            18,164            7,443         3,905            6,816            18,164   

United States of America

     49            309            358            73         220            65            358   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     9,545            87,947            97,492            32,227         12,467            52,798            97,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2010  
     Fixed
rate
          Variable
rate
          Total         Within 1
year
     After 1 year
but within 5
years
          After 5
years
          Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     8,136            61,638            69,774            20,490         12,732            36,552            69,774   

United Kingdom

     2,430            18,664            21,094            7,580         5,604            7,910            21,094   

United States of America

     169            1,799            1,968            740         1,058            170            1,968   

Rest of World

     82            886            968            295         538            135            968   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     10,817            82,987            93,804            29,105         19,932            44,767            93,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2009  
     Fixed
rate
          Variable
rate
          Total        

Within 1

year

     After 1 year
but within 5
years
          After 5
years
          Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     9,463            62,680            72,143            19,143         21,516            31,484            72,143   

United Kingdom

     914            21,175            22,089            6,391         6,606            9,092            22,089   

United States of America

     147            2,394            2,541            1,125         1,204            212            2,541   

Poland(1)

     1,245            7,483            8,728            3,150         3,467            2,111            8,728   

Rest of World

     90            1,016            1,106            107         799            200            1,106   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     11,859            94,748            106,607            29,916         33,592            43,099            106,607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)See discontinued operations (note 18).

 

 

 

    140

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries (continued)

Analysis of loans and receivables to customers by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity (continued)

Loans and receivables to customers

     2008  
     Fixed           Variable           Total         Within 1      After 1 year           After 5           Total  
     rate           rate                  year      but within 5           years              
                                           years                          
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     8,245            84,417            92,662            36,457         23,457            32,748            92,662   

United Kingdom

     2,025            24,047            26,072            8,030         7,587            10,455            26,072   

United States of America

     430            2,948            3,378            810         2,151            417            3,378   

Poland(1)

     1,022            7,666            8,688            2,915         3,476            2,297            8,688   

Rest of World

     8            1,355            1,363            62         701            600            1,363   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     11,730            120,433            132,163            48,274         37,372            46,517            132,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)    See discontinued operations (Note 18).

 

Loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA for the years ended 31 December 2010 and 2009

 

       

  

     2010  
     Fixed           Variable           Total         Within 1      After 1 year           After 5           Total  
     rate           rate                  year      but within 5           years              
                                           years                          
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     32            701            733            568         90            75            733   

United Kingdom

     16            1,499            1,515            1,038         348            129            1,515   

United States of America

                           –                                            

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     48            2,200            2,248            1,606         438            204            2,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2009  
                                           After 1 year                          
     Fixed           Variable                  Within 1      but within 5           After 5              
     rate           rate           Total         year      years           years           Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

     444            19,000            19,444            16,528         1,812            1,104            19,444   

United Kingdom

                3,722            3,722            2,433         679            610            3,722   

United States of America

                29            29            29                               29   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     444            22,751            23,195            18,990         2,491            1,714            23,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables held within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

   

     2012  
                                           After 1 year                          
     Fixed           Variable                  Within 1      but within 5           After 5              
     rate           rate           Total         year      years           years           Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

                97            97            14         8            75            97   

United Kingdom

                378            378            240         18            120            378   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

                475            475            254         26            195            475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2011  
                                           After 1 year                          
     Fixed           Variable                  Within 1      but within 5           After 5              
     rate           rate           Total         year      years           years           Total  
     m           m           m         m      m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

                531            531            79         426            26            531   

United Kingdom

                45            45                    11            34            45   

United States of America

     39            191            230            78         115            37            230   

Rest of World

     80            309            389            141         119            129            389   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

     119            1,076            1,195            298         671            226            1,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    141    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Analysis of loans and receivables to customers by contractual residual maturity and interest rate sensitivity (continued)

Loans and receivables held within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

     2010  
     Fixed
rate
          Variable
rate
          Total        Within 1
year
          After 1 year
but within 5
years
         

After 5

years

          Total  
     m           m           m        m           m           m           m  

 

    

 

 

 

Poland

     1,209            7,432            8,641           3,155            3,334            2,152            8,641   

Rest of World

                74            74                                 74            74   

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans by maturity

         1,209            7,506            8,715                3,155            3,334                          2,226                  8,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Analysis of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geography and industry sector

The following table analyses loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA by geography and industry sector at 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 showing: (i) gross loans; (ii) specific provisions for impairment; and (iii) impaired loans. There were no loans held for sale to NAMA at 31 December 2012 or 31 December 2011.

 

    2010      2009  
    Loans and
receivables
    Specific
provisions for
impairment
    Impaired 
Loans 
    Loans and
receivables
    Specific
provisions for
impairment
    Impaired
loans
 
    m     m         m     m     m  

 

   

 

 

 

IRELAND

           

Agriculture

                  –         24        5        15   

Energy

                  –         64        8        23   

Manufacturing

                  –         37        3        10   

Property and construction

    567        38        167         18,055        3,245        9,684   

Distribution

    43        8        36         602        79        228   

Transport

    1               –         19                 

Financial

                  –         16               1   

Other services

    27        3        15         200        11        33   

Personal – Residential mortgages

    86        1        37         138        6        17   

               – Other

    8        2               289        35        103   

 

   

 

 

 

UNITED KINGDOM

           

Agriculture

                  –         1                 

Energy

    3               –         4                 

Manufacturing

    15               –         16                 

Property and construction

    1,351        176        450         3,523        189        833   

Distribution

    92               13         85                 

Financial

    27               –         20        2        3   

Other services

    17        1        15         57        1        6   

Personal – Residential mortgages

                  –         6                 

               – Other

    11                      10               1   

 

   

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

           

Property and construction

                  –         29                 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    2,248 (1)      229 (2)      741         23,195 (1)      3,584 (2)      10,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1) 1,919 million net of provisions of 329 million (2009: 19,030 million net of provisions of 4,165 million).

(2)Total provisions of 329 million including IBNR of 100 million (2009: total provisions of 4,165 million including IBNR of 581 million).

 

 

 

    142


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk – Analysis of credit risk – 5 year summaries

Cross-border outstandings

Cross-border outstandings, which exclude finance provided within AIB Group, are based on the country of domicile of the borrower and comprise placings with banks and money at call and short notice, loans to customers (including those classified as held for sale to NAMA in 2009 and 2010 and those held within discontinued operations in 2010), finance lease receivables and installment credit, acceptances and other monetary assets, including non-local currency claims of overseas offices on local residents. AIB Group monitors geographic breakdown based on the country of the borrower and the guarantor of ultimate risk. Cross-border outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets are shown in the following table. In addition, the Group’s exposure to certain other EU countries are shown at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

    As % of         Total     Banks and     Government     Commercial,  
    total               other     and     industrial  
    assets(1)           financial     official     and other  
                institutions     institutions     private  
                            sector  
          m     m     m     m  

 

 

31 December 2012

         

United Kingdom

    1.5            1,877        589        575        713   

United States of America

    1.2            1,447        93        28        1,326   

France

    1.6            1,950        485        715        750   

Spain

    1.3            1,616        474               1,142   

Germany

    0.6            781        294        306        181   

Italy

    0.2            230               221        9   

Portugal

    0.1            149        21        25        103   

Greece

    –                                   

 

 

31 December 2011

         

United Kingdom

    1.8            2,492        684        572        1,236   

United States of America

    1.6            2,199        50        307        1,842   

France

    1.4            1,925        447        731        747   

Spain

    1.3            1,824        575        30        1,219   

Germany

    0.8            1,118        630        277        211   

Italy

    0.2            287               175        112   

Portugal

    0.2            250        54        98        98   

Greece

    0.1            52               16        36   

 

 

31 December 2010

         

United Kingdom

    5.7            8,313        730        870        6,713   

United States of America

    3.7            5,329        403        658        4,268   

Spain

    2.0            2,941        900        340        1,701   

France

    1.7            2,527        705        989        833   

Germany

    1.2            1,760        892        361        507   

Italy

    1.0            1,428        405        824        199   

Portugal

    0.4            530        206        246        78   

Greece

    0.1            119        67        41        11   

 

 

31 December 2009

         

United States of America

    4.7            8,193        1,127        1,303        5,763   

United Kingdom

    2.9            5,093        1,186        695        3,212   

Spain

    2.1            3,610        1,585        117        1,908   

France

    1.7            3,013        1,974        480        559   

Germany

    1.2            2,065        1,300        294        471   

Italy

    0.9            1,643        665        625        353   

Portugal

    0.3            469        138        201        130   

Greece

    0.1            158               42        116   

 

 

31 December 2008

         

United Kingdom

    5.1            9,362        1,776        1,456        6,130   

United States of America

    5.0            9,052        596        1,689        6,767   

Germany

    2.2            3,984        2,458        743        783   

France

    1.6            2,973        1,603        662        708   

Spain

    2.5            4,576        2,180        223        2,173   

Italy

    1.1            1,929        730        652        547   

 

 

(1)Assets, consisting of total assets as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position, totalled  122,516 million at 31 December 2012 (2011:  136,651 million; 2010:  145,222 million; 2009:  174,314 million; 2008:  182,174 million).

At 31 December 2012 cross-border outstandings to borrowers in the Netherlands amounted to 0.7% and Australia 0.2%.

 

 

 

143    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management – 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Financial investments available for sale

The following table analyses the carrying value (fair value) of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the unrealised gains and losses at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                     2012                     2011  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
         Fair     Unrealised     Unrealised         Fair     Unrealised     Unrealised  
         value     gross gains     gross losses         value     gross gains     gross losses  
Debt securities*        m     m     m         m     m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Irish Government securities

       7,588        608        (1       5,217        40        (531)   

Euro government securities

       1,754        153        (4       1,860        102        (62)   

Non Euro government securities

       712        95        –           1,270        207        (3)   

Supranational banks and government agencies

       1,682        55        –           1,147        10        (1)   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

       22               (6       509               (12)   

Other asset backed securities

       920        1        (140       1,210               (353)   

Euro bank securities

       3,070        176        (11       3,055        43        (77)   

Non Euro bank securities

       161        3        (5       476        4        (12)   

Euro corporate securities

       87        6        (3       110        4        (6)   

Non Euro corporate securities

       193        17        –           279        15        (5)   

Other investments

       12               –           12                 

 

     

 

 

 

Total debt securities

       16,201        1,114        (170       15,145        425        (1,062)   

Equity securities

                

Equity securities – NAMA subordinated bonds

       47               –           132                 

Equity securities – other

       96        16        (10       112        18        (24)   

 

     

 

 

 

Total financial investments available for sale

       16,344        1,130        (180       15,389        443        (1,086)   
  

 

     

 

 

 

The following tables analyse the available for sale portfolio by geography at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

                2012                     2011  
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    Irish     Euro     Non Euro         Irish     Euro     Non Euro  
    Government     governments     governments         Government     governments     governments  
Government securities*   m     m     m         m     m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Republic of Ireland

    7,588                        5,217                 

United Kingdom

                  621                        1,146   

Italy

           221                        175          

Austria

           160                        179          

Spain

                                  30          

France

           683                        699          

Germany

           281                        277          

Greece

                                  16          

Portugal

           25                        98          

Netherlands

           358                        341          

Rest of World

           26        91                 45        124   

 

     

 

 

 
        7,588        1,754        712          5,217        1,860        1,270   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    144

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

                                     2012               2011  
               

 

 
                                     Total           Total  
Asset backed securities*                                    m           m  

 

 

Republic of Ireland

                     37            34   

United Kingdom

                     95            153   

United States of America

                     84            585   

Italy

                                89   

Spain

                     545            636   

Greece

                                32   

Rest of World

                     181            190   

 

 
                     942            1,719   
               

 

 
                     2012                                 2011  
    

 

 

         

 

 

 
         Euro           Non Euro                 Euro           Non Euro  
Bank securities*        m           m                 m           m  

 

         

 

 

 

Republic of Ireland

       903            35                622            34   

United Kingdom

       425            10                316            127   

United States of America

       35            –                32            3   

Australia

                  –                36            20   

Italy

                  –                             

Austria

       21            –                70            18   

France

       464            –                323              

Germany

       75            6                481            97   

Portugal

       20            –                54              

Netherlands

       344            –                266            25   

Spain

       441            –                569            6   

Sweden

       24            110                6            143   

Belgium

       52            –                11              

Denmark

       35            –                88              

Rest of World

       231            –                181            3   

 

         

 

 

 
       3,070            161                3,055               476   
 

 

         

 

 

 

The cumulative credit to available for sale securities reserves relating to bank securities is 163 million (2011: charge of 42 million) which is gross of hedging and taxation.

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

145    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.1 Credit risk - Financial investments available for sale (continued)

Debt securities

Available for sale (“AFS”) debt securities have increased from a fair value of 15.1 billion at 31 December 2011 to 16.2 billion at 31 December 2012. Sales and maturities of 5.6 billion were offset by purchases of 5.1 billion and an increase in fair value of 1.6 billion. The increase in fair value was principally due to an improvement in the market values of Irish Government securities (+ 1.1billion) however, improvements were also observed in most markets.

There are no specific impairment provisions held against the AFS debt securities but an incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) provision of 10 million is held against the remaining bank subordinated debt portfolio of 103 million nominal and an IBNR provision of 50 million is held against the remaining European asset backed securities holdings of 900 million.

The portfolio remains materially investment grade, with 26% rated AAA (2011 35%); 11% rated AA (2011 10%); 7% rated A (2011 11%); and 54% rated BBB (2011 41%).

The Irish Government securities position increased from 5.2 billion at 31 December 2011 to 7.6 billion at 31 December 2012, including (net) new purchases of 1.3 billion for the purpose of increased capital investment, and fair value gains of 1.1 billion.

Equity securities

NAMA subordinated bonds are included within available for sale equity securities. The fair value of these bonds at 31 December 2012 was 47 million (against a nominal holding of 471 million) compared with the 31 December 2011 fair value of 132 million (against a nominal holding of 478 million). An impairment provision of 82 million was made in the year to 31 December 2012.

Asset backed securities

Asset backed securities of 0.9 billion principally relate to residential mortgage backed securities of 0.8 billion (31 December 2011: 1.1 billion). An analysis of these securities by country on page 145 includes collateralised mortgage obligations of 22 million (31 December 2011: 509 million).

Bank securities by geography

At 31 December 2012, the bank bond fair value of 3.2 billion (31 December 2011: 3.5 billion) included 1.7 billion of covered bonds (31 December 2011: 1.1 billion); 0.8 billion of government guaranteed senior bank debt (31 December 2011: 0.9 billion); 0.6 billion of senior unsecured bank debt (31 December 2011: 1.4 billion); and 0.1 billion of subordinated bank debt (31 December 2011: 0.1 billion).

Republic of Ireland

The fair value of Irish debt securities in the available for sale category amounted to 8.6 billion (31 December 2011: 5.9 billion) at 31 December 2012 and consisted of sovereign debt 7.6 billion (31 December 2011: 5.2 billion); government guaranteed senior bank debt of 0.7 billion (31 December 2011: 0.5 billion); covered bonds of 0.2 billion (31 December 2011: 0.1 billion) and residential mortgage backed securities of 37 million (31 December 2011: 44 million).

In addition to Irish Government securities outlined above, NAMA senior debt amounting to 17.4 billion (31 December 2011: 19.9 billion), which is guaranteed by the Irish Government, is included within loans and receivables to customers (note 29).

Italy

The fair value of Italian debt securities at 31 December 2012 was 223 million (31 December 2011: 269 million) and included sovereign debt of 221 million (2011: 175 million); asset backed securities of Nil (31 December 2011: 89 million) and corporate debt of 2 million (31 December 2011: 5 million).

Portugal

The fair value of Portuguese debt securities at 31 December 2012 was 131 million (31 December 2011: 231 million). It comprised sovereign debt of 25 million (31 December 2011: 98 million); asset backed securities of 83 million (31 December 2011: 79 million); senior bank debt of 20 million (31 December 2011: 54 million); and corporate debt of 3 million.

Spain

The fair value of Spanish debt securities at 31 December 2012 was 1 billion and included asset backed securities of 0.5 billion; and senior bank bonds of 0.5 billion. The fair value at 31 December 2011 amounting to 1.2 billion comprised of asset backed securities of 0.6 billion; covered bonds of 0.5 billion, subordinated bank debt of 37 million; sovereign debt of 30 million; and senior bank debt of 6 million.

The asset backed securities at 31 December 2012 were all residential mortgage backed securities which had been rated AAA at origination. The 31 December 2012 ratings profile was: A 17%; AA 69%; BBB 10%; BB 1%; and B 3%. The overall weighted average market bid price for the portfolio was 78.19 (31 December 2011: 71.45).

In addition, Spanish debt of 0.5 billion (31 December 2011: 0.6 billion) is included within loans and receivables to customers (note 29).

 

 

 

    146


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.2 Liquidity risk*

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure that, at all times, the Group holds sufficient funds to meet its contracted and contingent commitments to customers and counterparties at an economic price.

Risk identification and assessment

Liquidity risk is assessed by modelling the net cash outflows of the Group over a series of maturity bands. Behavioural assumptions are applied to those liabilities whose contractual repayment dates are not reflective of their inherent stability. Those net cash outflows are compared against the Group’s stock of liquid assets to determine, within each maturity band, the adequacy of the Group’s liquidity position. Furthermore, for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio “LCR” as defined by Basel III, the unencumbered stock of high quality liquid assets is compared against net cash outflows over the first 30 calendar days.

Risk management and mitigation

The Group’s liquidity management policy aims to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its current requirements. In addition, it operates a funding strategy designed to anticipate additional funding requirements based upon projected balance sheet movements. The Group undertakes liquidity stress testing and contingency planning to deal with unforeseen events. Stress tests include both firm specific and systemic risk events and a combination of both, at varying levels of severity. Stressed assumptions are applied to the Group’s liquidity buffer and liquidity risk drivers. These scenario events are reviewed in the context of the Group’s liquidity contingency plan, which details corrective action options under various levels of stress events. The purpose of these actions is to ensure the continued stability of the Group’s liquidity position, within the Group’s pre-defined liquidity risk tolerance levels. These results are reported to the Group Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCo”), Leadership Team and Board, and to other committees if invoked under the Group’s Liquidity Contingency Plan.

The liquidity and funding requirements of the Group are managed by the Treasury function. Euro and sterling represent the most important currencies to the Group from a liquidity and funding perspective. AIB is required to comply with the liquidity requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland and also with the requirements of local regulators overseas which include regulatory restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among the Group. In the absence of normal market conditions and given the extent of support from the monetary authorities, the Group’s contingency liquidity management framework remains activated. Notwithstanding this, AIB improved its liquidity buffer during the course of 2012.

The principles behind the Group’s liquidity management policy aim to ensure that the Group can at all times meet its obligations as they fall due at an economic price. The Group manages its liquidity in a number of ways:

  Firstly, through the active management of its liability maturity profile it aims to ensure a balanced spread of repayment obligations with a key focus on 0 – 8 day and 9 day – 1 month time periods. Monitoring ratios apply to periods in excess of 1 month;
  Secondly, the Group aims to maintain a stock of high quality liquid assets to meet its obligations as they fall due. Discounts are applied to these assets based upon their cash-equivalence and price sensitivity; and
  Finally, net outflows are monitored on a daily basis. AIB’s liquidity position was in surplus to the regulatory ratios at all times during 2012.

The Group endeavours to maintain a diversified funding base with an emphasis on high quality, stable customer deposit funding whilst maintaining an appropriate balance between short term and long term funding sources. These customer deposits represent the largest source of funding for the Group, and the core retail franchises and accompanying deposit base in both Ireland and the UK provide a stable and reasonably predictable source of funds. During the year, AIB decided to end its presence in the Offshore locations of Isle of Man and the Channel Islands. Since that decision, the deposit base in these locations has gradually been wound down, although the loss of liquidity for AIB has been minimal, as the majority of the liquidity had been previously ‘trapped’ off shore as a result of local regulations.

Customer accounts have increased by 3 billion in the full year 2012, notwithstanding outflows of 2 billion as a result of the announced closure of AIB’s operations in the Isle of Man and Channel Islands, and with management focus on reductions in the overall pricing of its deposits in both the Irish and UK markets. Strong growth was experienced across all business areas during this period, as sentiment towards Ireland and Irish banks improved.

The Irish Government Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) scheme played an important role in underpinning the funding position of the Group, however, it is prepared for the withdrawal of the guarantee from 31 March 2013. Positive first steps were taken during 2012 in this regard with the Group’s quantum of covered liabilities decreasing as AIB Group (UK) plc withdrew from the scheme in August 2012. This withdrawal from the ELG scheme has had a negligible overall effect on deposit balances. Details of the ELG are included in note 63 to the financial statements.

The Group monitors and manages the funding support provided by its deposit base to its loan book through a series of measures including the Basel III liquidity ratios, the LCR and Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”), pending their formal introduction as regulatory

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

147    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

3.2 Liquidity risk*

Risk management and mitigation

 

 

standards. During 2012, a decision was taken by the Central Bank to replace the loan to deposit ratio (“LDR”) targets in favour of an advanced monitoring framework focusing on the Basel III ratios.

As a consequence of the deposit developments outlined above and the deleveraging that was achieved through asset sales and loan repayments, the Group’s LDR decreased from 136% at 31 December 2011 (138% including loans and receivables held for sale) to 115% at 31 December 2012 (115% including loans and receivables held for sale). The target for the LCR is 100% by January 2018, (per latest Capital Requirements Directive proposals) with interim targets set from January 2015 and AIB is projected to be in compliance with these targets.

The Group has seen a significant improvement in its liquidity position over the course of 2012, despite the maturity of 4.5 billion in unsecured medium term note (“MTN”) issuances during the year and with no access to replacement unsecured funding in the wholesale markets. This improvement has resulted from further progress on the deleveraging programme, increased deposit inflows and lower collateral haircuts arising from the renewed market confidence experienced by Ireland during 2012. This has enabled the Group to cease using Own-Use Bank Bonds (“OUBBs”) and to reduce Central Bank funding significantly. At 31 December 2012, the Group availed of Central Bank funding amounting to 22 billion, reduced from 31 billion at 31 December 2011. Central Bank drawings include the switch of 3 billion from short term operations into the 3 year Long-Term Refinancing Operations (“LTROs”) at 31 December 2011 and the switch of a further 8.25 billion in March 2012.

The Group continues to develop the capability to create collateral pools from its loan assets aimed at market investors, as was evidenced by a successful Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (“RMBS”) issuance in May 2012 using AIB UK mortgages. In addition, AIB re-entered the secured wholesale term markets with an ACS (covered bond) issuance in December 2012, and again, in January 2013.

The Group’s debt ratings as at 12 February 2013 for all debt/deposits not covered by the ELG scheme are as follows:

  S&P long-term “BB” and short-term “B”;
  Fitch long-term “BBB” and short-term “F2”; and
  Moody’s long-term “Ba2” for deposits and “Ba3” for senior unsecured debt and short-term “Not Prime” for deposits and senior unsecured debt.

As a further indicator that the Irish economy is stabilising, Fitch’s November 2012 revision of the outlook from negative to stable on the Group’s ‘Long Term Issuer Default Rating’ was the first positive revision for AIB in almost four years.

Risk monitoring and reporting

In common with other areas of risk management, the Group operates a “three lines of defence” model. Risk monitoring and reporting is carried out in the first line by Treasury ALM – Analysis, Reporting and Control (“T-ALM ARC”) which reports directly to the CFO. Second line assurance is provided by Financial Risk reporting to the CRO, and Group Internal Audit comprises the third line. The liquidity position of AIB is measured and reported daily by T-ALM. Financial Risk are responsible for all monitoring and review of liquidity management in AIB. In addition to the regular Group ALCo, the monthly Executive Risk Committee (“ERC”) and the Board Risk Committee (“BRC”) reporting on the liquidity and funding position of the Group, the Leadership Team and the Board are briefed on liquidity and funding on an on-going basis. Further information on liquidity risk can be found in notes 60 and 61 to the financial statements.

3.3 Market risk*

Market risk is the risk relating to the uncertainty of returns attributable to fluctuations in market factors. Where the uncertainty is expressed as a potential loss in earnings or value, it represents a risk to the income and capital position of the Group. Market risk includes repricing risk, curve risk, basis risk, optionality risk, valuation risk and concentration risk. The Group is exposed to market risk through the following risk factors: interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, inflation rates and credit spreads.

The Group assumes market risk as a result of its banking book and trading book activities.

Interest rate risk in the banking book (“IRRBB”) is defined as the Group’s sensitivity to earnings volatility in its non-trading activity arising from movements in interest rates. It reflects a combination of interest rate risk arising from the retail, commercial and corporate operations and banking book positions maintained by the Group’s Treasury function. Non-trading interest rate risk in retail, commercial and corporate activities can arise from a variety of sources, including where those assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments have different repricing dates.

Credit spread risk in the banking book is the exposure of the Group’s financial position to adverse movements in the credit spreads of bonds held in the available for sale (“AFS”) securities portfolio. Credit spreads are defined as the difference between bond yields and

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    148

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

3.3 Market risk* (continued)

 

 

interest rate swap rates of equivalent maturity. Changes in the credit spread impact the valuations of bonds held in the banking book and these fair value changes are recorded through the Group’s equity reserve. The AFS portfolio is the principal source of credit spread risk.

The Group also assumes market risk through its trading book activities which relate to all positions in financial instruments (principally derivatives) that are held with trading intent or in order to hedge positions held with trading intent. The Group’s Treasury function is responsible for managing all trading book activities which includes a mandate to trade on its own account in selected wholesale markets. The trading strategies employed by Treasury are desk and market specific with risk tolerances approved on an annual basis through the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework governance process.

Risk identification and assessment

It is the Group’s policy that all market risk be centralised within Treasury. AIB employs a suite of metrics to estimate its market risk profile. IRRBB is a key risk measure for non-trading portfolios, including the management of structural interest rate positions (e.g. capital investments and current account hedges, etc) and Treasury’s banking book positions (e.g. securities investments, etc). In addition, Value at Risk (“VaR”) is employed within the Treasury environment, particularly in the context of trading book portfolios, but also as a risk assessment tool for Treasury’s banking book portfolios where it augments the IRRBB measures.

IRRBB is calculated on the basis of establishing the repricing behaviour of each asset, liability and off-balance sheet product. For some products, the actual interest repricing characteristics may differ from their contractual arrangements. In these cases, the repricing maturity is determined by the market interest rates that most closely fit the behaviour of the product interest rate. For non-interest bearing current accounts, the repricing maturity is determined by the stability of the portfolio. The assumptions behind these repricing maturities and the stability levels of portfolios are reviewed periodically by Group ALCo.

In quantifying Treasury’s market risk profile, Treasury’s risk measurement systems are configured to address all material risk factors. The principal risk measurement methodology employed is based on an historical simulation application of the industry standard VaR technique. The methodology incorporates the portfolio diversification effect within each standard risk factor (interest rate, credit spread, foreign exchange, equity, as applicable). This VaR metric is derived from an observation of historical prices over a period of one year, assessed at a 95% statistical confidence level and using a 1 day holding period.

Although an important measure of risk, VaR has limitations as a result of its use of historical data holding periods and its assumption that markets remain constant over the given time horizon. Furthermore, the use of confidence intervals does not convey any information about potential loss when the confidence level is exceeded. The Group recognises these limitations and supplements its use with a variety of other techniques, including sensitivity analysis, interest rate gaps by time period and daily open foreign exchange and equity positions. In particular, the sensitivity of the Group’s AFS securities portfolio to a one basis point shift in credit spreads is actively monitored and the portfolio is subject to additional nominal limits. The size of the AFS portfolio and the net unrealised gains/losses are set out in note 33.

Stress-testing and scenario analysis are employed on an ongoing basis to gauge the vulnerability of Treasury’s portfolio to loss under stressed market conditions. Some stress-tests revolve around defining large, severe and extreme scenarios and determining the changes in the value of Treasury’s portfolio of financial instruments in the event of any one scenario. Others, for example in the case of interest rate risk portfolios, employ principal components analysis (“PCA”) to analyse interest rate term structure factor sensitivity (i.e. PCA identifies the three most predictive elements driving interest rate changes, namely parallel shift, and twist and bow, and uses these in the determination of alternative stressed portfolio valuation). For foreign exchange and equity portfolios, historical simulation techniques are used to determine potential worst case outcomes.

Treasury Asset and Liability Management (“TALM”), reporting to the CFO, is responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring and reporting the Group’s aggregate market risk profile and managing the Group’s financial instruments valuation processes. TALM supports front line management where sanctioned market risk exists, particularly the Head of Treasury, through the information they provide and the portfolio analysis they undertake. TALM also estimates the level of capital required to support market risks.

Financial Risk, reporting to the CRO, is responsible, for exercising independent risk oversight and control over the Group’s total market risk portfolio. In particular, Financial Risk provides oversight on the integrity and effectiveness of the risk and control environment and escalates any deficiencies therein. It monitors the evolving risk profile, providing appropriate challenge to the frontline on its management through the different governance forums and the CRO report. It provides assurance that the risk dimensions of the business activity are understood and escalates any limit excesses as they arise. It proposes and maintains the Market Risk Management Framework and Policies as the basis of the Group’s control architecture for market risk activities, including the annual agreement of market risk limits (subject to the Board approved Risk Appetite Statement). Financial Risk is also responsible for the integrity of the market risk measurement methodologies.

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

149    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.3 Market risk* (continued)

Risk management and mitigation

Market risk management in the Group is actively administered on the basis of clearly delegated authorities that reflect the appropriate segregation of duty, fit for purpose trading environments with enabling technology and competent personnel with relevant skill and experience. From a governance perspective, the market risk agenda (including the valuation of financial instruments) is overseen by the Market Risk Committee (“MRC”). The MRC supports the “3 Lines of Defence” governance model, plays a key role in elevating the visibility of market risk issues and sets the benchmark for market risk management across the Group. The Chairman of the MRC, the Head of Products, derives his delegated authority from Group ALCo and the MRC is formally a sub-committee of Group ALCo. The membership comprises representatives from Treasury, TALM, Financial Risk and GIA. The MRC establishes a common basis of communication, provides definitive guidance on the Group’s market risk activities and contributes directly to its risk culture.

As a core risk management principle, the Group requires that Treasury manages, and is responsible for, all material interest rate risk in the Group. Banking book risk is managed as part of Treasury’s overall interest rate risk position. The Group manages structural interest rate risk volatility by maintaining a portfolio of instruments with interest rates fixed for several years. The size and maturity of this portfolio is determined by characteristics of the interest-free or fixed-rate liabilities and assets and, in the case of the Group’s capital, an assumed average maturity.

Market risk management aligns with trading business strategy through the articulation of an annual risk strategy and appetite statement. This process yields a suite of market risk limits that considers both the risk (e.g. IRRBB and VaR) and financial (e.g. embedded value and ‘stop loss’) impacts of Treasury activities.

It should be noted that credit risk issues inherent in the market risk portfolios are subject to the credit risk framework that was described in the previous section. A suite of policies and standards clarifies roles and responsibilities, and provides for effective measurement, monitoring and review of dealing positions.

Risk monitoring and reporting

Quantitative and qualitative information is used at all levels of the organisation, up to and including the Board, to identify, assess and respond to market risk. The actual format and frequency of risk disclosure depends on the audience and purpose and ranges from transaction-level control and activity reporting to enterprise level risk profiles. For example, front office and risk functions receive the full range of daily control and activity, valuation, sensitivity and risk measurement reports, while risk governance forums receive a monthly market risk commentary and summary risk profile.

The MRC acts as the principal risk governance forum for the Group’s market risk activities (including trading and banking books) and receives a reporting pack on a monthly basis to allow it review the Group’s consolidated market risk profile, focusing on emerging trends, key changes and results of stress scenarios. Group ALCo also monitors AIB’s market risk position and has specific responsibility for providing direction on capital management, IRRBB and funds transfer pricing decisions. Group ALCo meets on a monthly basis and receives standing reports on the Group’s asset and liability risk profile, which allows it to monitor positions against limits.

Market risk profile

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s Banking Book to a hypothetical immediate and sustained 100 basis point (“bp”) movement in interest rates on 1 January 2013 and 1 January 2012 and the impact on net interest income over a twelve month period.

Sensitivity of projected net interest income to interest rate movements:

      31 December  
      2012           2011  
Sensitivity of projected net interest income to interest rate movements      m           m  

 

 

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all interest rates

     (19)            (11

– 100 basis point parallel move in all interest rates

     (3)            11   

 

 

The analysis is subject to certain simplifying assumptions including but not limited to: equal, simultaneous parallel movements in rates across all; all positions on wholesale books run to maturity; and there is no management action in response to movements in interest rates, such as changes in product margins. In practice, positions in both retail and wholesale books are actively managed and the actual impact on interest income can differ from the model.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    150

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.3 Market risk* (continued)

Market risk profile

The following table summarises Treasury’s VaR profile for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011, measured in terms of Value at Risk. For interest rate risk positions, the table also differentiates between Treasury’s banking book (arising principally from its holdings of AFS securities) and trading book positions. For VaR measurement, Treasury employs a 95% confidence interval, a 1-day holding period and a 1-year sample period.

 

     VaR (trading book)             VaR (banking book)             Total VaR  
         2012             2011                    2012             2011                   2012             2011   
     m             m                 m             m                    m              

 

 

Interest rate risk

                                          

1 day holding period:

                                          

Average

     0.2              0.4                  4.6              4.9                    4.6              4.9    

High

     0.4              0.9                  7.7              6.0                    7.7              6.0    

Low

     0.1              0.2                  2.0              3.3                    2.0              3.4    

31 December

     0.2              0.2                  2.2              5.8                    2.2              5.8    

 

 

On a like for like basis, Treasury’s VaR fell slightly during 2012 to an average of 4.6 million compared to 4.9 million for 2011 with exposure levels remaining restrained. The factors affecting the overall interest rate VaR in 2012 were:

  a fall in underlying strategic exposures as existing positions ran down the curve;
  a fall in the underlying level of market interest rate volatility which influences the VaR calculation – in 2012 there was a continuation of the low interest rate environment and very few tail events with rising interest rates (this dampens the VaR on liability-led position);
  lower basis risk associated with managing the Group’s NAMA bond portfolio due to a reduction in cash versus derivative spread volatility to more normal levels and also the redemption of 2.4 billion of NAMA bonds during the period;
  lower interest rate risk taking in the trading book generally, reflecting greater Treasury focus on liquidity management and banking book risk management; and
  lower strategic interest rate risk taking, reflecting a market view that the interest rates cycle has bottomed and re-investment will require a higher interest rate re-entry point.

The following table sets out the VaR for foreign exchange rate and equity risk for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011:

 

    Foreign exchange  
rate risk  
    Equity risk  
        VaR (trading book)      VaR (trading book)  
    2012     2011       2012     2011  
    m     m       m     m  

 

 

1 day holding period:

       

Average

    0.1        0.2          0.5        0.7   

High

    0.1        0.4          0.7        1.1   

Low

           –          0.4        0.4   

31 December

           –          0.4        0.6   

 

 

In terms of foreign exchange VaR, the level of overall exposure remains modest with very little open risk being run, the average VaR for 2012 was 0.06 million (shown as 0.1 million) compared to 0.16 million in 2011 (shown as 0.2 million). A similar pattern was evident in terms of equity VaR with an average of 0.5 million in 2012 compared to 0.7 million in 2011.

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

151    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.4 Structural foreign exchange risk*

The Group has two objectives with respect to foreign exchange risk. Firstly, to ensure, that its consolidated capital ratios are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates and secondly, that the Group’s foreign currency earnings are managed within tolerance levels based on the forecast for the forthcoming year, making use of other natural hedges within the Group’s balance sheet where these are available. The former is termed structural foreign exchange risk and results from net investment in subsidiaries, associates and branches, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than euro. The amount of structural foreign exchange risk is immaterial.

Risk identification and assessment

The Group prepares its consolidated statement of financial position in euro. Accordingly, the consolidated statement of financial position is affected by movements in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the euro. The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk as it translates foreign currencies into euro at each reporting period and the currency profile of the Group’s capital may not necessarily match that of its assets and risk-weighted assets.

Risk management and mitigation

The Group’s foreign exchange hedging activity (on foreign currency earnings) is overseen by the Head of Treasury, as advised by the Hedging Committee. The Hedging Committee also monitors and reports to Group ALCo on the foreign exchange sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios. Group ALCo sets the framework for and reviews the management of these activities.

The impact on capital ratios is measured in terms of basis points sensitivities using scenario analysis.

Risk monitoring and reporting

The Board reviews and approves relevant policies and limits. Group ALCo monitors the Group’s foreign exchange risks. It meets on a monthly basis and receives reports on the Group’s asset and liability risk profile including foreign exchange risk. Open positions are reported as differences between expected earnings in the current year and the value of hedges in place. Exchange differences on structural exposures are recognised in ‘other income’ in the financial statements.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

    152

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.5 Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and business risk. In essence, operational risk is a broad canvas of individual risk types which include information technology, business continuity, health and safety risks, and legal risk.

Risk identification and assessment

Risk and Control Self-Assessment (‘self-assessment’) is a core process in the identification and assessment of operational risk across the enterprise. The process serves to ensure that key operational risks are proactively identified, evaluated, monitored and reported, and that appropriate action is taken. Self-assessment of risks is completed at business unit level and these are incorporated into the Operational Risk Self Assessment Risk template (“SART”) for the business unit. SARTs are regularly reviewed and updated by business unit management. A matrix is in place to enable the scaling of risks and plans must be developed to introduce mitigants for the more significant risks. Monitoring processes are in place at business and support level and Operational Risk Teams undertake reviews to ensure the completeness and robustness of each business unit’s self-assessment, and that appropriate attention is given to the more significant risks.

Risk management and mitigation

Each business area is primarily responsible for managing its own operational risks. An overarching Group Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) framework is in place, designed to establish an effective and consistent approach to operational risk management across the enterprise. The Group ORM framework is also supported by a range of specific policies addressing issues such as information security and business continuity management.

An important element of the Group’s operational risk management framework is the ongoing monitoring through self-assessment of risks, control deficiencies and weaknesses, plus the tracking of incidents and loss events. The role of Operational Risk is to review and coordinate operational risk management activities across the Group including setting policy and standards and promoting best practice disciplines augmented by an independent assurance process.

The Group requires all business areas to undertake risk assessments and establish appropriate internal controls in order to make sure that all components, taken together, deliver the control objectives of key risk management processes. In addition, an insurance programme is in place, including a self insured retention, to cover a number of risk events which would fall under the operational risk umbrella. These include financial lines policies (comprehensive crime/computer crime; professional indemnity/civil liability; employment practices liability; directors and officers liability) and a suite of general insurance policies to cover such things as property and business interruption, terrorism, combined liability and personal accident.

Risk monitoring and reporting

The primary objective of the operational risk management reporting and control process within the Group is to provide timely, pertinent operational risk information to the appropriate management level so as to enable appropriate corrective action to be taken and to resolve material incidents which have already occurred. A secondary objective is to provide a trend analysis on operational risk and incident data for the Group. The reporting of operational incidents and trend data at the Executive Risk and Board Risk committees supports these two objectives. In addition, the Board, Group Audit Committee and the Executive Committee receive summary information on significant operational incidents on a regular basis.

Business units are required to review and update their assessment of their operational risks on a regular basis. Operational Risk assurance teams undertake review and challenge assessments of the business unit risk assessments. In addition, quality assurance teams which are independent of the business undertake reviews of the operational controls in the retail branch networks as part of a combined regulatory/compliance/operational risk programme.

Operational risk – New Target Operating Model

AIB has developed a new target operating model for operational risk to ensure the framework outlined above is embedded and executed more robustly across the Group. The key principles of the new model are:

  A strong operational risk function, appropriately staffed and clearly independent of the first line of defence;
  Technology in place to support assessment and mitigation of operational risks; and
  Greater control effectiveness testing by operational risk.

 

 

 

153    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.6 Regulatory compliance risk*

Regulatory compliance risk is defined as the risk of regulatory sanctions, material financial loss or loss to reputation which the Group may suffer as a result of failure to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, standards and codes of conduct applicable to its activities.

Regulatory Compliance is an enterprise-wide function which operates independently of the business. The function is responsible for identifying compliance obligations arising in each of the Group’s operating markets. Regulatory Compliance work closely with management in assessing compliance risks and provide advice and guidance on addressing these risks. Risk-based monitoring of compliance by the business with regulatory obligations is undertaken. The Regulatory Compliance function also promotes the embedding of an ethical framework within AIB’s businesses to ensure that the Group operates with honesty, fairness and integrity. A code of Business Ethics is in place for all staff alongside a Leadership Code for more senior staff. These are supported by a suite of policies. New Board driven codes are being put in place to enhance and build on the existing codes.

Risk identification and assessment

The Regulatory Compliance function is specifically responsible for independently identifying and assessing current and forward looking ‘conduct of business’ compliance obligations, including anti-money laundering and regulation on privacy and data protection. The identification, interpretation and communication roles relating to other legal and regulatory obligations have been assigned to functions with specialist knowledge in those areas. For example, employment law is assigned to Human Resources, taxation law to Group Taxation and prudential regulation to the Finance and Risk functions.

Regulatory Compliance undertakes a periodic detailed assessment of the key ‘conduct of business’ compliance risks and associated mitigants. These are collated and processed by Regulatory Compliance into an overall enterprise-wide review of compliance risks as part of the Group’s Material Risk Assessment. This is reviewed by the ERC and ultimately, the Group Audit Committee. The Regulatory Compliance function supports and validates this approach by operating a risk framework model that is used in collaboration with business units to identify, assess and manage key compliance risks at business unit level. These risks are incorporated into the SARTs for the relevant business unit.

Risk management and mitigation

The Board, operating through the Audit Committee, approves the Group’s compliance policy and the mandate for the Regulatory Compliance function.

Management is responsible for ensuring that the Group complies with its regulatory responsibilities. ExCo’s responsibilities in respect of compliance include the establishment and maintenance of the framework for internal controls and the control environment in which compliance policy operates thereby ensuring that Regulatory Compliance is suitably independent from business activities and that it is adequately resourced.

The primary role of the Regulatory Compliance function is to provide direction and advice to enable management to discharge its responsibility for managing the Group’s compliance risks. Regulatory Compliance is also mandated to conduct investigations of possible breaches of compliance policy and to appoint outside legal counsel or other specialist external resources to perform this task, if appropriate.

The principal compliance risk mitigants are risk identification, assessment, measurement and the establishment of suitable controls at business level. In addition, the Group has insurance policies that cover a number of risk events which fall under the regulatory compliance umbrella.

Risk monitoring and reporting

Regulatory Compliance undertakes risk-based monitoring of compliance with relevant policies, procedures and regulatory obligations. Monitoring can be undertaken by either dedicated compliance monitoring teams or quality assurance teams in retail segments, covering both operational risk and regulatory compliance, at the direction of the compliance function.

Risk prioritised annual compliance monitoring plans are prepared based on the risk assessment process. Monitoring is undertaken both on a business unit and a process basis. The annual monitoring plan is reviewed regularly, and updated to reflect changes in the risk profile from emerging risks, changes in risk assessments and new regulatory ‘hotspots’. Issues emerging from compliance monitoring are escalated for management attention, and action plans and implementation dates are agreed. The implementation of these action plans is monitored by Regulatory Compliance.

Regulatory Compliance report to the Executive Risk Committee, business unit management teams and independently to the Board of Directors, through the Audit Committee, on the effectiveness of the processes established to ensure compliance with laws and regulations within its scope.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

 

    154

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.7 Pension risk

Pension risk is the risk that the funding position of the Group’s defined benefit plans would deteriorate to such an extent that the Group would be required to make additional contributions to cover its pension obligations towards current and former employees. Pension risk includes market risk, investment risk and actuarial risk. The Group maintains a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees, further details of which are included in note 12 to the financial statements. The ability of the pension funds to meet the projected pension payments is maintained through the diversification of the investment portfolio across geographies and across a wide range of assets including equities, bonds, mortgage portfolios and property. Market risk arises because the estimated market value of the pension fund assets might decline or their investment returns might reduce. Actuarial risk is the risk that the estimated value of the pension liabilities might increase.

As detailed in note 12, there were a number of significant developments in 2012 with regard to the Group’s defined benefit schemes which include the Group’s announcement of its intention to close the schemes to future accrual. While the Group is taking certain risk mitigating actions, however, due to difficult financial market conditions and recent changes to pension and accounting regulations, a level of volatility associated with pension funding remains.

 

 

 

155    


Table of Contents
LOGO    

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information

Credit risk

 

    Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

    Collateral

 

    Loans and receivables to customers by geographic location and industry sector

 

    Internal credit ratings

 

    Impaired loans by geographic location and industry sector

 

    Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired gross loans

 

    Provisions for impairment by geographic location and industry sector

 

    External credit ratings of financial instruments

 

    Leveraged debt by geographic location and industry sector

Market risk profile

 

 

 

    156


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

  LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

The following table sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk that arises within Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and distinguishes between those assets that are carried in the statement of financial position at amortised cost and those carried at fair value at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

   

2012  

        

2011

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk*

     

 

 

Amortised

cost

m

  

(8) 

  

     

 

 

Fair

value

m

  

(9) 

  

   

 

 

 

 

 

Total  

 

m  

 

  

 

  

        

 

 

Amortised

cost

m

  

(8) 

  

     

 

 

Fair

value

m

  

(9) 

  

   

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

m

 

  

 

  

 

      

 

 

Balances at central banks(1)

      558                   558               527                   527   

Items in course of collection

      95                   95               100                   100   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

      353                   353               1,129                   1,129   

Trading portfolio financial assets(2)

               22          22                        54          54   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

               2,768          2,768                        3,025          3,025   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

      31,284                   31,284               36,028                   36,028   

Loans and receivables to customers(5)

      37,234                   37,234               42,074                   42,074   

NAMA senior bonds

      17,082                   17,082               19,509                   19,509   

Financial investments available for sale(6)

               14,829          14,829                        13,132          13,132   

Other assets:

                          

Sale of securities awaiting settlement

                        –               2                   2   

Trade receivables

      28                   28               83                   83   

Accrued interest(7)

      391                   391               515                   515   

 

      

 

 
      87,025          17,619          104,644               99,967          16,211          116,178   

Financial guarantees

      1,095                   1,095               1,575                   1,575   

Loan commitments and other credit related commitments

      7,690                   7,690               8,269                   8,269   
      8,785                   8,785               9,844                   9,844   

 

      

 

 

Total

      95,810          17,619          113,429               109,811          16,211          126,022   
 

 

      

 

 

(1)Included within cash and balances at central banks of 1,076 million (2011: 1,067 million).

(2)Excluding equity shares of 2 million (2011: 2 million).

(3)Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of 293 million (2011: 356 million) have been included.

(4)Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of 29,709 million (2011: 33,441 million) have been included.

(5)Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of 11,891 million (2011: 11,868 million) have been included.

(6)Excluding equity shares of 101 million (2011: 204 million).

(7)Exposures to subsidiary undertakings of 12 million (2011: 42 million) have been included.

(8)All amortised cost items are ‘loans and receivables’ per IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement definitions.

(9)All items measured at fair value except financial investments available for sale and cash flow hedging derivatives are classified as ‘fair value through profit or loss’.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

157    


Table of Contents
LOGO     LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Collateral

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. takes collateral as a secondary source of repayment in the event of a borrower’s default. The nature of collateral taken is set out on page 70.

Set out below is the fair value of collateral accepted by Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 in relation to financial assets detailed in the maximum exposure to credit risk table on page 157:

Loans and receivables to banks

Interbank placings, including central banks, are largely carried out on an unsecured basis apart from reverse repurchase agreements. At 31 December 2012, Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. has received collateral with a fair value of 61 million on loans with a carrying value of 61 million (2011: 55 million and 59 million respectively).

Loans and receivables to customers

The following table shows the fair value of collateral held for residential mortgages at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

    2012           2011   
    Neither past     Past due     Impaired     Total           Neither past     Past due     Impaired     Total   
    due nor     but not                      due nor     but not              
    impaired     impaired                      impaired     impaired              
    m     m     m              m     m     m      

 

      

 

 

 

Fully collateralised(1)

                  

Loan-to-value ratio:

                  

Less than 50%

    118        3        7        128            143        3        6        152    

50% - 70%

    134        5        10        149            142        2        7        151    

71% - 80%

    81        2        9        92            79        2        4        85    

81% - 90%

    89        4        8        101            81        3        6        90    

91% - 100%

    126        6        51        183            162        3        12        177    

 

      

 

 

 
    548        20        85        653            607        13        35        655    

Partially collateralised

                  

Collateral value relating to loans over 100% loan-to-value

    794        23        235        1,052            993        50        200        1,243    

 

      

 

 

 

Total collateral value

    1,342        43        320        1,705            1,600        63        235        1,898    
 

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross residential mortgages

    1,653        50        407        2,110            1,916        83        310        2,309( 2) 
 

 

 

          

 

 

     

Statement of financial position specific provisions

        (125     (125)               (103     (103)   

Statement of financial position IBNR provisions

          (22)                 (65)   
     

 

 

          

 

 

 

Net residential mortgages

        282        1,963                207        2,141    
     

 

 

          

 

 

 

(1)The fair value of collateral held for residential mortgages which are fully collateralised has been capped at the carrying value of the loans outstanding at each year end.

(2)Excludes purchased residential mortgage pools of 178 million in 2011. In 2012, these have been included in the ‘financial’ sector.

While AIB considers that a borrower’s repayment capacity is paramount in granting any loan, the Company also takes collateral in support of lending transactions for the purchase of residential property. There are clear policies in place which set out the type of property which is acceptable as collateral and the loan to property value relationship. Collateral valuations are required at the time of origination of each residential mortgage. The fair value at 31 December 2012 is based on the property values at origination and applying the CSO (Ireland) and Nationwide (UK) indices to these values to take account of price movements in the interim.

Non-mortgage portfolios

Details of collateral in relation to the non mortgage portfolio are set out on page 70.

NAMA senior bonds

Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. holds a guarantee from the Irish Government in respect of NAMA senior bonds which at 31 December 2012 have a carrying value of 17,082 million (2011: 19,509 million)

Financial investments available for sale

At 31 December 2012, government guaranteed senior bank debt amounting to 495 million (2011: 554 million) was held within the available for sale portfolio.

 

 

 

    158    


Table of Contents
 

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

  LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

The information contained in this note relates only to third party exposures arising within Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Loans and receivables to customers by geographic location and industry sector*

 

    2012   
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
   

Republic 

of Ireland 

    United 
Kingdom 
    United States 
of America 
    Rest of the
World
    Total         

Loans and 
receivables 

to 

customers 

    Disposal 
groups and 
non-current 
assets held 
for sale 
 
                m                  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    1,722         –         –                1,722           1,722         –    

Energy

    298         113         19                430           342         88    

Manufacturing

    1,074         58                       1,136           1,136         –    

Property and construction

    15,673         599         40                16,312           16,312         –    

Distribution

    5,633         409                       6,043           6,043         –    

Transport

    502         528         22                1,052           679         373    

Financial

    582         19                       603           603         –    

Other services

    2,849         247         186                3,282           3,268         14    

Personal

               

Residential mortgages

    2,110         –         –                2,110           2,110         –    

Other

    4,211         –         –                4,211           4,211         –    

Lease financing

    –         –         –                –           –         –    

 

     

 

 

 
    34,654         1,973         274                36,901           36,426         475    

Unearned income

    (74)        (5)         (1)                (80)          (80)        –    

Deferred costs

           –          –                                 –    

Provisions

    (10,825)        (285)         (17)                (11,127)          (11,005)        (122)   

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    23,757        1,683         256                25,696           25,343( 1)      353    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2011   
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
    Republic 
of Ireland 
    United 
Kingdom 
    United States 
of America 
    Rest of the 
World 
    Total          Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal 
groups and 
non-current 
assets held 
for sale 
 
                            m      

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    1,801         –         –         –         1,801           1,795           

Energy

    393         243         41         174         851           620         231    

Manufacturing

    1,381         132         12         10         1,535           1,502         33    

Property and construction

    16,267         687         218         112         17,284           16,608         676    

Distribution

    6,266         478         14         35         6,793           6,720         73    

Transport

    573         614         32         –         1,219           1,186         33    

Financial

    1,039         113         –         –         1,152           1,146           

Other services

    3,148         328         270                3,750           3,735         15    

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    2,433         –         –         54         2,487           2,427         60    

Other

    4,733         –         –         –         4,733           4,733         –    

Lease financing

    21         –         –         –         21           21         –    

 

     

 

 

 
    38,055         2,595         587         389         41,626           40,493         1,133    

Unearned income

    (85)        (7)        (2)        (1)        (95)          (93)        (2)   

Deferred costs

           –         –         –                         –    

Provisions

    (9,998)        (186)        (13)        (9)        (10,206)          (10,197)        (9)   

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    27,975         2,402         572         379         31,328           30,206( 1)      1,122    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

(1)Excludes intercompany balances of 11,891 million (2011: 11,868 million).

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

159    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Internal credit ratings*

The internal credit rating profiles of loans and receivables to customers by asset class for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 are as follows:

 

    2012          2011   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    Corporate/
commercial
    Residential
mortgages
    Other      Total          Corporate/
commercial
    Residential
mortgages
    Other     Total   
Masterscale grade   m     m                 m     m     m      

 

     

 

 

 

1 to 3

    995        390        1,003         2,388           1,726        536        1,036        3,298    

4 to 10

    8,481        868        1,902         11,251           14,193        1,073        2,149        17,415    

11 to 13

    2,505        293        1,002         3,800           2,251        240        1,200        3,691    

 

     

 

 

 
    11,981        1,551        3,907         17,439           18,170        1,849        4,385        24,404    

Past due but not impaired(1)

    1,321        38        368         1,727           1,747        50        451        2,248    

Impaired

    16,157        265        1,313         17,735           13,582        265        1,127        14,974    

 

     

 

 

 

Total gross loans and receivables

    29,459        1,854        5,588         36,901           33,499        2,164        5,963        41,626    

 

       

 

 

   

Unearned income

          (80)                (95)   

Deferred costs

                           

Impairment provisions

          (11,127)                (10,206)   
       

 

 

           

 

 

 

Total

          25,696                 31,328    
       

 

 

           

 

 

 

(1)Of this amount, 41 million relates to masterscale grade 1 – 3 (2011: 65 million); 596 million relates to masterscale grade 4 – 10 (2011: 944 million) and 1,090 million relates to masterscale grade 11 – 13 (2011: 1,239 million).

Details of the rating profiles, masterscale ranges and lending classifications are set out on page 122.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    160

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Impaired loans by geographic location and industry sector*

The following table presents an analysis of impaired loans and receivables to customers for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

    2012  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
   

Republic

of Ireland

    United
Kingdom
    United States
of America
    Rest of the
World
    Total          

Loans and
receivables

to

customers

    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m           m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    322                             322            322          

Energy

    32               3               35            35          

Manufacturing

    313                             313            313          

Property and construction

    10,732        375        40               11,147            11,147          

Distribution

    2,807        54                      2,861            2,861          

Transport

    104        237                      341            104        237   

Financial

    219                             219            219          

Other services

    703        29        13               745            745          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    407                             407            407          

Other

    1,345                             1,345            1,345          

Lease financing

                                –                     

 

     

 

 

 

Total

      16,984        695        56               17,735            17,498        237   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2011  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
    Republic
of Ireland
    United
Kingdom
    United States
of America
    Rest of the
World
    Total           Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m           m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    299                             299            299          

Energy

    33               3               36            36          

Manufacturing

    274        19        1               294            294          

Property and construction

    8,909        170        43               9,122            9,122          

Distribution

    2,493        72        2               2,567            2,567          

Transport

    107        1                      108            108          

Financial

    168                             168            168          

Other services

    626        90                      716            716          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    398                      12        410            392        18   

Other

    1,252                             1,252            1,252          

Lease financing

    2                             2            2          

 

     

 

 

 

Total

      14,561        352        49        12        14,974            14,956        18   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

161    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired gross loans*

The following table presents by industry sector an aged analysis of contractually past due but not impaired loans and receivables to customers for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

    2012  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
      1 – 30
days
    31 – 60
days
    61 – 90
days
    91 +
days
    Total           

Loans and
receivables

to

customers

    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m            m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    53        8        15        59        135             135          

Energy

    6                      2        8             8          

Manufacturing

    17        3        2        16        38             38          

Property and construction

    159        74        58        407        698             698          

Distribution

    68        30        16        127        241             241          

Transport

    6        5        1        19        31             31          

Financial

    1        1        6        8        16             16          

Other services

    61        19        13        74        167             167          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    17        9        4        18        48             48          

Credit cards

    37        11        9        6        63             63          

Other

    71        28        38        145        282             282          

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    496        188        162        881        1,727             1,727          
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

As a percentage of total loans(1)

    1.3     0.5     0.4     2.4     4.7%          4.7       
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2011  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
      1 – 30
days
    31 – 60
days
    61 – 90
days
    91 +
days
    Total            Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m            m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    53        36        10        43        142             142          

Energy

    3               1        5        9             9          

Manufacturing

    21        15        1        13        50             50          

Property and construction

    247        127        97        390        861             861          

Distribution

    123        71        44        200        438             438          

Transport

    9        7        2        6        24             24          

Financial

    2        1        1        6        10             10          

Other services

    77        26        12        74        189             189          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    19        21        8        35        83             81        2   

Credit cards

    49        16        11        9        85             85          

Other

    116        57        33        151        357             357          

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    719        377        220        932        2,248             2,246        2   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

As a percentage of total loans(1)

    1.8     0.9     0.5     2.5     5.8%          5.6     0.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

(1)Total loans (excluding intercompany) are gross of impairment provisions and unearned income.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    162

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Provisions for impairment by geographic location and industry sector*

The following table presents an analysis of provisions for impairment on loans and receivables to customers for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

    2012  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
    Republic
of Ireland
    United
Kingdom
    United States
of America
    Rest of the
World
    Total           Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m           m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    225                             225            225          

Energy

    26               3               29            29          

Manufacturing

    221                             221            221          

Property and construction

    6,163        99        7               6,269            6,269          

Distribution

    1,717        37                      1,754            1,754          

Transport

    88        122                      210            88        122   

Financial

    157                             157            157          

Other services

    482        6        6               494            494          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    125                             125            125          

Other

    1,004                             1,004            1,004          

 

     

 

 

 

Specific

    10,208        264        16               10,488            10,366        122   

IBNR

    617        21        1               639            639          

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    10,825        285        17               11,127            11,005        122   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 
    2011  
 

 

 

 
                                      Of which  
             

 

 

 
    Republic
of Ireland
    United
Kingdom
    United States
of America
    Rest of the
World
    Total           Loans and
receivables
to
customers
    Disposal
groups and
non-current
assets held
for sale
 
    m     m     m     m     m           m     m  

 

     

 

 

 

Agriculture

    192                             192            192          

Energy

    24               3               27            27          

Manufacturing

    170        11        1               182            182          

Property and construction

    5,180        33        7               5,220            5,220          

Distribution

    1,434        51                      1,485            1,485          

Transport

    74        3                      77            77          

Financial

    133                             133            133          

Other services

    386        59                      445            445          

Personal:

               

Residential mortgages

    147                      3        150            147        3   

Other

    854                             854            854          

 

     

 

 

 

Specific

    8,594        157        11        3        8,765            8,762        3   

IBNR

    1,404        29        2        6        1,441            1,435        6   

 

     

 

 

 

Total

    9,998        186        13        9        10,206            10,197        9   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

163    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

External credit ratings of financial assets*

The external credit ratings profile of loans and receivables to banks, NAMA senior bonds, trading portfolio financial assets (excluding equity securities) and financial investments available for sale (excluding equity shares) for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is as follows:

 

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Bank(1)
m    
     Corporate
m
     Sovereign
m
    Other
m
     Total
m
 

 

 

AAA/AA

     1,535             3         3,835        583         5,956   

A

     1,476             15         221        223         1,935   

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

     723             60         24,274 (2)      79         25,136   

Sub investment

     86             99         26        79         290   

Unrated

     76             115                        191   

 

 

Total

       3,896             292         28,356        964         33,508   
  

 

 

 
     2011  
  

 

 

 
    

Bank(1)

m    

     Corporate
m
     Sovereign
m
    Other
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

AAA/AA

     1,102                     3,362        1,468         5,932   

A

     1,015             14         175        171         1,375   

BBB+/BBB/BBB-

     2,701             77         24,482 (2)      35         27,295   

Sub investment

     157             150         48        68         423   

Unrated

     96             160                1         257   

 

 

Total

     5,071             401         28,067        1,743         35,282   
  

 

 

 

(1)Excludes loans to subsidiaries of 29,709 million (2011: 33,441 million).

(2)Includes NAMA senior bonds which do not have an external credit rating and to which the Group has attributed a rating of BBB+ (2011 :BBB+) i.e. the external rating of the Sovereign.

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    164

 


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Leveraged debt by geographic location and industry sector*

Leveraged lending (including the financing of management buy-outs, buy-ins and private equity buy-outs) is conducted primarily through specialist lending teams. The leveraged loan book is held as part of the loans and receivables to customers portfolio. Specific impairment provisions of 29 million (2011: 11 million) are currently held against impaired exposures of 60 million (2011: 30 million). These impaired exposures are not included in the analysis below. The unfunded element below includes off-balance sheet facilities and the undrawn element of facility commitments. The portfolio continues to reduce, in large part due to AIB’s deleveraging activities.

 

     2012            2011  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
Leveraged debt by geographic location    Funded
m
      

Unfunded  

 m  

        

  Funded

m

       Unfunded
 m
 

 

      

 

 

 

United Kingdom

     84           24             58           12   

Rest of Europe

     39           4             131           13   

United States of America

     154           50             189           32   

Rest of World

     31           –             1             

 

      

 

 

 
     308           78             379           57   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

Funded leveraged debt by industry sector*                  

2012

m

    

         2011

          m

 

 

 

Agriculture

                     

Property and construction

                     

Distribution

           62         102   

Energy

           28           

Financial

           5         3   

Manufacturing

           117         177   

Transport

           6         18   

Other services

           90         79   

 

 
             308             379   
        

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements  
   

 

165    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Risk management - 3. Individual risk types

 

 

 

3.8 Parent company risk information (continued)

Market risk profile*

The following table sets out the VaR for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

     VaR (trading book)             VaR (banking book)               Total VaR  
    

    2012        

m        

    

     2011  

m  

         

    2012        

m        

    

      2011    

m    

            2012
m
       2011 
 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Interest rate risk

                         

1 day holding period:

                         

Average

     0.2                 0.4              4.5                 4.9                4.6           4.9    

High

     0.4                 0.9              7.7                 6.0                7.7           5.9    

Low

     0.1                 0.2              2.0                 3.3                2.0           3.4    

31 December

     0.2                 0.2              2.2                 5.7                2.2           5.8    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

The following table sets out the VaR for foreign exchange rate and equity risk for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

    

Foreign exchange 

rate risk 

         Equity risk  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 
         VaR (trading book)           VaR (trading book)  
    

2012

m

    

2011 

        

2012

m

    

2011 

m 

 

 

      

 

 

 

1 day holding period:

             

Average

     0.1         0.2            0.5         0.7    

High

     0.3         0.4            0.7         1.1    

Low

             –            0.4         0.4    

31 December

             –            0.4         0.6    

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements

 

    166

 


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance and oversight

  LOGO

 

 

 

          Page       
1.   

The Board & Executive Officers

     168      
2.   

Report of the Directors

     171      
3.   

Corporate Governance statement

     173      
4.   

Supervision and Regulation

     
   4.1  

Current climate of regulatory change

     185      
   4.2  

Ireland

     185      
   4.3  

United Kingdom

     189      
   4.4  

United States

     191      
   4.5  

Other locations

     192      

 

 

 

167    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance and oversight –

1. The Board and Executive Officers

 

 

 

Certain information in respect of the Directors and Executive Officers is set out below.

David Hodgkinson – Chairman (Non-Executive Director) and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee Chairman

Mr Hodgkinson was Group Chief Operating Officer for HSBC Holdings plc from May 2006 until his retirement from the company in December 2008. During his career with HSBC, he held a number of senior management positions in the Middle and Far East, and Europe, including as Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank, and CEO of HSBC Bank Middle East. Mr Hodgkinson, who joined HSBC in 1969, has also served as Chairman of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, HSBC Bank A S Turkey, Arabian Gulf Investments (Far East) Limited and HSBC Global Resourcing (UK) Ltd. He was a Director of HSBC Bank Egypt SAE, The Saudi British Bank, Bank of Bermuda Limited, HSBC TrinkausBurkhardt and British Arab Commercial Bank.

Mr Hodgkinson joined the Board as Executive Chairman on 27 October 2010 and became Non-Executive Chairman with effect from 12 December 2011. He has been Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee since January 2011. (Age 62)

Simon Ball BSc (Economics), FCA Non-Executive Director

Mr Ball is currently the Non-Executive Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Cable & Wireless Communications plc, and a Non-Executive Director of Tribal Group plc. Prior to this, Mr Ball has served as Group Finance Director of 3i Group plc and the Robert Fleming Group, held a series of senior finance and operational roles at Dresdner Kleinwort Benson, and was Director General, Finance for the HMG Department for Constitutional Affairs. Mr Ball joined the Board in October 2011 and has been a member of the Board Risk Committee since November 2011 and was appointed to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee in February 2013. (Age 52)

Bernard Byrne* FCA Director Personal, Business & Corporate Banking

Mr Byrne joined AIB in May 2010 as Group Chief Financial Officer and member of the Leadership Team and took up the role of Director of Personal & Business Banking in May 2011. He was appointed to his current post in July 2012. He began his career as a Chartered Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) in 1988 and joined ESB International in 1994. In 1998 he took up the post of Finance Director with IWP International Plc before moving to ESB in 2004 where he held the post of Group Finance and Commercial Director until he left to join AIB. Mr Byrne was co-opted to the Board on 24 June 2011. He was appointed Non-Executive Director of EBS Limited in July 2011. (Age 44)

David Duffy* B.B.S., MA Chief Executive Officer

Mr Duffy joined AIB in December 2011 as Chief Executive Officer and member of the Leadership Team. He has held a number of senior roles in the international banking industry including, most recently, the position of Chief Executive Officer at Standard Bank International covering Asia, Latin America, the UK and Europe. He was previously Head of Global Wholesale Banking Network of ING Group and President and Chief Executive Officer of the ING franchises in the US and Latin America. Mr Duffy was co-opted to the Board on 15 December 2011. (Age 51)

Peter Hagan BSc, Dip BA – Non-Executive Director

Mr Hagan is former Chairman and CEO of Merrill Lynch’s US commercial banking subsidiaries, he was also a director of Merrill Lynch International Bank (London) Merrill Lynch Bank (Swiss) ML Business Financial Services and FDS Inc. Over a period of 35 years he has held senior positions in the international banking industry, including as Vice Chairman and Representative Director of the Aozora Bank (Tokyo, Japan). During 2011 and until Sept 2012, he was a director of each of the US subsidiaries of IBRC. He is presently a consultant in the fields of financial service litigation and regulatory change. He is currently a Director and Treasurer of 170 East 70th Corp. and a Director of the Thomas Edison State College Foundation. Mr Hagan joined the board in July 2012 and is a member of the Board Risk Committee, Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and the Remuneration Committee. (Age 64)

Tom Foley BComm, FCA Non-Executive Director

Mr Foley is a former Executive Director of KBC Bank Ireland and has held a variety of senior management and board positions with KBC, including in Corporate Finance, Treasury, Business Banking, Private and Mortgage Banking as well as KBC’s UK Division. He was a Member of the Nyberg Commission of Investigation into the Banking Sector during 2010 and 2011 and the Department of Finance (Cooney) Expert Group on Mortgage Arrears and Personal Debt during 2010. He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and is a former senior executive with Ulster Investment Bank and is a Non-Executive Director of BPV Finance (International) plc, and IntesaSanPaolo Life Limited. Mr Foley joined the Board in September 2012 and is a member of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee. He was appointed Non-Executive Director of EBS Limited in November 2012. (Age 59)

Jim O’Hara – Non-Executive Director

Mr O’Hara is a former Vice President of Intel Corporation and General Manager of Intel Ireland, where he was responsible for Intel’s technology and manufacturing group in Ireland. He is a Non-Executive Director of Fyffes plc, a board member of Enterprise Ireland, and Chairman of a number of indigenous technology start up companies. He is a past President of the American Chamber of Commerce in Ireland. Mr O’Hara joined the Board in October 2010 and has been a member of the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee since January 2011, and was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in July 2012. He was appointed Non-Executive Director of EBS Limited in June 2012. (Age 62)

 

 

 

    168    


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance and oversight –

1. The Board and Executive Officers

  LOGO

 

 

Dr Michael Somers BComm, M.Econ.Sc, Ph.D – Non-Executive Director, Deputy Chairman and Board Risk Committee Chairman

Dr Somers is former Chief Executive of the National Treasury Management Agency. He is Chairman of Goodbody Stockbrokers, a Non- Executive Director of Fexco Holdings Limited, Willis Group Holdings plc, Hewlett-Packard International Bank plc, the Institute of Directors, the European Investment Bank, St. Vincent’s Healthcare Group Ltd, and President of the Ireland Chapter of the Ireland-US Council. He has previously held the posts of Secretary, National Debt Management, in the Department of Finance, and Secretary, Department of Defence. He is a former Chairman of the Audit Committee of the European Investment Bank and former Member of the EC Monetary Committee. Dr Somers was Chairman of the group that drafted the National Development Plan 1989-1993 and of the European Community group that established the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (“EBRD”). He was formerly a member of the Council of the Dublin Chamber of Commerce. He joined the Board in January 2010 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Government’s National Pensions Reserve Fund Act 2000 (as amended) and has been Chairman of the Board Risk Committee since November 2010. (Age 70)

Dick Spring BA, BL – Non-Executive Director

Mr Spring is a former Tánaiste (Deputy Prime Minister) of the Republic of Ireland, Minister for Foreign Affairs and leader of the Labour Party. He is a Non-Executive Director of Fexco Holdings Ltd., Repak Ltd, The Realta Global Aids Foundation Ltd and Chairman of the Diversification Strategy Fund p.l.c. He is Chairman of International Development Ireland Ltd., Altobridge Ltd. and Alder Capital Ltd. Mr Spring joined the Board in January 2009 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the CIFS Scheme. He has been a member of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee since April 2009 and the Board Risk Committee since November 2010. (Age 62)

Thomas Wacker MBA (International Business & Finance) - Non-Executive Director

Mr Wacker is a Non-Executive Director of the USA Rugby Board and is the former Chief Executive Officer of the International Rugby Board. He was a Non-Executive Director and former Chief Executive Officer of Belmont Advisors (UK) Limited and was a former Chief Executive of IFG Group plc’s offshore business and Non-Executive Director of the parent company. Prior to this, Mr Wacker held senior management roles with Royal Trust Company of Canada, Bank of Montreal, Citibank, and Citigroup Investment Banking Group. Mr Wacker joined the Board in October 2011 and has been a member of the Audit Committee since November 2011. (Age 69)

Catherine Woods BA, Mod (Econ) – Non-Executive Director and Audit Committee Chairman

Ms Woods is a Non-Executive Director of AIB Mortgage Bank, and Chairman of EBS Limited (from 12 February 2013). She is the Finance Expert on the adjudication panel established by the Government to oversee the rollout of the National Broadband scheme and is a former Vice President and Head of the European Banks Equity Research Team, JP Morgan, where her mandates included the recapitalisation of Lloyds’ of London and the re-privatisation of Scandinavian banks. Ms Woods is a former director of An Post, and a former member of the Electronic Communications Appeals Panel. She joined the Board in October 2010, has been a member of the Audit Committee and Board Risk Committee since January 2011, and was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee in July 2011. (Age 50)

* Executive Directors

Board Committees

Information concerning membership of the Board’s Audit, Risk, Nomination and Corporate Governance, and Remuneration Committees is given in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 173 to 184.

Executive Officers (in addition to Executive Directors above)

Anne Boden BSc (Jt. Hons), MBA – Chief Operating Officer

Ms Boden was appointed to her current role and the Leadership Team in July 2012. She joined AIB from RBS where she held the position of Head of EMEA, Global Transaction Services across 24 countries. From 2006 she was Chief Information Officer and was a member of the Board of Directors of Aon Ltd., where she managed the acquisition strategy. Previously, Ms Boden was at UBS where she held senior management positions in Zurich within European Corporate and Institutional Banking. In the early part of her career, Ms Boden worked for Lloyds Bank and Standard Chartered Bank, and as a strategy and technology consultant for Price Waterhouse. (Age 53)

Helen Dooley LLB – Group General Counsel

Ms Dooley was appointed to her current role and the Leadership Team in October 2012, having previously held the role of Head of Legal in EBS Limited. Prior to this she held a number of other senior roles in EBS including Head of Regulatory Compliance and Company Secretary. Ms Dooley began her career in 1992 working principally as a banking and restructuring lawyer with Wilde Sapte solicitors in London, moving to Hong Kong in 1998 to work for Johnson Stokes & Master solicitors and returning to Ireland in 2001 to work for A&L Goodbody solicitors. (Age 44)

 

 

 

169    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance and oversight –

1. The Board and Executive Officers

 

 

 

Enda Johnson – Head of Corporate Affairs & Strategy

Mr Johnson joined AIB as Head of Strategy in May 2012 and was appointed to his current role and the Leadership Team in July 2012. He worked previously as a senior analyst with the National Treasury Management Agency, including a secondment at the Department of Finance. Before joining the National Treasury Management Agency in 2010, he worked with Merrill Lynch for seven years in New York, London and California, in their investment banking and equity capital markets divisions. Mr Johnson has a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering from Brown University. (Age 33)

Orlagh Hunt BA, FCIPD – Group HR Director

Ms Hunt was appointed to her current role and the Leadership Team in September 2012. She joined AIB from RSA (formerly Royal & Sun Alliance) where she was Group HR and Customer Director, based in London with responsibility for driving the HR agenda in 28 countries across the UK, Asia, Middle East, Latin America and Canada. Ms Hunt began her career in HR with Tesco and moved subsequently to Walker Snack Foods. She was appointed Head of Human Resources at Axa Life Assurance in 2000 prior to joining RSA in 2003. (Age 40)

Fergus Murphy BSc (Mgt), MA, DABS, AMCT, FIBI – Director of Products

Mr Murphy was appointed to the Leadership Team in July 2011, in his former role as Managing Director of EBS Limited, following the acquisition of EBS by AIB, and was subsequently appointed Group Services & Transformation Director in December 2011. He was appointed to his current role in July 2012. Before joining EBS Building Society as Chief Executive in January 2008, he held a number of senior positions including Chief Executive of ACC Bank plc, Chief Executive of Rabobank Asia, Global Treasurer and Global Head Investment Book Rabobank International and Managing Director of Rabobank Ireland plc. He is Chairman of Financial Services Ireland. (Age 49)

Brendan O’Connor BA, MBA – Head of Financial Solutions Group

Mr O’Connor was appointed to his current role in February 2013. He joined AIB in 1984. From 1988 to 2009 he worked in AIB Group Treasury in New York and Dublin before moving to AIB Corporate Banking in 2009. He has held a number of senior roles throughout the organisation including Head of AIB Global Treasury Services and Head of Corporate Banking International. Prior to his most recent appointment he was Head of AIB Business Banking. (Age 47).

Ronan O’Neill B.Comm, FCA, FIB, Managing Director, AIB Group (UK) plc

Mr O’Neill was appointed to his current role and to the Leadership Team in October 2011. He joined AIB in 1979 and has a significant breadth of experience in a number of roles throughout the organisation, including holding the post of Head of Corporate Banking Britain from 1997 to 2002. He has also held senior posts in Risk and Credit functions and was Head of Corporate and Commercial Banking until he was appointed to his current role. (Age 59)

Peter Rossiter BBS, FCA – Chief Risk Officer

Mr Rossiter was appointed to his current role and the Leadership Team in May 2012. He joined AIB from Irish Bank Resolution Corporation Ltd (IBRC) where he was Chief Risk Officer since November 2009. Previously, he spent 27 years with Citigroup in a range of roles, including senior risk positions in Warsaw, Moscow, Istanbul, London and Brussels. (Age 56)

Peter Spratt FCA – Interim Managing Director of AIB Group (UK) plc

Mr Spratt was appointed to his current role in January 2013. Mr Spratt is a partner in PwC’s Business Recovery Services practice in London, and is the Global Leader of PwC Crisis Management practice and has worked in restructuring for over 25 years. PwC were engaged to provide the services of Mr Spratt to oversee the Non-Core Unit from May 2011 and he was appointed to the Leadership Team at that time. He was appointed as Head of the Financial Solutions Group in July 2012 following its establishment. Since January 2013, Mr Spratt has been acting as Interim Managing Director of AIB Group (UK) plc. (Age 53)

Paul Stanley BComm, FCCA – Acting Chief Financial Officer

Mr Stanley was appointed to his current role and the Leadership Team in May 2011. He joined AIB’s Branch banking division in 1980 before moving to the Group’s Financial Control department. He spent two years as a senior risk analyst in the Group’s Capital Markets division, treasury operations, before he took up a three year role as Head of Treasury Finance and Risk in AIB’s Poland Division (Bank Zachodni WBK) in 2000. He returned to Ireland in 2003 as Head of Asset Liability Management until he was appointed Group Financial Controller in 2010.(Age 49)

 

 

 

    170


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance and oversight - 2. Report of the Directors

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

  LOGO

 

 

The Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (‘the Company’) present their report and the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2012. A Statement of the Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the financial statements is shown on page 381.

Results

The Group’s loss attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the Company amounted to 3,647 million and was arrived at as shown in the consolidated income statement on page 218.

Dividend

There was no dividend paid in 2012.

Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In making its assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Board of Directors have taken into consideration the significant economic and market risks and uncertainties that continue to impact the Group. These include the ability to access Eurosystem funding and Central Bank liquidity facilities to meet liquidity requirements. In addition, the Directors have considered the current level of capital and the potential requirement for capital in the period of assessment. Furthermore, the Directors considered the risks and uncertainties impacting the Eurozone and have taken into account the developments taken at EU level which saw a marked easing of the eurozone sovereign debt crisis and improvements in conditions in eurozone financial markets during the second half of 2012.

Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010

The Directors have a duty to have regard to the matters set out in the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 (‘the Act’). This duty is owed by the Directors to the Minister for Finance of Ireland (‘the Minister’) on behalf of the State and, to the extent of any inconsistency, takes priority over any other duties of the Directors. Under the terms of the Act the Minister may, in certain circumstances, direct the Company to undertake actions, which may impact on the pre-existing legal and contractual rights of shareholders. Such directions may include the dis-application of shareholder pre-emption rights, an increase in the Company’s authorised share capital, the issue of shares to the Minister or to another person nominated by the Minister, or amendments to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Capital

Information on the structure of the Company’s share capital, including the rights and obligations attaching to each class of shares, is set out in note 45 and in the Schedule on pages 389 to 390.

On 14 May 2012, arising from the non-payment of a dividend amounting to 280 million on the 2009 Preference Shares, the NPRFC became entitled to bonus shares in lieu and the Company issued 3,623,969,972 new ordinary shares by way of a bonus issue to the NPRFC.

As at 31 December 2012, some 35.7 million shares (0.007% of issued ordinary shares), purchased in previous years were held as Treasury Shares; see note 47.

Accounting policies

The principal accounting policies, together with the basis of preparation of the financial statements, are set out on pages 193 to 217.

Review of activities

The Statement by the Chairman on page 4 to 5 and the review by the Chief Executive Officer on pages 6 to 8 and the Management Report on pages 21 to 42 contain a review of the development of the business of the Company during the year, of recent events, and of likely future developments.

Directors

The following Board changes occurred with effect from the dates shown:

  Mr. Declan Collier resigned as Non-Executive Director on 28 June 2012;
  Mr. Peter Hagan was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 26 July 2012; and
  Mr. Tom Foley was appointed a Non-Executive Director on 13 September 2012.

The names of the Directors, together with a short biographical note on each Director, are shown on pages 168 to 170.

The appointment and replacement of Directors, and their powers, are governed by law and the Articles of Association, and information on these is set out on pages 388 to 394.

 

 

 

171    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance and oversight – 2. Report of the Directors

for the year ended 31 December 2012

 

 

 

Directors’ and Secretary’s Interests in the Share Capital

The interests of the Directors and Secretary in the share capital of the Company are shown in note 62.

Directors’ Remuneration

The Company’s policy with respect to Directors’ remuneration is included in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 179 to 180. Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2012 and 2011 are shown in note 62.

Substantial Interests in the Share Capital

The following substantial interests in the Ordinary Share Capital (excluding shares held as Treasury Shares) had been notified to the Company at 14 May 2012:

  National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission 99.8%

Corporate Governance

The Directors’ Corporate Governance Statement appears on pages 173 to 184 and forms part of this Report. Additional information is included in the Schedule to the Report of the Directors on page 381.

Political Donations

The Directors have satisfied themselves that there were no political contributions during the year, which require disclosure under the Electoral Act, 1997.

Books of Account

The measures taken by the Directors to secure compliance with the Company’s obligation to keep proper books of account are the use of appropriate systems and procedures, including those set out in the Internal Control section of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 182 and 183, and the employment of competent persons. The books of account are kept at the Company’s Registered Office, Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland; at the principal offices of the Company’s main subsidiary companies, as shown on page 410; and at the Company’s other principal offices, as shown on those pages.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Information concerning the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company, as required under the terms of the European Accounts Modernisation Directive (2003/51/EEC) (implemented in Ireland by the European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005), is set out in the Risk Management section on pages 58 to 64.

Branches outside the State

The Company has established branches, within the meaning of EU Council Directive 89/666/EEC (implemented in Ireland by the European Communities (Branch Disclosures) Regulations 1993), in the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The branch established in Canada is in the process of being closed.

Auditor

The Auditor, KPMG, has signified willingness to continue in office in accordance with Section 160(2) of the Companies Act, 1963.

During 2012, the Board decided that a tender process relating to the appointment of the Auditor should be considered. Accordingly, the Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, has commenced a process to consider and evaluate proposals submitted from professional accountancy firms. The resulting recommendation will be put to shareholders for their approval at the 2013 Annual General Meeting.

David Hodgkinson

Chairman

David Duffy

Chief Executive Officer

26 March 2013

 

 

 

    172


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance and oversight –

3. Corporate Governance statement

  LOGO

 

 

Corporate Governance practices

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) is subject to the provisions of the Central Bank of Ireland’s Corporate Governance Code for Credit Institutions and Insurance Undertakings (‘the Central Bank Code’), including compliance with requirements which specifically relate to ‘major institutions’, which imposes minimum core standards upon all credit institutions and insurance undertakings licensed or authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland.

AIB believes it has robust governance arrangements, which include a clear organisational structure with well defined, transparent and consistent lines of responsibility, effective processes to identify, manage, monitor and report the risks to which it is or might be exposed, adequate internal controls, including sound administrative and accounting procedures, IT systems and controls. The system of governance is subject to regular internal review.

AIB’s corporate governance practices also reflect Irish company law and, in relation to the UK businesses, UK company law, the Listing Rules of the Enterprise Securities Market of the Irish Stock Exchange, and certain provisions of the US Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

The Board of Directors

The Board is responsible for the leadership, direction and control of AIB and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘AIB’ or the ‘Group’) and is accountable to shareholders for financial performance. There is a comprehensive range of matters specifically reserved for decision by the Board. At a high level these include:

  appointing the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, and Senior Management, and addressing succession planning;
  ultimate responsibility for corporate governance;
  determining the Group’s strategic objectives;
  monitoring progress towards achievement of the Group’s objectives, and overseeing the management of the business, including control systems and risk management; and
  approving annual operating and capital budgets, major acquisitions and disposals, and monitoring and reviewing financial performance.

The Board is responsible for approving high level policy and strategic direction in relation to the nature and scale of risk that AIB is prepared to assume in order to achieve its strategic objectives. The Board ensures that an appropriate system of internal controls is maintained and reviews its effectiveness. Specifically the Board:

  sets the Group’s Risk Appetite, incorporating risk limits;
  approves Risk Frameworks, incorporating risk strategies, policies, and principles;
  approves stress testing and capital plans under the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”); and
  approves other high-level risk limits as required by Credit, Capital, Liquidity and Market policies.

The Board receives regular updates on the Group’s risk profile through the Chief Executive Officer’s monthly report, and relevant updates from the Chairman of the Board Risk Committee. An overview of the Committee’s activities is detailed on page 177.

The Board is also responsible for endorsing the appointment of individuals who may have a material impact on the risk profile of the Group and monitoring on an ongoing basis their appropriateness for the role. The removal from office of the head of a ‘Control Function’, as defined in the Central Bank Code, is also subject to Board approval.

AIB has received significant support from the Irish State (‘the State’) in the context of the financial crisis because of its systemic importance to the Irish financial system. This support has taken various forms including capital injections, asset relief and various guarantees. As a result of the State support measures, the State holds c. 99.8% of the ordinary shares of the Company. The relationship between AIB and the State as shareholder is governed by a relationship framework (‘the Framework’). Within the Framework, the Board retains full responsibility and authority for all of the operations and business of the Group in accordance with its legal and fiduciary duties and retains responsibility and authority for ensuring compliance with the regulatory and legal obligations of the Group.

Chairman

The Chairman’s responsibilities include the leadership of the Board, ensuring its effectiveness, setting its agenda, ensuring that the Directors receive adequate, accurate and timely information, facilitating the effective contribution of the Non-Executive Directors, ensuring the proper induction of new directors, the ongoing training and development of all directors, and reviewing the performance of individual directors. Mr David Hodgkinson was appointed Executive Chairman on 27 October 2010 and Non-Executive Chairman with effect from 12 December 2011, following the appointment of Mr David Duffy as Chief Executive Officer.

The role of the Chairman is separate from the role of the Chief Executive Officer, with clearly-defined responsibilities attaching to each; these are set out in writing and agreed by the Board.

 

 

 

173    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance and oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group, ensuring an effective organisation structure, the appointment, motivation and direction of senior executive management, and for the operational management of all the Group’s businesses. Mr David Duffy was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 12 December 2011 and was co-opted to the Board on 15 December 2011.

Company Secretary

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, Mr David O’Callaghan, who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that applicable rules and regulations are complied with.

Board meetings

The Chairman sets the agenda for each Board meeting. The Directors are provided with relevant papers in advance of the meetings to enable them to consider the agenda items, and are encouraged to participate fully in the Board’s deliberations. Executive management attend Board meetings and make regular presentations.

The Board held eleven scheduled meetings during 2012, and ten additional out-of-course meetings or briefings. Attendance at Board meetings and meetings of Committees of the Board is reported on below. During a number of Board meetings, the Non-Executive Directors met in the absence of the Executive Directors, in accordance with good governance standards. In addition to their attendance at Board and Committee meetings, Non-Executive Directors attended Board meetings of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Mortgage Bank and EBS Limited and held consultative meetings with the Chairman.

Board membership

It is the policy of the Board that a majority of the Directors should be Non-Executive. At 31 December 2012, there were 9 Non-Executive Directors and 2 Executive Directors. The Board deems the appropriate number of Directors to meet the requirements of the business to be between 10 and 14. Non-Executive Directors are appointed so as to maintain an appropriate balance on the Board, and to ensure a sufficiently wide and relevant mix of backgrounds, skills and experience to provide strong and effective leadership and appropriate challenge to executive management.

The names of the Directors, with brief biographical notes, are shown on pages 168 to 170. In the performance of their functions, the Directors have a duty to have regard to the matters mentioned in section 4 of the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 (‘the Act’). The duty imposed by the Act is owed by the Directors to the Minister for Finance on behalf of the Irish State, and takes priority over any other duty of the Directors to the extent of any inconsistency. Thereafter, all Directors are required to act in the best interests of the Group, and to bring independent judgement to bear in discharging their duties as Directors.

There is a procedure in place to enable the Directors to take independent professional advice, at the Group’s expense. The Group holds insurance cover to protect Directors and Officers against liability arising from legal actions brought against them in the course of their duties.

Performance evaluation

The Chairman meets annually with each Director individually to review their performance. These reviews include discussion of, inter alia, the Directors’ individual contributions and performance at the Board and relevant Board Committees, the conduct of Board meetings, the performance of the Board as a whole and its committees, compliance with the Director-specific provisions of the Central Bank Code, the requirements of the Central Bank’s Fitness and Probity Regulations, and other specific matters which the Chairman and/or Directors may wish to raise. Attendance at Board and Committee meetings is one of a number of important factors considered in evaluating Directors’ performance, and a table showing each Board Member’s attendance at such meetings is shown below and separately within the commentary on each of the Board Committees on the following pages.

 

 

 

    174


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

Attendance at scheduled Board and Board Committee Meetings

  

Name    Board      Audit
Committee
   Board Risk
Committee
   Remuneration
Committee
     Nomination
and Corporate
Governance
Committee
 

Directors

     A         B         A        B      A        B      A         B         A         B   

Simon Ball

     11         11               12       11              

Bernard Byrne

     11         11                             

David Duffy

     11         11                             

Tom Foley

     4         4         3         3            1         1           

Peter Hagan

     5         5               4         4      1         1         1         1   

David Hodgkinson

     11         11                     4         4         6         6   

Jim O’Hara

     11         10         13       13            4         3         6         6   

Dr Michael Somers

     11         11               12       12              

Dick Spring

     11         11               12       12            6         3   

Tom Wacker

     11         11         13       13                    

Catherine Woods

     11         11         13       13      12       12              
   

Former Directors

                               

Declan Collier

     6         5         7       6            3         3           
 

Column A indicates the number of scheduled meetings held during 2012 which the Director was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Director during 2012. The Board held eleven scheduled meetings during 2012, and ten additional out-of-course meetings or briefings.

 

    

Terms of appointment

Non-Executive Directors are generally appointed for a three-year term, with the possibility of renewal for a further three years; the term may be further extended, in exceptional circumstances, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

Mr Dick Spring was appointed Non-Executive Director in 2009 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (S.I. No. 411 of 2008). Dr Michael Somers was appointed Non-Executive Director in 2010 as a nominee of the Minister for Finance under the Irish Government’s National Pensions Reserve Fund Act 2000 (as amended) for a three year term to 31 December 2012. Dr Somers was reappointed a Non-Executive Director, under the same regime, for a further period of one year with effect from 1 January 2013.

Following appointment, in accordance with the requirements of the Articles of Association, Directors are required to retire at the next Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), and may go forward for reappointment, and are subsequently required to make themselves available for re-appointment at intervals of not more than three years. Since 2005, all Directors have retired from office at the AGM and have offered themselves for reappointment with the exception of Messrs Somers and Spring.

Under the terms of the Government’s preference share investment, Messrs. Somers and Spring are not required to stand for election or regular re-election by shareholders.

Letters of appointment, as well as dealing with appointees’ responsibilities, stipulate that a specific time commitment is required from Directors. A copy of the standard terms of the letter of appointment of Non-Executive Directors is available on request from the Company Secretary.

The Board has determined that all Non-Executive Directors in office in December 2012, namely Mr Simon Ball, Mr Tom Foley, Mr Peter Hagan, Mr David Hodgkinson, Mr Jim O’Hara, Dr Michael Somers, Mr Dick Spring, Mr Tom Wacker and Ms Catherine Woods are independent in character and judgement and free from any business or other relationship with the Company or the Group that could affect their judgement. In 2011, the Central Bank confirmed that Messrs Somers and Spring should be considered independent for the purposes of the Central Bank Corporate Governance Code.

 

 

 

   
   

 

175    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance and oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

Induction and professional development

There is an induction process for new directors. Its content varies between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. In respect of the latter, the induction is designed to familiarise Non-Executive Directors with the Group and its operations, and comprises the provision of relevant briefing material, including details of the Group’s strategic and operational plans, and a programme of meetings with the Chief Executive Officer, the Leadership team and the Senior Management of businesses and support functions. A continuous programme of targeted and continuous professional development is in place for Non-Executive Directors.

Board Committees

The Board is assisted in the discharge of its duties by a number of Board Committees, whose purpose it is to consider, in greater depth than would be practicable at Board meetings, matters for which the Board retains responsibility. The composition of such Committees is reviewed annually by the Board. A description of these Committees, each of which operates under Terms of Reference approved by the Board, and their membership, is given later in this section. The minutes of all meetings of Board Committees are circulated to all Directors, for information, with their Board papers, and are formally noted by the Board. This provides an opportunity for Directors who are not members of those Committees to seek additional information or to comment on issues being addressed at Committee level. The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee, the Board Risk Committee, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Remuneration Committee are available on AIB’s website: www.aibgroup.com. In carrying out their duties, the Board Committees are entitled to take independent professional advice, at the Group’s expense, where deemed necessary or desirable by the Committee Members.

Audit Committee

Current Members: Ms Catherine Woods, Chairman; Mr Tom Foley (from 13 September 2012); Mr Jim O’Hara; Mr Tom Wacker. Former Members during the year: Mr Declan Collier (resigned from the Board 28 June 2012).

 

Member attendance during 2012:         A    B
Declan Collier   

Former Member

   7    6
Tom Foley   

Current Member

   3    3
Jim O’Hara   

Current Member

   13    13
Tom Wacker   

Current Member

   13    13
Catherine Woods   

Current Member

   13    13

 

Column A indicates the number of Committee meetings held during 2012 which the Member was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Member during 2012.

The Audit Committee comprises Non-Executive Directors whom the Board has determined have the collective skills and relevant financial experience to enable the Committee to discharge its responsibilities. The Audit Committee has oversight responsibility for:

  the quality and integrity of the Group’s accounting policies, financial statements and disclosure practices;
  compliance with relevant laws, regulations, codes of conduct and “conduct of business” rules;
  the independence and performance of the External Auditor (“the Auditor”) and the Group Internal Auditor; and
  the adequacy and performance of systems of internal control and the management of financial and non-financial risks.

These responsibilities are discharged through its meetings with and receipt of reports from management, the Auditor, the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Internal Auditor, the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Regulation and Compliance.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that the Audit Committee membership includes an ‘audit committee financial expert’, as defined in related SEC rules. The Board has determined that Ms Catherine Woods is an ‘independent audit committee financial expert’ for these purposes. Ms Woods has accepted this determination on the understanding that she has not thereby agreed to undertake additional responsibilities beyond those of a member and Chairman of the Audit Committee.

During 2012, the Audit Committee met on thirteen occasions. The following, whilst not intended to be exhaustive, is a summary of the activities undertaken by the Committee in the discharge of its responsibilities. The Committee:

  reviewed the Group’s annual and interim financial statements prior to approval by the Board, including: the Group’s accounting policies and practices; the minutes of the Group Disclosure Committee (an executive committee whose role is to ensure the compliance of AIB Group Financial Information with legal and regulatory requirements prior to external publication); reports on compliance; effectiveness of internal controls; and the findings, conclusions and recommendations of the Auditor and Group Internal Auditor;
  reviewed the scope of the independent audit, and the findings, conclusions and recommendations of the Auditor;
  satisfied itself through regular reports from the Head of Internal Audit, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Risk Officer, the Auditor and the Head of Governance and Assurance that the system of internal controls over financial reporting was effective;

 

 

 

    176


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

  provided oversight in relation to the Auditor’s effectiveness and relationship with the Group, including agreeing the Auditor’s terms of engagement, audit plans and remuneration;
  reviewed and monitored the independence and objectivity of the Auditor, including approving, within pre-determined limits approved by the Board, the range and nature of non-audit services provided and related fees (note 16);
  provided assurance regarding the independence and performance of the Group Internal Audit function, through reviews of rolling quarterly updates on control issues and related remediating actions, and a monthly report detailing Internal Audit reports issued during the previous month; the annual audit plan and related progress; and the adequacy of resources allocated to the function; the Chairman of the Committee met with the Head of Internal Audit and the Lead Audit Partner between scheduled meetings of the Committee to discuss material issues arising;
  received rolling updates from the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Governance and Assurance to satisfy itself that the Group was in compliance with all regulatory and compliance obligations and considered key developments and emerging issues, particularly in respect of the Group’s responsibilities under the Government Guarantee and Capital Subscription and Planning Agreements with the Minister, the operation of the Speak-Up process and key interactions with regulators in the various jurisdictions;
  reviewed the minutes of all meetings of subsidiary companies’ Audit Committees, requesting and receiving further clarification on issues when required, and met with, and received annual reports from, the subsidiary Audit Committee chairmen; and
  held formal confidential consultations during the year separately with the Lead Audit Partner, the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Internal Audit, in each case with only Non-Executive Directors present.

The Committee is also responsible for making recommendations in relation to the Head of Internal Audit, including appointment, replacement, and remuneration, in conjunction with the Remuneration Committee, and confirming the Head of Internal Audit’s independence; the Committee meets with the Head of Internal Audit in confidential session, in the absence of management. The Head of Internal Audit has unrestricted access to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The following attend the Committee’s meetings by invitation: the Lead Audit Partner; the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Risk Officer; the Head of Internal Audit; and the Head of Governance and Assurance. Other senior executives also attend where appropriate.

Board Risk Committee

Current Members: Dr. Michael Somers, Chairman; Mr. Simon Ball; Mr. Peter Hagan (from 26 July 2012) Mr. Dick Spring; and Ms. Catherine Woods.

 

Member attendance during 2012:           A    B
Simon Ball      Current member    12    11
Peter Hagan      Current member    4    4
Dr Michael Somers      Current member    12    12
Dick Spring      Current member    12    12
Catherine Woods      Current member    12    12

 

Column A indicates the number of Committee meetings held during 2012 which the Member was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Member during 2012.

The Board Risk Committee was established to assist the Board in proactively fostering sound risk governance within the Group through ensuring that risks are appropriately identified and managed, and that the Group’s strategy is informed by, and aligned with, the Board approved risk appetite.

The Board Risk Committee comprises Non-Executive Directors whom the Board has determined have the collective skills and relevant experience to enable the Committee to discharge its responsibilities. To ensure co-ordination of the work of the Board Risk Committee with the risk related considerations of the Audit Committee, the Chairman of the Audit Committee is also a member of the Board Risk Committee.

The Board Risk Committee has responsibility for:

  providing oversight and advice to the Board in relation to current and potential future risks facing the Group and risk strategy in that regard, including the Group’s risk appetite and tolerance;
  the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management infrastructure;
  monitoring and reviewing the Group’s risk profile, risk trends, risk concentrations and risk policies;
  considering and acting upon the implications of reviews of risk management undertaken by Group Internal Audit and/or external third parties.

The responsibilities of the Committee are discharged through its meetings, receiving, commissioning and considering reports from the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Credit Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Head of Internal Audit, the Head of Governance and Assurance and other members of management.

 

 

 

177    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

During 2012, the Board Risk Committee met on twelve occasions. The following, while not intended to be exhaustive, is a summary of the key items considered, reviewed and/or approved or recommended by the Committee during the year:

  monthly reports from the Chief Risk Officer which provided an overview of key risks including liquidity and funding, capital adequacy, credit risk, market risk, regulatory risk, business risk, and related mitigants;
  periodic reports from the Chief Credit Officer regarding the credit quality, performance and outlook of key credit portfolios within the Group;
  items of a risk related nature, including:
  (a) the governance, organisational and delegated authority framework;
  (b) the risk appetite framework and risk appetite statement;
  (c) the funding and liquidity strategy;
  (d) risk frameworks and policies, including those relating to (i) credit risk, (ii) operational risk, (iii) financial risk, including market and pension risk, and (iv) compliance;
  (e) the code of conduct and conflict of interest policy for employees; and

 (f) capital planning including consideration of the quarterly, six monthly and annual ICAAP Reports and related firm  wide stress test scenarios as at 31 December 2011 and 30 June 2012;

  reports from management on a number of specific areas in order to ensure that appropriate management oversight and control was evident, including:

 (a) arrangements for dealing with customers in difficulty, including debt settlement strategies and preparations for  personal insolvency legislation and amendments to the Irish Bankruptcy Law;

 (b) Eurozone risks and management’s contingency planning in that regard;

 (c) significant operational risk events, potential business “knock out” risks, and the Group’s business continuity  planning arrangements;

 (d) credit risk performance and trends, including days past due and monthly overview of significant credit  transactions; and

 (e) regulatory developments and business preparedness for changes to regulatory codes and directives, including  Consumer Protection Code, Fitness and Probity and Anti-Money Laundering/Financial Sanctions;

  presentations from the individual businesses on their high level risks and related mitigants;
  management’s plans and progress in meeting the actions required in the Central Bank of Ireland’s Risk Mitigation Programme; and
  the Group’s Risk Management infrastructure including actions taken to strengthen the Group’s risk management governance, people skills and system capabilities, and to address the risk management related recommendations arising from the Central Bank of Ireland’s Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process.

The Committee is also responsible for making recommendations in relation to the Chief Risk Officer, including appointment, replacement, and remuneration, in conjunction with the Remuneration Committee, and confirming the Chief Risk Officer’s independence; the Committee meets with the Chief Risk Officer in confidential session, in the absence of management. The Chief Risk Officer has unrestricted access to the Chairman of the Board Risk Committee.

The following attend the Committee’s meetings by invitation: the Lead Audit Partner; the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Credit Officer, the Head of Internal Audit, and the Head of Governance and Assurance. Other senior executives also attend where appropriate.

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

Current Members: Mr. David Hodgkinson (Chairman); Mr. Jim O’Hara, Mr. Peter Hagan (from 26 July 2012); and Mr. Dick Spring.

 

Member attendance during 2012:           A    B
Peter Hagan      Current member    1    1
David Hodgkinson      Current member    6    6
Jim O’Hara      Current member    6    6
Dick Spring      Current member    6    3

 

Column A indicates the number of Committee meetings held during 2012 which the Member was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Member during 2012.

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities include: recommending candidates to the Board for appointment as Directors; reviewing the size, structure and composition of the Board and the Board Committees, reviewing succession planning, and monitoring the Group’s responsibilities and activities concerning staff, the marketplace (including customers, products and suppliers), the environment and the community.

 

 

 

    178


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

The search for suitable candidates for the Board is a continuous process, and recommendations for appointment are made, based on merit and objective criteria, following an appraisal process and interviews. The Committee is also responsible for approving corporate-giving budgets and any substantial philanthropic donations, and reviewing the Group’s corporate governance policies and practices. The Committee met six times during 2012. Messrs Tom Foley and Peter Hagan were nominated by the Committee to the Board and appointed Non-Executive Directors on 13 September 2012 and 26 July 2012, respectively, following a selection process that included the services of an external executive search consultancy firm.

Remuneration Committee

Members: Mr Jim O’Hara (Chairman from 14 August 2012); Mr Tom Foley (from 13 September 2012); Mr Peter Hagan (from 26 July 2012); and Mr David Hodgkinson.

Former Members during the year: Mr Declan Collier (former Committee Chairman, resigned from the Board 28 June 2012).

 

Member attendance during 2012:           A    B
Declan Collier      Former member    3    3
Tom Foley      Current member    1    1
Peter Hagan      Current member    1    1
David Hodgkinson      Current member    4    4
Jim O’Hara      Current member    4    3

 

Column A indicates the number of Committee meetings held during 2012 which the Member was eligible to attend; Column B indicates the number of meetings attended by each Member during 2012.

AIB’s remuneration policies are set and governed by the Remuneration Committee whose purpose, duties and membership are set by its Terms of Reference which may be viewed on the website www.aibgroup.com. The scope of the Committee’s activities is broad based, ranging from setting pay policy to determining appropriate pension arrangements.

The Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities include recommending to the Board: Group remuneration policies and practices; the remuneration of the Chairman of the Board (which matter is considered in his absence); and, performance-related and share-based incentive schemes when appropriate.

The Committee also determines the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, and, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, the remuneration of other Executive Directors, when in office, and the other members of the Executive Leadership Team, under advice to the Board. Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2012 and 2011 are shown in note 62. The Remuneration Committee is also required to review the remuneration components of Identified Staff who are individuals classified by AIB as ‘material risk takers’ in accordance with the Remuneration Guidelines of the European Banking Authority (“EBA”). Remuneration matters of a significant nature are also considered by the Board.

The Committee met four times during 2012.

Remuneration Policy and Governance

The Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee were reviewed in 2012 by the Committee following which, changes were made, with Board approval, to reflect relevant provisions of the Central Bank Code and standardisation of Group documentation. The governance and scope of AIB’s remuneration policies and practices include all financial benefits for employees and extend to all areas of the Group.

The adoption of remuneration policies and practices, which are both fair and competitive and that support sustainable performance over the long-term, is a key responsibility of the Board. The Board recognises the need to take account of appropriate input from AIB’s control functions in its decision making, and to ensure that remuneration policies and practices are consistent with and promote effective risk management, and that they do not encourage excessive risk taking but support the maintenance of a sound capital base and the required liquidity levels. The 2011 review of remuneration policies took account of the remuneration requirements of the Capital Requirements Directive- CRD III and the related EBA Guidelines, which came into force in January 2011. Following this, a Remuneration Disclosure Report was published in June 2012 within AIB’s Pillar 3 Disclosure Report, in accordance with the EBA Guidelines, which summarised AIB’s principal remuneration policies and practices and which provided aggregated remuneration data for Identified Staff in 2011. The list of Identified Staff was compiled in consultation with the relevant business areas, control functions and support areas to agree those individuals who were considered to have a material impact on AIB’s risk profile. Consideration was given to the extent of individuals’ reporting lines and the degree to which individuals’ decision making was subject to control and approval through credit committees or trading limits. The Remuneration Disclosure Report for 2012 will be included in AIB’s 2012 Pillar 3 Disclosure Report.

 

 

 

179    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

While the design features required by the EBA are now included in AIB’s remuneration policy there was little scope in practice to implement the design requirements of the incentive schemes because of the financial position of the Group, and the constraints on remuneration arising from AIB’s commitments under the Subscription and Placing Agreements between AIB and the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”), the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”) and the Minister for Finance. There were no bonuses or shares awarded in 2012. Any incentive schemes implemented in future will be structured in line with the new regulatory requirements and AIB’s revised remuneration policy.

Remuneration policy, in general, is strongly influenced by the Group’s significant reliance on State support and the requirements and constraints arising from the Subscription and Placing Agreements.

Central Bank review

The Central Bank of Ireland completed a review of AIB’s remuneration policies and practices in September 2011 with the primary objective of assessing the level of AIB’s compliance with the provisions of the remuneration guidelines issued by the EBA. The findings of the review and required actions were included in a risk mitigation programme. While no material issues were identified by the review, the Central Bank requested that a number of the EBA requirements be more clearly expressed in AIB’s Remuneration Policy to ensure AIB was fully compliant with all aspects of the Guidelines. These changes were made in June 2012 and specifically included:

  Ensuring that incentive awards are restricted to maintain an adequate capital base and also when in receipt of State support;
  An adjustment to incentive pools for current and future risk; and
  The inclusion of AIB’s criteria and definition of Identified Staff.

Voluntary severance programme

The Group announced the terms of a voluntary severance programme, which includes both an early retirement scheme and a voluntary severance scheme in May 2012, with an objective of achieving annual cost savings of 170 million equating to a reduction of c. 2,500 in overall staff numbers.

The voluntary severance terms were consistent with those available to staff in other banks in receipt of State aid and was based on either 3 weeks’ annualised salary for each year of service plus statutory redundancy, or 4 weeks’ annualised salary for each year of service, inclusive of statutory redundancy, both with an annualised salary cap of 225,000. The scheme was introduced on a phased basis, according to business needs and capacity, with the result that not all areas of the business were immediately within the scope of the voluntary severance scheme.

An early retirement scheme was opened for staff in Defined Benefit Pension Schemes in the Republic of Ireland and the UK, with early retirement on a pro rata, actuarially reduced basis, based on pensionable service to the date of leaving. The Group reduced the impact of actuarial reduction by an amount broadly equivalent to the comparable voluntary severance payment. A strong level of interest was expressed in the scheme with early retirement dates phased to December 2013.

There were 1,257 departures under the early retirement scheme and 487 departures under the voluntary severance scheme in 2012.

Remuneration review

A reduction of up to 15% in salary and pay related allowances was applied to those on the Leadership Team effective from 1 September 2012. The salary of the Chief Executive Officer was reduced from 500,000 to 425,000 during the year while the salaries of the members of the Leadership Team are managed by the Remuneration Committee in accordance with AIB’s obligations under the Subscription and Placing agreements and are in a range of 200,000 to 400,000 in accordance with the recommendations of the Covered Institutions Remuneration Oversight Committee (“CIROC”).

AIB’s remuneration spend continued to be closely managed in 2012, with salary increases restricted principally to retaining key staff at risk to the market particularly in IT, business analysis and other financial services control functions. In summary, throughout 2012:

  There were no general salary increases or increments paid;
  There were no bonus schemes or share based incentives in operation; and
  Out of course approved salary increases were managed within agreed budgetary parameters.

Pay and Benefits Review

A comprehensive review of Pay and Benefits was undertaken in 2012 to assist in reducing the Group’s overall cost. Three main areas were identified and targeted for action – salary, benefits and the Defined Benefit Pension Scheme. The most significant of these changes are as follows:

  In addition to the changes applied to the Leadership Team, a reduction of up to 10% and 7.5% in salary and pay related allowances was applied to Executives and Senior Managers, effective from 1 September 2012 and 1 January 2013 respectively, relative to market benchmarks. The Company also announced a general pay freeze until the end of 2014;

 

 

 

    180


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Pay and Benefits Review (continued)

  Allowances have been reduced and apart from a small number of high mileage drivers, company cars have been discontinued. Benefits such as club subscriptions and preferential staff deposit and lending rates, have also been eliminated; and
  Transfer of all employees in Ireland and the UK who are currently members of a defined benefit pension scheme (including hybrid arrangements) to a defined contribution pension scheme. This change will have no impact on the benefits accrued up to the date of transfer. The Group and the Irish Bank Officials Association (“the IBOA”) agreed to refer the issues to the Labour Relations Commission. These discussions are ongoing and implementation of the new pension arrangements has been deferred pending the completion of this process.

A review of Non-Executive Directors’ fees has also been undertaken.

Directors’ remuneration

Details of the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2012 and 2011 are shown in note 62.

Relations with shareholders

The Group has a number of procedures in place to allow its shareholders and other stakeholders to stay informed about matters affecting their interests. In addition to this Annual Financial Report, which is only sent to those shareholders who request it, the following communication tools are used by the Group:

Summary Shareholders’ Report

The Shareholders Report (“the Report”) is a summary version of AIB’s main Annual Financial Report. This Report, which covers AIB’s performance in the previous year, is sent to shareholders who have opted to receive it instead of the main Annual Financial Report. This summary report does not form part of the Annual Financial Report or Form 20-F and is referred to for reference purposes only.

Website

The website, www.aibgroup.com, contains, for the previous five years, the Annual Financial Report, the Interim Report/Half-yearly Financial Report, and the Annual Financial Report on Form 20-F. The Group’s presentation to fund managers and analysts of annual and interim financial results are available on the internet, and may be accessed on the Company’s website: www.aibgroup.com. Since 2009, the Annual Financial Report and the Annual Report on Form 20-F have been combined in the form of this Annual Financial Report. None of the information on the website is incorporated in, or otherwise forms part of, this Annual Financial Report.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

All shareholders are invited to attend the AGM and to participate in the proceedings. At the AGM, it is practice to give a brief update on the Group’s performance and developments of interest for the year to date. Separate resolutions are proposed on each separate issue and voting is conducted by way of poll. The votes for, against, and withheld, on each resolution, including proxies lodged, are subsequently published on AIB’s website. Proxy forms provide the option for shareholders to direct their proxies to withhold their vote. It is usual for all Directors to attend the AGM and to be available to meet shareholders before and after the meeting. The Chairmen of the Board’s Committees are available to answer questions about the Committees’ activities. A help desk facility is available to shareholders attending. The Company’s 2013 AGM is scheduled to be held on 20 June 2013, at the Company’s Head Office at Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, and it is intended that the Notice of the Meeting will be posted to shareholders at least 21 clear days before the meeting, in line with the requirements of Irish Company law.

 

 

 

181    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

Accountability and Audit

Accounts and Directors’ Responsibilities

The Statement concerning the responsibilities of the Directors in relation to the Accounts appears on page 381.

Going Concern

The Group’s activities are subject to risk factors and uncertainties as set out on pages 58 to 64.

Notwithstanding these risk factors and uncertainties, the Directors have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis. In making its assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Board of Directors have taken into consideration the significant economic and market risks and uncertainties that continue to impact the Group. These include the ability to access Eurosystem funding and Central Bank liquidity facilities to meet liquidity requirements. In addition, the Directors have considered the current level of capital and the potential requirement for capital in the period of assessment. Furthermore, the Directors considered the risks and uncertainties impacting the Eurozone and have taken into account the developments taken at EU level which saw a marked easing of the eurozone sovereign debt crisis and improvements in conditions in eurozone financial markets during the second half of 2012.

Internal Controls

The Directors acknowledge that they are responsible for the Group’s system of internal control. They acknowledge that systems of internal control are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The Group’s system of internal control is based on the following:

Governance and oversight

  AIB Board in place and has ultimate responsibility for the governance of all risk taking activity across the Group. The Board is supported by a number of subcommittees including a Board Risk Committee, an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.
  The Board Risk Committee evaluates material risks and risk management across the Group and risk disclosures made by the Group.
  At the executive level, a Leadership Team is in place with responsibility for establishing business strategy, risk appetite, enterprise risk management and control.
  The Executive Risk Committee which is a subcommittee of the Leadership Team reviews the effectiveness and application of the Group’s risk frameworks and policies, risk profile, risk concentrations and all breaches of Board approved risk appetite and limits.
  The Group Audit Committee of the Board reviews various aspects of control, including the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over the financial reporting framework in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Group’s statutory accounts and other published financial statements and information, and ensures that no restrictions are placed on the scope of the statutory audit or the independence of the Internal Audit and Regulatory Compliance functions.
  There is involvement at all meetings of the Audit and Board Risk Committees by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer and Group Internal Auditor.
  The Group operates a three lines of defence framework in the delineation of accountabilities for risk governance.
  AIB’s remuneration policies are set and governed by the Remuneration Committee whose purpose, duties and membership are to ensure that remuneration policies and practices are consistent with and promote effective risk management.
  There is an independent Group Internal Audit function which is responsible for independently assessing the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance, risk management and internal controls and which reports directly to the Chair of the Audit Committee.
  Risk management committees are in place with approved terms of reference (“ToR”) that operate under delegated authority from the Board and Executive level.

 

 

 

    182


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Risk Management

  A Board approved Risk Appetite Statement (“RAS”) sets the limits of risk appetite associated with the Group’s strategic objectives. The RAS is reviewed at least annually by the Board and more frequently if required. Risk policies and procedures are updated where appropriate to reflect the limits of the risk appetite.
  AIB’s approach to managing risk and compliance matters are set out in a suite of policy documents that forms part of the AIB policy framework which are individually aligned with the RAS and are Board approved.
  AIB has adopted an Enterprise Risk Management approach to identifying, assessing and managing risks which builds on the three lines of defence governance framework and is supported by a risk management framework and policy architecture which are currently under development.
  The Group’s risk management framework is also supported by the underlying Group Risk committees comprising Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCo”), Credit Risk Committee (“CRC”), Operations Risk Committee (“ORC”) and the Compliance Committee. Each of these committees is responsible for identifying actions to support robust risk management in line with the Group’s risk appetite.
  A comprehensive annual budgeting and financial reporting system is in place, which incorporates clearly-defined and communicated common accounting policies and financial control procedures, including those relating to authorisation limits, capital expenditure and investment procedures.
  Roles and responsibilities for management and staff are outlined via a clearly-defined organisational management structure, with defined lines of authority and accountability.
  AIB’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) has been developed which determines the adequacy and appropriateness of capital levels based on the Group’s identification and assessment of the material risks to which it is exposed.

Risk identification

  Key internal and external risks are identified and assessed throughout AIB through a combination of top-down and bottom-up risk assessment processes. The key risks to the organisation are defined within the AIB risk universe and are continually updated reflecting the current operating and risk environment.
  The Group’s risk identification and assessment framework is supported by a framework of stress testing, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis. The Group undertakes a regular program of stress testing across all of the material risks to meet internal and regulatory requirements.

Risk control and monitoring

  There is a centralised risk (and compliance) control function, headed by the Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) who is responsible for ensuring that risks are identified, measured, monitored and reported on, and for reporting on risk mitigation actions.
  The Risk function is responsible for establishing and embedding risk management frameworks, ensuring that material risk policies are reviewed, and reporting on adherence to risk limits as set by the Board of Directors
  The Group’s risk profile is measured against its risk appetite on a monthly basis and reported to the Executive Risk Committee and Board Risk Committee via the monthly CRO report. Material breaches of risk appetite are escalated to the Board and the Central Bank of Ireland (‘the Central Bank’).
  The centralised Credit function is headed by a Chief Credit Officer who reports to the CRO.
  There is an independent Compliance function which provides advisory services to the Group and which monitors and reports on prudential, conduct of business and financial crime compliance and forthcoming regulations across the Group, and on management’s attention to compliance matters.
  AIB staff who perform Pre-Approved Controlled functions/Controlled functions meet the required standards as outlined in AIB’s Fitness and Probity programme.
  There is an independent Group Internal Audit function which is responsible for independently assessing the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance, risk management and internal controls and which reports directly to the Group Audit Committee.

Taking the above into account, the Directors are satisfied:

  that there is a clear organisational structure which provides effective oversight of the activities of the Group;
  that processes are in place to identify, manage, monitor and report on risks;
  that adequate internal control mechanisms, including sound administrative and accounting procedures, IT systems and controls are in place, which are subject to on-going improvement initiatives to further strengthen such systems;
  that the remuneration policies and practices are consistent with and promote sound and effective risk management;
  that the system of governance is subject to regular internal review.

 

 

 

183    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

 

Governance & oversight -

3. Corporate Governance statement

 

 

 

Additional requirements in the United States

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the US Exchange Act). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2012, based on the criteria set forth by the US Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission in their publication ‘Internal Control - Integrated Framework’. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of 31 December 2012, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. There have been no changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting during 2012 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

In addition to the need for such internal controls over financial reporting, the SEC has adopted somewhat broader requirements designed to ensure that reporting companies, such as AIB, have adequate ‘disclosure controls and procedures’ in place. As of 31 December 2012, the Group carried out an evaluation, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon, and as of the date of the Group’s evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports which the Group files and submits under the US Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required.

Code of Conduct

In June 2012 the Group adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all employees. This replaced the previous code of business ethics. A copy of the Code is available on the Group website at www.aibgroup.com/investorrelations. (The information on this website is not incorporated by reference into this document). The Code of Conduct sets out the key standards for behaviour and conduct that apply to all employees, and includes particular requirements regarding responsibilities of management for ensuring that business and support activities are carried out to the highest standards of behaviour. The application of the Code of Conduct is underpinned by policies, practices and training which are designed to ensure that the Code is understood and that all employees act in accordance with it.

As part of the Code implementation, AIB encourages its employees to raise any concerns of wrongdoing through a number of channels, both internal and external. One such channel includes a confidential external helpline. Employees are assured that if they raise a concern in good faith, AIB will not tolerate any victimisation or unfair treatment of the employee as a result.

The Code of Conduct and supporting policies are subject to annual review and update to the Board.

 

 

 

    184


Table of Contents
 

 

Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation

  LOGO

 

 

4.1 Current climate of regulatory change

Globally, regulators continue to implement reforms arising from the financial crisis. In the banking sector, the focus is on supporting the stability of the banking system and ensuring appropriate resolution and recovery mechanisms are in place. Regulators worldwide have adopted a more intrusive style of regulation with a strong focus on sanctions for breaches of regulatory requirements.

4.2 Ireland

Overview of financial services legislation

The Central Bank Reform Act 2010 was brought into operation by the Irish Minister for Finance (“the Minister”) on 1 October 2010.The Central Bank Reform Act 2010 created a single, fully-integrated Central Bank of Ireland (“Central Bank”) with a unitary board, the Central Bank Commission, chaired by the Governor of the Central Bank. The Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement) Bill was published in mid 2011. The main purposes of the Bill are to (a) provide enhanced powers to the Central Bank for the supervision of regulated financial service providers and (b) provide enhanced powers to the Central Bank for the enforcement of financial services legislation. It is expected that the Bill will be enacted in 2013.

The Central Bank is responsible for the:

  prudential supervision and regulation of a range of banking and financial services entities in Ireland, including credit institutions;
  investment firms, stockbroking firms, payment institutions, insurance companies and credit unions;
  conduct of business of such financial services entities, including the protection of consumer interests; and
  overall stability of the financial system.

The Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland Act 2004 established the Financial Services Ombudsman’s Bureau to deal with certain complaints about financial institutions.

The Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 was signed into law on 21 December 2010.The Act provides the legislative basis for the reorganisation and restructuring of the Irish banking system as agreed in the joint EU/IMF Programme for Ireland. The Act empowers the Minister following consultation with the Governor of the Central Bank of Ireland, to propose any of a number of Stabilisation Orders that the Minister believes is necessary to stabilise a particular relevant institution (including its group companies). A proposed Stabilisation Order must be confirmed by the Irish High Court. The Act also imposes new duties on the directors of an institution and sets out matters to which directors must have regard in the performance of their functions. These include protecting the interests of the taxpayers, restoring confidence in the banking sector and facilitating the availability of credit in the economy of the State. The provisions of the Act were to cease to have effect on 31 December 2012 unless otherwise extended. The Act was extended and remains in effect until the end of 2014, unless further extended in due course.

The Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act came into force in 2011. It provides a framework for the resolution of Irish banks and other Irish credit institutions encountering financial difficulties and not covered under the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act, 2010.

Other legislative measures in the context of the financial crisis that commenced in 2008, including the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008, the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 and the National Asset Management Agency Act 2009, are described in note 63(g) ‘Related party transactions - Summary of relationship with the Irish Government’. These pieces of legislation and associated regulations provide for a limited-duration State guarantee of many deposits in certain Irish credit institutions, including Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and some of its subsidiaries, subject to any applicable deposit protection scheme; a limited-duration State guarantee of certain other eligible liabilities issued by a relevant institution, including Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and some of its subsidiaries; and a State vehicle for the acquisition of many land and development-related loans from certain Irish credit institutions, including Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and some of its subsidiaries.

The Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 expired in September 2010. The Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 has since been in operation subject to six-monthly reviews. On 26 February 2013, however, the Minister announced that this Scheme will end for all new liabilities, with effect from midnight on 28 March 2013 (note 69).

The Central Bank of Ireland (‘the Central Bank’)

The Central Bank has a wide range of statutory powers to enable it to effectively regulate and supervise the activities of financial institutions in Ireland including the power to carry out inspections. Features of the regulatory regime include prudential regulation and codes of conduct, each of which is addressed in more detail below. The Central Bank also has wide-ranging powers of inspection: inspectors appointed by the Central Bank may enter the relevant premises, take documents or copies, require persons employed in the business to provide information and order the production of documents. In cases of extreme concern, the Central Bank may direct a licence-holder to suspend its business activity for a specified period and may also intervene in the management or operation of an entity.

The Central Bank Reform Act 2010 contains a number of provisions which impact the regulation of credit institutions, including powers for the Central Bank to regulate sensitive or influential appointments in financial institutions. This includes the power to prevent the

 

 

 

    185    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation  

 

 

appointment of a person from performing a ‘controlled function’ (as defined) or to remove or suspend a person from the performance of a controlled function, where the Central Bank is satisfied that the person is not a fit and proper person to perform such a function. The Central Bank introduced Regulations and Standards governing the new fitness and probity regime in 2011.

On 8 November 2010, the Central Bank issued new corporate governance requirements for credit institutions and insurance undertakings, which impose minimum core standards upon all credit institutions, including Allied Irish Banks p.l.c., and insurance undertakings licensed or authorised by the Central Bank. Additional requirements apply to institutions that are designated as ‘major institutions’ by the Central Bank.

The Central Bank has extensive enforcement powers including the ability to impose administrative sanctions directly on financial institutions for failure to comply with regulatory requirements (including codes of conduct and practice), subject to a right of appeal by the affected institution to the Irish Financial Services Appeals Tribunal and a further appeal to the Irish High Court. Such administrative sanctions may include a caution or reprimand, financial penalties (not exceeding 5 million in the case of a firm or 0.5 million in the case of an individual) and a direction disqualifying a person from being concerned in the management of a regulated financial service provider.

Banking Legislation

The banking regulatory code in Ireland is comprised principally of the Central Bank Acts; regulations made under the European Communities Act 1972; and regulatory notices and codes of conduct issued by the Central Bank. Various Statutory Instruments and regulations made by the relevant Government minister and regulatory notices made by the Central Bank implement in Ireland the substantial range of European Union directives relating to banking supervision and regulation, including the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”). To the extent that areas of banking activity in Ireland are the subject of EU regulations or directives, the provisions of Irish banking law reflect the requirements of those EU instruments.

The Central Bank Acts regulate the conduct of banking business in Ireland and provide that banking business may only be carried on by the holder of a banking licence or an EU/European Economic Area entity which exercises ‘passport rights’ to carry on business in Ireland. Every Irish licensed bank is obliged to draw up and publish its annual financial statements in accordance with the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations 1992 (as amended by the European Communities (Credit Institutions) (Fair Value Accounting)) Regulations 2004). As a listed entity, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS endorsed by the European Union (as applied by the European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005) and with those parts of the Companies Act 1963 to 2010 that are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS; and with article 4 of the EU Council Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. holds a banking licence and is authorised as a credit institution. AIB Mortgage Bank holds a banking licence and is registered as a designated mortgage credit institution. There are no conditions attached to AIB’s licences or authorisations that are not market standard conditions.

EBS Limited (“EBS”) became a wholly owned subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. on 1 July 2011. EBS holds a banking licence and is authorised as a credit institution. EBS Mortgage Finance, a wholly owned subsidiary of EBS, holds a banking licence and is registered as a designated mortgage credit institution. There are no conditions attached to EBS’ licences or authorisations that are not market standard conditions.

Capital Requirements

The Group is subject to applicable EU directives, including those that relate to capital adequacy. The Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”) reflects the Basel II rules on capital measurement and capital standards. It came into force on 1 January 2007 and introduced a revised supervisory framework in the EU designed to promote the financial soundness of credit institutions and investment firms. The CRD governs, among other topics, the amount and quality of capital that credit institutions and investment firms hold against the risks that they take. The CRD has been transposed into Irish law by the European Communities (Capital Adequacy of Credit Institutions) Regulations 2006 (“CRD Regulations”), as amended principally in 2009 (concerning the regulation of large exposures) and in 2010 (regarding the capital requirements for the trading book and for re-securitisations and subsequently in respect of the further regulation of large exposures and the introduction of new pan-EU supervisory arrangements and crisis management).

The Central Bank has powers to enforce the CRD Regulations in the context of its prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms. The CRD Regulations set the minimum capital requirements for all entities licensed by the Central Bank; consequently the Group regularly interacts with the Central Bank on an ongoing basis ensuring that it meets the capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. The Central Bank may, from time to time, require a credit institution or investment firm to target a specified ratio, or maintain a certain minimum capital ratio, based on its assets and its liabilities, which may be expressed to apply to all licence-holders of a specified category or categories, to the total assets or total liabilities of the licence-holders concerned, or to specified assets or to assets of a specified kind.

 

 

 

    186


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”)

MiFID was transposed into Irish law by the Markets in Financial Instruments and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 2007 and the European Communities (Markets in Financial Instruments) Regulations 2007, as amended (together the “MiFID Regulations”). The MiFID Regulations regulate the provision of MiFID Services in respect of financial instruments and apply both to credit institutions and to investment firms (including stockbroking firms).

MiFID Services include the provision of investment advice, portfolio management, execution of client orders and others. A number of financial services that do not come within the definition of MiFID Services (such as the administration of collective investment schemes) are subject to the requirements of the Investment Intermediaries Act 1995 (“IIA”). Each relevant Group company ensures that it fulfils its obligations under MiFID, the MiFID Regulations and the IIA, as appropriate, on an ongoing basis and ensures that it holds the appropriate authorisation for its business at all times. The following subsidiaries of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.; AIB Capital Markets p.l.c.; AIB Investment Managers Ltd.; AIB Corporate Finance Ltd provide MiFID Services and each is authorised as an investment firm under the MiFID Regulations. Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. also complies with the MiFID Regulations where it provides MiFID Services. It should be noted that AIB Investment Managers Ltd. was disposed of during 2012. In addition, AIB Capital Markets p.l.c. voluntarily surrendered its MiFID authorisation during 2012.

Other Financial Services Companies

In addition to the companies listed above, the Group includes a number of other financial services companies regulated by the Central Bank. AIB Mortgage Bank is a designated mortgage credit institution under the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 (as amended), and is permitted to issue mortgage covered securities which are secured by a statutory preference over covered assets (principally, residential mortgage loans) comprised in a cover-assets pool. In addition to the role of the Central Bank, the activities of a credit institution that is designated for the purposes of the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 (as amended) are subject to close oversight by an independent cover-assets monitor appointed by the credit institution and approved by the Central Bank of Ireland. The principal role of the cover-assets monitor is to ensure that the assets maintained in the covered assets pool are sufficient to provide adequate security to the holders of the asset covered securities. AIB Leasing Ltd. is authorised as a retail credit firm under the Central Bank Act, 1997. AIB Insurance Services Ltd. is authorised as an insurance intermediary under the Investment Intermediaries Act, 1995.

On 1 July 2011, AIB acquired EBS Limited including EBS Mortgage Finance and Haven Mortgages Limited, both of which are 100% owned subsidiaries of EBS. EBS Limited is authorised as a credit institution. EBS Mortgage Finance is a designated mortgage credit institution under the Asset Covered Securities Act, 2001 (as amended). Haven Mortgages Limited is authorised as a retail credit firm under the Central Bank Act, 1997.

Through a joint venture with Aviva Group Ireland, p.l.c., Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. indirectly owns 24.99% of two life assurance undertakings; Ark Life Assurance Ltd. and Aviva Life and Pensions Ireland Ltd. In addition, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. indirectly owns 30% of Aviva Health Insurance Ireland Ltd., a regulated non-life insurance undertaking. These undertakings must comply with the provisions of legislation including the Insurance Acts 1909 to 2009 and the European Communities (Life Assurance) Framework Regulations 1994 (as amended) or European Communities (Non-Life Assurance) Framework Regulations 1994, as relevant. Further, the European Communities (Insurance Mediation) Regulations 2005 have implemented the EU Directive on Insurance Mediation and lay down rules for undertaking insurance and reinsurance mediation, as well as prescribing registration requirements for persons who wish to carry out insurance mediation business or act as an insurance intermediary or as a reinsurance intermediary.

Codes of conduct including Consumer Protection Code

The Central Bank has issued a number of codes of conduct, codes of practice and other requirements applicable to credit institutions and other regulated financial services entities (including investment firms, insurance undertakings and intermediaries). These codes address a substantial range of requirements including supervisory and reporting, corporate governance, conduct of business, advertising, disclosure and record retention requirements. The Central Bank introduced a revised Consumer Protection Code, effective 1 January 2012. This Code imposes detailed rules on regulated financial services entities operating in Ireland in relation to non-MiFID investment, insurance and banking services provided. In addition, the Central Bank has imposed statutory Codes of Conduct in relation to business lending to small and medium-sized enterprises, dealing with residential mortgage arrears and lending to related parties.

Consumer legislation

The provision of credit to consumers is regulated in Ireland by the Consumer Credit Regulations and the Consumer Credit Act 1995 (the “1995 Act”). The Consumer Credit Regulations and the 1995 Act are relevant to the Group to the extent that any of its Group companies provide credit to consumers. The 1995 Act is also relevant to the Group to the extent that any of its Group companies provide credit in the form of housing loans. The Consumer Credit Regulations, which transpose into Irish law the provisions of the Consumer Credit Directive (Directive 2008/48/EC), prescribe a range of detailed requirements to be included in pre-contractual information and consumer credit agreements to be provided to consumers and impose a number of obligations on the provider of such credit. Where the provision of a particular type of credit does not fall within the scope of the Consumer Credit Regulations, it may fall within the scope of the 1995

 

 

 

187    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation  

 

 

Act. The 1995 Act prescribes a range of detailed requirements to be included in consumer credit agreements to be provided to consumers and imposes a number of obligations on the provider of such credit. The 1995 Act also imposes a requirement on all credit institutions to notify the Central Bank in advance of imposing on a customer any new charge in relation to the provision of certain specified services; increasing any charge previously notified; or imposing any charge that does not comply with a direction from the Central Bank. Irish law contains a wide range of consumer protection provisions, such as the European Communities (Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts) Regulations 1995, the Consumer Protection Act 2007 and other measures regulating the content of face-to-face and distance marketing contracts made with a consumer.

Deposit protection and investor compensation

Under the European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations 1995 (as amended) which implement in Ireland the Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (Directive 94/19/EC), the Central Bank operates a deposit protection scheme under which each licensed bank must contribute to the deposit protection account held by the Central Bank. Currently, the level of contribution required is 0.2 per cent of deposits (in whatever currency) held at all branches of the licensed bank in the EEA, including deposits on current accounts but excluding certain funds and commitments such as interbank deposits, negotiable certificates of deposit, debt securities issued by the same institution and promissory notes. The maximum amount of deposit protected is 100,000 per depositor per institution. See note 63(g) ‘Related party transactions - Summary of relationship with the Irish Government’ in respect of the limited-duration State guarantee of many deposits in certain Irish credit institutions, including Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and some of its subsidiaries. The Investor Compensation Act 1998 (the ‘1998 Act’) provided for the establishment of the Investor Compensation Company Limited (the “ICCL”) to administer and supervise an investor compensation scheme. The 1998 Act requires authorised investment firms to pay the ICCL such contribution to the fund maintained by the ICCL as the ICCL may from time to time specify. The maximum amount payable under the investor compensation scheme is 90% of the amount lost by an eligible investor subject to a maximum compensation payment of 20,000.

Anti-money laundering

The Third EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive (2005/60/EC) was transposed into Irish Law by the Criminal Justice (Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing) Act 2010 (the “2010 Act”) Persons designated under the 2010 Act (including credit institutions, financial institutions, investment firms, IIA firms and life assurance companies) are obliged to take the necessary measures to effectively counteract money laundering and terrorist financing in accordance with the provisions of the 2010 Act. Core guidelines have been published by the Department of Finance. The Guidelines have not been approved under section 107 of 2010 Act which is a matter for the Department of Justice and Equality and the Department of Finance.

The 2010 Act introduced, inter alia, an obligation on designated persons to (i) apply customer due diligence procedures to their customers; (ii) identify and take risk based and adequate measures to verify beneficial ownership; and (iii) identify and apply enhanced customer due diligence requirements to non-resident politically exposed persons. The 2010 Act amended reporting requirements where a suspicious transaction report is necessitated. The 2010 Act also introduced a requirement for the authorisation of trust or company service providers. Analogously, Ireland, by means including the Criminal Justice (Terrorist Offences) Act 2005, applies EU and United Nations mandated restrictions on financial transfers with designated individuals and regimes and imposes criminal penalties for participating in the financing of terrorism.

Data Protection

The main laws dealing with data protection are the Data Protection Acts 1988 and Data Protection (Amendment) Act 2003 (“DPAs”). These DPAs regulate the processing, disclosure and use of data relating to individual customers. They also require that certain categories of ‘data controllers and data processors’, including financial institutions and insurance companies which process personal data, are required to register with the Irish Data Protection Commissioner. The European Communities (Electronic Communications Networks and Services) (Data Protection and Privacy) Regulations 2003 (as amended) transpose the EU Electronic Privacy Directive (2002/58/EC) into law and regulate marketing by electronic and other means. The ePrivacy Regulations 2011 (S.I. 336) deal with data protection for phone, email, SME and internet use. A Personal Data Security Breach Code of Practice issued by the Irish Data Protection Commissioner sets out the requirements relating to the reporting of data security breaches and addresses situations where personal data has been put at risk of unauthorised disclosure, loss, destruction or alteration. Each relevant Group company has implemented and monitors appropriate policies and procedures to ensure compliance with its obligations under the DPAs.

 

 

 

    188


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

4.3 United Kingdom

Regulation of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is a company incorporated in Northern Ireland and is authorised by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) to carry on a wide range of regulated activities (including accepting deposits, advising on investments (except pension transfers and pension opt outs), arranging deals in investments (including regulated mortgage contracts) and dealing in investments (as both agent and principal), for both professional and retail clients in the United Kingdom. It carries on business under the trading names ‘Allied Irish Bank (GB)’, ‘Allied Irish Bank (GB) Savings Direct’ and ‘First Trust Bank’ in Great Britain and Northern Ireland, respectively.

The FSMA is the principal piece of legislation governing the establishment, supervision and regulation of financial services and markets in the United Kingdom. The FSA is currently the single regulator for almost the full range of financial business in the United Kingdom; the exception being Consumer Credit which is currently regulated by the Office of Fair trading (the “OFT”). It is expected that the OFT will transfer responsibility for regulating Consumer Credit to the Financial Conduct Authority in April 2014. The FSA derives its powers under the FSMA as amended. The FSA is responsible both for the prudential supervision and for the general supervision of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.’s business in the United Kingdom. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. must comply with the FSA’s prudential rules including rules relating to capital adequacy, limits on large exposures and liquidity; and the FSA’s non-prudential rules including rules relating to conduct of business, market conduct (including market abuse), money laundering and systems and controls. The FSA Handbook contains the rules and guidance issued by the FSA.

The Financial Services Bill has received royal assent and will come into force on 1 April 2013. This will give effect to a new regulatory structure. Under this new structure, the Financial Policy Committee (“FPC”) within the Bank of England will be responsible for financial stability and macro prudential regulation. The Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) will be a subsidiary of the Bank of England, supervising the prudential compliance of deposit takers, insurers and a small number of significant investment firms. A new body, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) will be responsible for regulating conduct of business in wholesale and retail markets.

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. has the statutory power to issue bank notes as local currency in Northern Ireland (it does this under the name ‘First Trust Bank’). In this connection, it is subject to the provisions of the Bank Charter Act 1844, the Bankers (Northern Ireland) Acts 1845 and 1928, the Currency and Bank Notes Act 1928, the Allied Irish Banks Act 1981, the Allied Irish Banks Act 1993 and the Allied Irish Banks Act 1996.

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. subscribes to the Lending Code of the Lending Standards Board which is a self-regulatory code setting minimum standards of good practice in relation to lending, including loans, credit cards and current account overdrafts. The Lending Standards Board is the successor organisation to the Banking Code Standards Board and the Lending Code replaced the previous Banking Codes issued by the Banking Code Standards Board following the transfer of responsibilities for the conduct of business regulation for deposit taking and payment products to the FSA on 1 November 2009. As of 1 November 2009, the FSA has introduced the Banking Conduct Regime which sets out the regulatory framework of retail banking services in relation to the regulated activity of payment services and accepting deposits from banking customers and activities connected with it. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is subject to the Banking Conduct Regime.

First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd (a company incorporated in Northern Ireland) is authorised by the FSA to advise on and arrange certain investments, including pensions, life policies, securities and non-investment insurance contracts. As in the case of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., the FSA is responsible both for the prudential supervision and for the general supervision of First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd’s business in the United Kingdom. On 30 December 2012, First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd. ceased providing financial advice. The company name has changed to First Trust Financial Services Ltd. First Trust Bank has entered into an arrangement with Legal and General whereby financial advice will be provided to the bank’s customers under an appointed representative arrangement.

Regulation of AIB

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is incorporated and has its head office in Ireland, and is licensed as a credit institution in Ireland by the Central Bank of Ireland. Pursuant to the Banking Consolidation Directive (Directive 2006/48/EC (the “BCD”)), Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has exercised its EU ‘passport’ rights to provide banking, treasury and corporate treasury services in the United Kingdom on a cross-border basis and through the establishment of branches (in the name of AIB).

In accordance with the BCD, the ‘Home State’ regulator (here, the Central Bank of Ireland) has primary responsibility for the prudential supervision of credit institutions incorporated in Ireland. However, credit institutions exercising their ‘passport’ rights must comply with certain requirements (in particular, conduct of business rules) set by the ‘Host State’ regulator (here, the FSA). In addition, the FSA has a responsibility to co-operate with the Central Bank of Ireland in ensuring that branches of Irish credit institutions in the United Kingdom maintain adequate liquidity and take sufficient steps to cover risks arising from their open positions on financial markets in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

189    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation  

 

 

Regulation of other AIB Group entities

Certain other AIB Group entities are authorised to carry on regulated activities by way of the right to provide cross-border services into the United Kingdom under the EU passport; however, they carry on an insignificant amount of business in the United Kingdom at present.

Market in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”)

MiFID was implemented in the United Kingdom on 1 November 2007. The requirements of MiFID apply to all regulated AIB Group entities in the European Union that carry out a MiFID investment service or activity, for example arranging deals in financial instruments, dealing as agent or principal in financial instruments, providing investment advice and conducting portfolio management activities. MiFID is currently under review by the European Commission with the intention of implementing MiFID 2 by the end of 2014.

Insurance mediation

Dealing as agent, arranging deals in, making arrangement with a view to transactions in, assisting in the administration and performance of, advising on non-investment insurance contracts and agreeing to carry on any of these activities (‘Insurance Mediation Activities’) are (subject to applicable exemptions) regulated activities under the FSMA. These Insurance Mediation Activities have been implemented in the UK pursuant to the Insurance Mediation Directive (2002/92/EC). Each of AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. and First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd is authorised by the FSA to carry on all Insurance Mediation Activities. In July 2012, the European Commission published a proposal for a recast Insurance Mediation Directive which, if adopted, will enhance the regulation of insurance intermediaries in the EU.

Mortgage regulation

Entering into as lender, arranging, advising on and administering regulated mortgage contracts, and agreeing to carry on any of these activities, are (subject to applicable exemptions) regulated activities under the FSMA. AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. is authorised by the FSA to enter into as lender, arrange and administer (but not advise on) regulated mortgage contracts.

Deposit protection and investor compensation

The Financial Services Compensation Schemes (“FSCS”) is the UK’s compensation fund of last resort for customers of authorised financial services firms and protects claims in respect of deposits, insurance policies, insurance broking (for business on or after 14 January 2005), investment business and home finance (e.g. mortgage advising and arranging) (for business on or after 31 October 2004). FSCS may pay compensation, subject to its rules, if a firm is unable or likely to be unable to meet its financial obligations. However, there are limits to the protection available under the FSCS. The deposit compensation limit increased on 31 December 2010 to 100 per cent. of £85,000 per person, per firm. Eligible investment business and home finance mediation claimants against firms declared in default on or after 1 January 2010 are entitled to receive 100 per cent. compensation for financial loss up to £50,000 per person, per firm. Compensation under the FSCS in respect of claims against insurance mediation firms are calculated on the basis of (i) claims in respect of liabilities subject to compulsory insurance, 100 per cent. of the claim and (ii) other insurance claims, 100 per cent. of the first £2,000 and 90 per cent. of the remainder of the claim against firms declared in default before 1 January 2010 and the maximum level of compensation for claims against firms declared in default on or after 1 January 2010 is 90 per cent. of the claim with no upper limit. Both AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. and First Trust Independent Financial Advisers Ltd are covered by the FSCS. Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., as a bank operating in the United Kingdom under its EU passport, is not covered by the FSCS but, in accordance with the Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive (Directive 94/19/EC), is covered by its home state (Ireland) deposit protection scheme. See note 63(g) ‘Related party transactions - Summary of relationship with the Irish Government’.

Consumer credit

The Consumer Credit Act 1974, as amended (“CCA”) regulates unsecured and certain secured consumer loan businesses, consumer hire and ancillary credit businesses such as credit brokerage and debt collecting. A credit agreement is regulated by the CCA where (a) the borrower is or includes an ‘individual’ as defined in the CCA; (b) if the agreement was made before the removal of the CCA financial limit, the amount of credit provided is £25,000 or less and (c) the credit agreement is not an exempt agreement under the CCA (for example, it is a regulated mortgage contract (as defined by the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001). At present, the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”) is responsible for the issue of licences under, and the superintendence of the working and the enforcement of, the CCA and other consumer protection legislation, although the Financial Services Act 2012 envisages the transfer of consumer credit regulation to the FCA in April 2014. Both Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and AIB Group (UK) p.l.c. hold current CCA licences. The EU Consumer Credit Directive (2008/48/EC) was implemented into UK legislation via, inter alia, the Consumer Credit (EC Directive) Regulations 2010 (SI 2010/1010). The majority of the provisions came into force on 1 February 2011, with a small number having come into force on 30 April 2010.

The Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999 (the ‘Unfair Terms Regulations’) apply to certain contracts for goods and services entered into with consumers, including mortgages and related products and services. The main effect of the Unfair Terms Regulations is that a non-negotiated contractual term covered by the Unfair Terms Regulations which is ‘unfair’ will not be enforceable against a consumer. The Unfair Terms Regulations will not generally affect terms which set out the subject matter of the contract, or concern the adequacy of price or remuneration for its goods and services sold, provided they are written in plain and intelligible language and are adequately drawn to the consumer’s attention.

 

 

 

    190


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Anti-money laundering

The third EU Anti-Money Laundering Directive (2005/60/EC) adopted by the European Union in October 2005 was implemented in the UK on 15 December 2007 via the Money Laundering Regulations 2007. Practical assistance in the interpretation and application of the UK Money Laundering Regulations is provided by the guidance published by the Joint Money Laundering Steering Group (“JMLSG”) which comprises several major trade bodies from within the financial services industry. The Money Laundering Regulations 2007 provide detailed obligations for designated persons, which includes credit institutions, financial institutions, legal professionals and estate agents. For example, in relation to customer due diligence there is an explicit requirement for firms to undertake ongoing monitoring of business relationships and for firms to identify not just their customer but also the ultimate beneficial owner of the customer(s) on a risk sensitive basis. Enhanced due diligence is expected to be carried out where a customer poses a higher risk of money laundering or terrorist financing. In addition to the Money Laundering Regulations 2007, other acts of the UK Parliament such as the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, Terrorism Act 2000 and the Counter-Terrorism Act 2008 are designed to combat money laundering/ counter terrorist financing in the UK. On 5 February 2013, the European Commission adopted a legislative proposal for a new Money Laundering Directive, which once passed into law will replace the current Money Laundering Directive (2005/60/EC).

Data protection

The Data Protection Act 1998 (“UKDPA”) is the primary legislation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal data relating to individuals in the United Kingdom. The UKDPA imposes a number of obligations on ‘data controllers’, including a requirement to notify the UK Information Commissioner’s Office that it is a ‘data controller’ processing personal information in an automated form and comply with eight data protection principles. Each relevant AIB Group company has implemented and monitored appropriate procedures to ensure compliance with its obligations under the UKDPA. Civil and criminal sanctions apply for contraventions of the UKDPA. These include the issuance of monetary penalty notices to a maximum of £500,000 by the UK Information Commissioner for serious contraventions of the UKDPA.

The UKDPA and the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) Regulations 2003 are the main laws which regulate the use of personal data for marketing purposes by electronic means and automated calling system in the United Kingdom. However, on 25 January 2012, the European Commission published a proposal for a new data protection regulation, which, if adopted, would provide the basis for a new EU wide date protection regulatory framework.

4.4 United States

Nature of the AIB Group’s activities

Notwithstanding the disposal of its significant shareholding in M&T, AIB continues to be subject to federal and state banking and securities law supervision and regulation in the United States as a result of the banking activities conducted by its branch in New York and AIB’s ongoing SEC reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

Applicable federal and state banking laws and regulations

Under the US International Banking Act of 1978, as amended (the “IBA”), AIB is a foreign banking organisation and is treated as a bank holding company, as such terms are defined in the statute, and, as such, is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). As a bank holding company that has not elected to be a ‘financial holding company’, AIB is generally required to limit its direct and indirect activities in the United States to banking activities and activities that the FRB has determined to be ‘so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto’.

AIB continues to conduct limited corporate lending, treasury and other operations through its New York branch. AIB’s New York branch is supervised by the FRB and the New York State Department of Financial Services. Under the IBA, the FRB may terminate the activities of any US branch or agency in certain specified circumstances. Also, under the New York Banking Law, the New York State Department of Financial Services may take possession of the business and property of a New York state-licensed branch under circumstances generally including violations of law, unsafe or unsound practices or insolvency.

Under US federal banking laws, state-licensed branches (such as AIB’s New York branch) may not, as a general matter, engage as a principal in any type of activity not permissible for their federally licensed counterparts, unless the FRB determines that the additional activity is consistent with sound banking practices. US federal and state banking laws also generally subject state branches to the same single-borrower lending limits that apply to federal branches or agencies, which are substantially similar to the lending limits applicable to national banks. These single-borrower lending limits are based on the worldwide capital of the entire foreign bank.

Anti-money laundering, anti-terrorism and economic sanctions regulations have become a major focus of US government policy relating to financial institutions and are rigorously enforced. Regulations applicable to AIB and its affiliates impose obligations to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering. In particular, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, as amended, requires financial institutions operating in the United States to (i) give special attention to correspondent and payable-through bank accounts, (ii) implement enhanced due diligence and ‘know your customer’ standards for private banking and

 

 

 

191    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Governance & oversight - 4. Supervision & Regulation  

 

 

correspondent banking relationships, (iii) scrutinise the beneficial ownership and activity of certain non-US and private banking customers (especially for so-called politically exposed persons) and (iv) develop new anti-money laundering programmes, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programmes are intended to supplement any existing compliance programmes under the Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) regulations.

OFAC administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, terrorists and international narcotics traffickers to carry out US foreign policy and national security objectives. Generally, the regulations require blocking of accounts and other property of specified countries, entities and individuals, and the prohibition of certain types of transactions (unless OFAC issues a licence) with specified countries, entities and individuals. Banks, including US branches of foreign banks, are expected to establish and maintain appropriate OFAC compliance programmes to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations.

Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programmes to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations

Although AIB delisted its ordinary shares from the New York Stock Exchange in August 2011, it continues to be subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC. Like other registrants, AIB files reports and other information required under the Exchange Act with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 20-F and Current Reports on Form 6-K. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes significant requirements on AIB and other SEC registrants. These include requirements with respect to the composition of AIB’s Audit Committee, the supervision of AIB’s auditors (and the services that may be provided by such auditors) and the need for personal certification by the chief executive officer and chief (principal) financial officer of Annual Reports on Form 20-F, as well as the financial statements included in such reports and related matters.

Although subject to such requirements, the Exchange Act and related SEC rules and regulations afford foreign private issuers, including AIB, relief from a number of requirements applicable to US registrants and, in certain respects, defers to the home country requirements of the company in question. AIB’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F include disclosure of executive compensation and other disclosures applicable to AIB under Irish law, but these disclosures are not fully comparable with disclosure requirements applicable to US registrants. In addition, the SEC’s rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are, in some respects, less burdensome on AIB and other foreign private issuers than they are on similarly situated US registrants. AIB’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F also reflect compliance with the internal control and auditor attestation requirements applicable to AIB by virtue of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Other more recent federal laws and regulations, including the Dodd Frank Act of 2010, include provisions that have potentially significant limitations on non-US banks operating in the United States. However, given the recent changes in AIB’s business and the disposal of its M&T shareholding, they are of less direct relevance to AIB.

4.5 Other locations

Smaller operations are undertaken in other locations that are also subject to the regulatory environment in those jurisdictions. In addition, discontinued operations are subject to the regulatory environment in which they operate.

 

 

 

    192


Table of Contents
  Accounting policies*   LOGO

 

  1   

Reporting entity

  2   

Statement of compliance

  3   

Basis of preparation

  4   

Basis of consolidation

  5   

Foreign currency translation

  6   

Interest income and expense recognition

  7   

Fee and commission income

  8   

Net trading income

  9   

Dividend income

  10   

Operating leases

  11   

Employee benefits

  12   

Non-credit risk provisions

  13   

Income tax, including deferred income tax

  14   

Impairment of property, plant and equipment,
goodwill and intangible assets

  15   

Impairment of financial assets

  16   

Determination of fair value of financial instruments

  17   

Valuation of NAMA senior bonds

  18   

Financial assets

  19   

Financial liabilities

  20   

Property, plant and equipment

  21   

Intangible assets

  22   

Derivatives and hedge accounting

  23   

Non-current assets held for sale
and discontinued operations

  24   

Collateral and netting

  25   

Financial guarantees

  26   

Sale and repurchase agreements (including
stock borrowing and lending)

  27   

Leases

  28   

Shareholders’ equity

  29   

Insurance and investment contracts

  30   

Segment reporting

  31   

Cash and cash equivalents

  32   

Prospective accounting changes

 

 

  *Forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.  
   

 

193    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

The significant accounting policies that the Group applied in the preparation of the financial statements are set out in this section.

 

1 Reporting entity

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (‘the parent company’ or ‘the Company’) is a company domiciled in Ireland. The address of the Company’s registered office is Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland. The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (the parent company) and its subsidiary undertakings, collectively referred to as the ‘Group’, where appropriate, including certain special purpose entities and are made up to the end of the financial year. The Group is and has been primarily involved in retail and corporate banking.

 

2 Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (collectively “IFRSs”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and applicable for the year ended 31 December 2012. The accounting policies have been consistently applied by Group entities and are consistent with the previous year, unless otherwise described. The financial statements also comply with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2012 and the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 (as amended) and the Asset Covered Securities Acts 2001 and 2007. The company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU as applicable for the year ended 31 December 2012 and with Irish Statute. In publishing the parent company financial statements together with the Group financial statements, AIB has taken advantage of the exemption in paragraph 2 of the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 not to present its parent company income statement, statement of comprehensive income and related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.

 

3 Basis of preparation

Functional and presentation currency

The financial statements are presented in euro, which is the functional currency of the parent company and a significant number of its subsidiaries, rounded to the nearest million.

Basis of measurement

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis, with the exception of the following assets and liabilities which are stated at their fair value: derivative financial instruments, financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, certain hedged financial assets and financial liabilities and financial assets classified as available-for-sale.

The financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated and parent company statements of financial position, the consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows, and the consolidated and parent company statements of movements in equity together with the related notes. These notes also include financial instrument related disclosures which are required by IFRS 7 and revised IAS 1, contained in the Financial review and the Risk management sections of this Annual Financial Report. The relevant information on those pages is identified as forming an integral part of the audited financial statements.

Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since management’s judgement involves making estimates concerning the likelihood of future events, the actual results could differ from those estimates. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future period affected. The estimates that have a significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are in the areas of loan impairment and impairment of other financial instruments; the recoverability of deferred tax; determination of the fair value of certain financial assets and financial liabilities; and retirement benefit obligations. In addition, the designation of financial assets and financial liabilities has a significant impact on their income statement treatment and could have a significant impact on reported income.

A description of these estimates and judgements is set out within Financial review - Critical accounting policies and estimates. This section is identified as forming an integral part of the audited financial statements.

Arising from the results of the Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”)/Prudential Liquidity Assessment Review (“PLAR”) in March 2011, AIB is required to dispose of non-core financial assets. Accordingly, certain of these financial assets are classified as held for sale at 31 December 2012. These assets do not constitute a major line of business or a geographical area of operations, but are included within ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’ (note 25).

 

 

 

    194


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

3 Basis of preparation (continued)

Going concern

The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2012 have been prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors are satisfied, having considered the risks and uncertainties impacting the Group, that it has the ability to continue in business for the period of assessment. The period of assessment used by the Directors is twelve months from the date of approval of these annual financial statements.

In making its assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions. These have included financial plans, cash flow and funding forecasts, capital resources projections, all of which have been prepared under base and stress scenarios. In addition, the Directors have considered the commitment of support provided to AIB by the Irish Government, through the programme for restructuring the Irish banking system, with AIB designated as one of the two ‘Pillar Banks’. Furthermore, the Directors have considered the outlook for the Irish economy, taking into account such factors as progress on improving the fiscal situation and the support provided by the EU/IMF to Ireland and the fact that the economy returned to a modest growth path in 2011-2012. The Directors also considered the eurozone sovereign debt crisis taking into account the developments taken at an EU level that lead to a marked easing of the crisis and improvement of conditions in eurozone financial markets during the second half of 2012.

Background

The deterioration in the Irish economy in the period 2008-2010 culminated in the EU/IMF Programme of Financial Support for Ireland at the end of 2010. The EU/IMF Programme provided for the restructuring and reorganisation of the Irish banks. The subsequent Financial Measures Programme published by the Central Bank of Ireland (the ‘Central Bank’) in March 2011 set a PCAR requirement for AIB (including EBS Limited (“EBS”)) to raise capital amounting to 14.8 billion, which was met by July 2011.

Since then, there has been a modest rise in Irish GDP, however, it is all accounted for by exports as domestic demand has continued to contract. Overall, the economic backdrop remains challenging and growth is expected to pick up only modestly in the next two years. This will continue to present significant risks and challenges for the Group in the years ahead.

Since 2010, AIB has had limited access to wholesale funding and has been dependent on secured funding from the European Central Bank (“ECB”). Market volatility remained elevated and liquidity depressed during 2012 driven by the deterioration in global credit markets as sovereign difficulties in the eurozone grew and the overall global macroeconomic environment remained uncertain.

At different stages since the beginning of 2011, European countries and leaders reaffirmed their commitment to the euro, culminating in July 2012, when the ECB President pledged that the ECB would do whatever is necessary to protect the eurozone. The ECB followed this statement by announcing that it was willing to implement a new unlimited bond buying programme in the secondary market to support ‘under pressure’ sovereign bond markets in the euro area. This announcement led to a sharp fall in yields in peripheral eurozone debt markets and a marked easing of tensions in the eurozone financial system.

The various support measures adopted for the euro since the beginning of 2011 and the pronouncements of the ECB demonstrate the strong commitment of EU institutions and the euro area Member States to do whatever is necessary to preserve the euro.

Capital

In March 2011, following the Financial Measures Programme (“FMP”), the Central Bank announced new minimum capital target ratios for AIB of 10.5% core tier 1 capital, in a base scenario and 6% core tier 1 capital in a stressed scenario. These target ratios form the basis of the Group’s capital management policy and are the capital adequacy requirements effective as at 31 December 2012. The Group’s core tier 1 ratio at 31 December 2012 is 15.1% (2011: 17.9%). The Group’s total capital ratio at 31 December 2012 is 17.6% (2011: 20.5%).

In October 2012, AIB published the results of the final assessment of the December 2011 capital exercise co-ordinated by the European Banking Authority (“EBA”) under the supervision of the Central Bank. The published results confirmed that as at June 2012, AIB met the 9% core tier 1 ratio including the sovereign buffer as stated in the EBA December 2011 recommendation.

The Irish Government, as AIB’s principal shareholder, has confirmed its recognition of AIB as a ‘Pillar Bank’, given its key role in supporting the Irish economy. In support of this role, it has ensured that AIB has been sufficiently capitalised to meet the capital targets set by the Central Bank through its 2011 PCAR and PLAR assessment.

AIB are awaiting the authorities’ finalisation of the Capital Requirements Directive IV (“CRD IV”) requirements which will impact on the Group’s regulatory capital measurement and regulatory capital ratios. Sign off by the European Parliament is expected in April 2013, however, the Directors believe that the impact on the Group’s capital position from the phased implementation during the period of assessment will be managed within the Group’s existing capital resources.

The Directors have reviewed the capital and financial plans for the period of assessment, and although AIB consumes capital over the life of the plan they believe that the capital resources are sufficient to ensure that the Group is adequately capitalised both in a base and stress scenario.

 

 

 

195    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

3 Basis of preparation (continued)

Liquidity and funding

Customer deposits at 55% (up from 47% at 31 December 2011) are the single most important element of the Group’s funding mix. Customer deposit accounts increased by 5 billion in the full year 2012, or net 3 billion including the run-off of Offshore deposits of 2 billion following the announcement of the closure of that business. Growth was experienced across all business areas during this period, as sentiment towards Ireland and Irish banks improved. During 2012, AIB UK (AIB (GB) and FTB) withdrew from the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) scheme. The Group welcomed the announcement of the Minister for Finance on 26 February 2013 that the ELG scheme would be withdrawn for new liabilities with effect from midnight on the 28 March 2013 and is prepared for its withdrawal.

Wholesale funding markets continued to be challenging in 2012, however, it was a year having a contrasting second half compared to the first half. Irish sovereign bonds performed very strongly in the second half of 2012 enabling a successful return to the term funding markets for the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”). This has continued into 2013 with further term issuance by the NTMA and the successful resumption of short term treasury bill auctions.

In the first half of 2012, AIB successfully issued a secured funding transaction backed by UK residential mortgage assets. Given the significant improvement in sentiment towards Ireland in the second half of 2012 it enabled the Group’s issue of a covered bond from its Irish mortgage pool in November 2012. AIB also issued a second covered bond in January 2013.

The key factors influencing the Group’s capacity for asset growth and its future shape will be:

  The performance of the economy;
  Retention and gathering of stable customer deposits in a challenging and increasingly competitive market environment;
  Gaining access to unsecured wholesale term markets; and
  Action to deleverage non-core assets.

The above are paramount to increasing the Group’s pool of available liquid assets and to the Group’s overall funding/liquidity strategy.

The Group continues to reduce its dependence on Central Bank/ECB support. Central Bank/ECB support amounted to 22 billion at 31 December 2012, down from 31 billion at 31 December 2011. This was due to asset deleveraging, loan amortisation and continued weak demand for credit, the redemption of NAMA senior bonds and increased deposits, partially offset by maturing secured and unsecured bonds (Covered Bonds and Medium Term Notes (“MTN”) respectively). In addition, AIB ceased issuance of its Own Use Bank Bonds (i.e. self-issued MTN under the Government guarantee) in the first half of 2012.

Notwithstanding the 2012 improvements, it is expected that the Group will continue to require access to funding from the monetary authorities during the period of assessment. However, AIB’s continued access to Central Bank funding support as required is considered to be assured due to its position as one of the two ‘Pillar Banks’.

The Directors are satisfied based on AIB’s position as one of the two ‘Pillar Banks’ that in all reasonable circumstances, the required liquidity and funding from the Central Bank/ECB will be available to the Group during the period of assessment.

The Directors, therefore, consider that the liquidity and funding position of AIB is assured during the period of assessment.

Conclusion

On the basis of the above, the Directors believe that it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis having concluded that there are no material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern over the period of assessment.

Adoption of new accounting standards

The following amendments to standards have been adopted by the Group and the Company during the year ended 31 December 2012. These amendments have not had a material impact on these financial statements.

Disclosures - Transfers of Financial Assets (Amendments to IFRS 7)

This amendment to IFRS 7 requires certain disclosures in respect of all transferred financial assets that are not derecognised in their entirety and transferred assets that are derecognised in their entirety but with which there is continuing involvement including the possible effects of any risks that may remain with the transferor of the assets. These disclosures are being made in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2012 in note 55 and for the parent company, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., in note ab as the standard requires that all disclosures on transferred assets be shown in one note.

Other amendments resulting from Improvements to IFRSs which the Group adopted in 2012 did not have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group.

 

 

 

    196


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

4 Basis of consolidation

Subsidiary undertakings

A subsidiary undertaking is one where the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity, so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group controls the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that control ceases.

A special purpose entity is an entity created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the securitisation of particular assets or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. The financial statements of special purpose entities are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements where the substance of the relationship is that the Group controls the special purpose entity.

The Group accounts for the acquisition of businesses using the acquisition method except for those businesses under common control. Under the acquisition method, the consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair value of assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and the equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition related costs are generally recognised in the income statement as incurred. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the fair value of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree, if any, over the net of the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets, and income arising thereon, are excluded from the financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

Common control transactions

The Group accounts for the acquisition of businesses or investments in subsidiary undertakings between members of the Group at carrying value at the date of the transaction unless prohibited by company law or IFRS. This policy also applies to the acquisition of businesses by the Group of other entities under the common control of the Irish Government. Where the carrying value of the acquired net assets exceed the fair value of the consideration paid, the excess is accounted for as a capital contribution (accounting policy number 28). On impairment of the subsidiary in the parent company’s separate financial statements, an amount equal to the impairment charge net of tax in the income statement is transferred from capital contribution reserves to revenue reserves. The entire capital contribution is transferred to revenue reserves on final sale of the subsidiary (see accounting policy number 28 ‘Shareholders’ equity - capital contributions).

For acquisitions under common control, comparative data is not restated. The consolidation of the acquired entity is effective from the acquisition date with intercompany balances eliminated at a Group level on this date.

Associated undertakings

An associated undertaking is generally one in which the Group’s interest is greater than 20% and less than 50% and in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the entity’s operating and financial policies.

Investments in associated undertakings are initially recorded at cost and increased (or decreased) each year by the Group’s share of the post acquisition net income (or loss), and other movements reflected directly in other comprehensive income of the associated undertaking.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associated undertaking is included in the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate has reduced the carrying amount to zero, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations to make payments on behalf of the associate.

Where the Group continues to hold more than 20% of the interests in an investment but ceases to have significant influence, the investment is no longer accounted for as an associate. On the loss of significant influence, the Group measures the investment at fair value and recognises any difference between the carrying value and fair value in profit or loss and accounts for the investment in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

 

 

 

197    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

4 Basis of consolidation (continued)

The Group’s share of the results of associated undertakings after tax reflects the Group’s proportionate interest in the associated undertaking and is based on financial statements made up to a date not earlier than three months before the period end reporting date, adjusted to conform with the accounting policies of the Group.

Since goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of the investment in an associate is not recognised separately, it is therefore not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the investment in an associate is tested for impairment as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the investment in an associate may be impaired.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and any unrealised income and expenses, arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Unrealised gains and losses on transactions with associated undertakings are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investees.

5 Foreign currency translation

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using their functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective entity’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate prevailing at the period end. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the re-translation at period end exchange rates of the amortised cost of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. Exchange differences on equities and similar non-monetary items held at fair value through profit or loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Exchange differences on equities classified as available for sale financial assets, together with exchange differences on a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation are reported in other comprehensive income.

Foreign operations

The results and financial position of all Group entities that have a functional currency different from the euro are translated into euro as follows:

    assets and liabilities including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation of foreign operations are translated at the closing rate;
    income and expenses are translated into euro at the average rates of exchange during the period where these rates approximate to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions;
    foreign currency translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income; and
    since 1 January 2004, the Group’s date of transition to IFRS, all such exchange differences are included in the foreign currency translation reserve within shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of in full, the relevant amount of the foreign currency translation reserve is transferred to the income statement. When a subsidiary is partly disposed of, the foreign currency translation reserve is re-attributed to the non-controlling interest.

6 Interest income and expense recognition

Interest income and expense is recognised in the income statement for all interest-bearing financial instruments using the effective interest method.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability (or group of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The application of the method has the effect of recognising income receivable and expense payable on the instrument evenly in proportion to the amount outstanding over the period to maturity or repayment.

In calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows (using projections based on its experience of customers’ behaviour) considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument but excluding future credit losses. The calculation takes into account all fees, including those for any expected early redemption, and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums and discounts.

 

 

 

    198


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

6 Interest income and expense recognition (continued)

All costs associated with mortgage incentive schemes are included in the effective interest rate calculation. Fees and commissions payable to third parties in connection with lending arrangements, where these are direct and incremental costs related to the issue of a financial instrument, are included in interest income as part of the effective interest rate.

Interest income and expense presented in the consolidated income statement includes:-

  -   Interest on financial assets and financial liabilities at amortised cost on an effective interest method;
  -   Interest on financial investments available for sale on an effective interest method;
  -   Net interest income and expense on qualifying hedge derivatives designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges which are recognised in interest income or interest expense; and
  -   Interest income and funding costs of trading portfolio financial assets, excluding dividends on equity shares.

7 Fee and commission income

Fees and commissions are generally recognised on an accruals basis when the service has been provided, unless they have been included in the effective interest rate calculation. Loan syndication fees are recognised as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group has retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate as applicable to the other participants.

Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the applicable service contracts. Asset management fees relating to investment funds are recognised over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied to the recognition of income from wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.

Commitment fees, together with related direct costs, for loan facilities where drawdown is probable are deferred and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan once drawn. Commitment fees in relation to facilities where drawdown is not probable are recognised over the term of the commitment on a straight line basis. Other credit related fees are recognised as the service is provided except for arrangement fees where it is likely that the facility will be drawn down and which are included in the effective interest rate calculation.

8 Net trading income

Net trading income comprises gains less losses relating to trading assets and trading liabilities and includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes.

9 Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive dividend income is established. Usually this is the ex-dividend date for equity securities.

10 Operating leases

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received and premiums paid at inception of the lease are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense over the term of the lease.

11 Employee benefits

Retirement benefit obligations

The Group provides employees with post retirement benefits mainly in the form of pensions.

The Group provides a number of retirement benefit schemes including defined benefit and defined contribution as well as a hybrid scheme that has both defined benefit and defined contribution elements. In addition, the Group contributes, according to local law in the various countries in which it operates, to Governmental and other schemes which have the characteristics of defined contribution schemes. The majority of the defined benefit schemes are funded.

Full actuarial valuations of defined benefit schemes are undertaken every three years and are updated to reflect current conditions at each year-end reporting date. Scheme assets are measured at fair value determined by using current bid prices. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned for their service in current and prior periods and discounting that benefit at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. The difference between the fair value of the scheme assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the year-end reporting date is

 

 

 

199    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

11 Employee benefits (continued)

Retirement benefit obligations

 

 

recognised in the statement of financial position. Schemes in surplus are shown as assets and schemes in deficit, together with unfunded schemes, are shown as liabilities. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income.

Changes with regard to benefits payable to retirees which represent a constructive obligation under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, are accounted for as a negative past service cost. These are recognised in the income statement.

The cost of providing defined benefit pension schemes to employees, comprising the current service cost, past service cost, curtailments, the expected return on scheme assets, and the change in the present value of scheme liabilities arising from the passage of time is charged to the income statement within personnel expenses.

The cost of the Group’s defined contribution schemes, is charged to the income statement in the accounting period in which it is incurred. Any contributions unpaid at the year-end reporting date are included as a liability. The Group has no further obligation under these schemes once these contributions have been paid.

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries and other benefits, are accounted for on an accruals basis over the period during which employees have provided services. Bonuses are recognised to the extent that the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to its employees that can be measured reliably. The cost of providing subsidised staff loans and preferential rates on staff deposits is charged within personnel expenses.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without the realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognised if the Group has made an offer seeking applications for voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably.

12 Non-credit risk provisions

Provisions are recognised for present legal or constructive obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, and it can be reliably estimated.

When the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Payments are deducted from the present value of the provision, and interest at the relevant discount rate, is charged annually to interest expense using the effective interest method. Changes in the present value of the liability as a result of movements in interest rates are included in other financial income. The present value of provisions is included in other liabilities.

When a leasehold property ceases to be used in the business, provision is made, where the unavoidable costs of future obligations relating to the lease are expected to exceed anticipated income. The provision is calculated using market rates of interest to reflect the long-term nature of the cash flows. Before the provision is established, the Group recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with the lease contract.

Restructuring costs

Where the Group has a formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in the areas affected by the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features, provision is made for the anticipated cost of restructuring, including retirement benefits and redundancy costs, when an obligation exists. The provision raised is normally utilised within twelve months. Future operating costs are not provided for.

Legal claims and other contingencies

Provisions are made for legal claims where the Group has present legal or constructive obligations as a result of past events and it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence of uncertain future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities are not recognised but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements unless the possibility of the transfer of economic benefit is remote.

A provision is recognised for a constructive obligation where a past event has led to an obligating event. This obligating event has left the Group with little realistic alternative but to settle the obligation and the Group has created a valid expectation in other parties that it will discharge the obligation.

 

 

 

 
    200  


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

13 Income tax, including deferred income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income. Income tax relating to items in equity is recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred income tax is provided, using the financial statement liability method, on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates based on legislation enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred income tax assets are recognised when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences will be utilised.

The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognised as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised.

Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are only offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and where there is both the legal right and the intention to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The principal temporary differences arise from depreciation of property, plant and equipment, revaluation of certain financial assets and financial liabilities including derivative contracts, provisions for pensions and other post retirement benefits, and in relation to acquisitions, on the difference between the fair values of the net assets acquired and their tax base.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, the following temporary differences are not provided for: goodwill, the amortisation of which is not deductible for tax purposes, and assets and liabilities the initial recognition of which, in a transaction that is not a business combination, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit. Income tax payable on profits, based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction, is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise.

14 Impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets

Annually, or more frequently where events or changes in circumstances dictate, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are assessed for indications of impairment. If indications are present, these assets are subject to an impairment review. Goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use are subject to an annual impairment review.

The impairment review comprises a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or cash generating unit with its recoverable amount. Cash-generating units are the lowest level at which management monitors the return on investment in assets. The recoverable amount is determined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell of the asset or cash generating unit and its value in use. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated by reference to the amount at which the asset could be disposed of in an arm’s length transaction evidenced by an active market or recent transactions for similar assets. Value in use is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows obtainable as a result of the asset’s continued use, including those resulting from its ultimate disposal, at a market-based discount rate on a pre-tax basis. For intangible assets not yet available for use, the impairment review takes into account the cash flows required to bring the asset into use.

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are written down by the amount of any impairment and this loss is recognised in the income statement in the period in which it occurs. A previously recognised impairment loss may be reversed in part or in full when there is an indication that the impairment loss may no longer exist and there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. The carrying amount of the asset will only be increased up to the amount that it would have been had the original impairment not been recognised. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

 

 

 

201    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

15 Impairment of financial assets

It is Group policy to make provisions for impairment of financial assets to reflect the losses inherent in those assets at the reporting date.

Impairment

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a portfolio of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or portfolio of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more loss events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and on or before the reporting date (‘a loss event’), and that loss event or events has had an impact such that the estimated present value of future cash flows is less than the current carrying value of the financial asset, or portfolio of financial assets.

Objective evidence that a financial asset or a portfolio of financial assets is impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following loss events:

  a) significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;
  b) a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;
  c) the granting to the borrower of a concession, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that the Group would not otherwise consider;
  d) it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;
  e) the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or
  f) observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the portfolio, including:
  i adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio; and
  ii national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio.

Incurred but not reported

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant (i.e. individually insignificant). If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and includes these performing assets under the collective incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) assessment. An IBNR impairment provision represents an interim step pending the identification of impairment losses on an individual asset in a group of financial assets. As soon as information is available that specifically identifies losses on individually impaired assets in a group, those assets are removed from the group. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

Collective evaluation of impairment

For the purpose of collective evaluation of impairment (individually insignificant impaired assets and IBNR), financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics. These characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the counterparty’s ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.

Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the group and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist.

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

Impairment loss

For loans and receivables and assets held to maturity, the amount of impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The amount of the loss is recognised using an allowance account and is included in the income statement.

Following impairment, interest income is recognised using the original effective rate of interest which was used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

When a loan has been subjected to a specific provision and the prospects of recovery do not improve, a time will come when it may be concluded that there is no real prospect of recovery. When this point is reached, the amount of the loan which is considered to be

 

 

 

    202


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

15 Impairment of financial assets (continued)

 

 

beyond the prospect of recovery is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment in the income statement.

Assets acquired in exchange for loans and receivables in order to achieve an orderly realisation are accounted for as a disposal of the loan and an acquisition of an asset. Any further impairment of the assets or business acquired is treated as an impairment of the relevant asset and not as an impairment of the original instrument.

Collateralised financial assets

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure, costs for obtaining and settling the collateral, and whether or not foreclosure is probable.

Past due loans

When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative numbers of days that a missed payment is overdue. Past due days commence from the close of business on the day on which a payment is due but not received. In the case of overdrafts, past due days are counted once a borrower:

    has breached an advised limit;
    has been advised of a limit lower than the then current outstandings; or
    has drawn credit without authorisation.

When a borrower is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, rather than the amount of any excess or arrears.

Financial investments available for sale

In the case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether impairment exists. Where such evidence exists, the cumulative net loss that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement as a reclassification adjustment. Reversals of impairment of equity securities are not recognised in the income statement and increases in the fair value of equity securities after impairment are recognised in other comprehensive income.

In the case of debt securities classified as available for sale, impairment is assessed on the same criteria as for all other debt financial assets. Impairment is recognised by transferring the cumulative loss that has been recognised directly in other comprehensive income to the income statement. Any subsequent increase in the fair value of an available for sale debt security is included in other comprehensive income unless the increase in fair value can be objectively related to an event that occurred after the impairment was recognised in the income statement, in which case the impairment loss or part thereof is reversed.

Loans renegotiated and forbearance

From time to time, the Group will modify the original terms of a customer’s loan either as part of the on-going relationship with the customer or arising from changes in the customer’s circumstances such as when that customer is unable to make the agreed original contractual repayments.

Forbearance

A forbearance agreement is entered into where the customer is in financial difficulty to the extent that they are unable to repay both the principal and interest on their loan in accordance with their original contract. Following an assessment of the customer’s repayment capacity, a potential solution will be determined from the options available. There are a number of different types of forbearance options including interest and/or arrears capitalisation, interest rate adjustments, payment holidays, term extensions and equity swaps. These are detailed in the Credit Risk section 3.1. A request for a forbearance solution acts as a trigger for an impairment test.

All loans that are assessed for a forbearance solution are tested for impairment under IAS 39 and where a loan is deemed impaired, an appropriate provision is raised to cover the difference between the loan’s carrying value and the present value of estimated future cashflows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. Where, having assessed the loan for impairment and the loan is not deemed to be impaired, it is included within the collective assessment as part of the IBNR provision calculation.

Forbearance mortgage loans, classified as impaired, may be upgraded from impaired status, subject to a satisfactory assessment by the appropriate credit authority as to the borrower’s continuing ability and willingness to repay and confirmation that the relevant security held by the Group continues to be enforceable. In this regard, the borrower is required to display a satisfactory performance following the restructuring of the loan in accordance with new agreed terms, comprising typically, a period of six months of consecutive payments of full principal and interest and, the upgrade would initially be to Watch/Vulnerable grades. In some non-mortgage cases, based on assessment by the relevant credit authority, the upgrade out of impaired to performing status may be earlier than six months, as the debt may have been reduced to a sustainable level. Where upgraded out of impaired, loans are included in the Group’s collective assessment for IBNR provisions.

 

 

 

   
    203    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

15 Impairment of financial assets (continued)

Where the terms on a renegotiated loan which has been subject to an impairment provision differ substantially from the original loan terms either in a quantitative or qualitative analysis, the original loan is derecognised and a new loan is recognised at fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the fair value of the new renegotiated loan terms is recognised in the income statement. Interest accrues on the new loan based on the current market rates in place at the time of the renegotiation.

Where a loan has been subject to an impairment provision and the renegotiation leads to a customer granting equity to the Group in exchange for any loan balance outstanding, the new instrument is recognised at fair value with any difference to the loan carrying amount recognised in the income statement.

Non-forbearance renegotiation

Occasionally, the Group may temporarily amend the contractual repayments terms on a loan (e.g. payment moratorium) for a short period of time due to a temporary change in the life circumstances of the borrower. Because such events are not directly linked to repayment capacity, these amendments are not considered forbearance. The changes in expected cash flows are accounted for under IAS 39.AG8 i.e. the carrying amount of the loan is adjusted to reflect the revised estimated cash flows which are discounted at the original effective interest rate. Any adjustment to the carrying amount of the loan is reflected in the income statement as interest income/expense.

However, where the terms on a renegotiated loan differ substantially from the original loan terms either in a quantitative or qualitative analysis, the original loan is derecognised and a new loan is recognised at fair value. Any difference arising between the derecognised loan and the new loan is recognised in the income statement.

Where a customer’s request for a modification to the original loan agreement is deemed not to be a forbearance request (i.e. the customer is not in financial difficulty to the extent that they are unable to repay both the principal and interest), these loans are not disaggregated for monitoring/reporting or IBNR assessment purposes.

16 Determination of fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value, and, with the exception of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, the initial carrying amount is adjusted for direct and incremental transaction costs.

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, generally being their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received), net of transaction costs incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the methods used to determine the fair value of financial instruments include quoted prices in active markets where those prices are considered to represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. Where quoted prices are not available or are unreliable because of market inactivity, fair values are determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques which use, to the extent possible, observable market data, include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other similar instruments, option pricing models and discounted cash flow analysis and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

Quoted prices in active markets

Quoted market prices are used where those prices are considered to represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis, in active markets.

Valuations for negotiable instruments such as debt and equity securities are determined using bid prices for asset positions and offer prices for liability positions. Where securities are traded on an exchange, the fair value is based on prices from the exchange. The market for debt securities largely operates on an ‘over the counter’ basis which means that there is not an official clearing or exchange price for these security instruments. Therefore, market makers and/or investment banks (‘contributors’) publish bid and offer levels which reflect an indicative price that they are prepared to buy and sell a particular security. The Group’s valuation policy requires that the prices used in determining the fair value of securities quoted in active markets must be sourced from established market makers and/or investment banks.

Valuation techniques

In the absence of quoted market prices, and in the case of over-the-counter derivatives, fair value is calculated using valuation techniques. Fair value may be estimated using quoted market prices for similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument and the instrument being valued. Where the fair value is calculated using discounted cash flow analysis, the methodology is to use, to the extent possible, market data that is either directly observable or is implied from instrument prices, such as interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, credit spreads, option volatilities and currency rates. In addition, the Group considers the impact of own credit risk when valuing its derivative liabilities.

 

 

 

    204


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

16 Determination of fair value of financial instruments (continued)

The valuation methodology is to calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to a present value. The assumptions involved in these valuation techniques include:-

    The likelihood and expected timing of future cash flows of the instrument. These cash flows are generally governed by the terms of the instrument, although management judgement may be required when the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with the contractual terms is in doubt. In addition, future cash flows may also be sensitive to the occurrence of future events, including changes in market rates; and
    Selecting an appropriate discount rate for the instrument, based on the interest rate yield curves including the determination of an appropriate spread for the instrument over the risk-free rate. The spread is adjusted to take into account the specific credit risk profile of the exposure.

Certain financial instruments (both assets and liabilities) may be valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are not observable. When applying a valuation technique with unobservable data, estimates are made to reflect uncertainties in fair values resulting from a lack of market data, for example, as a result of illiquidity in the market. For these instruments, the fair value measurement is less reliable. Inputs into valuations based on non-observable data are inherently uncertain because there are little or no current market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business conditions. However, in most cases there is some market data available on which to base a determination of fair value, for example historical data, and the fair values of most financial instruments will be based on some market observable inputs even where the non-observable inputs are significant.

The Group tests the outputs of the model to ensure that it reflects current market conditions. The calculation of fair value for any financial instrument may require adjustment of the quoted price or the valuation technique output to reflect the cost of credit risk and the liquidity of the market, where these are not embedded in underlying valuation techniques or prices used.

The choice of contributors, the quality of market data used for pricing, and the valuation techniques used are all subject to internal review and approval procedures.

17 Valuation of NAMA senior bonds

NAMA senior bonds were received as consideration for financial assets transferred to NAMA and also as part of the ‘Anglo’ and ‘EBS’ transactions (notes 22 and 23 to the financial statements). These bonds are designated as loans and receivables and are separately disclosed in the statement of financial position as ‘NAMA senior bonds’.

The bases for measurement, interest recognition and impairment are the same as those for loans and receivables (see accounting policy numbers 6, 15 and 18).

At initial recognition, the bonds were measured at fair value. The bonds carry a guarantee of the Irish Government, however, they are not marketable instruments. The only secondary market activity in the instruments is their sale and repurchase (‘repo’) to the European Central Bank (“ECB”) within the regular Eurosystem open market operations. The bonds are not traded in the market and there are no comparable bonds trading in the market.

The fair value on initial recognition was determined using a valuation technique. The absence of quoted prices in an active market required increased use of management judgement in the estimation of fair value. This judgement included but was not limited to: evaluating available market information; evaluating relevant features of the instruments which market participants would factor into an appropriate valuation technique; determining the cash flows generated by the instruments including cash flows from assumed repo transactions; identifying a risk free discount rate; and applying an appropriate credit spread.

18 Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets into the following categories: - financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; loans and receivables; and available for sale financial assets.

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date, being the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the assets. Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers.

Interest is calculated using the effective interest method and credited to the income statement. Dividends on available for sale equity securities are recognised in the income statement when the entity’s right to receive payment is established.

Impairment losses and translation differences on the amortised cost of monetary items are recognised in the income statement.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or when the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

 

 

205    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

18 Financial assets (continued)

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

This category can have two sub categories: - Financial assets held for trading; and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. A financial asset is classified in this category if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term; part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit taking; or if it is so designated at initial recognition by management, subject to certain criteria.

The assets are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are taken directly to the income statement. Interest and dividends on assets within this category are reported in interest income, and dividend income, respectively. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included directly in the income statement within net trading income.

Derivatives are also classified in this category unless they have been designated as hedges or qualify as financial guarantee contracts.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as available for sale. They arise when the Group provides money or services directly to a customer with no intention of trading the loan. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value adjusted for direct and incremental transaction costs and are subsequently carried on an amortised cost basis.

Available for sale

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivative financial investments that are designated as available for sale and are not categorised into any of the other categories described above. Available for sale financial assets are those intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. Available for sale financial assets are initially recognised at fair value adjusted for direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently held at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in other comprehensive income until sale or impairment when the cumulative gain or loss is transferred to the income statement as a recycling adjustment. Assets reclassified from the held for trading category are recognised at fair value.

Parent Company financial statements: Investment in subsidiary and associated undertakings

The Company accounts for investments in subsidiary and associated undertakings that are not classified as held for sale at cost less provisions for impairment. If the investment is classified as held for sale, the Company accounts for it at the lower of its carrying value and fair value less costs to sell.

Dividends from a subsidiary or an associated undertaking are recognised in the income statement, when the Company’s right to receive the dividend is established.

19 Financial liabilities

Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities where the substance of the contractual arrangement results in the Group having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, to exchange financial instruments on terms that are potentially unfavourable or to satisfy the obligation otherwise than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of equity shares.

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, being their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received), net of transaction costs incurred. Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost, with any difference between the proceeds net of transaction costs and the redemption value recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

Where financial liabilities are classified as trading they are also initially recognised at fair value with the related transaction costs taken directly to the income statement. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised directly in the income statement within net trading income.

Preference shares which carry a mandatory coupon, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as interest expense using the effective interest method.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired. Any gain or loss on the extinguishment or remeasurement of a financial liability is recognised in profit or loss.

 

 

 

    206


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

20 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or deemed cost, less accumulated depreciation and provisions for impairment, if any. Additions and subsequent expenditures are capitalised only to the extent that they enhance the future economic benefits expected to be derived from the asset. No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Depreciation is calculated based on the gross carrying amount, less the estimated residual value at the end of the assets’ economic lives.

The Group uses the following useful lives when calculating depreciation:

Freehold buildings and long-leasehold property

     50 years

Short leasehold property

     life of lease, up to 50 years

Costs of adaptation of freehold and leasehold property

    

Branch properties

     up to 10 years(1)

Office properties

     up to 15 years(1)

Computers and similar equipment

     3 – 7 years

Fixtures and fittings and other equipment

     5 – 10 years

The Group reviews its depreciation rates regularly, at least annually, to take account of any change in circumstances. When deciding on useful lives and methods, the principal factors that the Group takes into account are the expected rate of technological developments and expected market requirements for, and the expected pattern of usage of, the assets. When reviewing residual values, the Group estimates the amount that it would currently obtain for the disposal of the asset, after deducting the estimated cost of disposal if the asset was already of the age and condition expected at the end of its useful life.

Gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment are included in the income statement. It is Group policy not to revalue its property, plant and equipment.

(1)Subject to the maximum remaining life of the lease.

21 Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill may arise on the acquisition of subsidiary and associated undertakings. The excess arising on the fair value of the consideration paid in a business combination over the acquired interests in the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at the date of acquisition is capitalised as goodwill. For the purpose of calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are determined by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash flows to present value. This discounting is performed either using market rates or by using risk-free rates and risk adjusted expected future cash flows.

Goodwill is capitalised and reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associated undertaking is included in the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of the goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill previously written off to reserves under Irish GAAP has not been reinstated and will not be included in calculating any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Computer software and other intangible assets

Computer software and other intangible assets are stated at cost, less amortisation on a straight line basis and provisions for impairment, if any. The identifiable and directly associated external and internal costs of acquiring and developing software are capitalised where the software is controlled by the Group, and where it is probable that future economic benefits that exceed its cost will flow from its use over more than one year. Costs associated with maintaining software are recognised as an expense when incurred. Capitalised computer software is amortised over 3 to 7 years. Other intangible assets are amortised over the life of the asset. Computer software and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. Intangible assets not yet available for use are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis.

 

 

 

207    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting

Derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, options and forward rate agreements, currency swaps and options, and equity index options are used for trading purposes while interest rate swaps, currency swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps and credit derivatives are used for hedging purposes.

The Group maintains trading positions in a variety of financial instruments including derivatives. Trading transactions arise both as a result of activity generated by customers and from proprietary trading with a view to generating incremental income. Non-trading derivative transactions comprise transactions held for hedging purposes as part of the Group’s risk management strategy against assets, liabilities, positions and cash flows.

Derivatives

Derivatives are measured initially at fair value on the date on which the derivative contract is entered into and subsequently remeasured at fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and from valuation techniques using discounted cash flow models and option pricing models as appropriate. Derivatives are included in assets when their fair value is positive, and in liabilities when their fair value is negative, unless there is the legal ability and intention to settle an asset and liability on a net basis.

The best evidence of the fair value of a derivative at initial recognition is the transaction price (i.e. the fair value of the consideration given or received) unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets.

Profits or losses are only recognised on initial recognition of derivatives when there are observable current market transactions or valuation techniques that are based on observable market inputs.

Embedded derivatives

Some hybrid contracts contain both a derivative and a non-derivative component. In such cases, the derivative component is termed an embedded derivative. Where the economic characteristics and risks of embedded derivatives are not closely related to those of the host contract, and the hybrid contract itself is not carried at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is treated as a separate derivative, and reported at fair value with gains and losses being recognised in the income statement.

Hedging

All derivatives are carried at fair value and the accounting treatment of the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and where transactions meet the criteria specified in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, the Group designates certain derivatives as either:

  -   hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (‘fair value hedge’); or
  -   hedges of the exposure to variability of cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable forecasted transaction (‘cash flow hedge’); or
  -   hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation.

When a financial instrument is designated as a hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item as well as its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking the various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting when:

  a) it is determined that a derivative is not, or has ceased to be, highly effective as a hedge;
  b) the derivative expires, or is sold, terminated, or exercised;
  c) the hedged item matures or is sold or repaid; or
  d) a forecast transaction is no longer deemed highly probable.

To the extent that the changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative differ from changes in the fair value of the hedged risk in the hedged item; or the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging derivative differs from the cumulative change in the fair value of expected future cash flows of the hedged item, ineffectiveness arises. The amount of ineffectiveness, (taking into account the timing of the expected cash flows, where relevant) provided it is not so great as to disqualify the entire hedge for hedge accounting, is recorded in the income statement.

In certain circumstances, the Group may decide to cease hedge accounting even though the hedge relationship continues to be highly effective by no longer designating the financial instrument as a hedge.

 

 

 

    208


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

22 Derivatives and hedge accounting (continued)

Fair value hedge accounting

Changes in fair value of derivatives that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the fair value hedging adjustment cumulatively made to the carrying value of the hedged item is, for items carried at amortised cost, amortised over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship using the effective interest method. For available for sale financial assets, the fair value adjustment for hedged items is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash flow hedge accounting

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is initially recognised directly in other comprehensive income and included in the cash flow hedging reserve in the statement of changes in equity. The amount recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassed to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss, and in the same line item in the statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement immediately.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income from the time when the hedge was effective remains in equity and is reclassified to the income statement as a reclassification adjustment as the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in other comprehensive income from the period when the hedge was effective is reclassified to the income statement.

Net investment hedge

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations, including monetary items that are accounted for as part of the net investment, are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation. Hedges of net investments may include non-derivative liabilities as well as derivative financial instruments.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative contracts entered into as economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognised immediately in the income statement.

23 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale, that has been disposed of, has been abandoned or that meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

Discontinued operations are presented in the income statement (including comparatives) as a separate amount, comprising the total of the post tax profit or loss of the discontinued operations for the period together with any post-tax gain or loss recognised on the measurement of relevant assets to fair value less costs to sell, or on disposal of the assets/disposal groups constituting discontinued operations. In presenting interest income and interest expense and various expenses relating to discontinued operations, account is taken of the continuance or otherwise of these income statement items post disposal of the discontinued operation. Corporate overhead, which was previously allocated to the business being disposed of, is considered to be part of continuing operations. In the statement of financial position, the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are shown within the caption ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets/(liabilities) held for sale’ separate from other assets and liabilities. On reclassification as discontinued operations, there is no restatement in the statement of financial position of prior periods for assets and liabilities held for sale.

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

A non-current asset or a disposal group comprising assets and liabilities is classified as held for sale if it is expected that its carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use, it is available for immediate sale and sale is highly probable within one year. For the sale to be highly probable, the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset or disposal group.

On initial classification as held for sale, generally, non-current assets and disposal groups are measured at the lower of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell with any adjustments taken to the income statement. The same applies to gains and losses on subsequent remeasurement. However, financial assets within the scope of IAS 39 continue to be measured in accordance with that standard.

 

 

 

209    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

23 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations (continued)

Impairment losses subsequent to classification of assets as held for sale are recognised in the income statement. Subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of assets that have been classified as held for sale are recognised in the income statement to the extent that the increase is not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised in respect of the asset. Assets classified as held for sale are not depreciated.

Gains and losses on remeasurement and impairment losses subsequent to classification as disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale are shown within continuing operations in the income statement, unless they qualify as discontinued operations.

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale which are not classified as discontinued operations are presented separately from other assets and liabilities on the statement of financial position. Prior periods are not reclassified.

24 Collateral and netting

The Group enters into master netting agreements with counterparties, to ensure that if an event of default occurs, all amounts outstanding with those counterparties will be settled on a net basis.

Collateral

The Group obtains collateral in respect of customer receivables where this is considered appropriate. The collateral normally takes the form of a lien over the customer’s assets and gives the Group a claim on these assets for both existing and future customer liabilities. The collateral is, in general, not recorded on the statement of financial position.

The Group also receives collateral in the form of cash or securities in respect of other credit instruments, such as stock borrowing contracts and derivative contracts in order to reduce credit risk. Collateral received in the form of securities is not recorded on the statement of financial position. Collateral received in the form of cash is recorded on the statement of financial position with a corresponding liability. Therefore, in the case of cash collateral, these amounts are assigned to deposits received from banks or other counterparties . Any interest payable or receivable arising is recorded as interest expense or interest income respectively.

In certain circumstances, the Group will pledge collateral in respect of its own liabilities or borrowings. Collateral pledged in the form of securities or loans and receivables continues to be recorded on the statement of financial position. Collateral paid away in the form of cash is recorded in loans and receivables to banks or customers. Any interest payable or receivable arising is recorded as interest expense or interest income respectively.

Netting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. This is not generally the case with master netting agreements, therefore, the related assets and liabilities are presented gross on the statement of financial position.

25 Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and other bodies on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities (‘facility guarantees’) and to other parties in connection with the performance of customers under obligations relating to contracts, advance payments made by other parties, tenders, retentions and the payment of import duties. In its normal course of business, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (the parent company) issues financial guarantees to other Group entities. Financial guarantees are initially recognised in the financial statements at fair value on the date that the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such guarantees are measured at the higher of the initial measurement, less amortisation calculated to recognise in the income statement the fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any financial obligation arising as a result of the guarantees at the year-end reporting date. Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is taken to the income statement in provisions for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees.

26 Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock borrowing and lending)

Financial assets may be lent or sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them (‘repos’). Such securities are retained on the statement of financial position when substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. The liability to the counterparty is included separately on the statement of financial position. Similarly, when securities are purchased subject to a commitment to resell (‘reverse repos’), or where the Group borrows securities, but does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership, the transactions are treated as collateralised loans, and the securities are not usually included in the statement of financial position. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is accrued over the life of the agreements using the effective interest method. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained in the financial statements. The exception to this is where these are sold to third parties, at which point the obligation to repurchase the securities is recorded as a trading liability at fair value and any subsequent gain or loss included in trading income.

 

 

 

    210


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

27 Leases

Lessor

Assets leased to customers are classified as finance leases if the lease agreements transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without ultimate legal title. When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease, is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the total payments receivable under the lease and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income, which is allocated to accounting periods under the pre-tax net investment method to reflect a constant periodic rate of return.

Assets leased to customers are classified as operating leases if the lease agreements do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The leased assets are included within property, plant and equipment on the statement of financial position and depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of these assets on a systematic basis over their estimated useful lives. Lease income is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of the lease unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.

Lessee

Operating lease rentals payable are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.

28 Shareholders’ equity

Issued financial instruments, or their components, are classified as equity where they meet the definition of equity and confer on the holder a residual interest in the assets of the Group.

On extinguishment of equity instruments, gains or losses arising are recognised net of tax directly in the statement of changes in equity.

Share capital

Share capital represents funds raised by issuing shares in return for cash or other consideration. Share capital comprises ordinary shares, deferred shares and preference shares of the entity.

Share premium

When shares are issued at a premium whether for cash or otherwise, the excess of the amount received over the par value of the shares is transferred to share premium.

Share issue costs

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are charged, net of tax, to the share premium account.

Dividends and distributions

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders, or in the case of the interim dividend when it has been approved for payment by the Board of Directors. Dividends declared after the year-end reporting date are disclosed in note 70.

Dividends on preference shares accounted for as equity are recognised in equity when approved for payment by the Board of Directors.

Other equity interests

Other equity interests relate to Reserve Capital Instruments (note 48). Any gain or loss on the extinguishment or remeasurement of the Reserve Capital Instruments is recognised in equity net of tax.

Capital reserves

Capital reserves represent transfers from retained earnings in accordance with relevant legislation.

Revaluation reserves

Revaluation reserves represent the unrealised surplus, net of tax, which arose on revaluation of properties prior to the implementation of IFRS at 1 January 2004.

Capital redemption reserves

These reserves arose from the renominalisation of the ordinary shares of the company. Each ordinary share was subdivided into one ordinary share of 0.01 each and thirty one deferred shares of 0.01 each. The deferred shares were acquired by AIB and immediately cancelled. Following cancellation, the amount standing to the credit of the deferred shares account was transferred to a capital redemption reserves account.

 

 

 

211    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

28 Shareholders’ equity (continued)

Available for sale securities reserves

Available for sale securities reserves represent the net unrealised gain or loss, net of tax, arising from the recognition in the statement of financial position of available for sale financial investments at fair value.

Cash flow hedging reserves

Cash flow hedging reserves represent the net gains or losses, net of tax, on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be reclassified to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

Capital contributions

Capital contributions represent the receipt of non-refundable considerations arising from transactions with the Irish Government (note 63). These contributions comprise both financial and non-financial net assets. The contributions are classified as equity and may be either distributable or non-distributable. Capital contributions are distributable if the assets received are in the form of cash or another asset that is readily convertible to cash. Otherwise, they are treated as non-distributable until the final sale of the subsidiary. Capital contributions arose during 2011 from (a) EBS transaction; (b) Anglo transaction; (c) issue of contingent capital notes; and (d) non-refundable receipts from the Irish Government and the NPRFC.

The capital contribution from the EBS transaction (note 23) is treated as non-distributable as the related net assets received are largely non-cash in nature. In the case of the Anglo transaction (note 22) the excess of the assets over the liabilities comprised of NAMA senior bonds. On initial recognition, this excess was accounted for as a non-distributable capital contribution. However, according as NAMA repays these bonds, the proceeds received will be deemed to be distributable and the relevant amount will be transferred from the capital contribution account to revenue reserves.

AIB issued contingent convertible capital notes to the Irish Government (note 44) where the proceeds of issue amounting to 1.6 billion exceeded the fair value of the instruments issued. This excess has been accounted for as a capital contribution and will be treated as distributable according as the fair value adjustment on the notes amortises to the income statement.

The non-refundable receipts of 6,054 million from the Irish Government and the NPRFC are distributable. These are included in revenue reserves.

Revenue reserves

Revenue reserves represent retained earnings of the parent company, subsidiaries and associated undertakings. It is shown net of the cumulative deficit within the defined benefit pension schemes and other appropriate adjustments.

Foreign currency translation reserves

The foreign currency translation reserves represent the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations, at the rate of exchange at the year-end reporting date net of the cumulative gain or loss on instruments designated as net investment hedges.

Treasury shares

Where the Company or other members of the consolidated Group purchase the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from total shareholders’ equity as treasury shares until they are cancelled. Where such shares are subsequently sold or re-issued, any consideration received is included in shareholders’ equity.

Share based payments reserves

The share based payment expense charged to the income statement is credited to the share based payment reserve over the vesting period of the shares and options. Upon grant of shares and exercise and lapsing of options, the amount in respect of the award credited to the share based payment reserves is transferred to revenue reserves.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests comprise both equity and other equity interests. Equity interests relate to the interests of outside shareholders in consolidated subsidiaries. Other equity interests relate to non-cumulative perpetual preferred securities issued by a subsidiary.

 

 

 

    212


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

29 Insurance and investment contracts

The Group accounted for its Long Term business in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”) in accordance with IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ up to the date on which it was classified as held for sale (accounting policy 23). Insurance contracts are those contracts containing significant insurance risk. In the case of life contracts, insurance risk exists if the amount payable on the occurrence of an insured event exceeds the assets backing the contract, or could do so in certain circumstances, and the product of the probability of the insured event occurring and the excess amount payable has commercial substance. In particular, guaranteed equity bonds which guarantee a return of the original premium irrespective of the current value of the backing assets are deemed to be insurance contracts notwithstanding that at the year-end reporting date there may be no excess of the original premium over the backing assets. Investment contracts are contracts that do not have significant insurance risk.

Insurance contracts

The Group accounts for its insurance contracts using the Market Consistent Embedded Value Principles (“MCEV”), published by the CFO Forum. The embedded value comprises two components: the net assets attributable to the Group and the present value of the in-force business (“VIF”). The change in the VIF before tax is accounted for as revenue. The value is estimated as the net present value of future cash flows attributable to the Group before tax, based on the market value of the assets at the year-end reporting date, using assumptions that reflect experience and a long-term outlook for the economy and then discounting at an appropriate risk free yield curve rate.

Insurance contract liabilities are calculated on a statutory basis. Premiums are recognised as revenue when due from the policyholder. Claims, which together with the increase in insurance contract liabilities are recognised in the income statement as they arise, are the cost of all claims arising during the period.

Investment contracts

Investment contracts are primarily unit-linked. Unit linked liabilities are deemed equal to the value of units attaching to contracts at the year-end reporting date. The liability is measured at fair value, which is the bid value of the assets held to match the liability. Increases in investment contract liabilities are recognised in the income statement as they arise. Revenue in relation to investment management services is recognised as the services are provided. Certain upfront fees and charges have been deferred and are recognised as income over the life of the contract. Premiums and claims are accounted for directly in the statement of financial position as adjustments to the investment contract liability.

30 Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses. The Group has identified reportable segments on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources to the segment and assess its performance. Based on this identification, the reportable segments are the operating segments within the Group, the head of each being a member of the Leadership Team. The Leadership Team is the CODM and it relies primarily on the management accounts to assess performance of the reportable segments and when making resource allocation decisions.

Transactions between operating segments are on normal commercial terms and conditions, with internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments reflected in the performance of each operating segment. Revenue sharing agreements are used to allocate external customer revenues to an operating segment on a reasonable basis. Interest income earned on capital not allocated to operating segments is retained in Group.

Geographical segments provide products and services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and rewards that are different to those components operating in other economic environments. The geographical distribution of profit before taxation is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction. In addition, geographic distribution of loans and related impairment is also based on the location of the office recording the transaction.

31 Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and cash equivalents comprise highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value and with original maturities of less than three months.

 

 

 

213    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

32 Prospective accounting changes

The following new accounting standards and amendments to existing standards approved by the IASB, but not early adopted by the Group, will impact the Group’s financial reporting in future periods. The Group is currently considering the impacts of these amendments. The new accounting standards and amendments which are more relevant to the Group are detailed below.

 

Pronouncement

 

    

Nature of change

 

    

IASB effective date

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1

Presentation of Items of Other

Comprehensive Income

    

The amendments require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRSs to group together items within other comprehensive income that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met and those that will not be reclassified subsequently. The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in profit or loss and other comprehensive income may be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. These amendments relate to disclosures and will not have a significant impact on the financial statements in future years.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 July 2012

 

 

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19 revised 2011)

    

 

The amendments result in significant changes to accounting for defined benefit pension plans. The revised standard eliminates the option to defer recognition of gains and losses. Actuarial gains and losses are now required to be recognised in other comprehensive income and are excluded permanently from profit or loss. The expected returns on plan assets will no longer be recognised in profit or loss. The expected return and the interest cost are replaced by recording net interest in profit or loss which is calculated using the discount rate used to measure the pension obligation. Unvested past service costs can no longer be deferred and recognised over the future vesting period. Instead, all past service costs will be recognised at the earlier of when the amendment/curtailment occurs and when the entity recognises related restructuring or termination costs.

    

 

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013 with

retrospective application

required

    

 

Since the Group did not opt to avail of the ‘corridor approach’ option in the past, the impact of the revised standard will be limited to the effects of: (i) replacing the interest cost and expected return on plan assets by a finance cost component comprising the interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset; (ii) the timing of recognition of unvested past service costs; and (iii) recognition of all administration expenses, with the exception of costs associated with the management of scheme assets, in profit or loss.

    
    

 

Based on the assumption that the defined benefit schemes will remain open for the full year 2013, the Group estimates that the adoption of IAS 19 revised will increase its retirement benefit charge for 2013 by c. 20 million. In addition, the adoption of IAS 19 revised will require the restatement in 2013 of 2012 comparative amounts. Accordingly, a charge for termination benefits of 130 million which was recognised in 2012, will be recognised in 2013.

 

    

 

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial

Statements

    

This standard replaces the consolidation guidance in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities. It introduces a single consolidation model for all entities based on control, irrespective of the nature of the investee. IFRS 10 builds on the existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in which an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. This new standard will not change consolidation procedures for the Group, but will require management to assess whether an entity should be consolidated.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

 

 

 

    214


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

32 Prospective accounting changes (continued)

 

Pronouncement

 

    

Nature of change

 

    

IASB effective date

 

 

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements     

IFRS 11 introduces new accounting requirements for joint arrangements, replacing IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures, by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. The option to apply the proportional consolidation method when accounting for jointly controlled entities is removed. The impact on the Group will be dependent on the formation of new joint arrangements by the Group.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities     

IFRS 12 sets out the required disclosures for entities reporting under the two new standards, IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements; it also replaces the disclosure requirements currently found in IAS 28 Investments in Associates and IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures.

 

The required disclosures aim to provide information to enable users to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, an entity’s interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This basic principle is further supported by more detailed disclosure objectives and requirements. This new standard will result in enhanced disclosures on the Group’s subsidiaries and associates as well as unconsolidated structured entities.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

IAS 27 Separate Financial

Statements (revised 2011)

    

The requirements relating to separate financial statements are unchanged and are included in the amended IAS 27. The other sections of IAS 27 are replaced by IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. IAS 27 is renamed ‘Separate Financial Statements’ and is now a standard dealing solely with separate financial statements. The existing guidance and disclosure requirements for separate financial statements are unchanged.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (revised 2011)     

This standard prescribes the accounting for investments in associates and sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures. IAS 28 (revised 2011) does not include any disclosure requirements; these are now included in IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement     

This standard established a single source of guidance for fair value measurements under IFRSs. IFRS 13 defines fair value, provides guidance on its determination and introduces consistent requirements for disclosures on fair values measurements. The standard requires entities to disclose information about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value, as well as information about the uncertainty inherent in fair value measurements. This information will be required for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Whilst the impact of the standard will not have a significant impact on reported results or the financial position of the Group, there will be a requirement for additional disclosures.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

 

 

 

215    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Accounting policies (continued)  

 

 

32 Prospective accounting changes (continued)

 

Pronouncement

 

    

Nature of change

 

    

IASB effective date

 

 

Annual improvements to IFRSs:

2009 - 2011 Cycle

    

In May 2012, the IASB issued its fourth edition of amendments to its standards under the annual improvements process, primarily to remove inconsistencies and clarify wording. The amendments are to five International Financial Reporting Standards. The more relevant amendments are:

 

IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements - The amendment clarifies the requirements in relation to comparative information in various circumstances.

 

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation - The amendment clarifies that income tax relating to distributions to holders of equity instruments and to transaction costs of an equity transaction should be accounted for in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes.

 

IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting - The amendment clarifies the requirements on segment information for total assets and total liabilities for each reportable segment in interim financial reporting.

 

None of the above amendments is expected to have a significant impact on reported results or disclosures.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

 

Amendments to IAS 32

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities and Amendments to IFRS 7 Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

     These amendments to IAS 32 and IFRS 7 clarify the accounting requirements for offsetting financial instruments and introduce new disclosure requirements that aim to improve the comparability of financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and US GAAP.     

IFRS 7: Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2013

    

 

The amendments to IFRS 7 require more extensive disclosures. These disclosures focus on quantitative information about recognised financial instruments that are offset in the statement of financial position, as well as those recognised financial instruments that are subject to master netting or similar arrangements, irrespective of whether they are offset.

    

 

IAS 32: Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2014

    

 

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify that in order to offset financial instruments the right of set-off must be currently available and legally enforceable for all counterparties in the normal course of business, as well as in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

 

    

 

Amendments to IFRS 10

Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities and IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements on Investment Entities

    

In October 2012, the IASB issued Investment Entities (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27). The amendments provide an exception from the requirements of consolidation and instead require investment entities to present their investments in subsidiaries as a net investment. These subsidiaries should be measured at fair value through profit and loss. The exception means that investment entities will be able to measure all their investments at fair value. The amendments also set out the disclosure requirements for investment entities. The impact of these amendments is being assessed but is not expected to have a significant impact on reported results or disclosures.

 

The amendments are still subject to EU endorsement.

 

    

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2014

 

 

 

 

    216


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

32 Prospective accounting changes (continued)

 

Pronouncement

 

    

Nature of change

 

    

IASB effective date

 

 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments      IFRS 9 will ultimately replace IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. This project consists of three main phases:     

Annual periods

beginning on or after

1 January 2015

    

 

Phase 1: Classification and measurement

    
     In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments covering classification and measurement of financial assets. The new standard aims to enhance the ability of investors and other users of financial information to understand the accounting for financial assets and to reduce complexity. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value. The basis of classification depends on how an entity manages its financial instruments (its business model) and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets.     
    

 

The IASB reissued IFRS 9 in October 2010. The revised standard carried over the requirements for derecognition of financial assets and liabilities from IAS 39 and incorporated new requirements on accounting for financial liabilities. Where an entity designates a financial liability on initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, the portion of the fair value change due to changes in the liability’s credit risk is recognised directly in other comprehensive income. The remainder is recognised in profit or loss.

    
    

 

Phase 2: Impairment methodology

    
     The IASB published an exposure draft in November 2009 that proposed an ‘expected loss model’ for impairment. This phase of IFRS 9 is subject to on-going deliberations and has not yet been finalised.     
    

 

Phase 3: Hedge accounting

    
     In September 2012, the IASB posted on its website a review draft of the proposed micro hedge accounting requirements that will be incorporated into IFRS 9. The draft proposes a model that aims to align hedge accounting with risk management activities; establishes a more principles-based approach to hedge accounting; and addresses inconsistencies and weaknesses in the existing model in IAS 39. This phase is expected to be finalised in the first quarter of 2013. At a later point, further proposals will be issued by the IASB on macro hedging.     
    

 

Since significant aspects of the standard have yet to be finalised, it is impracticable for the Group to quantify the impact of IFRS 9 at this stage.

    
    

 

The new standard is still subject to EU endorsement.

 

    

 

 

 

 

217    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

 

 

 

     Notes          2012
 m
         2011
 m
        

2010

m

 

 

 

Continuing operations

                 

Interest and similar income

               3,916           4,429           4,609    

Interest expense and similar charges

               (2,810        (3,079        (2,765)   

 

 

Net interest income

          1,106           1,350           1,844    

Dividend income

               1           4             

Fee and commission income

               396           470           585    

Fee and commission expense

               (29        (29        (88)   

Net trading loss

               (100        (113        (201)   

Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                         3,277           372    

Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

               159           (364        (5,969)   

Other operating (loss)/income

               (912        (255        99    

Other (loss)/income

          (485        2,990           (5,201)   

 

 

Total operating income/(loss)

          621           4,340           (3,357)   

Administrative expenses

     10            (1,817        (1,605        (1,469)   

Impairment and amortisation of intangible assets

     36            (60        (66        (126)   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     37            (60        (49        (54)   

Total operating expenses

          (1,937        (1,720        (1,649)   

 

 

Operating (loss)/profit before provisions

          (1,316        2,620           (5,006)   

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

     31            (2,434        (7,861        (6,015)   

(Charge)/writeback of provisions for liabilities and commitments

     43            (9        416           (1,029)   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

     13            (86        (283        (74)   

 

 

Operating loss

          (3,845        (5,108        (12,124)   

Associated undertakings

     34            10           (37        18    

Profit/(loss) on disposal of property

     14            2           (1        46    

Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses

     15            3           38           (11)   

 

 

Loss before taxation from continuing operations

          (3,830        (5,108        (12,071)   

Income tax credit from continuing operations

     17            183           1,188           1,710    

 

 

Loss after taxation from continuing operations

          (3,647        (3,920        (10,361)   

Discontinued operations

                 

Profit after taxation from discontinued operations

     18                      1,628           199    

 

 

Loss for the year

          (3,647        (2,292        (10,162)   
    

 

 

Attributable to:

                 

Owners of the parent:

                 

Loss from continuing operations

          (3,647        (3,920        (10,361)   

Profit from discontinued operations

                    1,608           129    

 

 

Loss for the year attributable to owners of the parent

          (3,647        (2,312        (10,232)   

Non-controlling interests:

                 

Profit from discontinued operations

     19                      20           70    

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

                    20           70    
    

 

 
          (3,647        (2,292        (10,162)   
    

 

 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

                 

Continuing operations

     20(a)           (0.7c        (1.6c        (571.1c)   

Discontinued operations

     20(a)                     0.7c           7.1c    
          (0.7c        (0.9c        (564.0c)   

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

                 

Continuing operations

     20(b)           (0.7c        (1.6c        (571.1c)   

Discontinued operations

     20(b)                     0.7c           7.1c    
          (0.7c        (0.9c        (564.0c)   
    

 

 

 

 

 

  David Hodgkinson, Chairman; David Duffy, Chief Executive Officer; Catherine Woods, Director; David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary.

 

    218

 


Table of Contents
 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

  LOGO

 

 

     Notes            

2012

m

        

2011

m

        

2010

m

 

 

 

Loss for the year

             (3,647        (2,292        (10,162)   

Other comprehensive income

                    

Continuing operations

                    

Net change in foreign currency translation reserves

   46           34           (11        89    

Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax

   46           (162        (209        (41)   

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax

   46           1,295           112           (813)   

Net change in property revaluation reserve

             (2                  –     

Net actuarial (losses)/gains in retirement benefit schemes, net of tax

   12           (740        (464          

Share of other comprehensive income of associates, net of tax

                       4           (13)   

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, from continuing operations

             425           (568        (777)   

 

 

Discontinued operations

                    

Net change in foreign currency translation reserves

   46                     (134        50    

Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax

   46                     1           –     

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax

   46                     (74          

Share of other comprehensive income of associates, net of tax

                                 218    

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, from discontinued operations

                       (207        271    

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

             425           (775        (506)   
       

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

             (3,222        (3,067        (10,668)   
       

 

 

Attributable to:

                    

Owners of the parent:

                    

Continuing operations

             (3,222        (4,488        (11,138)   

Discontinued operations

                       1,409           385    
             (3,222        (3,079        (10,753)   

Non-controlling interests:

                    

Discontinued operations

                       12           85    

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

             (3,222        (3,067        (10,668)   
       

 

 

 

 

 

  David Hodgkinson, Chairman; David Duffy, Chief Executive Officer; Catherine Woods, Director; David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary.  
   

 

219    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Consolidated statement of financial position

as at 31 December 2012

 

 

 

     Notes              

2012

m

      

2011

m

 

 

 

Assets

               

Cash and balances at central banks

     59              4,047           2,934   

Items in course of collection

             192           202   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     25              562           1,422   

Trading portfolio financial assets

     26              24           56   

Derivative financial instruments

     27              2,835           3,046   

Loans and receivables to banks

     28              2,914           5,718   

Loans and receivables to customers

     29              72,972           82,540   

NAMA senior bonds

     32              17,387           19,856   

Financial investments available for sale

     33              16,344           15,389   

Interests in associated undertakings

     34              52           50   

Intangible assets and goodwill

     36              187           176   

Property, plant and equipment

     37              333           360   

Other assets

             239           491   

Current taxation

             9           49   

Deferred taxation

     38              3,860           3,692   

Prepayments and accrued income

             559           670   

 

 

Total assets

             122,516           136,651   
       

 

 

Liabilities

               

Deposits by central banks and banks(1)

     39              28,442           36,890   

Customer accounts

     40              63,610           60,674   

Disposal groups held for sale

     25                        3   

Derivative financial instruments

     27              3,256           3,843   

Debt securities in issue

     41              10,666           15,654   

Current taxation

             2           1   

Other liabilities

     42              1,627           1,534   

Accruals and deferred income

             1,260           1,103   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     12              789           763   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

     43              352           514   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     44              1,271           1,209   

 

 

Total liabilities

             111,275           122,188   
       

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

               

Share capital

     45              5,206           5,170   

Share premium

     45              2,890           4,926   

Reserves

             3,145           4,367   

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

             11,241           14,463   
       

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

             122,516           136,651   
       

 

 

(1)This includes 22,220 million of borrowings from central banks (2011: 31,133 million).

 

 

 

  David Hodgkinson, Chairman; David Duffy, Chief Executive Officer; Catherine Woods, Director; David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary.

 

    220

 


Table of Contents
 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

  LOGO

 

 

     Notes        

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

 

 

 

Reconciliation of loss before taxation to net cash outflow from operating activities

            

Loss for the year from continuing operations before taxation

           (3,830     (5,108     (12,071

Adjustments for:

            

Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  (3,277     (372

(Profit)/loss on disposal of businesses

           (3     (38     11   

(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   9 & 14         (2     1        (45

Loss on disposal of financial assets

           962        322        54   

Dividend income

           (14     (5     (5

Associated undertakings

   34         (15     1        (18

Impairment of associated undertakings

   34         5        36          

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

   31         2,434        7,861        6,015   

(Profit)/loss on transfer on financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

   8         (159     364        5,969   

Writeback of provisions/provisions for liabilities and commitments

           9        (416     1,029   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

   13         86        283        74   

Change in other provisions

           276        80        58   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

           120        115        180   

Interest on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

   3         223        168        382   

(Profit)/loss on disposal of financial investments available for sale

   9         (31     28        (88

Amortisation of premiums and discounts

           (128     (60     (13

Change in prepayments and accrued income

           114        (11     (115

Change in accruals and deferred income

           153        71        (79

 

 
           200        415        966   

 

 

Change in deposits by central banks and banks

           (8,456     (17,696     16,703   

Change in customer accounts(1)

           2,654        (9,796     (22,908

Change in loans and receivables to customers(2)

           6,798        11,617        7,679   

Change in NAMA senior bonds

           2,438        891          

Change in loans and receivables to banks

           265        1,869        353   

Change in trading portfolio financial assets/liabilities

           33        (63     85   

Change in derivative financial instruments

           (769     385        210   

Change in items in course of collection

           13        76        (19

Change in debt securities in issue

           (4,996     (3,174     (15,728

Change in notes in circulation

           9        1        24   

Change in other assets

           254        (212     109   

Change in other liabilities

           (102     (87     (1,564

Effect of exchange translation and other adjustments(3)

           (258     (592     231   

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating assets and liabilities

           (2,117     (16,781     (14,825

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating activities before taxation

           (1,917     (16,366     (13,859

Taxation paid

           42        15        (36

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating activities

           (1,875     (16,351     (13,895

Investing activities (note a)

           546        6,684        4,576   

Financing activities (note b)

           (160     11,302        3,446   

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

           (1,489     1,635        (5,873

Opening cash and cash equivalents

           7,373        5,712        12,067   

Reclassified to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                         (716

Effect of exchange translation adjustments

           42        26        234   

 

 

Closing cash and cash equivalents

               5,926        7,373        5,712   
        

 

 

 

 

 

 

221    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

 

 

 

     Notes          

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

 

 

 

(a) Investing activities

            

Net cash outflow on acquisition of business combinations

     59                   (3,420     –     

Purchase of financial investments available for sale

     33            (5,059     (1,760     (6,241)   

Proceeds from sales and maturity of financial investments available for sale

     33            5,685        8,738        9,305    

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     37            (37     (17     (25)   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

           3        2        87    

Additions to intangible assets

     36            (71     (33     (23)   

Disposal of intangible assets

                           

Disposal of investment in associated undertakings

     18                          1,467    

Disposal of investment in businesses and subsidiaries(4)

           11        3,169        –     

Dividends received from associated undertakings

           14        5          

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           546        6,684        4,576    
        

 

 

 

(b) Financing activities

            

Proceeds of issue of CCNs

     44                   1,600        –     

Proceeds of issue of share capital to NPRFC

     45                   5,000        3,698    

Capital contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC

     51                   6,054        –     

Redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  (1,120     –     

Cost of redemption of capital instruments

     7                   (9     (5)   

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

           (160     (223     (247)   

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           (160     11,302        3,446    
        

 

 

 

(1)Includes deposits placed by the NTMA 1,127 million (2011: 27 million; 2010: 8 million).

(2)Includes financial assets held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables to customers within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale.

(3)Included within the effect of exchange translation and other adjustments are amounts in respect of pension contributions of  236 million (2011: 216 million; 2010: 375 million). In addition, included within this caption is a charge of 182 million in respect of past service costs relating to the early retirement scheme; a credit of  29 million in respect of a curtailment gain for voluntary severance employees; and a credit of 151 million in respect of defined benefits, all of which are non-cash movements.

(4)Includes net proceeds on the disposal of BZWBK (note 18) and proceeds on the disposal of businesses (note 15).

 

 

 

    222


Table of Contents
 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2012 

  LOGO

 

 

    Attributable to equity holders of parent      
    Share
capital
        Share
premium
        Capital
reserves
        Capital
redemption
reserves
        Revaluation
reserves
        Available
for sale
securities
reserves
     
    m         m         m         m         m         m      

 

   

At 1 January 2012

    5,170          4,926          2,885          3,958          26          (1,003)     

Loss for the year

                                                 –      

Other comprehensive income (note 46)

                                        (2       1,295      

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                        (2       1,295      

Capital contributions (note 49)

                      (247                         –      

Reduction of capital (notes 45 and 50)

             (2,000                (3,958                –      

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note 45)

    36          (36                                  –      

Share based payments

                                                 –      

 

   

At 31 December 2012

    5,206          2,890          2,638                   24          292      
 

 

 

   
   

 

Attributable to equity holders of parent

     
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
        Revenue
reserves
        Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
        Treasury
shares
        Share
based
payments
reserves
        Total      
    m         m         m         m         m         m      

 

   

At 1 January 2012

    229          (822       (467       (462       23          14,463      

Loss for the year

             (3,647                                  (3,647)     

Other comprehensive income (note 46)

    (162       (740       34                            425      

Total comprehensive income for the year

    (162       (4,387       34                            (3,222)     

Capital contributions (note 49)

             247                                     –      

Reduction of capital (notes 45 and 50)

             5,958                                     –      

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note 45)

                                                 –      

Share based payments

                                                 –      

 

   

At 31 December 2012

    67          996          (433       (462       23          11,241      
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

223    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

        Attributable to equity holders of parent      
        Share
capital
        Share
premium
        Other
equity
interests
        Capital
reserves
        Capital
redemption
reserves
        Revaluation
reserves
        Available
for sale
securities
reserves
     
        m         m         m         m         m         m         m      

 

   

At 1 January 2011

       3,965          5,089          239          253                   24          (1,044)     

Loss for the year

                                                            –       

Other comprehensive income

                                                            41      

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                                            41      

Capital contributions (notes 49 and 51) 

                                 2,722                            –       

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note 45) 

      163          (163                                           –       

Issue of ordinary shares (note 45) 

      5,000                                                       –       

Cancellation of deferred shares (notes 45 and 50) 

      (3,958                                  3,958                   –       

Redemption of capital instruments (notes 7 and 48) 

                        (239                                  –       

Share based payments

                                                            –       

Extinguishment of non-controlling interests (note 52) 

                                                            –       

Other movements

                                 (90 )(1)                 2          –       

 

   

At 31 December 2011

      5,170          4,926                   2,885          3,958          26          (1,003)     
   

 

 

   

 

   

 

Attributable to equity holders of parent

                         
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
        Revenue
reserves
        Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
        Treasury
shares
        Share
based
payments
reserves
        Total           Non-
controlling
interests
        Total      
    m         m         m         m         m         m           m         m      

 

   

At 1 January 2011

    437          (4,545       (327       (462       30          3,659            690          4,349      

Loss for the year

             (2,312                                  (2,312)           20          (2,292)     

Other comprehensive income

    (208       (460       (140                         (767)           (8       (775)     

Total comprehensive income for the year

    (208       (2,772       (140                         (3,079)           12          (3,067)     

Capital contributions (notes 49 and 51) 

             6,054                                     8,776                     8,776      

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note 45) 

                                                 –                     –       

Issue of ordinary shares (note 45) 

                                                 5,000                     5,000      

Cancellation of deferred shares (notes 45 and 50) 

                                                 –                     –       

Redemption of capital instruments (notes 7 and 48) 

             344                                     105            (189       (84)     

Share based payments

             7                            (7       –                     –       

Extinguishment of non-controlling interests (note 52) 

                                                 –            (513       (513)     

Other movements

             90                                     2                         

 

   

At 31 December 2011

    229          (822       (467       (462       23          14,463                     14,463      
 

 

 

   

(1)See note 49.

 

 

 

    224


Table of Contents
  Notes to the financial statements   LOGO

 

 

Note

1 Segmental information
2 Interest and similar income
3 Interest expense and similar charges
4 Dividend income
5 Net fee and commission income
6 Net trading loss
7 Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments
8 Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA
9 Other operating (loss)/income
10 Administrative expenses
11 Share-based compensation schemes
12 Retirement benefits
13 Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale
14 Profit/(loss) on disposal of property
15 Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses
16 Auditor’s fees
17 Taxation
18 Discontinued operations
19 Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
20 (Loss)/earnings per share
21 Distributions on equity shares
22 Transfer of business from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation
23 Acquisition of EBS Limited (“EBS”)
24 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA
25 Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale
26 Trading portfolio financial assets
27 Derivative financial instruments
28 Loans and receivables to banks
29 Loans and receivables to customers
30 Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts
31 Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables
32 NAMA senior bonds
33 Financial investments available for sale
34 Interests in associated undertakings
35 Interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited
36 Intangible assets and goodwill
37 Property, plant & equipment
38 Deferred taxation

Note

39 Deposits by central banks and banks
40 Customer accounts
41 Debt securities in issue
42 Other liabilities
43 Provisions for liabilities and commitments
44 Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments
45 Share capital
46 Analysis of selected other comprehensive income
47 Own shares
48 Other equity interests
49 Capital reserves
50 Capital redemption reserves
51 Contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC
52 Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
53 Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments, and contingent assets
54 Off-balance sheet arrangements
55 Transfer of financial assets
56 Fair value of financial instruments
57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
58 Interest rate sensitivity
59 Statement of cash flows
60 Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity
61 Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity
62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests
63 Related party transactions
64 Commitments
65 Employees
66 Regulatory compliance
67 Financial and other information
68 Average balance sheets and interest rates
69 Non-adjusting events after the reporting period
70 Dividends
71 Approval of financial statements
 

 

 

 

225    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

1 Segmental information

The segments mentioned below reflect the internal financial reporting structure which is used by management to assess performance and allocate resources.

The segments’ performance statements include income and direct costs relating to each segment but exclude overheads which are held centrally in the Group segment. Exceptional items are shown separately. Funding and liquidity costs are based on actual wholesale funding costs incurred and a segment’s net funding requirement. Wholesale funding costs include the Irish Government’s Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) Scheme charges relating to wholesale funds. Net interest income also includes ELG charges directly attaching to customer deposits within a segment. Income on capital is allocated to segments based on each segment’s capital requirement. Surplus capital is held in the Group segment. The cost of services between segments and from central support functions to segments is based on the estimated actual cost incurred in providing the service.

Personal & Business Banking (“PBB”) comprises banking operations for the personal segment and small enterprises within the Republic of Ireland. The PBB segment also includes the Group’s operations in the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man.

Corporate, Institutional and Commercial Banking (“CICB”) comprises banking operations for mid-sized corporate and commercial enterprises. It also includes a Corporate Finance business and a Treasury customer services area which delivers treasury services to customers of the Group.

AIB UK comprises retail and commercial banking operations in Britain operating under the trading name Allied Irish Bank (GB) and in Northern Ireland operating under the trading name First Trust Bank.

EBS was acquired by AIB Group on 1 July 2011. The segment comprises banking operations for the personal segment within the Republic of Ireland. The segment view is shown on a consistent basis to other segments which differs from the legal entity basis whereby EBS wholesale treasury operations are reported as part of the Group segment and assets identified as non-core are reported as part of Non-Core.

Group includes wholesale treasury activities, unallocated costs of central services and income on capital not allocated to segments.

Non-Core comprises those assets which AIB is committed to deleveraging and losses on the transfer of loans to NAMA, together with related costs.

This segmental information reflects the Group’s operating loss before exceptional items, which are separately identified and not allocated to a segment. For 2011 and 2010, exceptional items which had been allocated to particular segments have now been represented on the same basis as 2012.

 

 

 

    226


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

         2012  
         PBB          CICB          AIB UK          EBS          Group          Total
Core
         Total
Non-
Core
         Total  
         m          m          m          m          m          m          m          m  

 

 

Operations by business segments

                                       

Net interest income

       575           (88        102           62           368           1,019           87           1,106   

Other income/(loss)(1)

       259           75           67           11           (37        375           (57        318   

 

 

Total operating income/(loss)

       834           (13        169           73           331           1,394           30           1,424   

Personnel expenses

       (420        (173        (108        (30        (216        (947        (66        (1,013

General and administrative expenses

       (217        (64        (86        (32        (167        (566        (41        (607

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation

       (55        (12        (11        (10        (31        (119                  (119

Total operating expenses

       (692        (249        (205        (72        (414        (1,632        (107        (1,739

 

 

Operating profit/(loss) before provisions

       142           (262        (36        1           (83        (238        (77        (315

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

       (494        (916        (97        (237                  (1,744        (690        (2,434

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

                 (4                                      (4        (5        (9

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

                                               (84        (84        (2        (86

Total provisions

       (494        (920        (97        (237        (84        (1,832        (697        (2,529

 

 

Group operating loss

       (352        (1,182        (133        (236        (167        (2,070        (774        (2,844

Associated undertakings

       13                     2                               15           (5        10   

Profit on disposal of property

                                               2           2                     2   

Profit on disposal of businesses

       1                                                   1           2           3   

 

 

Loss before exceptional items

       (338)           (1,182        (131        (236        (165        (2,052        (777)           (2,829

Loss on disposal of loans

                                          (962

Profit on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

                                          159   

Retirement benefit curtailment

                                          204   

Restructuring and restitution expenses

                                          (402

Total exceptional items

                                          (1,001

Loss before taxation

                                          (3,830

 

 

 

 

 

227    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

        2011   
        PBB         CICB         AIB UK         EBS         Group         Total
Core
        Total
Non-
        Total   
         m          m          m         m         m          m         Core
 m
         m   

 

 

Operations by business segments

                               

Net interest income

      583          79          134          86          320          1,202          148          1,350    

Other income/(loss)(1)

      263          85          70          5          (22       401          37          438    

 

 

Total operating income

      846          164          204          91          298          1,603          185          1,788    

Personnel expenses

      (441       (163       (126       (18       (117       (865       (70       (935)   

General and administrative expenses

      (200       (86       (62       (19       (208       (575       (62       (637)   

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation

      (57       (14       (7       (5       (30       (113       (2       (115)   

Total operating expenses

      (698       (263       (195       (42       (355       (1,553       (134       (1,687)   

 

 

Operating profit/(loss) before provisions

      148          (99       9          49          (57       50          51          101    

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

      (1,177       (2,933       (225       (201                (4,536       (3,325       (7,861)   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

                                          (11       (11       (6       (17)   

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

      (2       (5                         (270       (277       (6       (283)   

Total provisions

      (1,179       (2,938       (225       (201       (281       (4,824       (3,337       (8,161)   

 

 

Group operating loss

      (1,031       (3,037       (216       (152       (338       (4,774       (3,286       (8,060)   

Associated undertakings

      (39                2                            (37                (37)   

Loss on disposal of property

      (1                                           (1                (1)   

Profit on disposal of businesses

      10                                     28          38                   38    

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before exceptional items

      (1,061       (3,037       (214       (152       (310       (4,774       (3,286       (8,060

Loss on disposal of loans

                                  (322

Loss on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

                                  (364

Gain on redemption/
remeasurement of subordinated debt and other capital instruments

                                  3,277   

Interest rate hedge volatility

                                  (39

Restructuring and restitution expenses

                                  (33

Writeback of provisions for NAMA loans

                                  433   

Total exceptional items

                                  2,952   

Loss before taxation from continuing operations

                                  (5,108

 

 

 

 

 

    228


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

        2010   
        PBB         CICB         AIB UK         Group         Total
Core
        Total
Non-
        Total   
        m         m         m         m         m         Core
m
         

 

 

Operations by business segments

                           

Net interest income

      719          168          229          494          1,610          234          1,844    

Other income/(loss)(1)

      297          73          90          (112       348          115          463    

 

 

Total operating income

      1,016          241          319          382          1,958          349          2,307    

Personnel expenses

      (443       (144       (138       (94       (819       (102       (921)   

General and administrative expenses

      (175       (79       (45       (157       (456       (72       (528)   

Depreciation, impairment and amortisation

      (65       (13       (10       (90       (178       (2       (180)   

Total operating expenses

      (683       (236       (193       (341       (1,453       (176       (1,629)   

 

 

Operating profit before provisions

      333          5          126          41          505          173          678    

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

      (736       (1,557       (121                (2,414       (3,601       (6,015)   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

                                                            –    

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

      (2       (7                (54       (63       (11       (74)   

Total provisions

      (738       (1,564       (121       (54       (2,477       (3,612       (6,089)   

 

 

Group operating (loss)/profit

      (405       (1,559       5          (13       (1,972       (3,439       (5,411)   

Associated undertakings

      16                   2                   18                   18    

Profit on disposal of property

                                 46          46                   46    

Loss on disposal of businesses

                                 (11       (11                (11)   

 

 

(Loss)/profit from continuing - operations before exceptional items

      (389       (1,559       7          22          (1,919       (3,439       (5,358)   

Loss on disposal of loans

                              (54)   

Loss on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

                              (5,969)   

Gain on redemption of subordinated debt and other capital instruments

                              372    

Interest rate hedge volatility

                              (13)   

Restructuring and restitution expenses

                              (20)   

Provisions for NAMA loans

                              (1,029)   

Total exceptional items

                              (6,713)   

Loss before taxation from continuing operations

                              (12,071)   

 

 

(1)Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments of Nil (2011: 3,277 million; 2010: 372 million) is recorded within the Group segment (note 7).

 

 

 

229    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

Other amounts - statement of financial position

 

     2012  
     PBB      CICB      AIB UK      EBS      Group     

Total

Core

     Total
Non-
     Total  
     m      m      m      m      m      m     

Core

m

     m  

 

 

Loans and receivables to customers

       26,794         16,290         8,341         12,322                 63,747         9,225         72,972   

Loans and receivables held for sale

                                                     353         353   

Interests in associated undertakings

     25                 12                         37         15         52   

Total assets

     29,265         16,500         13,174         12,399         41,291         112,629         9,887         122,516   

Customer accounts

     26,949         14,541         10,864         10,117         1,111         63,582         28         63,610   

Total liabilities(1)

     31,676         14,680         12,273         10,460         42,026         111,115         160         111,275   

Capital expenditure

     57         2         4         3         35         101         7         108   

 

 
     2011  
     PBB      CICB      AIB UK      EBS      Group      Total
Core
     Total
Non-
     Total  
     m      m      m      m      m      m      Core
 m
     m  

 

 

Loans and receivables to customers

     27,013         19,638         8,998         13,101                 68,750         13,790         82,540   

Loans and receivables held for sale

                                                     1,191         1,191   

Interests in associated undertakings

     24                 12                         36         14         50   

Total assets

     31,198         19,769         13,398         13,682         43,458         121,505         15,146         136,651   

Customer accounts

     28,150         13,801         10,220         8,476                 60,647         27         60,674   

Total liabilities(1)

     32,234         14,019         11,399         8,817         55,420         121,889         299         122,188   

Capital expenditure

     49         1                                 50                 50   

 

 

 

 

 

    230


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

1 Segmental information (continued)

 

     2012   
                     Republic of     United     North     Rest of the     Total   
Geographic information(2)(3)   

Ireland

m

    Kingdom
m
    America
m
   

world

m

     

 

 

Net interest income

     934        174        (2            1,106    

Other income/(loss)(4)(5)

     (716     309        (70     (8     (485)   

Non-current assets(6)

     489        30        1               520    

 

 
     2011   
     Republic of     United     North     Rest of the     Total   
     Ireland     Kingdom     America     world        
Geographic information(2)(3)    m     m     m     m      

 

 

Net interest income

     1,131        199        18        2        1,350    

Other income/(loss)(4)(5)

     3,347        (315)        (17     (25     2,990    

Non-current assets(6)

     493        41        2               536    

 

 
     2010   
     Republic of     United     North     Rest of the     Total   
     Ireland     Kingdom     America     world        
Geographic information(2)(3)    m     m     m     m      

 

 

Net interest income

     1,397        390        49        8        1,844    

Other (loss)/income(4)(5)

     (5,091     (169)        43        16        (5,201)   

Non-current assets(6)

     491        47        2        1        541    

 

 

Revenue from external customers comprises interest income (note 2); fee income (note 5) and trading loss (note 6).

(1)The fungible nature of liabilities within the banking industry inevitably leads to allocations of liabilities to segments, some of which are necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the directors believe that the analysis of total assets is more meaningful than the analysis of liabilities.

(2)The geographical distribution of net interest and other income/(loss) is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

(3)For details of significant geographic concentrations, see 3.1 Credit risk.

(4)Loss on disposal of financial assets to NAMA is recorded within the Republic of Ireland and United Kingdom.

(5)Gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments is recorded in Republic of Ireland.

(6)Non-current assets comprise intangible assets and goodwill, and property, plant and equipment.

 

 

 

231    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

2  Interest and similar income    2012
 m
             2011
 m
             2010  
 m  
 

 

 

Interest on loans and receivables to customers

     2,976         3,418         3,837     

Interest on loans and receivables to banks

     31         69         55     

Interest on trading portfolio financial assets

     1         2         2     

Interest on NAMA senior bonds

     329         348         29     

Interest on financial investments available for sale

     579         592         686     

 

 
       3,916         4,429         4,609     
  

 

 

 

Interest income includes a credit of 217 million (2011: credit of 199 million; 2010: credit of 526 million) removed from other comprehensive income in respect of cash flow hedges.

Total interest income calculated using the effective interest method reported above that relates to financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss is 3,915 million (2011: 4,427; 2010: 4,607 million).

Interest income includes a credit of 392 million (2011: 236 million; 2010: 277 million) in respect of the discount unwind on impaired loans.

 

3  Interest expense and similar charges    2012
 m
             2011
 m
             2010  
 m  
 

 

 

Interest on deposits by central banks and banks

     252         600         375     

Interest on customer accounts

     1,823         1,700         1,313     

Interest on debt securities in issue

     512         611         695     

Interest on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     223         168         382     

 

 
       2,810         3,079         2,765     
  

 

 

 

Interest expense includes a charge of 128 million (2011: charge of 66 million; 2010: charge of 135 million) removed from other comprehensive income in respect of cash flow hedges.

Included within interest expense is 388 million (2011: 488 million; 2010: 306 million) in respect of the Irish Government’s Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (“ELG”) Scheme.

Total interest expense calculated using the effective interest method reported above that relates to financial liabilities not carried at fair value through profit or loss is 2,810 million (2011: 3,079 million; 2010: 2,765 million).

 

4 Dividend income

Dividend income relates to income from equity shares held as financial investments available for sale and amounts to  1 million (2011: 4 million; 2010: 1 million).

 

5  Net fee and commission income         2012
m
          2011
m
          2010
m
 
                

Retail banking customer fees

       321           336           367   

Credit related fees

       33           50           94   

Asset management and investment banking fees

       14           58           81   

Brokerage fees

                           18   

Insurance commissions

       28           26           25   

Fee and commission income

       396           470           585   
              

Irish Government Guarantee Scheme expense(1)

                           (51

Other fee and commission expense(2)

       (29        (29        (37

Fee and commission expense

         (29          (29          (88
         367             441             497   

(1)Represents the charge in respect of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) (“CIFS”) Scheme which expired in 2010.

(2)Other fee and commission expense includes ATM expenses of 8 million (2011: 12 million; 2010: 14 million) and credit card commissions of 12 million (2011: 11 million; 2010: 11 million).

 

 

 

    232


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

6  Net trading loss    2012
 m
            2011
m
            2010 
 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

     45        52        22    

Debt securities and interest rate contracts

     (75     (91     (183)   

Credit derivative contracts

     (38     (71     (41)   

Equity securities and index contracts(1)

     (32     (3       

 

 
         (100     (113     (201)   
  

 

 

 

(1)The mark to market loss on put options, held by AIB and Aviva for the sales of ALH and Ark Life respectively, amounted to 32 million (2011: 8 million) (note 35).

The total hedging ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges reflected in the income statement amounted to a charge of  7 million (2011: charge of 3 million; 2010: charge of 2 million) and is included in net trading loss.

 

7 Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

2012

There were no redemptions of subordinated liabilities or other capital instruments in 2012.

2011

The Group was involved in a number of initiatives to increase its core tier 1 capital from 2009 onwards. In this regard, in January and June 2011, the Group completed offers to purchase for cash certain capital instruments. In addition, the date for settlement of three further instruments was 22 July 2011. These offers to purchase for cash, accounted for under IAS 39, met the requirements to be treated as an extinguishment of the original instruments.

January

This transaction comprised a tender offer by AIB for cash for certain of its tier 2 capital instruments denominated in various currencies. These instruments were purchased at 30% of their face value. It resulted in a total gain of 1,534 million ( 1,534 million after taxation) all of which was recorded in the income statement.

June

On 14 April 2011, the High Court issued a Subordinated Liabilities Order under section 29 of the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 (the “SLO”), with the consent of AIB. The SLO changed the terms of all outstanding instruments resulting in a gain for AIB.

On 13 May 2011, AIB launched a tender offer for cash for all its outstanding subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments. Under this offer, AIB agreed to purchase the instruments at 10% to 25% of their face value. Following completion of the offer and where a certain percentage (a quorum) of the holders agreed to accept the offer, AIB had an option to redeem or purchase all of the remaining outstanding instruments at an option price of 0.001% of the nominal amount, which it exercised.

In relation to instruments settled on or before 30 June 2011 a gain amounting to 1,343 million ( 1,312 million after taxation) was recognised in the income statement and a gain amounting to 387 million ( 344 million after taxation) was recognised directly in equity.

At 30 June 2011, balances remained outstanding on six instruments. Since the terms of these instruments changed arising from the SLO which was effective from 22 April 2011, the original liabilities were derecognised and new liabilities recognised, with their remeasurement based on fair value. A gain of 396 million arising on derecognition of the original liabilities/initial recognition of the new liabilities was recognised in the income statement. Three of the remaining instruments were settled on 22 July 2011.

The subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments of the Group are set out in note 44. Both the RCI and the LPI were redeemed in full during 2011.

 

 

 

233    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

7 Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments (continued) 

The table below sets out the gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments in the year to 31 December 2011.

 

        2011  
        Redemption         Remeasurement         Total  
          m             m            m   

Carrying value of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments at redemption/remeasurement

      4,286          108          4,394   

Carrying value of other equity interests and non-controlling interests at redemption

        428                       428   
      4,714          108          4,822   

Consideration paid on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

      (1,079                (1,079

Consideration paid on redemption of other equity interests and non-controlling interests

      (41                (41

Costs

      (9                (9

Fair value on remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

               (29       (29
          (1,129         (29         (1,158

Gain on redemption/remeasurement

        3,585            79            3,664   

Of which recognised in:

           

Income statement

              3,277 (1) 

Equity

                                387 (2) 
              3,664   

(1) 3,246 million after taxation.

(2) 344 million after taxation.

On 29 March 2010, the Group completed the exchange of lower tier 2 capital instruments for new lower tier 2 capital qualifying securities. This exchange of debt, accounted for under IAS 39, met the requirements to be treated as an extinguishment of the original instruments. However, since the original instruments were extinguished by the issue of new subordinated capital instruments, this was a non-cash transaction except for the costs incurred in issuing the new instruments.

The following table sets out the carrying value, the consideration given including costs, and the gain on exchange:

 

    

2010 

 m 

 

 

 

Carrying value of instruments exchanged

     2,212    

Carrying value of new instruments issued including costs

           (1,840)   

 

 

Gain on exchange of subordinated liabilities

     372    
  

 

 

 

These instruments were exchanged at discounts ranging from 9% to 26%. The gain of 372 million ( 372 million after taxation) was recorded in the income statement.

 

 

 

    234


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

8 Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

Following the enactment of the NAMA Act (‘the Act’) in November 2009 and the designation of AIB as a participating institution under the Act in February 2010, financial instruments transferred to NAMA during 2010 and 2011. The consideration received was in the form of Government Guaranteed Floating Rate Notes (senior bonds) and Floating Rate Perpetual Subordinated Bonds (subordinated bonds) issued by NAMA which were initially measured at fair value (note 56).

Whilst these transfers were practically complete at 31 December 2011, a provision was made in respect of adjustments to transfers which had not settled at that date (note 43).

The following table sets out details of the profit/loss arising in 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

    2012
    

Net carrying

value

 m

   

Fair value of

consideration

m

      

Profit on

transfer

m

Adjustment to previous transfers

       

Financial instruments returned by NAMA

    44      (21)     23

Other adjustments to transfers(1)

                  136

Total

        159

(1)During 2012, NAMA resolved certain issues in relation to loans and receivables which had transferred during 2010 and 2011. This resulted in the release of provisions amounting to 155 million which were offset by a charge of 19 million for Section 93 claims under the NAMA Act.

 

    2011  
   

Net carrying
value

m

        

Fair value of

consideration

m

        

Loss on

transfer

m

 

 

 

Transfers to NAMA

    (1,232        783           (449

Adjustments to 2011 transfers

    (55        (83        (138

 

 
    (1,287        700           (587

Utilisation of provision for liabilities and charges

              587   

Writeback of provision for servicing liability

              43   

Adjustment to 2010 transfers

           

Financial instruments returned by NAMA

    40           (27        13   

Adjustments to 2010 transfers

    (179        (257        (436
    (139        (284        (423
           

EBS transfers to NAMA

    (36        35           (1

Adjustments to EBS 2010 transfers

              17           17   
    (36        52           16   

 

 

Total

              (364
        

 

 
    2010  
   

Net carrying
value

m

        

Fair value of

consideration

m

        

Loss on

transfer

m

 

 

 

Transfers to NAMA

    (14,010        8,084           (5,926

Provision for servicing liability

              (43

 

 

Total

              (5,969
        

 

 

 

 

 

235    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

8 Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA (continued)

The following table analyses the overall impact of financial instruments, both transferred and held for sale to NAMA(1) in the consolidated income statement:

 

     2012
 m
            2011
m
            2010
m
 

 

 

Included within

      

Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

     159        (364     (5,969

Administrative expenses (note 10)

     (3     (28     (21

Provisions for impairment of loans and receivables

            (87     (1,497

Provisions for liabilities and commitments(2)

                   (1,029

Release of surplus provision

            433          

 

 
           156        (46     (8,516
  

 

 

 

(1)Excludes amounts relating to interest income, related funding and other income on the underlying financial instruments.

(2)At 31 December 2010, the transfer in 2011 of certain loans to NAMA was deemed to be unavoidable, accordingly a provision was made for the expected discount based on the loans identified for transfer and the haircut that NAMA had communicated would be applied to such loans (note 43).

Adjustments to transfers have been settled either through cash settlements, a return or issue of NAMA senior and subordinated bonds, or the creation of a receivable or a NAMA provision.

 

9  Other operating (loss)/income    2012
 m
            2011
m
            2010
m
 

 

 

Loss on disposal of loans and receivables to customers(1)

     (962     (322     (54)   

Profit/(loss) on disposal of available for sale debt securities

     25        (36     75   

Profit on disposal of available for sale equity securities

     6        8        13   

Miscellaneous operating income(2)

     19        95        65   

 

 
           (912     (255     99   
  

 

 

 

(1)Loss on disposal of loans and receivables to customers includes the impact of deleveraging non-core assets of 532 million (2011: loss 322 million) and a loss of 430 million arising on the transfer of loans at fair value to an SPV, now controlled by the pension scheme (note 12).

(2)Miscellaneous operating income includes:

 

  Foreign exchange gains and losses Nil (2011: credit of 40 million; 2010: credit of 8 million).

 

  Loss on disposal of equipment Nil (2011: Nil; 2010: loss of 1 million).

 

  Legal proceedings Nil (2011: credit of 61 million; 2010: Nil).

 

  2 million charge relating to terminated cash flow hedges which has been removed from equity (2011: charge of 18 million; 2010: credit of 12 million).

 

 

 

    236


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

10 Administrative expenses           2012
 m
         2011
m
         2010
m
 

 

 

Personnel expenses:

               

Wages & salaries

        786           757           722   

Termination benefits(1)

        300                       

Retirement benefits(2) (note 12)

        (130        48           92   

Social security costs

        85           80           74   

Other personnel expenses

        68           50           33   
        1,109           935           921   

General and administrative expenses(3)

        708           670           548   

 

 
        1,817           1,605           1,469   
 

 

 

(1)On 21 May 2012, AIB announced the specific terms of a voluntary severance programme which includes both an early retirement scheme and a voluntary severance scheme. At 31 December 2012, a charge of 293 million has been made to the income statement in respect of termination benefits arising from the voluntary severance programme. This amount comprises 182 million in respect of past service costs relating to the early retirement scheme and 140 million relating to the voluntary severance scheme (notes 12 and 43) and a credit of 29 million in respect of a pension curtailment gain for voluntary severance employees. In addition, a provision of 7 million has been made in respect of other termination benefits, principally, in the Isle of Man/Channel Islands.

(2)Comprises a credit of 151 million relating to defined benefit expense (2011: charge of 29 million; 2010: charge of 72 million), a defined contribution expense charge of 13 million (2011: 12 million; 2010: 13 million) and a long term disability payments expense charge of 8 million (2011: 7 million; 2010: 7 million) (note 12).

(3)Includes external costs relating to the transfer of financial instruments to NAMA that amounted to 3 million (2011: 28 million; 2010: 21 million).

Employee numbers by market segment are set out in note 65.

11  Share-based compensation schemes

The Group operates a number of share-based compensation schemes as outlined in this note on terms approved by the shareholders.

The share-based compensation schemes which AIB Group operates in respect of ordinary shares in Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., are:

(i) The AIB Group Share Option Scheme;

(ii) Employees’ Profit Sharing Schemes;

(iii) AIB Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Option Scheme UK; and

(iv) AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005.

At 31 December 2012, the ordinary shares of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. were trading at 0.05 per share, accordingly, there is no expectation that outstanding options will be exercised.

(i) AIB Group Share Option Scheme

The following disclosures regarding the “AIB Group Share Option Scheme” (the ‘2000 Scheme’) relate to both AIB Group and to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c Options were last granted under this scheme in 2005, and these options vested in 2008 based on the 2007 earnings per share out-turn, and are exercisable up to 2015, however, as these options are deeply out of the money, there is no expectation that they will be exercised.

The following table summarises the share option scheme activity over each of the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

    2012         2011         2010  
   
 
 
Number
of
options
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
        Weighted
average
exercise
price
  
  
  
  
     

 

 

Number

of

options

  

  

  

   
 
 

 

        Weighted
average
exercise

price

  
  
  

  

     

 

 

Number

of

options

  

  

  

   
 
 

 

        Weighted
average
exercise

price

  
  
  

  

      ’000                 ’000                 ’000          

Outstanding at 1 January

    8,353.7        13.62          10,910.0        13.27          11,048.6        13.28   

Exercised

                                             

Forfeited/lapsed

    (2,607.2     13.58          (2,556.3     12.13          (138.6     13.77   

Outstanding at 31 December

    5,746.5        13.64          8,353.7        13.62          10,910.0        13.27   

Exercisable at 31 December

    5,746.5        13.64          8,353.7        13.62          10,910.0        13.27   

 

 

 

237    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

11  Share-based compensation schemes (continued)

(ii) Employees’ Profit Sharing Schemes

The Company operates the “AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998” (‘the Scheme’) on terms approved by the shareholders at the 1998 Annual General Meeting. All employees, including executive directors of the Company and certain subsidiaries are eligible to participate, subject to minimum service periods and being in employment on the date on which an invitation to participate is issued. The Directors, at their discretion, may set aside each year, for distribution under the Scheme, a sum not exceeding 5% of eligible profits of participating companies. No shares have been awarded under this Scheme since 2008.

A Share Ownership Plan (‘the Plan’) operates in the UK in place of a profit sharing scheme whereby employees may be awarded free shares. When the Plan was set up in 2002, it was on the basis that it would operate for a maximum period of 10 years. As this 10 year period has now come to an end, no further share awards or purchases can be made under the Plan. No shares have been awarded since 2008 under the Free Share category.

The following table summarises activity in the Free Share category during 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

    2012       2011     2010 
    

Number 

of shares 

’000 

    

Number 

        of shares 

’000 

  

Number 

        of shares 

’000 

Outstanding at 1 January

    464.1        725.1     992.0 

Granted

    –        –     – 

Forfeited

    –        (1.6)    (8.1)

Vested

    (269.0)       (259.4)    (258.8)

Outstanding at 31 December

    195.1        464.1     725.1 

(iii) AIB Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Option Scheme UK

The Company operated a Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme (‘the Scheme’) in the UK. The Scheme was open to all employees of AIB Group in the UK who had completed six months continuous service at the date of grant. Options were last granted under this scheme in 2008.

The following table summarises activity during 2012, 2011 and 2010 for the SAYE Share Option Scheme UK.

 

     2012          2011          2010  
    
 
 
Number
of
options
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Weighted
average
exercise
price
  
  
  
  
      
 
 
Number
of
options
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Weighted
average
exercise
price
  
  
  
  
      
 
 
Number
of
options
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Weighted
average
exercise
price
  
  
  
  
       ’000                  ’000                  ’000          

Outstanding at 1 January

     0.4        10.13           18.3        10.84           35.3        15.58   

Granted

                                                

Forfeited/lapsed

     (0.4     10.13           (17.9     10.52           (17.0     14.69   

Exercised

                                                

Outstanding at 31 December

                      0.4        10.13           18.3        10.84   

Exercisable at 31 December

                      0.4        10.13           1.7        17.93   

(iv) AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005

This Plan was approved by the shareholders at the 2005 AGM. Conditional grants of awards of ordinary shares are made to employees. There were no conditional grants outstanding at the end of December 2011 and there were no awards of performance shares in 2012.

Income statement expense

The total expense arising from share-based payment transactions amounted to Nil for the year ended 31 December 2012 (2011: Nil; 2010: Nil).

Limitations on share-based payment schemes

The Company complies with guidelines issued by the Irish Association of Investment Managers in relation to shares of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. issued under the above schemes.

 

 

 

    238


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

12  Retirement benefits

The Group operates a number of pension and retirement benefit schemes for employees, the majority of which are funded. These include both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. The hybrid scheme includes elements of a defined benefit scheme and a defined contribution scheme.

Defined benefit schemes

Of the defined benefit schemes operated by the Group, the most significant are the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme (‘the Irish scheme’) and the AIB Group UK Pension Scheme (‘the UK scheme’). The Irish scheme and the UK Scheme were closed to new members from December 1997.

Staff joining the Group in the Republic of Ireland between December 1997 and December 2007 became members of the Irish Defined Contribution (“DC”) scheme. A hybrid pension arrangement was introduced in Ireland in December 2007 and members of the Irish DC scheme had the option at that time to switch to the hybrid pension arrangement.

Staff joining the Group in the Republic of Ireland after December 2007 automatically join the hybrid pension arrangement.

At the year end, the Irish scheme has approximately 10,300 active members, 3,800 deferred members and 3,500 pensioners. Of the active members of the Irish scheme, c. 3,000 are non-hybrid scheme members and c. 7,300 are hybrid scheme members. Also, in the Republic of Ireland, there are three EBS schemes with a total membership of 534 active members, 420 deferred members and 57 pensioners. 50 per cent. of staff in the UK are active members of the UK scheme. Retirement benefits for the defined benefit schemes are calculated by reference to service and pensionable salary averaged over the final five years (EBS scheme: pensionable salary in final year), subject to certain conditions.

Voluntary Severance Programme

On 21 May 2012, the Group announced the specific terms of a voluntary severance programme which included an early retirement scheme. During 2012, 976 employees left AIB under the Group’s Irish early retirement scheme, and approximately 160 Irish early retirements are expected in 2013. The Group has recognised a past service cost in the income statement and an increase in the benefit obligation of 146 million (31 December 2011: Nil) for the Group’s Irish early retirement scheme.

In addition, 294 employees left under the Group’s UK early retirement scheme and approximately 38 UK early retirements are expected in 2013. The Group has recognised a past service cost in the income statement and an increase in the benefit obligation of 36 million (31 December 2011: Nil) in respect of the Group’s UK early retirement scheme.

During 2012, there were 380 leavers from the Irish scheme under the Group’s voluntary severance scheme, with further voluntary severances expected for 2013. These have led to the recognition of a curtailment gain of 29 million in the income statement.

Pay and Benefits Review

The Group announced a Pay and Benefits review on 14 June 2012. The main proposed change is the closure of all defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual and the transfer of all employees who are currently members of a defined benefit pension scheme (including hybrid arrangements) to a DC pension scheme. This change will have no impact on the benefits accrued up to the date of transfer. The impact of this proposed closure of the defined benefit schemes to future accrual has not been recognised as this change had not occurred by 31 December 2012 and was still subject to discussions with relevant parties.

Under the Pay and Benefits review, the payment of retirees’ club subscriptions and the provision of a preferential interest rate on retirees’ and future retirees’ deposit accounts ceased. The liability of 24 million previously recognised for these benefits was released to the income statement. In 2011, the Group decided to no longer pay club subscriptions for future retirees. Accordingly, the liability of 26 million previously recognised for this benefit was credited to the income statement as a curtailment gain in 2011.

In 2012, the Group affirmed its approach to the funding of the Irish pension scheme. This led to a reduction of the defined benefit obligation of 204 million and a credit to the income statement as a negative past service cost.

 

 

 

239    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

Contributions

The Irish scheme is funded by a contribution rate of 16.0 per cent. of pensionable salaries with effect from 1 January 2011. Members of the Irish scheme contribute 5 per cent. of pensionable salary except for those who do not contribute in return for lower benefits.

On 31 July 2012, AIB entered into a Contribution Deed with the Trustee of the Irish scheme whereby it agreed to make contributions to the scheme to enable the Trustee ensure that the regulatory Minimum Funding Standard position of non-pensioner members of the Pension scheme was not affected by the agreed early retirement scheme. These contributions, amounting to 594 million, were settled through the transfer to the Irish scheme of interests in an SPV owning loans and receivables previously transferred at fair value from the Group.

During 2012, AIB also transferred 115 million into the Irish scheme to fund the Irish early retirement scheme as part of AIB’s voluntary severance/early retirement cost saving initiative. In addition, AIB transferred 25 million into the UK scheme to fund the UK early retirement scheme.

The UK scheme is funded by a contribution rate of 30.8 per cent. of pensionable salaries together with quarterly payments of Stg£ 9.7 million from 1 April 2016 increasing to Stg£ 12.6 million by 1 April 2024. A payment of Stg£ 50.8 million was paid into the UK scheme in December 2010 and a further Stg£ 102 million was paid in January 2011. Those sums are part of a schedule of contributions agreed between the Group and the Trustees and accepted by the Pensions Regulator in the United Kingdom. Members of the UK scheme contribute 5 per cent. of pensionable salary except for those who do not contribute in return for lower benefits.

The total contributions to all defined benefit pension schemes operated by the Group in 2013 is estimated to be 215 million. As already stated, the Group is planning to close the defined benefit pension schemes to future accrual. However, as the date of closure to future accrual is uncertain, included in the estimate is an amount based on the assumption that the defined benefit pension schemes will remain open for the full year 2013. Approval was received from the Pensions Board in 2013 in relation to a funding plan with regard to regulatory Minimum Funding Standard requirements of the Irish scheme.

Pension Levy

The Irish Finance (No 2) Act 2011, which was signed into law in June 2011, imposed an annual levy of 0.6% on the market value of assets under management in Irish pension schemes, for the years 2011 to 2014 (inclusive). A levy of 16 million (2011: 16 million) was paid in respect of Irish defined benefit schemes. A levy of 2 million (2011: 2 million) was paid in respect of Irish defined contribution schemes. The payment of the levy in respect of Irish defined benefit schemes was incorporated into the expected return on pension scheme assets for 2012. In 2011, the payment of the levy was included as part of the actuarial loss on assets.

Valuations

Independent actuarial valuations for the main Irish and UK schemes are carried out on a triennial basis by the Schemes’ actuary, Mercer. The last such valuations were carried out as at 30 June 2009 using Projected Unit Methods. The Irish scheme and the UK scheme are due to finalise actuarial valuations as at 30 June 2012 and 31 December 2011 respectively by 31 March 2013. Actuarial valuations are available for inspection by the members of the schemes.

Change in estimate

During the year, the Group, with input from its actuary, refined its estimate of the discount rate used for the computation of the defined benefit liabilities. The refinement included a significant extension of the bond data included in the population from which the discount rate is derived, as well as a refinement of the approach used to extrapolate the available bond data out to the duration of the pension scheme obligations.

The discount rate for euro schemes for 2011 would have been 4.9% under the refined methodology, a decrease of 0.2%. This change in discount rate at 31 December 2011, would have resulted in an increase in the present value of the euro schemes’ liabilities of 126 million.

 

 

 

    240


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

Financial assumptions

The following table summarises the financial assumptions adopted in the preparation of these financial statements in respect of the main schemes at 31 December 2012 and 2011. The assumptions, including the expected long-term rate of return on assets, have been set based upon the advice of the Group’s actuary.

 

Financial assumptions   

2012

%

    

2011

%

 

 

 

Irish scheme

     

Rate of increase in salaries(1)

     3.00         3.20   

Rate of increase of pensions in payment(2)

     1.60         2.00   

Expected return on scheme assets

     4.49         5.92   

Discount rate

     4.00         5.10   

Inflation assumptions

     2.00         2.00   

 

 

UK scheme

     

Rate of increase in salaries(1)

     2.90         3.60   

Rate of increase of pensions in payment

     2.90         3.00   

Expected return on scheme assets

     4.90         5.20   

Discount rate

     4.50         4.70   

Inflation assumptions (RPI)

     2.90         3.00   

 

 

Other schemes

     

Rate of increase in salaries

     3.0 – 3.5         3.2 – 3.6   

Rate of increase of pensions in payment

     0.0 – 3.0         0.0 – 3.0   

Expected return on scheme assets

     3.7 – 7.5         5.5 – 8.0   

Discount rate

     4.0 – 4.5         4.7 – 5.6   

Inflation assumptions

     2.0 – 2.9         2.0 – 3.0   

 

 

(1)The rate of increase in salaries includes the impact of salary scale improvements.

(2)Nil for the next 5 years and 2% per annum thereafter.

Mortality assumptions

The life expectancies underlying the value of the scheme liabilities for the Irish and UK schemes at 31 December 2012 and 2011 are shown in the following table:

 

         Life expectancy - years
         Irish scheme         UK scheme
         2012         2011         2012         2011

 

Retiring today age 63

                      

Males

     25.2       22.5       26.2       24.6

Females

     26.7       25.6       28.4       26.9

Retiring in 10 years at age 63

                      

Males

     26.6       25.5       27.3       25.7

Females

       27.8         28.6         29.6         28.2

The mortality assumptions for the Irish and UK schemes were updated in 2012. The table shows that a member of the Irish scheme retiring at age 63 on 31 December 2012 is assumed to live on average for 25.2 years for a male (26.2 years for the UK scheme) and 26.7 years for a female (28.4 years for the UK scheme). There will be variation between members but these assumptions are expected to be appropriate for all members. The table also shows the life expectancy for members aged 53 on 31 December 2012 who will retire in ten years. Younger members are expected to live longer in retirement than those retiring now, reflecting a decrease in mortality rates in future years due to advances in medical science and improvements in standards of living.

 

 

 

241    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

Sensitivity analysis for principal assumptions used to measure scheme liabilities

There are inherent uncertainties surrounding the financial assumptions adopted in calculating the actuarial valuation of the pension schemes. Set out in the table below is a sensitivity analysis for the key assumptions for the Irish scheme and the UK scheme.

Note that the changes in assumptions are independent of each other i.e. the effect of the reflected change in the discount rate assumes that there has been no change in the rate of mortality assumption and vice versa.

 

Assumption    Change in assumption    Impact on scheme liabilities(1)
          Irish scheme      UK scheme

Inflation

   Increase by 0.25%      Increase by 2.7%       Increase by 4.7%

Salary growth

   Increase by 0.25%      Increase by 1.3%       Increase by 1.2%

Discount rate

   Increase by 0.25%                      Decrease by 4.7%                       Decrease by 5.5%

Rate of mortality

   Increase life expectancy by 1 year      Increase by 2.5%       Increase by 2.9%

(1)Scheme liabilities: Irish scheme 4,165 million, UK scheme 1,140 million.

Fair value of scheme assets

The following table sets out on a combined basis for all schemes, the fair value of the assets held by the schemes together with the long-term rate of return expected for each class of asset for the Group. The expected rates of return on individual asset classes are estimated using current and projected economic and market factors at the measurement date in consultation with the Group’s actuaries.

Under IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised), which the Group will adopt from 1 January 2013, the expected return on assets is replaced with an interest cost on assets which is set equal to the discount rate at the measurement date.

 

     2012          2011
     Long term
rate of return
expected
     Value     Scheme
assets
         Long term
rate of return
expected
     Value     Scheme
assets
       %         m        %           %         m      %

Equities

     6.1         2,156        46           7.0         2,325      62

Bonds

     3.0         1,543        32           3.1         1,035      27

Mortgage portfolio

     5.0         570        12                       

Property

     5.6         204        4           5.5         204      5

Cash/other

     3.8         301        6           4.2         235      6

Total market value of assets

     4.8         4,774        100           5.7         3,799      100

Actuarial value of liabilities of funded schemes

              (5,552                         (4,529    

Deficit in the funded schemes

        (778 )(1)              (730 )(1)   

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

              (11                         (33    

Net pension deficit

        (789             (763  

(1)Of which 673 million deficit relates to the Irish scheme, 30 million deficit relates to the UK scheme, 62 million deficit relates to the EBS schemes and 13 million deficit relates to other schemes (2011: 754 million deficit relates to the Irish scheme, 69 million surplus relates to the UK scheme, 28 million deficit relates to the EBS schemes and 17 million deficit relates to other schemes).

At 31 December 2012, the Group pension scheme assets included AIB shares amounting to Nil (2011: Nil). Included in the actuarial value of the liabilities is an amount in respect of commitments to pay annual pensions amounting to 104,234 (2011: 109,813) in aggregate to a number of former directors or the spouses of deceased former directors.

 

 

 

    242


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

Defined benefit expense

The following table sets out the components of the defined benefit expense for each of the three years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

    2012

m

   

              2011

m

   

              2010

m

 

 

 

Included in administrative expenses:

      

Current service cost

     79        70        69   

Past service cost

     (218     3        4   

Expected return on pension scheme assets

     (227     (235     (215

Interest on pension scheme liabilities

     223        217        214   

Curtailment

     (8     (26       

 

 

Cost of providing defined retirement benefits

     (151     29        72   
  

 

 

 

The actual return on scheme assets during the year ended 31 December 2012 was 379 million (2011: 2 million; 2010: 328 million).

Movement in defined benefit obligation and scheme assets

The following tables set our the movement in the defined benefit obligation and scheme assets during 2012 and 2011:

 

Movement in defined benefit obligation   

    2012

m

   

            2011

m

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

     4,562        3,939   

Acquisition during the year

            126   

Current service cost

     79        70   

Past service cost – Termination benefits

     182          

                             – Other

     (218     3   

Interest cost

     223        217   

Contributions by employees

     20        18   

Actuarial losses

     1,010        301   

Benefits paid

     (280     (119

Curtailment – Termination

     (29       

                   – Other

     (8     (26)   

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

     22        33   

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

         5,563        4,562   
  

 

 

 

 

Movement in the scheme assets   

2012

m

   

          2011

m

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of year

     3,799        3,539   

Acquisition during the year

            109   

Expected return(1)

     227        235   

Actuarial gains and (losses)

     152        (233

Contributions by employer

     830 (2)      216   

Contributions by employees

     20        18   

Benefits paid

     (279     (119

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

     25        34   

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at end of year

         4,774        3,799   
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes payment of pension levy.

(2)Includes the transfer to the Irish scheme of interests in an SPV owning loans and receivables previously transferred at fair value from the Group.

 

 

 

 

243    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

Amount recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

The following table sets out an analysis of the amount recognised in the statement of comprehensive income for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

    

2012

m

   

              2011

m

   

              2010

m

 

 

 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets

     152        (233     113   

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities

     (81     31        107   

Changes in demographic and financial assumptions

     (929 )(1)      (332     (217

 

 

Actuarial (loss)/gain recognised

     (858     (534     3   

Deferred tax

     118        70        (2

 

 

Recognised in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
(2)

         (740     (464     1   
  

 

 

 

(1)Principally due to reduction in discount rate and updating of mortality assumptions in 2012.

(2)The Group’s share of recognised (losses)/gains in associated undertakings, includes an actuarial gain of Nil for the year ended 31 December 2012 (2011: an actuarial gain of 4 million; 2010: an actuarial loss of 13 million) (note 46).

History of experience gains and losses

The following table sets out an analysis of the gains and losses for the defined benefit schemes for the years ended 31 December 2008 to 31 December 2012:

 

    

2012

m

   

        2011

m

   

        2010

m

   

           2009

m

   

      2008

m

 

 

 

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:

          

Amount

     152        (233     113        150        (1,367

Percentage of scheme assets

     3     6     3     5     55

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities:

          

Amount

     (81     31        107        122        (51

Percentage of scheme liabilities

     1     1     3     3     1

Total gross amount recognised in SOCI(1):

          

Amount

     (858     (534     3        180        (807

Percentage of scheme liabilities

     15     12     0     5     22

 

 

(1)Statement of comprehensive income.

Defined benefit pension schemes

An analysis of the pension deficit for the years ended 31 December 2008 to 31 December 2012 is set out in the following table:

 

    

2012

m

    

          2011

m

    

         2010

m

    

             2009

m

    

         2008

m

 

 

 

Funded defined benefit obligation

     5,552         4,529         3,883         3,595         3,548   

Scheme assets

       4,774         3,799         3,539         2,939         2,499   

 

 

Deficit within funded schemes

     778         730         344         656         1,049   

Unfunded defined benefit obligation

     11         33         56         58         56   

 

 

Deficit within schemes

     789         763         400         714         1,105   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    244


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

12  Retirement benefits (continued)

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised)

On 16 June 2011, the IASB published an amended IAS 19 Employee Benefits. The changes are effective from 1 January 2013. The application of this amended standard is retrospective.

The main changes are as follows:

  Introduction of enhanced disclosures about defined benefit plans;
  Disaggregation of defined benefit costs into various components;
  Changes as regards the recognition of curtailments, past service costs and termination costs;
  Replacement of interest cost and expected return on assets with a net interest cost on the net defined benefit liability (asset); and
  Recognition of all administration expenses, with the exception of costs associated with management of scheme assets, in profit or loss.

Based on the assumption that the defined benefit schemes will remain open for the full year 2013, the Group estimates that the adoption of IAS 19 revised will increase its retirement benefit charge for 2013 by c. 20 million. In addition, the adoption of IAS 19 revised will require the restatement in 2013 of 2012 comparative amounts. Accordingly, a charge for termination benefits of 130 million which was recognised in 2012, will be recognised in 2013.

Defined contribution schemes

The Group operates a number of DC schemes. The defined benefit schemes in Ireland and the UK were closed to new members from December 1997. Employees joining after December 1997 joined on a defined contribution basis. Members of the DC scheme were offered the option to join the hybrid arrangement when it was introduced in December 2007. The standard contribution rate to the DC scheme was 8 per cent. during 2012 and 10 per cent. in respect of the defined contribution elements of the hybrid arrangement.

Staff joining in the UK from 1 January 2009 are eligible to become members of a new enhanced UK defined contribution scheme. Existing members of the UK defined contribution scheme were also given the opportunity to join the enhanced scheme. The enhanced scheme has employer contributions ranging from 5 per cent. to 20 per cent., increasing as the employee gets older. The member contribution rate also increases with age. All members of the UK defined contribution scheme are also accruing benefits under S2P (the UK State Second Pension).

The total cost in respect of the Irish DC scheme, the EBS DC schemes and the UK DC schemes for 2012 was  13 million (2011: 12 million; 2010: 13 million). The cost in respect of defined contributions is included in administrative expenses (note 10).

Long-term disability payments

AIB provides an additional benefit to employees who suffer prolonged periods of sickness. It provides for the partial replacement of income in event of illness or injury resulting in the employee’s long term absence from work. In 2012, the Group contributed 8 million (2011: 7 million; 2010: 7 million) towards insuring this benefit. This amount is included in administrative expenses (note 10).

 

 

 

245    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

13  Provisions for impairment on financial

          investments available for sale

  

2012

m

   

            2011

m

    

            2010

m

 

 

 

Debt securities (note 33)

            164         56   

Equity securities (note 33)

     86 (1)      119         18   

 

 
             86        283         74   
  

 

 

 

(1)Of which 82 million (2011: 106 million) relates to NAMA subordinated bonds.

14  Profit/(loss) on disposal of property

2012

Release of deferred profit on sale of property 2 million.

2011

The sale of properties which were surplus to business requirements gave rise to a loss on disposal of 1 million.

2010

The sale of properties which were surplus to business requirements gave rise to a profit on disposal of 1 million relating to continuing operations. In addition, the Group continued with its sale and leaseback programme announced in 2006 and 29 properties were sold giving rise to a profit before tax of 45 million ( 33 million after tax) reported within continuing operations. The leases qualify as operating leases and the commitments in respect of the operating lease rentals (initial rent payable 11 million per annum) are included in note 64 Commitments, operating lease rentals. There were no sales recorded within discontinued operations.

15  Profit/(loss) on disposal of businesses

2012

In November 2011, AIB entered into an agreement to sell its investment in AIB Asset Management Holdings (Ireland) Limited and related companies. AIB’s investment was derecognised in May 2012, following regulatory approval for the disposal. This resulted in a profit of 2 million before tax (tax charge: Nil). The sale of an offshore subsidiary also gave rise to a profit of 1 million (tax charge Nil).

2011

On 30 June 2011, AIB announced that it had signed an agreement to sell its investment in AIB International Financial Services Limited and related companies. AIB’s investment was derecognised at 30 November 2011, following regulatory approval for the disposal. This resulted in a profit of 27 million before tax (tax charge: Nil). The Group also completed the disposal of an offshore subsidiary, AIB Jerseytrust Limited, on 30 September 2011. This disposal resulted in a profit before tax of 10 million (tax charge: Nil). The Group received an additional 1 million consideration which had been deferred in 2010 on the disposal of Goodbody Holdings Limited.

2010

On 20 September 2010, AIB announced that it had signed an agreement to sell its investment in Goodbody Holdings Limited and related companies. AIB’s investment was derecognised at 31 December 2010, following the sale becoming unconditional. This resulted in a loss of 11 million before tax (tax charge: Nil).

 

 

 

    246


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

16 Auditor’s fees

The disclosure of Auditor’s fees are in accordance with (SI 220)(1) which mandates the disclosure of fees in particular categories and that fees paid to the Group Auditor only (KPMG Ireland) for services to the parent company and Group be disclosed in this format. All years presented are on that basis.

 

     2012           2011           2010  
     m           m           m  

 

 

Auditor’s fees (excluding VAT):

              

Audit

     2.1            2.3            2.7   

Other assurance services

     1.5            1.0            2.2   

Taxation advisory services

     0.2            0.3            0.2   

Other non-audit services

                           0.1   

 

 
           3.8            3.6            5.2   
  

 

 

 

Included in the above are amounts paid to the Group Auditor (KPMG Ireland) for services provided to other Group companies:

  audit 90,000 (2011: 100,000; 2010: 110,000);
  other assurance services 187,500 (2011: 113,510; 2010: 53,250);
  taxation advisory services 17,835 (2011: 10,750; 2010: 9,950); and
  other non–audit services Nil (2011: Nil; 2010: Nil).

Other assurance services include fees for additional assurance issued by the firm outside of the audit of the statutory financial statements of the Group and subsidiaries. These fees include assignments where the Auditor, in Ireland, provides assurance to third parties.

The Group policy on the provision of non-audit services to the parent and its subsidiary companies includes the prohibition on the provision of certain services and the pre-approval by the Audit Committee of the engagement of the Auditor for non-audit work.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the level of non-audit services fees and is satisfied that it has not affected the independence of the Auditor. It is Group policy to subject all large consultancy assignments to competitive tender, where appropriate.

 

     2012           2011           2010  
     m           m           m  

 

 

Auditor’s fees excluding KPMG Ireland (excluding VAT):

           0.8            1.0            2.4   
  

 

 

 

(1)SI 220 is titled the European Communities (Statutory Audits) (Directive 2006/43/EC) Regulations 2010.

 

 

 

247    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

17  Taxation        

    2012

m

        

2011

m

        

2010 

 

 

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and subsidiaries

               

Corporation tax in Republic of Ireland

               

Current tax on income for the year

                  4             

Adjustments in respect of prior years

        (2        (1          
        (2        3           14    

Double taxation relief

                              

 

 
        (2        3           16    

Foreign tax

               

Current tax on income for the year

        14           24           (30)   

Adjustments in respect of prior years

        (12        13           10    
        2           37           (20)   

 

 
                  40           (4)   

Deferred taxation

               

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

        170           1,167           1,709    

Adjustments in respect of prior years

        13           (19          
        183           1,148           1,714    

 

 

Total tax credit for the year

        183           1,188           1,710    
  

 

 

Effective tax rate

        4.8        23.3        14.2
  

 

 

Factors affecting the effective tax rate

The effective income tax rate for 2012 is lower (2011 higher and 2010 lower) than the weighted average of the Group’s statutory corporation tax rates across its geographic locations. The differences are explained in the following table.

 

  

   

         

    2012

%

        

2011

%

        

2010 

 

 

 

Weighted average corporation tax rate

        14.5 (1)         16.8           14.4    

Effects of:

               

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

        (0.3        (0.3        (0.1)   

Exempted income, income at reduced rates and tax credits

        0.1           7.9 (2)         0.3    

Income taxed at higher rates

                  (0.7        (0.2)   

Deferred tax assets not recognised/reversal of amounts previously not recognised

        (7.2        0.3           –    

Other differences

        (0.4        0.8           (0.4)   

Change in tax rates(3)

        (1.8        (1.4        (0.1)   

Tax on associated undertakings

                            0.1    

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of previous years

        (0.1        (0.1        0.2    

 

 

Effective income tax rate

        4.8           23.3           14.2    
     

 

 

 

(1)The change in the weighted average corporation tax rate in 2012 was primarily driven by reduced tax losses in the UK tax jurisdiction as a proportion of the overall loss compared to the previous year.

(2)Exempted income substantially relates to the gain on redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments (note 7).

(3)Change in the UK tax rate.

 

 

 

    248


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

18  Discontinued operations

Arising from the Prudential Capital Assessment Review (“PCAR”) 2010 requirement to raise additional capital, the Group announced that its investments in BZWBK, M&T Bank Corporation and Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD (“BACB”) were to be disposed of.

The disposal of M&T Bank Corporation was completed on 4 November 2010. This transaction led to a loss on disposal of 231 million. The sale of BZWBK was agreed on 10 September 2010 subject to regulatory approval and completed on 1 April 2011 and the sale of BACB completed on 17 June 2011.

There were no discontinued operations in the year to 31 December 2012.

The following tables set out income statement analysis of discontinued operations:

 

                2011              2010   
Profit after taxation from discontinued operations    Notes          m       

 

 

BZWBK

     (A        1,628         254    

M&T Bank Corporation

     (B                  

Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD

     (C                (60)   

 

 

Total

              1,628         199    
       

 

 

 

(A) - BZWBK

On 1 April 2011, AIB completed the sale of its entire shareholding in BZWBK and in BZWBK Asset Management. The proceeds of the sale amounted to 3.1 billion which gave rise to a profit on disposal of 1.5 billion which was recorded in the income statement.

BZWBK had been accounted for as a discontinued business, the results of which are set out below to the disposal date 1 April 2011. Prior to classification as held for sale, BZWBK was accounted for as a subsidiary undertaking.

 

         

To date

of disposal

1 April 2011

         2010   
Profit from discontinued operations         m           

 

 

Net interest income

        126           443    

Dividend income

                  14    

Net fee and commission income

        86           324    

Net trading income

        9           69    

Other operating income

        5           (4)   

Other income

        100           403    

 

 

Total operating income

        226           846    

Total operating expenses

        (103        (412)   

 

 

Operating profit before provisions

        123           434    

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables and other financial instruments

        (24        (105)   

 

 

Operating profit

        99           329    

 

 

Profit before taxation from discontinued operations

        99           329    

Income tax expense from discontinued operations

        (17        (72)   

 

 

Profit after taxation from discontinued operations

        82           257    

Loss recognised on the remeasurement to fair value less cost to sell(1)

                  (3)   

Profit on disposal(2)

        1,546           –    

 

 

Profit for the period after taxation from discontinued operations

        1,628           254    
  

 

 

In 2011, 1,608 million (2010: 184 million) of the profit from discontinued operations of 1,628 million (2010:  254 million) was attributable to the owners of the parent.

 

 

 

249    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

18  Discontinued operations (continued)

 

Profit on disposal of BZWBK   

1 April 2011 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds from sale

     3,112    

Less: costs of disposal

     (13)   

 

 

Net proceeds

     3,099    

 

 

Carrying value at date of disposal

     1,722( 2) 

 

 
     1,377    

Reclassification of currency translation reserves to the income statement

     106    

Reclassification of available for sale and cash flow hedging reserves to the income statement (net of deferred tax)

     63    

 

 

Profit on disposal(3)

     1,546    
  

 

 

 

(1)Relates to impairment of intangible assets.

(2)The carrying value of 1,722 million at the date of disposal reflects third party assets of 2,293 million (adjusted for intercompany liabilities due by BZWBK amounting to 58 million) and non-controlling interests of 513 million (note 52).

(3)No tax charge arises on this disposal.

Gross assets and liabilities of BZWBK at disposal date

At the date of disposal on 1 April 2011, gross assets amounted to 13,774 million and gross liabilities (excluding intercompany balances) amounted to 11,481 million.

 

Effect of disposal on cash flows of the Group   

2011 

 

 

 

Consideration received satisfied in cash

     3,112    

less: costs of disposal

     (13)   

Cash and cash equivalents disposed of (note 59)

     (673)   

 

 

Net cash inflow

         2,426    
  

 

 

 

The following cash flows relate to the discontinued operations of BZWBK:

 

    

  Period to

1 April

2011

m

            2010 
 

 

 

Profit after taxation

     1,628        199    

Income tax

     17        72    

 

 

Profit before taxation

     1,645        271    

Net movement in non cash items from operating activities

     (1,573     111    

Net cash outflow from operating assets and liabilities

     (87     (318)   

Taxation paid

     (34     (56)   

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

     (49       

Net cash flows from investing activities

     (38     42    

Net cash flows from financing activities

            (22)   

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (87     28    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     767        716    

Cash and cash equivalents disposed of

     (673     –    

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (7     23    

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at date of disposal/year end

            767    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    250


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

18  Discontinued operations (continued)

(B) - M&T Bank Corporation

On 4 November 2010, AIB completed the disposal of 26,700,000 shares of common stock of M&T Bank Corporation. The proceeds from the sale amounted to US$ 77.50 per share, or total proceeds of 1,467 million, after costs.

M&T was previously accounted for as an interest in associated undertakings.

 

    

    2010 

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operations

  

Share of profits from associated undertakings net of tax(1)

     23    

Reversal of impairment on associated undertakings

     213    

 

 

Results from discontinued operations, net of taxation

     236    

Loss on the disposal of investment in associated undertakings

     (231)   

Income tax on loss on disposal

     –    

 

 

Profit after taxation for the period from discontinued operations attributable to the owners of the parent

       
  

 

 

 

(1)The tax charge in 2010 amounted to 11 million.

 

Effect of disposal on cash flows of the Group   

2010

m

 

 

 

Consideration received - satisfied in cash

        1,487   

Cash and cash equivalents disposed of

       

 

 

Net cash inflow

     1,487   
  

 

 

 

(C) - Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD

On 16 May 2011, the Group announced that it had signed an agreement to sell its 49.99% shareholding in Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD. The sale completed on 17 June 2011 resulting in a gain of 0.1 million.

In 2011, the loss arising on this investment amounted to Nil.

In 2010, total loss attributable to the owners of the Parent amounted to 60 million, of which 10 million arose from operations and 50 million was recognised on remeasurement of the investment to fair value less costs to sell.

 

19  Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries   

  2012

m

    

   2011

m

    

   2010

m

 

 

 

The profit attributable to non-controlling interests is analysed as follows:

        

Continuing operations: other equity interests in subsidiaries (note 48)(1)

                       

Discontinued operations: ordinary share interest in subsidiaries(2)

             20         70   

 

 
             20         70   
  

 

 

 

(1)There were no distributions paid in 2011 and 2010 on the perpetual preferred securities. The outstanding amount of 189 million on these securities was purchased in full for cash in June 2011 (note 7).

(2)The Group’s interest in BZWBK was disposed of on 1 April 2011.

 

 

 

251    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

20  (Loss)/earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per unit of ordinary/convertible non-voting (“CNV”) shares is based on the profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders divided by the weighted average of ordinary/CNV shares in issue, excluding treasury shares and own shares held.

The diluted earnings per share is based on the profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders divided by the weighted average ordinary/CNV shares in issue excluding treasury shares and own shares held, adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

(a) Basic   

2012     

m     

    

2011     

m     

    

2010

m

 

 

 

Loss attributable to equity holders of the parent from continuing operations

           (3,647)             (3,920)             (10,361)   

Gain on redemption of RCI and LPI recognised in equity (note 7)

     –              344              –    

 

 

Loss attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from continuing operations

     (3,647)             (3,576)             (10,361)   
  

 

 

 

Profit attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from discontinued operations

     –              1,608              129    
  

 

 

 

 

     Number of shares (millions)          

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year

     515,789.0        226,533.5        1,023.8   

Weighted average number of CNV shares in issue during the year

            2,787.7        258.7   

Contingently issuable shares

     (3)      599.9 (2)      531.7 (1) 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

           515,789.0        229,921.1        1,814.2   
  

 

 

 

Loss per share from continuing operations – basic

     EUR (0.7 c)      EUR (1.6 c)      EUR (571.1 c) 
  

 

 

 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations – basic

       –      EUR 0.7     EUR 7.1
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    252


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

20  (Loss)/earnings per share (continued)

 

(b) Diluted   

2012     

m     

    

2011     

m     

    

2010

m

 

 

 

Loss attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from continuing operations (note 20 (a))

           (3,647)             (3,576)             (10,361)   

Dilutive effect of CCNs’ interest charge

     –              –              –    

Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from discontinued operations

     –              1,608              129    

 

 
     (3,647)             (1,968)             (10,232)   

Adjusted loss attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from continuing operations

     (3,647)             (3,576)             (10,361)   
  

 

 

 

Adjusted profit attributable to ordinary/CNV shareholders from discontinued operations

     –              1,608              129    
  

 

 

 

 

     Number of shares (millions)    

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year

           515,789.0        226,533.5        1,023.8   

Weighted average number of CNV shares in issue during the year

            2,787.7        258.7   

Dilutive effect of options and warrants outstanding

                   –    

Dilutive effect of CCNs

                     

Contingently issuable shares

     (3)      599.9 (2)      531.7 (1) 

 

 

Potential weighted average number of shares

     515,789.0        229,921.1        1,814.2   
  

 

 

 

Loss per share from continuing operations diluted

     EUR (0.7 c)      EUR (1.6 c)      EUR (571.1 c) 
  

 

 

 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations – diluted

       –      EUR 0.7     EUR 7.1
  

 

 

 

 

  On 23 December 2010, AIB issued 675,107,845 ordinary shares and 10,489,899,564 CNV shares to the NPRFC. The CNV shares ranked equally with the ordinary shares in terms of dividend payment and were converted into ordinary shares on a one to one basis on 8 April 2011.
  On 27 July 2011, AIB issued 500 billion ordinary shares to the NPRFC.
  Bonus shares in lieu of the dividend on the 2009 Preference Shares were issued to the NPRFC in 2012, 2011 and 2010, amounting to: 3,623,969,972; 1,247,273,565; and 198,089,847 shares respectively. These bonus shares have been included in the weighted average number of shares in issue prospectively from the date of issue as they represent a dilution of earnings per share from that date.
  The incremental shares from assumed conversion of options are not included in calculating the diluted per share amounts because they are anti-dilutive. Outstanding warrants were cancelled 23 December 2010.
  In July 2011, AIB issued 1.6 billion in convertible capital notes (“CCNs”). These notes are mandatorily redeemable and will convert to AIB ordinary shares at a conversion price of 0.01 per share (note 44) if the Core Tier 1 capital ratio breaches 8.25%. These incremental shares have not been included in calculating the diluted per share amounts because they are anti-dilutive.

Both the ordinary and CNV shares are included in the weighted average number of shares on a time apportioned basis.

(1)Contingently issuable shares were treated as outstanding from 14 December 2009, the date the ‘dividend stopper’ came into effect. The shares relate to the number of shares (on a time apportioned basis) that would issue to the National Pension Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”), if the annual coupon on the 3.5 billion Preference Shares was not paid in cash. These contingently issuable shares were issued on 13 May 2010 (198,089,847 shares).

(2)The ‘dividend stopper’ remained in force throughout 2010, accordingly, contingently issuable shares have been treated as outstanding from 13 May 2010 in respect of the dividend payment due on 13 May 2011. This dividend was satisfied through bonus shares, 484,902,878 of which were issued on 13 May 2011, leaving a residual of 762,370,687 which were issued in July 2011. Accordingly, 484,902,878 were treated as contingently issuable for the period up to 13 May 2011, with 724,252,152 being contingently issuable up to 26 July 2011. In addition, 38,118,535 contingently issuable shares have been included from 13 May to 26 July 2011 as the full issue of shares was not satisfied on the due date (note 45).

(3)The SLO, which came into effect on 14 April 2011, superseded the ‘dividend stopper’, with distributions now being payable by AIB in its sole discretion. Accordingly, there were no contingently issuable shares during 2012.

 

 

 

253    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

21  Distributions on equity shares

No dividends were paid on ordinary shares in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

22 Transfer of business from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation

On 24 February 2011, AIB announced that it had agreed, pursuant to a transfer order issued by the High Court (under the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010), the transfer of deposits and NAMA senior bonds from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (‘Anglo’) to AIB. AIB also announced the transfer to AIB by way of a share sale of Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (International) PLC in the Isle of Man (‘Anglo IOM’), which included customer deposits. In total, 6.9 billion in deposits and 11.9 billion in NAMA senior bonds (nominal value  12.2 billion) transferred. In addition, a further 1.6 billion in deposits were held in Anglo IOM. A net capital contribution of  1.5 billion was generated on the date of the transaction.

This transaction between AIB and Anglo, both of which are under the common control of the Irish Government, was a transfer of a business (as defined by IFRS 3 Business Combinations). In line with the Group accounting policy for transfer of a business under common control, this acquisition was accounted for at carrying value.

Management estimates that had Anglo IOM been consolidated from 1 January 2011, it would have contributed  2 million of additional revenue and Nil of additional profits before taxation to the Group in 2011.

The key elements of the transfer were:

    

At date of 

 acquisition 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired at carrying value

  

NAMA senior bonds (note 32)

           11,854    

Accrued interest on NAMA senior bonds

     55    

Other assets

     236    

Identifiable liabilities acquired at carrying value

  

Deposits(1)

     (6,868)   

 

 

Total

           5,277    
  

 

 

 

AIB net cash payment

     3,779    

Net capital contribution(2)

     1,498    

 

 
       5,277    
  

 

 

 

(1)Included within customer accounts (note 40).

(2)The net capital contribution is recorded in the statement of changes in equity.

The statement of financial position of Anglo IOM at the date of acquisition is set out in the following table:

 

            

31 January

2011

m

 

 

 

Assets

      

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

         1,713   

Loans and receivables to customers/prepayments and accrued income

         76   

 

 

Total assets

           1,789   
 

 

 

Liabilities

      

Deposits by banks(2)

         37   

Customer accounts

         1,570   

Other liabilities

         2   

 

 

Total liabilities

         1,609   
      

Share capital

         158   

Retained profits

         22   

Shareholders’ equity

         180   

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities

           1,789   
 

 

 

(1)Includes balances with Anglo group companies of 1,113 million.

(2)Balances with Anglo group companies of 37 million.

 

 

 

    254


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

23 Acquisition of EBS Limited (“EBS”)

On 31 March 2011, the Minister for Finance proposed the combination of AIB and EBS to form one of the two pillar banks in the Republic of Ireland. On 26 May 2011, AIB entered into an agreement with EBS, the Minister for Finance and the NTMA to acquire 100% of the share capital of EBS for a nominal consideration of 1. The acquisition completed on 1 July 2011 and EBS was consolidated into the AIB Group financial statements with effect from 1 July 2011.

As part of the transaction, EBS was demutualised and was issued a banking licence. EBS, which was renamed ‘EBS Limited’, now operates as a fully licensed, wholly-owned subsidiary of AIB, with its own branch network. The principal activities of EBS involve the provision of mortgage lending, savings, investments and insurance arrangement services to customers.

Both AIB and EBS are under the common control of the Irish Government, therefore, the acquisition was accounted for as a common control transaction under the carrying value basis in accordance with AIB Group accounting policy. The result of the transaction was recognised in equity as arising from a transaction with shareholders.

The carrying value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as at the acquisition date are as set out hereunder:

 

          
 
EBS
acquisition value
  
(1) 
     Notes          

as at

1 July 2011

m

 

 

 

Assets

        

Cash and balances at central banks

           176   

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

           34   

Derivative financial instruments

     27            81   

Loans and receivables to banks

     28            384   

Loans and receivables to customers

     29            15,989   

Financial investments available for sale

     33            1,965   

NAMA senior bonds

     32            301   

Intangible assets and goodwill

     36            21   

Property, plant and equipment

     37            42   

Other assets

           22   

Current taxation

           5   

Deferred taxation

           158   

Prepayments and accrued income

           42   

 

 

Total assets

           19,220   
        

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Deposits by central banks and banks

     39            4,545   

Customer accounts

     40            10,060   

Derivative financial instruments

     27            156   

Debt securities in issue

     41            3,410   

Deferred taxation

     38            10   

Other liabilities

           58   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

           14   

Accruals and deferred income

           208   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     12            17   

 

 

Total liabilities

           18,478   
        

 

 

 

Net assets

           742   
        

 

 

 

The net assets amount of 742 million is reflected as a capital contribution in Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s separate financial statements.

In AIB Group’s consolidated financial statements, the capital contribution amounts to 777 million, a difference of 35 million to that recognised at parent company level. This difference arises from the cross holdings of investments between AIB and EBS which are eliminated at a consolidated level.

Acquisition related costs of 0.4 million have been included in operating expenses.

(1)AIB accounting policies have been applied to EBS balances at 30 June 2011.

 

 

 

255    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

23 Acquisition of EBS Limited(“EBS”) (continued)

Contingent liabilities and commitments

At 1 July 2011, EBS had undrawn lending commitments of 194 million.

Contribution from date of acquisition

Management estimates that had EBS been consolidated from 1 January 2011, it would have contributed 531 million of additional revenue and 31 million of additional losses before taxation to the Group in 2011.

Cashflows in respect of EBS acquisition

The aggregate net inflow of cash on acquisition of EBS was 359 million net of transaction costs of 0.4 million.

Additional information on EBS is set out in note m – ‘Investments in Group undertakings’ to the parent company financial statements.

24 Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

On 7 April 2009, the Minister for Finance announced the Government’s intention to establish a National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) and on 22 November 2009, the NAMA Act was enacted providing for the establishment of NAMA. The participation of AIB in the NAMA programme was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on 23 December 2009. The majority of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA transferred during 2010 with the residual below transferring in 2011. There were no loans classified as held for sale or transferring to NAMA in 2012.

The following table provides a movement analysis of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA:

 

     Gross
loans and
receivables
    Impairment
provisions
        Carrying 
value 
 
     m     m      

 

 

At 1 January 2011

     2,248        (329     1,919    

Acquisition of subsidiary(1)

     74        (40     34    

Exchange translation adjustments

     (13     7        (6)   

Transferred to NAMA during 2011

     (1,790     570        (1,220)   

Reclassification in/out and other movements(2)

     (519     (121     (640)   

Impairment charge during 2011

            (87     (87)   

 

 

At 31 December 2011

                   –    
  

 

 

 

(1)Acquired on acquisition of EBS (note 23).

(2)Includes changes in eligible loans and receivables transferring during 2011, along with movements in the number of loans and receivables within the eligible pool.

The unwind of the discount on the carrying value of impaired loans amounted to 5 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 and was included in the carrying value of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA. This was credited to interest income.

 

 

 

    256


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

25 Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

Arising from the results of the PCAR/PLAR in March 2011, AIB is required to dispose of non-core assets. Accordingly, certain of these assets are classified as held for sale at 31 December 2012. These assets do not constitute a major line of business or a geographical area of operations.

At 31 December 2012, disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale comprise non-current assets and non-current liabilities. These mainly include loans and receivables, but also included within this caption is the Group’s investment in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”), now held as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss.

Disposal groups and non-current assets/liabilities are shown as single line items in the statement of financial position with no re-presentation of comparatives. An analysis of the components of these single line items is set out below:

 

   

2012

     

2011

 
        Assets
m
            Liabilities
m
                    Assets
m
            Liabilities
m
 

 

   

 

 

Loans and receivables(1):

                         

Customers

      353                           1,184              

Banks

                                7              
      353                           1,191              

Associated undertakings(2)(3) (note 34)

      12                           196              

Other:

                            

Equity investment at fair value through profit or loss(3)

      196                                        

Repossessed assets

                                4              

Unquoted equities

                                22              

AIB Investment Managers(4)

                                4              

Other

      1            (5)              5            3 (5) 
      197                           35            3   

 

   

 

 

Total disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

      562                           1,422            3   
 

 

   

 

 

(1)Loans and receivables held for sale are net of provisions of 122 million (31 December 2011: 9 million) (note 31).

(2)Associated undertakings include LaGuardia Hotel 12 million at 31 December 2012 and ALH 196 million at 31 December 2011.

(3)On 1 July 2012, AIB designated its investment in ALH as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss (note 35).

(4)AIB Investment Managers was disposed of during 2012 resulting in a gain of 2 million.

(5)Liabilities of Nil (31 December 2011: 3 million includes deposits from banks of 1 million and accrued fees of 2 million).

Further details of loans and receivables held for sale are set out in the Risk management section of this report.

 

 

 

257    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

26 Trading portfolio financial assets       2012
 m
            2011
 m
 

 

 

Debt securities:

         

Government securities

                 24    

Bank eurobonds

                   

Other debt securities

      22            24    
      22            54    

Equity securities

      2              

 

 
      24            56    
 

 

 
        2012
m
            2011
m
 

 

 

Of which listed:

         

Debt securities

      22            54    

Equity securities

      1              

Of which unlisted:

         

Equity securities

      1              

 

 
      24            56    
 

 

 

During 2008, trading portfolio financial assets reclassified to financial investments available for sale, in accordance with the amended IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, amounted to  6,104 million. The fair value of reclassified assets at 31 December 2012 was 1,025 million (2011:  1,410 million; 2010: 2,538 million; 2009:  4,104 million; 2008:  5,674 million).

As of the reclassification date, effective variable interest rates on reclassified trading portfolio financial assets ranged from 4% to 10% with expected gross recoverable cash flows of 7,105 million. If the reclassification had not been made, the Group’s income statement for the year ended 31 December 2012 would have included unrealised fair value gains on reclassified trading portfolio financial assets of  136 million (2011: gains 91 million; 2010: gains 38 million).

After reclassification, the reclassified assets contributed the following amounts to the income statement:

 

     2012
m
       2011
m
       2010
m
 

 

 

Interest on financial investments available for sale

     32           58           82   

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

               (27        (1

 

 

Up to the date of reclassification in 2008, 55 million of unrealised losses on the reclassified trading portfolio financial assets were recognised in the income statement (year ended December 2007: 111 million).

 

 

 

    258


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

27 Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are used to service customer requirements, to manage the Group’s interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit exposures and for trading purposes. Derivative instruments are contractual agreements whose value is derived from price movements in underlying assets, interest rates, foreign exchange rates or indices. The majority of the Group’s derivative activities are undertaken at the parent company level (Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.) and the following discussion applies equally to the parent company and Group.

Market risk is the exposure to potential loss through holding interest rate, exchange rate and equity positions in the face of absolute and relative price movements, interest rate volatility, movements in exchange rates and shifts in liquidity. Credit risk is the exposure to loss should the counterparty to a financial instrument fail to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.

While notional principal amounts are used to express the volume of derivative transactions, the amounts subject to credit risk are much lower because derivative contracts typically involve payments based on the net differences between specified prices or rates.

Credit risk in derivative contracts is the risk that the Group’s counterparty in the contract defaults prior to maturity at a time when the Group has a claim on the counterparty under the contract (i.e. contracts with a positive fair value). The Group would then have to replace the contract at the current market rate, which may result in a loss. For risk management purposes, consideration is taken of the fact that not all counterparties to derivative positions are expected to default at the point where the Group is most exposed to them.

The following table presents the notional principal amount together with the positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts for 2012 and 2011:

 

    

2012

m

      

2011

m

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts(1)

       

Notional principal amount

     104,431           127,945   

Positive fair value

     2,643           2,910   

 

 

Exchange rate contracts(1)

       

Notional principal amount

     7,485           7,439   

Positive fair value

     71           44   

 

 

Equity contracts(1)

       

Notional principal amount

     3,848           3,962   

Positive fair value

     121           92   

 

 

Credit derivatives(1)

       

Notional principal amount

     114           216   

Positive fair value

                 

 

 

Total notional principal amount

         115,878           139,562   

Positive fair value(2)

     2,835           3,046   
  

 

 

 

(1)Interest rate, exchange rate and credit derivative contracts are entered into for both hedging and trading purposes. Equity contracts are entered into for trading purposes only.

(2)65% of fair value relates to exposures to banks (2011: 70%).

 

 

 

259    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

27 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

The Group uses the same credit control and risk management policies in undertaking all off-balance sheet commitments as it does for on balance sheet lending including counterparty credit approval, limit setting and monitoring procedures. In addition, derivative instruments are subject to the market risk policy and control framework as described in the Risk Management section.

The following table analyses the notional principal amount and positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts by residual maturity:

     Residual maturity  
  

 

 

 
     < 1 year
m
     1 < 5 years
m
     5 years +
m
     Total
 m
 

 

 

2012

           

Notional principal amount

     67,989         34,955         12,934         115,878   

Positive fair value

     511         1,364         960         2,835   

 

 

2011

           

Notional principal amount

     78,266         45,408         15,888         139,562   

Positive fair value

     428         1,163         1,455         3,046   

 

 

AIB Group has the following concentration of exposures in respect of notional principal amount and positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts. The concentrations are based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

 

     Notional principal amount             Positive fair value  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
    

2012

m

    

2011  

m  

         

2012

m

    

2011

m

 

 

       

 

 

 

Republic of Ireland

     111,194         133,092              2,205         2,349   

United Kingdom

     4,080         5,165              595         638   

United States of America

     604         1,305              35         59   

Rest of World

             –                        

 

       

 

 

 
     115,878         139,562              2,835         3,046   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

    260


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

27 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Trading activities

The Group maintains trading positions in a variety of financial instruments including derivatives. These derivative financial instruments include interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and credit derivatives. Most of these positions arise as a result of activity generated by corporate customers while the remainder represent trading decisions of the Group’s derivative and foreign exchange traders with a view to generating incremental income.

All trading activity is conducted within risk limits approved by the Board. Systems are in place which measure risks and profitability associated with derivative trading positions as market movements occur. Independent risk control units monitor these risks.

The risk that counterparties to derivative contracts might default on their obligations is monitored on an ongoing basis and the level of credit risk is minimised by dealing with counterparties of good credit standing and by the use of Credit Support Annexes and ISDA Master Netting Agreements. As the traded instruments are recognised at market value, these changes directly affect reported income for the period. Exposure to market risk is managed in accordance with risk limits approved by the Board through buying or selling instruments or entering into offsetting positions.

The Group undertakes trading activities in interest rate contracts with the Group being a party to interest rate swap, forward, future, option, cap and floor contracts. The Group’s largest activity is in interest rate swaps. The two parties to an interest rate swap agree to exchange, at agreed intervals, payment streams calculated on a specified notional principal amount. Forward rate agreements are also used by the Group in its trading activities. Forward rate agreements settle in cash at a specified future date based on the difference between agreed market rates applied to a notional principal amount.

Risk management activities

In addition to meeting customer needs, the Group’s principal objective in holding or issuing derivatives for purposes other than trading is the management of interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks.

The operations of the Group are exposed to interest rate risk arising from the fact that assets and liabilities mature or reprice at different times or in differing amounts. Derivatives are used to modify the repricing or maturity characteristics of assets and liabilities in a cost-efficient manner. This flexibility helps the Group to achieve liquidity and risk management objectives. Similarly, foreign exchange derivatives can be used to hedge the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk.

Derivative prices fluctuate in value as the underlying interest rate or foreign exchange rates change. If the derivatives are purchased or sold as hedges of statement of final position items, the appreciation or depreciation of the derivatives will generally be offset by the unrealised depreciation or appreciation of the hedged items.

To achieve its risk management objectives, the Group uses a combination of derivative financial instruments, particularly interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, options and currency swaps, as well as other contracts. The notional principal and fair value amounts for instruments held for risk management purposes entered into by the Group at 31 December 2012 and 2011, are presented within this note.

 

 

 

261    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

27 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

The following table shows the notional principal amount and the fair value of derivative financial instruments analysed by product and purpose as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011. A description of how the fair values of derivatives are determined is set out in note 56.

 

        2012          2011   
 

 

   

 

 
        Notional         Fair values         Notional         Fair values  
        principal         Assets         Liabilities          principal         Assets         Liabilities   
        amount                             amount                      
        m         m                 m         m          

 

   

 

 

Derivatives held for trading

                       

Interest rate derivatives - over the counter (OTC)

                       

Interest rate swaps

      27,040          1,435          (1,691)          40,707          1,709          (2,002)   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

      1,826          80          (68)          2,193          70          (115)   

Forward rate agreements

                        –           1,122          1          (1)   

Interest rate options

      1,013          9          (9)          1,762          14          (11)   

Total OTC interest rate contracts

      29,879          1,524          (1,768)          45,784          1,794          (2,129)   

Interest rate derivatives - exchange traded

                       

Interest rate futures

      124                   –           4,605                   –    

 

   

 

 

Interest rate contracts total

      30,003          1,524          (1,768)          50,389          1,794          (2,129)   

 

   

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives (OTC)

                       

Foreign exchange contracts

      7,266          69          (19)          7,173          40          (93)   

Currency options bought and sold

      219          2          (2)          266          4          (4)   

 

   

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives total

      7,485          71          (21)          7,439          44          (97)   

 

   

 

 

Equity derivatives (OTC)

                       

Equity index options

      3,848          121          (124)          3,962          92          (95)   

 

   

 

 

Equity index contracts total

      3,848          121          (124)          3,962          92          (95)   

 

   

 

 

Credit derivatives (OTC)

                       

Credit derivatives

      69                   (20)          171                   (109)   

 

   

 

 

Credit derivatives contracts total

      69                   (20)          171                   (109)   

 

   

 

 

Total trading contracts

      41,405          1,716          (1,933)          61,961          1,930          (2,430)   
 

 

   

 

 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges (OTC)

                       

Interest rate swaps

      15,399          788          (792)          35,872          716          (726)   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

      38                   (3)          39                   (5)   

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (OTC)

                       

Interest rate swaps

      56,621          308          (433)          35,610          387          (402)   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

      2,370          23          (94)          6,035          13          (279)   

Credit default swaps

      45                   (1)          45                   (1)   

 

   

 

 

Total hedging contracts

      74,473          1,119          (1,323)          77,601          1,116          (1,413)   
 

 

   

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

      115,878          2,835          (3,256)          139,562          3,046          (3,843)   
 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

    262


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

27 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Cash flow hedges

The table below sets out the hedged cash flows which are expected to occur in the following periods:

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than      Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years         
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     65         6         24         25         120   

Forecast payable cash flows

     15         10         35         32         92   

 

 
     2011  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than      Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years         
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     243         264         54         24         585   

Forecast payable cash flows

     137         273         114         83         607   

 

 

The table below sets out the hedged cash flows, including amortisation of terminated cashflow hedges, which are expected to impact the income statement in the following periods:

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than      Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years         
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     65         6         24         25         120   

Forecast payable cash flows

     64         57         128         67         316   

 

 
     2011  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than      Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years         
     m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     295         309         161         85         850   

Forecast payable cash flows

     137         273         114         83         607   

 

 

For AIB Group, the ineffectiveness reflected in the income statement that arose from cash flow hedges is a charge of 7 million (2011: a charge of 3 million).

The pay fixed cash flow hedges are used to hedge the cash flows on variable rate liabilities, primarily floating rate notes. The receive fixed cash flow hedges are used to hedge the cash flows on variable rate assets, primarily the variable rate loan portfolio.

The total amount recognised in other comprehensive income net of tax during the year in respect of cash flow hedges was a charge of 162 million (2011: a charge of 209 million).

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are entered into to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities arising from changes in interest rates, primarily available for sale securities and fixed rate liabilities. The fair values of financial instruments are set out in note 56. The net mark to market on fair value hedging derivatives, excluding accrual and risk adjustments is negative 37 million (2011: positive 14 million) and the net mark to market on the related hedged items is positive 37 million (2011: negative 13 million).

Netting financial assets and financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments are shown on the statement of financial position at their fair value, those with a positive fair value are reported as assets and those with a negative fair value are reported as liabilities.

The Group has a number of ISDA Master Agreements (netting agreements) in place which may allow it to net the termination values of derivative contracts upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to its counterparties. The enforcement of netting agreements would potentially reduce the statement of financial position carrying amount of derivative assets and liabilities by  1,539 million (2011: 1,369 million). The Group has Credit Support Annexes (“CSAs”) in place which provide collateral for derivative contracts. At 31 December 2012,  1,260 million (2011: 1,904 million) of CSAs are included within financial assets and 361 million (2011: 612 million) of CSAs are included within financial liabilities. Additionally, the Group has agreements in place which may allow it to net the termination values of cross currency swaps upon the occurrence of an event of default.

 

 

 

263    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

28 Loans and receivables to banks   

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

 

Funds placed with central banks

     692         1,011    

Funds placed with other banks

     2,226         4,711    

Provision for impairment

     (4      (4)   

 

 
     2,914         5,718    
  

 

 

 

Amounts include:

     

Reverse repurchase agreements

     61         59    

 

 
Loans and receivables to banks by geographical area(1)   

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

 

Republic of Ireland

     699         1,120    

United States of America

     5           

United Kingdom

     2,210         4,589    

Rest of the world

               

 

 
          2,914         5,718    
  

 

 

 

(1)The classification of loans and receivables to banks by geographical area is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

Loans and receivables to banks include cash collateral of 1,208 million (2011: 1,890 million) placed with derivative counterparties in relation to net derivative positions (note 27).

Under reverse repurchase agreements, the Group has accepted collateral that it is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral. The fair value of collateral received amounted to  61 million (2011:  55 million). The collateral received consisted of government securities of  61 million (2011:  55 million). The fair value of collateral sold or repledged amounted to Nil (2011: Nil). These transactions were conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard reverse repurchase agreements.

 

 

 

    264


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

29 Loans and receivables to customers   

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables to customers

     88,123         95,373    

Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts (note 30)

     1,017         1,208    

Unquoted debt securities

     238         891    

Provisions for impairment (note 31)

     (16,406      (14,932)   

 

 
          72,972         82,540    
  

 

 

 

Of which repayable on demand or at short notice

     32,619         22,930    

Amounts include:

     

Due from associated undertakings

               

 

 

The unwind of the discount on the carrying amount of impaired loans amounted to 392 million (2011: 231 million) and is included in the carrying value of loans and receivables to customers. This has been credited to interest income.

In 2009, certain financial investments available for sale amounting to 13 million were reclassified to the ‘loans and receivables to customers’ category. The fair value of reclassified assets at 31 December 2012 was Nil (2011: 1 million). As of reclassification date, the effective interest rates on reclassified available for sale financial assets were in the range 4.79% - 6.44%; the expected gross recoverable cash flows were 18 million; and the fair value loss recognised in other comprehensive income was 8 million. If the reclassification had not been made, the Group’s statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2012 would have included fair value gains of Nil (2011 gains of: 3 million).

30 Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

The following balances principally comprise of leasing arrangements involving vehicles, plant, machinery and equipment.

 

    

2012

m

      

2011 

 

 

 

Gross receivables

       

Not later than 1 year

     362           504    

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

     691           724    

Later than 5 years

     15           38    

 

 
     1,068           1,266    

Unearned future finance income

     (53        (61)   

Deferred costs incurred on origination

     2             

 

 

Total

          1,017           1,208    
  

 

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments analysed by residual maturity

       

Not later than 1 year

     362           493    

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

     643           680    

Later than 5 years

     12           35    

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

     1,017           1,208    
  

 

 

 

 

Provision for uncollectible minimum payments receivable(1)

     231           227    

Unguaranteed residual values accruing to the benefit of the Group

     1             

Net investment in new business

     267           273    

 

 

(1)Included in the provisions for impairment on loans and receivables to customers (note 31).

 

 

 

265    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

31  Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

The following table shows provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (both to banks and customers) and also includes provision on loans and receivables within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale. The classification of loans and receivables into corporate/commercial, residential mortgages, and other relates to classification used in the Group’s ratings tools and are explained in the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

          2012   
  

 

 
          Corporate/          Residential          Other          Total   
           Commercial          mortgages                        
          m          m          m           

 

 

At 1 January 2012

        11,262           2,648           1,035           14,945    

Exchange translation adjustments

        39           5           3           47    

Transfers(1)

        20           14                     34    

Charge against income statement

        1,455           749           230           2,434    

Amounts written off

        (509        (55        (109        (673)   

Disposals

        (108        (155                  (263)   

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

        3                     1             

Provisions on loans and receivables returned by NAMA

        4                                 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

        12,166           3,206           1,160           16,532    
  

 

 

Total provisions are split as follows:

                    

Specific

        11,408           2,699           1,082           15,189    

IBNR

        758           507           78           1,343    

 

 
        12,166           3,206           1,160           16,532    
  

 

 

Amounts include:

                    

Loans and receivables to banks (note 28)

                         

Loans and receivables to customers (note 29)

                       16,406    

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and
non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

                       122    

 

 
                       16,532    
                 

 

 

(1)Includes transfers from provisions for liabilities and commitments.

  

    
          2011   
  

 

 
          Corporate/          Residential          Other          Total   
          Commercial          mortgages                        
          m          m          m           

 

 

At 1 January 2011

        6,283           665           1,028           7,976    

Exchange translation adjustments

        66           8                     74    

Acquisition of subsidiaries

        302           436                     738    

Transferred on disposal of subsidiary

        (133        (11        (216        (360)   

Charge against income statement:

                    

Continuing operations

        5,966           1,582           313           7,861    

Discontinued operations

        9                     15           24    
        5,975           1,582           328           7,885    

Amounts written off

        (665        (32        (105        (802)   

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

        2                     2             

Provisions on loans and receivables transferred to NAMA (note 24)

        (568                  (2        (570)   

 

 

At 31 December 2011

        11,262           2,648           1,035           14,945    
  

 

 

Total provisions are split as follows:

                    

Specific

        9,648           1,754           859           12,261    

IBNR

        1,614           894           176           2,684    

 

 
        11,262           2,648           1,035           14,945    
  

 

 

Amounts include:

                    

Loans and receivables to banks (note 28)

                         

Loans and receivables to customers (note 29)

                       14,932    

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and
non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

                         

 

 
                       14,945    
                 

 

 

 

 

 

    266


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

32 NAMA senior bonds

During 2010 and 2011, AIB received NAMA senior bonds and NAMA subordinated bonds as consideration for loans and receivables transferred to NAMA.

The senior bonds carry a guarantee of the Irish Government with interest payable semi-annually each March and September at a rate of six month Euribor. The interest reset date is the second business day prior to the start of each interest period. The bonds were issued from 1 March 2010 and all bonds issued on or after 1 March in any year will mature on or prior to 1 March in the following year. NAMA may, with the consent of the Group, settle the bonds by issuing new bonds with the same terms and conditions and a maturity date of up to 364 days.

The following table provides a movement analysis of the NAMA senior bonds:

 

    

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

 

At 1 January

     19,856         7,869    

Purchased from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (notes 22 and 63(g))

             11,854    

Acquisition of subsidiary – EBS (note 23)

             301    

Additions

             803    

Net returns

     (136      (148)   

Amortisation of discount

     105         68    

Repayments

     (2,438      (891)   

 

 

At 31 December

         17,387         19,856    
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the bonds at 31 December 2012 is 17,446 million (31 December 2011: 20,061 million). The nominal value of the bonds is 17,737 million (31 December 2011: 20,311 million). Whilst these bonds do not have an external credit rating, the Group has attributed to them a rating of BBB+ (31 December 2011: BBB+) i.e. the external rating of the Sovereign.

 

 

 

267    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

33 Financial investments available for sale

The following table gives at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, the carrying value (fair value) of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the unrealised gains and losses.

 

     2012  
  

 

 

 
            Unrealised      Unrealised     Net unrealised           Net  
     Fair value       gross gains      gross losses     gains/(losses)     Tax effect     after tax  
          m      m     m     m     m  

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

              

Irish Government securities

     7,588          608         (1     607        (76     531   

Euro government securities

     1,754          153         (4     149        (18     131   

Non Euro government securities

     712          95                95        (12     83   

Supranational banks and government agencies

     1,682          55                55        (7     48   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

     22                  (6     (6     1        (5

Other asset backed securities

     920          1         (140     (139     17        (122

Euro bank securities

     3,070          176         (11     165        (21     144   

Non Euro bank securities

     161          3         (5     (2            (2

Euro corporate securities

     87          6         (3     3        (1     2   

Non Euro corporate securities

     193          17                17        (4     13   

Other investments

     12                                         

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     16,201          1,114         (170     944        (121     823   

Equity securities

              

Equity securities – NAMA subordinated bonds

     47                                         

Equity securities – other

     96          16         (10     6        (1     5   

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial investments available for sale

         16,344          1,130         (180     950        (122     828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2011  
  

 

 

 
            Unrealised      Unrealised     Net unrealised           Net  
     Fair value       gross gains      gross losses     gains/(losses)     Tax effect     after tax  
          m      m     m     m     m  

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

              

Irish Government securities

     5,217          40         (531     (491     61        (430

Euro government securities

     1,860          102         (62     40        (5     35   

Non Euro government securities

     1,270          207         (3     204        (40     164   

Supranational banks and government agencies

     1,147          10         (1     9        (1     8   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

     509                  (12     (12     2        (10

Other asset backed securities

     1,210                  (353     (353     44        (309

Euro bank securities

     3,055          43         (77     (34     4        (30

Non Euro bank securities

     476          4         (12     (8     1        (7

Euro corporate securities

     110          4         (6     (2            (2

Non Euro corporate securities

     279          15         (5     10        (2     8   

Other investments

     12                                         

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     15,145          425         (1,062     (637     64        (573

Equity securities

              

Equity securities – NAMA subordinated bonds

     132                                         

Equity securities – other

     112          18         (24     (6            (6

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial investments available for sale

         15,389          443         (1,086     (643     64        (579
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

    268


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

33 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

     2012        2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Debt     Equity     Total        Debt     Equity     Total   
Analysis of movements in financial     securities     securities             securities     securities        
       investments available for sale    m     m     m        m     m      

 

    

 

 

 

At 1 January

     15,145        244        15,389           20,511        314        20,825    

Acquisition of subsidiary

                   –           1,684 (1)      6        1,690    

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

            (18     (18)                 (22     (22)   

Exchange translation adjustments

     17               17           (24     (3     (27)   

Purchases

     5,045        14        5,059           1,696        64        1,760    

Additions(2)

                   –                  19        19    

NAMA subordinated bonds – additions

                   –                  15        15    

Return of NAMA subordinated bonds

            (3     (3)                 (3     (3)   

Sales

     (2,981     (28     (3,009)          (3,920     (67     (3,987)   

Maturities

     (2,654            (2,654)          (4,902            (4,902)   

Provisions for impairment

            (86     (86)          (164     (119     (283)   

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

     23               23           (8            (8)   

Movement in unrealised gains

     1,606        20        1,626           272        40        312    

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     16,201        143        16,344           15,145        244        15,389    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Of which:

             

Listed

     16,189        58        16,247           15,133        54        15,187    

Unlisted

     12        85        97           12        190        202    

 

    

 

 

 
     16,201        143        16,344           15,145        244        15,389    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Excludes intercompany debt securities amounting to 275 million which were eliminated on consolidation.

(2)Additions relate to transfers from loans and receivables arising from debt/equity restructures and other additions.

 

Debt securities analysed by remaining contractual maturity   

2012

m

      

2011

m

 

 

 

Due within one year

     1,243           2,276   

After one year, but within five years

     8,610           6,645   

After five years, but within ten years

     4,715           3,612   

After ten years

     1,633           2,612   

 

 
          16,201           15,145   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

269    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

33 Financial investments available for sale (continued)

The following table gives at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, an analysis of the securities portfolio with unrealised losses, distinguishing between securities with continuous unrealised loss positions of less than 12 months and those with continuous unrealised loss positions for periods in excess of 12 months.

 

        Fair value      Unrealised losses   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Investments  

with  

unrealised losses  

of less than  

12 months  

   

Investments

with
unrealised losses
of more than

12 months

    Total      Unrealised
losses
of less
than
 12 months
    Unrealised
losses
of more
than
12 months
    Total   
        m       m         m     m      

 

   

 

 

 

2012

             

Debt securities

             

Irish Government securities

      25          249        274                (1     (1)   

Euro government securities

      –          188        188                (4     (4)   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

      –          22        22                (6     (6)   

Other asset backed securities

      1          909        910                (140     (140)   

Euro bank securities

      148          294        442                (11     (11)   

Non Euro bank securities

      –          42        42                (5     (5)   

Euro corporate securities

      7          30        37                (3     (3)   

Non Euro corporate securities

      11          8        19                       –    

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

      192          1,742        1,934                (170     (170)   

Equity securities

             

Equity securities – NAMA subordinated bonds

      –                 –                       –    

Equity securities – other

      4          37        41         (8     (2     (10)   

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      196          1,779        1,975         (8     (172     (180)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        Fair value      Unrealised losses   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Investments  

with  

unrealised losses  

of less than  

12 months  

   

Investments

with
unrealised losses
of more than
12 months

    Total     

Unrealised
losses
of less

than
12 months

    Unrealised
losses
of more
than
12 months
    Total   
        m       m         m     m      

 

   

 

 

 

2011

             

Debt securities

             

Irish Government securities

      2,040          2,822        4,862         (192     (339     (531)   

Euro government securities

      –          280        280                (62     (62)   

Non Euro government securities

      23          9        32         (2     (1     (3)   

Supranational banks and government agencies

      2          70        72                (1     (1)   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

      355          149        504         (3     (9     (12)   

Other asset backed securities

      191          1,013        1,204         (15     (338     (353)   

Euro bank securities

      174          1,210        1,384         (3     (74     (77)   

Non Euro bank securities

      194          53        247         (2     (10     (12)   

Euro corporate securities

      18          42        60         (2     (4     (6)   

Non Euro corporate securities

      35          35        70         (2     (3     (5)   

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

      3,032          5,683        8,715         (221     (841     (1,062)   

Equity securities

             

Equity securities – NAMA subordinated bonds

      –                 –                       –    

Equity securities – other

      39          9        48         (21     (3     (24)   

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      3,071          5,692        8,763         (242     (844     (1,086)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available for sale financial investments with unrealised losses have been assessed for impairment based on the credit risk profile of the counterparties involved. Impairment losses on debt securities of Nil (2011: 164 million) and 86 million (2011: 119 million) on equity securities have been recognised as set out in note 13.

 

 

 

    270


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

34  Interests in associated undertakings

Included in the Group income statement is the contribution from investments in associated undertakings as follows:

 

Income statement   

    2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010 

 

 

 

Share of results of associated undertakings(1)(4)

     15        (1     43    

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of associated undertakings

            (36     201    

Loss recognised on the remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell of disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     (5            (50)   

Loss on the disposal of investment in associated undertakings

                   (231)   

 

 
     10        (37     (37)   
  

 

 

 

Analysed as to:

      

Continuing operations

     10        (37     18    

Discontinued operations (note 18)(2)

                   (55)   

 

 
     10        (37     (37)   
  

 

 

 

 

Share of net assets including goodwill        2012
m
    2011 
 

 

 

At 1 January

     246        301    

Exchange translation adjustments

              

Disposal of associate held by subsidiary (note 18)

            (18)   

Additions(3)

     18        –    

Designation of associate as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss(4)

     (196     –    

Income for the year:

    

Continuing operations

     15        (1)   

Dividends received from associates

     (14     (5)   

Impairment on associated undertakings – Continuing operations

     (5     (36)   

Other movements

              

 

 

At 31 December

     64        246    
  

 

 

 

Analysed as to:

    

Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited(4) (note 35)

            196    

Other(5)

     64        50    

 

 
     64        246    
  

 

 

 

Disclosed in the statement of financial position within:

    

Interests in associated undertakings

     52        50    

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

     12        196    

 

 
     64        246    
  

 

 

 

Of which listed on a recognised stock exchange

            –    

 

 

(1)Includes Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited of Nil (2011: 17 million loss (note 35)), AIB Merchant Services 14 million profit (2011: 13 million profit); and Other 1 million profit (2011: 3 million profit).

(2)At 30 March 2010, the Group announced that certain of its operations were to be sold, amongst which included M&T Bank Corporation. Subsequently, Bulgarian American Credit Bank AD (“BACB”) and associate interests held by BZWBK, were considered to be held for sale. These associates were no longer accounted for using the equity method in accordance with IAS 28 Investment in Associates as they were classified as discontinued operations. On 4 November 2010, the sale of M&T Bank Corporation was completed with the investment derecognised from that date (note 18). The sale of BZWBK completed on 1 April 2011. The sale of BACB completed on 17 June 2011.

(3)Additions (LaGuardia Hotel) relate to transfers from financial investments available for sale arising from debt/equity restructuring.

(4)Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited was designated as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss with effect from 1 July 2012. No profit or loss arose on designation as it had been held at fair value (note 35).

(5)Includes the Group’s investments in Aviva Health Insurance Ireland Limited, AIB Merchant Services and LaGuardia Hotel (31 December 2011: Aviva Health Insurance Ireland Limited and AIB Merchant Services).

 

 

 

271    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

34 Interests in associated undertakings (continued)

Summarised financial information for the Group’s associates which are equity accounted is as follows:

     2012
m
    

2011 

 

 

 

Total assets

     725         12,237    

Total liabilities

     473         10,805    

Revenues

     396         1,163    

Net profit

     19         (9)   

 

 

In relation to associated undertakings at 31 December 2012, contingent liabilities amounted to Nil (2011: Nil) and commitments amounted to Nil (2011: Nil).

 

Principal associated undertakings    Nature of business

 

Zolter Services Limited (trades as AIB Merchant Services)

  

Provider of merchant payment solutions

 

Registered office:        Unit 6, Belfield Business Park, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland.

Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited(1)

As set out in note 35, AIB’s investment in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited was designated as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss with effect from 1 July 2012. Prior to this, it had been accounted for as an associate undertaking. It continues to be held within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale.

 

 

Other than as described above, the Group’s interests in associated undertakings are non-credit institutions and are held by subsidiary undertakings.

In accordance with the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. will annex a full listing of associated undertakings to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

(1)The Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and is now carried at fair value through profit or loss in the parent company statement of financial position. This is now classified in ‘disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’. Details of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited is set out in note 35.

 

 

 

    272


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

35 Interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited

At 31 December 2011, AIB considered that it was highly probable that its investment in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”), an associated undertaking, would be disposed of within twelve months following the cancellation in December 2011 of the distribution agreement between AIB and ALH and the conditions that existed in the shareholder agreement. Accordingly, ALH was classified as held for sale and included within ‘Disposal Groups and non-current assets held for sale’ (note 25). An impairment loss of 36 million on remeasurement of the disposal group to the lower of its carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell was recognised in associated undertakings in the consolidated income statement in 2011.

Arising from the exercise, in January 2012, of put options held by AIB and Aviva and the subsequent protracted negotiations between the parties to finalise the sales process of ALH and Ark Life respectively, it became increasingly obvious that AIB was no longer in the position to exercise significant influence over its investment in ALH. Accordingly, AIB designated its investment in ALH as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss with effect from 1 July 2012. There was no profit or loss recognised on the date of designation as the investment had been held at fair value. There was nil contribution from ALH in the six months to 30 June 2012.

The sales process was not finalised at 31 December 2012, however, negotiations were at an advanced stage. The fair value of the investment in ALH at 31 December 2012 of 196 million was determined by reference to the transaction price expected on the sale of the investment as this represented the best evidence of its fair value.

The mark to market of the related put options is negative 40 million (2011: negative 8 million) - note 6 and note 69.

The contribution of ALH for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 is included within share of results of associated undertakings as follows:

 

         2011
m
    2010 
 

 

 

Share of (loss)/income of ALH

     (12       

Impairment of associate

     (36     –    

Amortisation of intangible assets

     (4     (6)   

 

 

Share of loss before taxation

     (52     (2)   

Taxation attributable to policyholder returns

     (1     –    

 

 

Loss attributable to shareholders before taxation

     (53     (2)   

Taxation

     -          

 

 

Included within associated undertakings

     (53     –    
  

 

 

 

In addition to the amounts included within share of results of associated undertakings, the Group recognised fee income on the sale of ALH life insurance and investment products, through its distribution channels, amounting to 11 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 (2011: 23 million; 2010: 20 million).

The assets and liabilities of ALH at 31 December 2011, accounted for in accordance with the accounting policies of the Group, are set out in the following table:

 

Summary of consolidated statement of financial position   

2011

m

 

 

 

Cash and placings with banks

     1,906   

Financial investments

     8,424   

Investment property

     271   

Reinsurance assets

     588   

Other assets

     464   

 

 

Total assets

     11,653   
  

 

 

 

Investment contract liabilities

     5,605   

Insurance contract liabilities

     4,364   

Other liabilities

     498   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,186   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

           11,653   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

273    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

36 Intangible assets and goodwill

 

     2012        2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Goodwill
m
     Software 
     Other
m
     Total  
m  
     Goodwill 
     Software 
     Other
m
     Total 
 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

                       

At 1 January

             631          3         634                   596          3         602    

Acquisition of subsidiary(1)

             –                  –           –          75                  75    

Disposal of subsidiary

             –                  –           (3)         (1)                 (4)   

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

             –                  –           –          (9)                 (9)   

Additions – internally generated

             62                  62           –          27                  27    

                – externally purchased

                             9           –                            

Amounts written off(2)

             (13)                 (13)          –          (47)                 (47)   

Disposals

             –                  –           –          (16)                 (16)   

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

             689          3         692           –          631          3         634    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortisation/impairment

                       

At 1 January

             455          3         458                   405          3         409    

Acquisition of subsidiary(1)

             –                  –           –          54                  54    

Disposal of subsidiary

             –                  –           (1)         (1)                 (2)   

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note 25)

             –                  –           –          (6)                 (6)   

Amortisation for the year

             58                  58           –          63                  63    

Impairment for the year

                             2           –                            

Amounts written off(2)

             (13)                 (13)          –          (47)                 (47)   

Disposals

             –                  –           –          (16)                 (16)   

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

             502          3         505           –          455          3         458    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December

             187                  187           –          176                  176    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Relates to the acquisition of EBS Limited (“EBS”) (note 23).

(2)Relates to assets which are no longer in use with a nil carrying value.

Internally generated intangible assets under construction amounted to: 45 million (2011: 30 million).

Internally generated software amounted to: 375 million (2011: 337 million).

 

 

 

    274


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

37 Property, plant and equipment

     Property         Equipment        Total   
  

 

 

       
     Freehold       Long 
leasehold 
     Leasehold 
under 50 
years 
               
                    m         

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

              

At 1 January 2012

     190          103          153          484           930    

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     (2)         –          –          –           (2)   

Other reclassifications

             (1)         –          –           –    

Additions

             –                  26           37    

Disposals

     (1)         –          (20)         (23)          (44)   

Amounts written off(1)

     –          –          (2)         (2)          (4)   

Exchange translation adjustments

             –                  1             

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

     191          102          141          486           920    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation/impairment

              

At 1 January 2012

     53          27          101          389           570    

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     (1)         –          –          –           (1)   

Depreciation charge for the year

                     13          29           51    

Impairment for the year

             –          –          –             

Disposals

     –          –          (20)         (21)          (41)   

Amounts written off(1)

     –          –          (2)         (2)          (4)   

Exchange translation adjustments

             –                  1             

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

     68          30          93          396           587    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2012

     123          72          48          90           333    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

              

At 1 January 2011

     158          90          135          479           862    

Acquisition of subsidiary(2)

     30          10          19          23           82    

Disposal of subsidiaries

     –          –          –          (2)          (2)   

Reclassification from/(to) disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                     (1)         (8)          (5)   

Additions

     –                          11           17    

Disposals

     –          (1)         (6)         (21)          (28)   

Exchange translation adjustments

             –                  2             

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

     190          103          153                      484           930    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation/impairment

              

At 1 January 2011

     40          22          82          370           514    

Acquisition of subsidiary(2)

                     13          17           40    

Disposal of subsidiaries

     –          –          –          (1)          (1)   

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     –          –          (1)         (8)          (9)   

Depreciation charge for the year

                     10          30           49    

Disposals

     –          (1)         (4)         (20)          (25)   

Exchange translation adjustments

     –          –                  1             

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

     53          27          101          389           570    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2011

           137          76          52          95                     360    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Relates to assets which are no longer in use with a Nil carrying value.

(2)Relates to the acquisition of EBS Limited (“EBS”) (note 23).

The net book value of property occupied by the Group for its own activities was 240 million (2011: 263 million), excluding those held as disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale. Property leased to others by AIB Group had a book value of 2 million (2011: 2 million).

Property and equipment includes 2 million for items in the course of construction (2011: Nil).

 

 

 

275    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

38  Deferred taxation   

2012

m

   

2011 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables

     3          

Available for sale securities

            148    

Retirement benefits

     106        93    

Temporary difference on provisions for future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom plc (under Administration)

              

Assets leased to customers

     17        20    

Unutilised tax losses

     3,904        3,707    

Other

     32        –    

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     4,062        3,973    
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Cash flow hedges

     (5     (28)   

Amortised income on loans

     (149     (204)   

Assets used in business

     (24     (16)   

Available for sale securities

     (24     –    

Other

            (33)   

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (202     (281)   
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     3,860        3,692    
  

 

 

 

Represented on the balance sheet as follows:

    

Deferred tax assets

          3,860        3,692    
  

 

 

 

For each of the years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011, full provision has been made for capital allowances and other temporary differences.

 

Analysis of movements in deferred taxation   

2012

m

   

2011 

 

 

 

At 1 January

     3,692        2,384    

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 23)

            148    

Exchange translation and other adjustments

     18        23    

Deferred tax through other comprehensive income

     (33     (11)   

Income statement (note 17)

     183        1,148    

 

 

At 31 December

          3,860        3,692    
  

 

 

 

Comments on the basis of recognition of deferred tax assets on unused tax losses are included in ‘Critical accounting policies and estimates’ on pages 46 and 47. Comments on the prospective regulatory capital treatment of deferred tax assets are included in ‘Risk factors’ on page 63.

At 31 December 2012 recognised deferred tax assets on tax losses and other temporary differences, net of deferred tax liabilities, totalled 3,860 million (2011: 3,692 million). The most significant tax losses arise in the Irish tax jurisdiction and their utilisation is dependent on future taxable profits.

Temporary differences recognised in other comprehensive income consist of deferred tax on available for sale securities, cash flow hedges and actuarial gains/losses on retirement benefit schemes. Temporary differences recognised in the income statement consist of provision for impairment of loans and receivables, amortised income, assets leased to customers, and assets used in the course of business.

Net deferred tax assets of 3,854 million (2011: 3,692 million) are expected to be recovered after more than 12 months.

For AIB’s principal UK subsidiary, the Group has concluded that the recognition of deferred tax assets be limited to the amount projected to be realised within a time period of 15 years. This is the timescale within which the Group believes that it can asses the likelihood of its profits arising as being more likely than not. For certain other subsidiaries and branches, the Group has concluded that it is more likely than not that there will be insufficient profits to support full recognition of deferred tax assets.

 

 

 

    276


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

38 Deferred taxation (continued)

As a result, the Group has not recognised deferred tax assets in respect of unused tax losses of 1,848 million (2011: 556 million) in Ireland, the United Kingdom and the United States of America and foreign tax credits, for Irish tax purposes, of 4 million (2011: Nil). Of the tax losses of 1,848 million for which no deferred tax is recognised, 41 million expire in 2031, 58 million expire in 2032 and the remainder have no expiry date.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised amounted to Nil (2011: Nil).

The net deferred tax asset on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income amounted to 64 million (2011: 198 million).

Analysis of income tax relating to other comprehensive income

 

     2012   
  

 

 

 
     Gross     Tax     Net of tax     Net amount 
attributable 
to owners of 
the parent 
 
     m    

m

   

m

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     (3,830     183        (3,647     (3,647)   

Exchange translation adjustments

     34               34        34    

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

     (185     23        (162     (162)   

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities

        1,467        (172     1,295        1,295    

Net actuarial gains in retirement benefit schemes

     (858     118        (740     (740)   

Net change in property revaluation reserve

            (2     (2     (2)   

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     (3,372     150        (3,222     (3,222)   
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

        

Owners of the parent

     (3,372     150        (3,222     (3,222)   
  

 

 

 

 

     2011   
  

 

 

 
     Gross     Tax     Net of tax     Non-
controlling
interests
net of tax
    Net amount 
attributable 
to owners of 
the parent 
 
Continuing operations    m     m     m     m      

 

 

Loss for the year

     (5,108     1,188        (3,920            (3,920)   

Exchange translation adjustments

     (11            (11            (11)   

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

     (242     33        (209            (209)   

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities

     145        (33     112               112    

Net actuarial losses in retirement benefit schemes

     (534     70        (464            (464)   

Recognised gains in associated undertakings

     4               4                 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     (5,746     1,258        (4,488            (4,488)   
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

          

Owners of the parent

     (5,746     1,258        (4,488            (4,488)   
  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

          

Profit for the year

          1,645        (17     1,628        20        1,608    

Exchange translation adjustments

     (134            (134     (5     (129)   

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

     1               1                 

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities

     (99     25        (74     (3     (71)   

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     1,413        8        1,421        12        1,409    
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

          

Owners of the parent

     1,401        8        1,409               1,409    

Non-controlling interests

     12               12        12        –    

 

 
     1,413        8        1,421        12        1,409    
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

277    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

38 Deferred taxation (continued)

Analysis of income tax relating to other comprehensive income

 

     2010  
  

 

 

 
     Gross     Tax     Net of tax     Non-
controlling
interests
net of tax
     Net amount
attributable
to owners of
the parent
 
Continuing operations    m     m     m     m      m  

 

 

Loss for the year

     (12,071     1,710        (10,361             (10,361

Exchange translation adjustments

     89               89                89   

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

     (48     7        (41             (41

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities

     (957     144        (813             (813

Net actuarial gains in retirement benefit schemes

     3        (2     1                1   

Recognised losses in associated undertakings

     (13            (13             (13

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

       (12,997     1,859        (11,138             (11,138
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Owners of the parent

     (12,997     1,859        (11,138             (11,138

Non-controlling interests

                                    

 

 
     (12,997     1,859        (11,138             (11,138
  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

           

Profit for the year

     271        (72     199        70         129   

Exchange translation adjustments

     50               50        14         36   

Net change in fair value of available for sale securities

     4        (1     3        1         2   

Recognised gains in associated undertakings

     218               218                218   

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     543        (73     470        85         385   
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Owners of the parent

     458        (73     385                385   

Non-controlling interests

     85               85        85           

 

 
     543        (73     470        85         385   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    278


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

39 Deposits by central banks and banks        

2012

m

              

2011

m

 

 

 

 

Central banks

              

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        22,220               30,831   

Other borrowings

                      302   
     

 

 

 

22,220

 

  

        

 

 

 

31,133

 

  

 

Banks

              

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        5,636               5,048   

Other borrowings

        586               709   
     

 

 

 

6,222

 

  

        

 

 

 

5,757

 

  

 

 
        28,442               36,890   
  

 

 

Of which:

              

Domestic offices

        28,113               36,166   

Foreign offices

        329               724   
        28,442               36,890   

 

Amounts include:

              

Due to associated undertakings

                        

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (note 55), all of which mature within six months, (with the exception of 11.25 billion (2011: 3 billion) funded through the ECB three year Long Term Refinancing Operation (“LTRO”)) are secured by Irish Government bonds, NAMA senior bonds, other marketable securities and eligible assets. The Group has securitised certain of its mortgage and loan portfolios as outlined below in relation to AIB Mortgage Bank and EBS Mortgage Finance. These securities, other than issued to external investors, have been pledged as collateral in addition to other securities held by the Group.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has granted a floating charge over certain residential mortgage pools, the drawings against which were 90 million at 31 December 2012 (2011: Nil).

A subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has also granted a floating charge over certain residential mortgage pools, the drawings against which were Nil at 31 December 2012 (2011: Nil).

Deposits by central banks and banks include cash collateral of 321 million (2011: 576 million) received from derivative counterparties in relation to net derivative positions (note 27).

Financial assets pledged under existing agreements to repurchase, and providing access to future funding facilities with central banks and banks are detailed in the following table:

 

     2012       2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Central
banks
     Banks      Total       Central
banks
     Banks      Total   
     m      m           m      m       

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of financial assets pledged

     25,720         6,295         32,015          36,944         5,678         42,622    

Of which:

                 

Government securities(1)

     14,887         4,152         19,039          17,868         3,082         20,950    

Other securities

     10,833         2,143         12,976          19,076         2,596         21,672    

 

 

(1)Includes NAMA senior bonds.

 

 

 

279    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

40  Customer accounts       

2012

m

             

2011

m

 

 

 

Current accounts

       16,366              15,530   

Demand deposits

       9,460              9,828   

Time deposits

       37,784 (1)            35,316   

 

 
       63,610              60,674   
  

 

 

Of which:

            

Non-interest bearing current accounts

            

Domestic offices

       11,633              10,147   

Foreign offices

       2,053              1,765   

Interest bearing deposits, current accounts and short-term borrowings

                

Domestic offices

       39,889              37,457   

Foreign offices

       10,035              11,305   
    

 

 

 

63,610

 

  

       

 

 

 

60,674

 

  

  

 

 

Amounts include:

            

Due to related party(2)

       1,270              1,381   

 

 

(1)Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounting to 94 million (2011: Nil). The Group pledged non-government available for sale securities with a fair value of 105 million as collateral for these facilities.

(2)These amounts were substantially due to a subsidiary of ALH, and whilst the investment in ALH amounted to 24.99% of the ordinary share capital, it was accounted for as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss with effect from 1 July 2012 (note 35).

 

 

 

    280


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

41  Debt securities in issue        

2012

m

              

2011

m

 

 

 

Bonds and medium term notes:

              

European medium term note programme

        6,268               10,740   

Bonds and other medium term notes

        4,363               4,643   
        10,631               15,383   

 

Other debt securities in issue:

              

Commercial certificates of deposit

        35               271   

 

 
        10,666               15,654   
  

 

 
42 Other liabilities        

2012

m

              

2011

m

 

 

 

Notes in circulation

        467               458   

Items in transit

        157               171   

Creditors

        8               5   

Future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom(1)

                      11   

Fair value of hedged liability positions

        565               507   

Other

        430               382   

 

 
        1,627               1,534   
  

 

 

(1)Obligations to Icarom were fully satisfied at 31 December 2012.

 

 

 

281    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

43 Provisions for liabilities and commitments

Voluntary severance programme

On 8 March 2012, AIB announced a voluntary severance programme which includes both an early retirement scheme and a voluntary severance scheme. The objective of the programme is to reduce the Group’s cost base. It is expected that staff numbers will reduce by at least 2,500 following full implementation which is expected to complete by December 2013.

On 21 May 2012, AIB announced the specific terms of both the voluntary severance and early retirement schemes.

Staff who were eligible for early retirement were required to apply for consideration by 20 June 2012. Successful applicants have been scheduled to depart throughout 2012 and 2013 with a significant number having already left the Group. It is expected that a large majority of those staff who have been offered and scheduled for a 2013 departure will accept the offer. Accordingly, the Group expects that total past service costs arising under the terms of the early retirement scheme will ultimately amount to 182 million, based on current best estimates (note 12). This provision is included within pension scheme liabilities.

AIB estimates that the cost of offering the voluntary severance scheme to eligible employees will amount to 140 million of which 39 million had been utilised at 31 December 2012. Since AIB is demonstrably committed to the scheme, a provision has been made amounting to 101 million at 31 December 2012 which is based on management’s best estimate of the amount required to settle the additional costs expected to arise from the scheme. The estimate is based on experience to date in relation to ‘in scope’ staff who have already opted to apply and the acceptance level of successful applicants.

These provisions, totalling 322 million, have been netted with a curtailment gain of 29 million and included in termination benefits under administrative expenses (note 10) in the income statement.

In addition, an amount of 7 million has also been provided in respect of termination benefits payable on the winding down of AIB’s interests, principally, in the Isle of Man/Channel Islands.

 

 

 

    282


Table of Contents
  Notes to the accounts   LOGO

 

 

43 Provisions for liabilities and commitments (continued)

 

     31 December 2012  
  

 

 

 
     Liabilities
and
charges
   

NAMA(1)

constructive
obligation

   

NAMA(2)

provisions

   

Onerous(3)

contracts

    Legal claims    

Other(4)

provisions

    Voluntary
severance
scheme
    Total    
     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m    

 

 

At 1 January

     24               407        13        10        60               514     

Transfers out

     (8                                               (8)    

Exchange translation adjustments

                   2                      1               3     

Amounts charged to income statement

     10 (5)             19 (2)      16        4        121        147        317     

Amounts released to income statement

     (1 )(5)             (155 )(2)      (1     (4     (7            (168)    

Provisions utilised

     (4            (242     (1     (1     (19     (39     (306)    

 

 

At 31 December

     21               31        27        9        156        108        352     
  

 

 

 
     31 December 2011         
  

 

 

   
    

 

 

Liabilities

and

charges

  

  

  

   

 

 

NAMA

constructive

obligation

(1) 

  

  

   

 

NAMA

provisions

(2) 

  

   

 

Onerous

contracts

(3) 

  

   
 
Legal
claims
  
  
   

 

Other

provisions

(4) 

  

    Total      
     m     m     m     m     m     m            

 

 

At 1 January

     17        1,026               7        5        86        1,141      

Acquisition of subsidiary(6)

                          2        1        11        14      

Exchange translation adjustments

            (6     4        1               1        –      

Amounts charged to income statement

     17               403        5        6        52        483      

Amounts released to income statement

            (433            (2     (1     (54     (490)     

Provisions utilised

     (10     (587            -        (1     (36     (634)     

 

   

At 31 December

     24               407        13        10        60        514      
  

 

 

   

The total provisions for liabilities and commitments expected to be settled within one year amount to 289 million (2011: 464 million).

(1)At 31 December 2010, the transfer in 2011 of certain loans to NAMA at a discount was deemed unavoidable, accordingly a provision of  1,026 million being a constructive obligation was made for the expected discount.

(2)NAMA provisions represent amounts due to NAMA in respect of adjustments to transfers which had not been settled at 31 December 2011. At 31 December 2012,  155 million of this provision was released to the income statement. This followed the resolution with NAMA of certain issues relating to transfers which had taken place in earlier periods. In addition,  19 million was charged to the income statement in respect of Section 93 claims i.e. new claims under the NAMA Act.

(3)Provisions for the unavoidable costs expected to arise from branch closures.

(4)Includes provisions for refunds to customers in respect of payment protection insurance in both Ireland and the UK (total  52 million), interest rate hedge products in the UK ( 49 million), restructuring and reorganisation costs.

(5)Included in charge/(writeback) of provisions for liabilities and commitments in income statement.

(6)Relates to the acquisition of EBS (note 23).

 

 

 

283    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

44 Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments    Notes         

2012

m

             

2011 

 

 

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

                

1.6bn Contingent Capital Tier 2 Notes due 2016

                

Proceeds of issue

           1,600              1,600    

Fair value adjustment on initial recognition

           (447           (447)   

Amortisation to date

           84              24    
   (a)         1,237              1,177    

Dated loan capital European Medium Term Note Programme:

                

500m Callable Step-up Floating Rate Notes due October 2017 (maturity extended to 2035 as a result of the SLO)

   (b)         7                

Stg£ 368m 12.5% Subordinated Notes due June 2019 (maturity extended to 2035 as a result of the SLO)

   (c)         27              25    

Stg£ 500m Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes due March 2025 (maturity extended to 2035 as a result of the SLO)

   (d)                      –    
           34              32    

 

 
               1,271              1,209    
     

 

 
Maturity of dated loan capital             

2012

m

              2011 
 

 

 

Dated loan capital outstanding is repayable:

                

In 5 years or more

           34              32    
     

 

 

Following on the liability management exercises in 2011 and the SLO in April 2011, residual balances remained outstanding on the dated loan capital instruments above. The SLO, which was effective from 22 April 2011, changed the terms of all outstanding instruments. The original liabilities were derecognised and new liabilities were recognised, with their initial measurement based on the fair value at the SLO effective date. The contractual maturity date changed to 2035 as a result of the SLO, with coupons to be payable at the option of AIB (note7).

1.6bn Contingent Capital Tier 2 Notes due 2016

  (a) On 26 July 2011, AIB issued 1.6 billion in nominal value of Contingent Capital Tier 2 Notes (‘CCNs’) to the Minister for Finance of Ireland (‘the Minister’) for cash consideration of 1.6 billion. The fair value of these notes at initial recognition was 1,153 million with 447 million being accounted for as a capital contribution from the Minister (note 49). Interest is payable annually in arrears on the nominal value of the notes at a fixed rate of 10% per annum. The interest rate may increase up to 18% at the behest of the Minister but with effect only from the date that the CCNs are sold to a third party external to a State entity. The notes are due to mature on 28 July 2016. The CCNs are unsecured and subordinated obligations of AIB. They rank:
  (i) junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of AIB;
  (ii) pari passu with the claims of holders of all other subordinated obligations of AIB which qualify as consolidated Tier 2 capital of the Group for regulatory capital purposes or which rank, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with the CCNs; and
  (iii) senior to the claims of holders of all other subordinated obligations of AIB which rank junior to the CCNs including any subordinated obligations of AIB which qualify as Tier 1 capital of the Group for regulatory purposes.

While the CCNs are outstanding, if the Core Tier 1 capital ratio (the CET Ratio after the CRD IV implementation date) falls below the Trigger ratio of 8.25%, the CCNs are immediately and mandatorily redeemable and will convert to ordinary shares of AIB at a conversion price of 0.01 per share.

 

 

 

    284


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

44 Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments (continued)

Dated loan capital

The dated loan capital in this section issued under the European Medium Term Note Programme is subordinated in right of payment to the ordinary creditors, including depositors, of the Group.

During 2010, the Group redeemed certain of these capital instruments, and in 2011, all outstanding amounts were either purchased for cash or derecognised following a Subordinated Liabilities Order (“SLO”), details of which are set out in note 63(g).

Residual balances remained outstanding on the instruments set out below following redemption/derecognition as follows:

  (b) In relation to the 500 million Callable Subordinated Step-Up Floating Rate Notes, the Group redeemed  332.5 million of these in March 2010, leaving 167.5 million outstanding. Of this outstanding amount, 142 million was purchased for cash during 2011 with the remainder being derecognised following the introduction of the SLO. A new instrument was subsequently recognised and measured at a fair value of 7 million (note 7).

 

  (c) Of the Stg£ 368 million Subordinated Notes, Stg£ 289 million was purchased for cash during 2011 with the remainder, amounting to Stg£ 79 million, being derecognised following the introduction of the SLO. A new instrument was subsequently recognised and measured at a fair value of Stg£ 20 million (note 7).

 

  (d) The Stg£ 500 million Subordinated Callable Fixed/Floating Rate Notes were partially redeemed (Stg£ 481 million) in March 2010, leaving Stg£ 19 million outstanding. Of this outstanding amount, Stg£ 18 million was purchased for cash during 2011, with the remainder amounting to Stg£ 1 million being derecognised following the introduction of the SLO. A new instrument was subsequently recognised and measured at a fair value of Stg£ 0.3 million (note 7).

 

 

 

285    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

45 Share capital

            Authorised                   Issued   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
    

2012

m

    

2011 

         

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

              

Ordinary shares of 0.01 each

     702,000.0         702,000.0             517,152.8         513,528.8    

Preference share capital

              

2009 Non cumulative preference shares of 0.01 each

     3,500.0         3,500.0             3,500.0         3,500.0    

Deferred share capital

              

Deferred shares of 0.01 each

     403,775.2         403,775.2                     –    

 

       

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital/share premium

2012

  (i) On 1 May 2012, the Irish High Court confirmed an application by AIB for a reduction of the share premium account by 2,000 million in addition to a reduction of 3,958 million of its capital redemption reserves (note 50). This resulted in a transfer from these reserve accounts to revenue reserves.
  (ii) On 14 May 2012, arising from the non-payment of dividend amounting to 280 million on the 2009 Preference Shares, the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) became entitled to bonus shares in lieu and the Company issued 3,623,969,972 new ordinary shares of 0.01 each by way of a bonus issue to the NPRFC in settlement of the dividend. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, an amount of 36 million, equal to the nominal value of the shares issued, was transferred from share premium to ordinary share capital.

2011

  (i) On 31 March 2011, following completion of the Central Bank of Ireland’s Prudential Capital Assessment Review and the Prudential Liquidity Assessment Review, the Central Bank of Ireland announced the requirement for the Company to raise equity capital of 9.1 billion in addition to the requirement of approximately 4.2 billion deferred from February 2011, bringing the total capital which AIB would be required to raise to 13.3 billion.
  (ii) On 1 April 2011, the company completed the sale of its stake in Bank Zachodni WBK S.A., following which on 7 April 2011, the NPRFC issued a Conversion Order to convert all of its CNV Shares (total shares 10,489,899,564 ( 3,357 million)) into ordinary shares. The conversion was completed on 8 April 2011.
  (iii) On 13 May 2011, arising from the non-payment of dividend amounting to 280 million on the 2009 Preference Shares, the NPRFC became entitled to bonus shares in lieu and the Company issued 484,902,878 new ordinary shares by way of a bonus issue to the NPRFC in part settlement of the dividend. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, an amount of 155 million, equal to the nominal value of the shares issued, was transferred from share premium to ordinary share capital. The remainder of the bonus shares due to the NPRFC of 762,370,687 were issued to the NPRFC following the required approvals by the shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting (“EGM”) on the 26 July 2011. This issue included an additional 38,118,535 shares being prescribed by the Company’s Articles of Association as a result of the 2011 annual cash dividend not being satisfied in full on the due date. This issue of shares resulted in 8 million (the nominal value of the shares issued was 0.01 each per share) being transferred from share premium to ordinary share capital.
  (iv) On 26 July 2011, following the passing of shareholder resolutions at the EGM:
    the ordinary shares of the Company were renominalised, each ordinary share of 0.32 was subdivided into one ordinary share of 0.01 each carrying the same rights and obligations as an existing ordinary share and thirty one deferred shares of 0.01. The deferred shares created on the renominalisation had no voting or dividend rights and had no economic value;
    the Company acquired all of the deferred shares for nil consideration and immediately cancelled them in accordance with its Articles of Association adopted at the EGM which resulted in 3,958 million transferring from share capital to a capital redemption reserve fund; and
    all of the authorised but unissued preference shares denominated in Euro, sterling, US dollars and yen (other than the 2009 Preference Shares),were cancelled.
  (v) On 27 July 2011, the Company issued 500 billion ordinary shares of 0.01 each to the NPRFC at a subscription price of 0.01 per share ( 5 billion in total) as part of the capital raising transaction agreed with the Irish Government.

 

 

 

    286


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

45 Share capital (continued)

Preference share capital - 2009 Preference Shares

On 13 May 2009, in implementing the Government’s recapitalisation of AIB, the Company issued: (i)  3.5 billion of core tier 1 securities in the form of non-cumulative redeemable preference shares (the ‘2009 Preference Shares’) and (ii) 294,251,819 warrants over ordinary shares (the ‘2009 Warrants’), to the NPRFC for an aggregate subscription price of 3.5 billion. The Government’s national pensions reserve fund, is controlled by the NPRFC and managed by the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”).

The 2009 Preference Shares carry a fixed non cumulative dividend at a rate of 8% per annum, payable annually in arrears at the discretion of AIB. If a cash dividend is not paid, AIB must issue bonus ordinary shares to the holders of the 2009 Preference Shares by capitalising its reserves. The issue of bonus shares can be deferred by AIB, but the holders of 2009 Preference Shares will acquire voting rights at general meetings of AIB equivalent to the voting rights that would have attached to the bonus shares if they had been issued. The dividend may not be deferred beyond the date on which AIB (a) pays a cash dividend on the 2009 Preference Shares or on the ordinary shares; or (b) redeems or purchases any of the 2009 Preference Shares, or ordinary shares. Arising from this provision, AIB issued ordinary shares in lieu of dividend due to the NPRFC in 2010, in 2011 and on 14 May 2012. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, an amount of 36 million (2011: 163 million), equal to the nominal value of the shares issued, was transferred from the share premium to the ordinary share capital account (see below).

The 2009 Preference Shares may be purchased or redeemed at the option of AIB, in whole or in part, from distributable profits and/or the proceeds of an issue of shares constituting core tier 1 capital, for the first five years after the date of issue for the subscription price of 1.00 per share and thereafter at redemption or purchase price of 125 per cent. of the subscription price, subject at all times to the consent of the Central Bank of Ireland.

The 2009 Preference Shares give the Minister the right, while any such preference shares are outstanding, to appoint directly 25 per cent. of the directors of AIB and has voting rights equal to 25 per cent. of all votes capable of being cast by shareholders on a poll at a general meeting of the Company on shareholder resolutions relating to:

  (i) the appointment, reappointment or removal of Directors; and
  (ii) a change of control of AIB or a sale of all or substantially all of its business. In relation to item (i) above, the 25 per cent. voting rights entitlement is inclusive of the voting rights of all Government entities in respect of any ordinary shares they may hold.

To the extent that the NPRFC holds ordinary shares, it is not restricted from exercising its voting rights in respect of such ordinary shares at a general meeting of the Company.

The 2009 Preference Shares are freely transferable in minimum lots of 50,000 shares. However, the voting rights attaching to the 2009 Preference Shares, the right to appoint directors to the board of AIB and the veto over certain share capital-related resolutions are not transferable, as those rights are exercisable only by a Government Preference Shareholder.

 

 

 

287    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

45 Share capital (continued)

The following tables show the movements in share capital in the statement of financial position during the year:

 

Issued share capital   

2012 

  

2011 

 

At 1 January

   5,170     3,965 

Ordinary shares in lieu of dividend on 2009 Preference Shares

   36     163 

CNV shares converted to ordinary shares

   –     (3,357)

Ordinary shares issued on conversion of CNV shares

   –     3,357 

Ordinary shares of 0.32 each renominalised

   –     (4,085)

Ordinary shares of 0.01 each arising on renominalisation

   –     127 

Deferred shares of 0.01 each arising on renominalisation

   –     3,958 

Cancellation of deferred shares

   –     (3,958)

Ordinary shares issued to the NPRFC

   –     5,000 

 

At 31 December

   5,206     5,170 
  

 

Of which:

     

Ordinary shares

   5,171     5,135 

2009 Preference shares

   35     35 

 

     5,206     5,170 
  

 

Share premium   

2012 

  

2011 

 

At 1 January

   4,926     5,089 

Transfer to ordinary share capital in respect of ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend on 2009 Preference Shares

   (36)    (163)

Reduction and transfer to revenue reserves

   (2,000)   

 

At 31 December

   2,890     4,926 
  

 

Structure of the Company’s share capital as at 31 December 2012  

Authorised 

share capital 

  

Issued 
share capital 

 

Class of share

     

Ordinary share capital

   63.3     99.3 

2009 Preference Shares

   0.3     0.7 

Deferred shares

   36.4     – 

 

The following table shows the Group’s capital resources at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011:

 

Capital resources   

2012 

  

2011 

 

Shareholders’ equity

   11,241     14,463 

Contingent capital notes (note 44)

   1,237     1,177 

Dated capital notes (note 44)

   34     32 

 

Total capital resources

       12,512     15,672 
  

 

 

 

 

    288


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

46 Analysis of selected other comprehensive income

 

                 2012                        2011                        2010   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
Continuing operations   

Gross

m

   

Tax

m

   

Net 

         

Gross

m

   

Tax


m

   

Net 

         

Gross

m

   

Tax


m

   

Net 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves

                          

Change in foreign currency translation reserves

     34               34             (11            (11)            89               89    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     34               34             (11            (11)            89               89    
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash flow hedging reserves

                          

Fair value (gains) transferred to income statement

     (87     10        (77)            (115     14        (101)            (403     52        (351)   

Fair value (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income

     (98     13        (85)            (127     19        (108)            355        (45     310    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     (185     23        (162)            (242     33        (209)            (48     7        (41)   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Available for sale securities reserves

                          

Fair value losses/(gains) transferred to income statement

     55        7        62             443        (54     389             (15     5        (10)   

Fair value gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income

     1,412        (179     1,233             (298     21        (277)            (942     139        (803)   

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     1,467        (172     1,295             145        (33     112             (957     144        (813)   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
                 2012                        2011                        2010   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
Discontinued operations    Gross
m
    Tax
m
   

Net 

          Gross
m
    Tax

m
   

Net 

          Gross
m
    Tax

m
   

Net 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves

                          

Transferred to income statement on disposal of foreign operation

                   –             (106            (106)                          –    

Change in foreign currency translation reserves

                   –             (28            (28)            50               50    

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

                   –             (134            (134)            50               50    
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash flow hedging reserves

                          

Fair value losses transferred to income statement

                   –             4        (1                29        (6     23    

Fair value (losses) taken to other comprehensive income

                   –             (3     1        (2)            (29     6        (23)   

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

                   –             1                                        –    
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Available for sale securities reserves

                          

Fair value (gains) transferred to income statement

                   –             (82     16        (66)            (2            (2)   

Fair value (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income

                   –             (17     9        (8)            6        (1       

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

                   –             (99     25        (74)            4        (1       
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

289    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

46 Analysis of selected other comprehensive income (continued)

Analysis of total comprehensive income included within statement of changes in equity

 

                                        2012   
 

 

 

 
                      Revenue reserves              
    Revaluation
reserves
    Available
for sale
securities
reserves
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
    Net actuarial
gains/(losses)
in retirement
benefit
    Other
revenue
reserves
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
    Total   
    m     m    

schemes

m

    m     m     m      

 

 

Parent and subsidiaries

    (2     1,295        (162     (740     (3,647     34        (3,222)   

Associated undertakings

                                              –    

 

 

Total

    (2     1,295        (162     (740     (3,647     34        (3,222)   

Non-controlling interests

                                              –    

 

 

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

    (2     1,295        (162     (740     (3,647     34        (3,222)   
 

 

 

 
                                        2011   
 

 

 

 
                      Revenue reserves              
    Revaluation
reserves
    Available
for sale
securities
reserves
    Cash flow
hedging
reserves
    Net actuarial
gains/(losses)
in retirement
benefit
    Other
revenue
reserves
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
    Total   
    m     m     schemes
m
    m     m     m      

 

 

Parent and subsidiaries

           38        (208     (464     (2,292     (145     (3,071)   

Associated undertakings

                         4                        

 

 

Total

           38        (208     (460     (2,292     (145     (3,067)   

Non-controlling interests

           3                      (20     5        (12)   

 

 

Attributable to equity holders of the parent

           41        (208     (460     (2,312     (140     (3,079)   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    290


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

47 Own shares

Ordinary shares previously purchased under shareholder authority and held as Treasury Shares are as follows:

 

Treasury shares    2012           2011  

 

 

At 31 December

       35,680,114            35,680,114   
  

 

 

 

Since 2008, the company has not reissued any ordinary shares from its pool of Treasury Shares.

Employee share schemes and trusts

The Group sponsors a number of employee share plans whereby purchases of shares are made in the open market to satisfy commitments under the schemes.

At 31 December 2012, 1.5 million shares (2011: 2.6 million) were held by trustees with a book value of 23 million (2011: 25.6 million), and a market value of 0.1 million (2011: 0.2 million). The book value is deducted from revenue reserves while the shares continue to be held by the Group.

The Group sponsors SAYE schemes for eligible employees in the UK, the Isle of Man and Channel Islands. The trustees of the schemes have borrowed funds from Group companies, interest free, to enable them to purchase Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. ordinary shares in the open market. These shares are used to satisfy commitments arising under the schemes. The cost of providing these shares is charged to the income statement on a systematic basis over the period that the employees are expected to benefit. At 31 December 2012, 1.5 million shares (2011: 1.5 million) were held by the trustees with a book value of 22.9 million (2011: 23.1 million) and a market value of 0.1 million (2011: 0.2 million). The book value is deducted from revenue reserves.

In 2001, the AIB Group Employee Share Trust was established to satisfy commitments arising under the AIB Group Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Funds were provided to the trustees to enable them to purchase Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. ordinary shares in the open market. The trustees have waived their entitlement to dividends. At 31 December 2012, 0.01 million shares (2011: 0.01 million shares) were held by the trustees with a book value of 0.1 million (2011: 0.1 million) and a market value of 0.001 million (2011: 0.002 million).

At 31 December 2012, Nil (2011: 1.2 million) ordinary shares were held by the trust with a cost of Nil (2011: 2.4 million) and a market value of Nil (2011:Nil) in relation to the Allfirst Stock Option Plans.(1)

(1)Prior to its disposal to M&T Bank Corporation, Allfirst Financial, Inc. sponsored the Allfirst Stock Option Plans, for the benefit of key employees of Allfirst.

48 Other equity interests

 

Reserve capital instruments (“RCI”)    2011
m
 

 

 

At 1 January

     239   

Redemption of RCI (note 7)

     (239

 

 

At 31 December 2011

             –   
  

 

 

 

RCIs

At 1 January 2011, 239 million remained outstanding on RCIs following the redemption in June 2009 of 258 million of the RCI. The outstanding amount of 239 million was purchased in full for cash in June 2011 at a discount of 90.4% to nominal value resulting in a gain of 216 million which was recognised in equity.

The coupon, which was due to be paid on the RCI on 28 February 2011, was not paid.

 

 

 

291    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

49 Capital reserves

    2012              2011  
 

 

    

 

 
        Capital
contribution
reserves
        Other
capital
reserves
        Total                  Capital
contribution
reserves
        Other
capital
reserves
        Total  
        m         m         m                  m         m         m  

 

    

 

 

At 1 January

      2,632          253          2,885                        253          253   

Capital contributions

                            

Anglo business transfer (note 22)

                                      1,498                   1,498   

EBS acquisition (note 23)

                                      777                   777   

CCNs issuance (note 44)

                                      447                   447   
                                      2,722                   2,722   

 

Transfer to revenue reserves:

                            

Anglo business transfer

      (187                (187            (66)                   (66

CCNs issuance (note 44)

      (60                (60            (24)                   (24
      (247                (247            (90)                   (90

 

    

 

 

At 31 December

      2,385          253          2,638               2,632          253          2,885   
 

 

    

 

 

The capital contributions are initially non-distributable but may become distributable as outlined in accounting policy number 28. The transfers to revenue reserves relate to the capital contributions being deemed distributable.

In addition to the capital contributions above, in 2011 AIB also received capital contributions in cash amounting to 6,054 million which are included in revenue reserves (note 51).

50  Capital redemption reserves

On 26 July 2011, the ordinary shares of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. were renominalised which resulted in the creation of ordinary shares of 0.01 each, totalling 127 million and deferred shares of 0.01 each, totalling 3,958 million. The deferred shares were acquired by AIB for Nil consideration and immediately cancelled which resulted in 3,958 million transferring from share capital to capital redemption reserves (note 45).

On 1 May 2012, the Irish High Court confirmed an application by AIB for a reduction of its capital redemption reserve fund, accordingly, 3,958 million was transferred to revenue reserves from this account.

51 Contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC

On 28 July 2011, the Minister for Finance (‘the Minister’) and the NPRFC agreed to contribute  2,283 million and  3,771 million respectively (total 6,054 million) as capital contributions to AIB for Nil consideration. These capital contributions constitute core tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and are included within ‘Revenue reserves’. Neither the Minister nor the NPRFC has an entitlement to seek repayment of these capital contributions.

 

52 Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries       2011 
 

 

 

Equity interest in subsidiaries

   

At 1 January

      501    

Movement during the year

      12    

Extinguishment of equity interests

      (513)   

At 31 December

      –    

Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities (“LPI”)

   

At 1 January

      189    

Purchase of Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

      (189)   

At 31 December

      –    

 

 
              –    
 

 

 

Equity interests in subsidiaries

On 1 April 2011, AIB disposed of its 70.36% shareholding in BZWBK (note 18).

Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

At 1 January 2011, 189 million remained outstanding following the redemption in June 2009 of 801 million of the Preferred Securities. In June 2011 the remaining outstanding amount was purchased in full for cash (note 7).

 

 

 

    292


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

53 Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments, and contingent assets

In the normal course of business, the Group is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of customers.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk which are not reflected in the consolidated statement of financial position. Credit risk is defined as the possibility of sustaining a loss because the other party to a financial instrument fails to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit loss under contingent liabilities and commitments to extend credit, in the event of non-performance by the other party where all counterclaims, collateral or security prove valueless, is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments.

The Group uses the same credit control and risk management policies in undertaking off-balance sheet commitments as it does for on balance sheet lending.

The following tables give the nominal or contract amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments:

 

        Contract amount   
 

 

 
     

 

2012

m

  

  

     

 

2011 

 m 

  

  

 

 

Contingent liabilities(1)credit related

       

Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security:

       

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit

      980          1,414    

Other contingent liabilities

      581          595    
      1,561          2,009    

Commitments(2)

       

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

      27          29    

Undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities

               –    

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

           

Less than 1 year(3)

      6,977          7,240    

1 year and over(4)

      1,970          2,593    
      8,974          9,862    

 

 
          10,535          11,871    
 

 

 

(1)Contingent liabilities are off-balance sheet products and include guarantees, standby letters of credit and other contingent liability products such as performance bonds.

(2)A commitment is an off-balance sheet product, where there is an agreement to provide an undrawn credit facility. The contract may or may not be cancelled unconditionally at any time without notice depending on the terms of the contract.

(3)An original maturity of up to and including 1 year or which may be cancelled at any time without notice.

(4)With an original maturity of more than 1 year.

 

      Contingent liabilities               Commitments   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
    

2012

m

    

2011    

m    

         

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Concentration of exposure

              

Republic of Ireland

     822         1,023                7,784         8,277    

United Kingdom

     492         504                1,149         1,352    

United States of America

     247         475                41         185    

Rest of the world

             7                        48    

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     1,561         2,009                    8,974         9,862    
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

293    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

53  Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments, and contingent assets (continued)

The credit rating of contingent liabilities and commitments as at 31 December 2012 and 2011 are set out in the following table. Details of the Group’s rating profiles and masterscale ranges are set out in the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

     2012           2011  
Masterscale grade    m           m  

 

 

1 to 3

     3,652            5,334   

4 to 10

     2,875            2,800   

11 to 13

     1,925            1,834   

Unrated

     2,083            1,903   

 

 
       10,535            11,871   
  

 

 

 

Legal proceedings

AIB Group in the course of its business is frequently involved in litigation cases. However, it is not, nor has been involved in, nor are there, so far as the Company is aware, pending or threatened by or against AIB Group any legal or arbitration proceedings, including governmental proceedings, which may have, or have had during the previous twelve months, a material effect on the financial position or profitability of AIB Group.

Contingent liability/contingent asset - NAMA

  (a) Transfers of financial assets to NAMA are complete. However, NAMA continues to finalise certain value to transfer adjustments and the final consideration payable on tranches which have already transferred. Accordingly, AIB has maintained a provision for the amount of the expected outflow in respect of various adjustments. If the actual amounts provided prove to be lower or higher than the provision, an inflow or outflow of economic benefits may result to AIB (note 43).
  (b) The Group has provided NAMA with a series of indemnities relating to transferred assets. Any indemnity payment would result in an outflow of economic benefit for the Group.
  (c) On dissolution or restructuring of NAMA, the Minister may require that a report and accounts be prepared. If NAMA shows that an aggregate loss has been incurred since its establishment which is unlikely to be made good, the Minister may impose a surcharge on the participating institution. This will involve apportioning the loss on the participating institution, subject to certain restrictions, on the basis of the book value of the assets acquired from that institution in relation to the total book value of assets acquired from all participating institutions.

Participation in TARGET 2 - Ireland

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) migrated to the TARGET 2 system during 2008. TARGET 2, being the wholesale payment infrastructure for credit institutions across Europe, is a real time gross settlement system for large volume interbank payments in euro. The following disclosures relate to the charges arising as a result of the migration to TARGET 2:

By Deeds of Charge made on 15 February 2008, AIB created first floating charges in favour of the Central Bank of Ireland over all of AIB’s right, title, interest and benefit, present and future, in and to:

  (i) the balances then or at any time standing to the credit of Payment Module accounts held by AIB with a Eurosystem central bank; and
  (ii) each of the eligible securities included from time to time in the Eligible Securities Schedule furnished by AIB to the Central Bank of Ireland

in each case, a ‘Charged Property’, for the purpose of securing all present and future liabilities of AIB in respect of AIB’s participation in TARGET 2, arising from the Deeds of Charge and the Terms and Conditions for participation in TARGET 2 – Ireland (adopted from time to time by the Central Bank of Ireland), including, without limitation, liabilities to the Central Bank of Ireland, the European Central Bank, or any national central bank of a Member State that has adopted the euro.

The Deeds of Charge contain a provision whereby during the subsistence of the security, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the Central Bank of Ireland, AIB shall not:

  (a) create or attempt to create or permit to arise or subsist any encumbrance on or over the Charged Property or any part thereof; or
  (b) otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of the Charged Property or any part thereof or attempt or agree to do so whether by means of one or a number of transactions related or not and whether at one time or over a period of time.

 

 

 

    294


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

54 Off-balance sheet arrangements

Under IFRS, transactions and events are accounted for and presented in accordance with their substance and economic reality and not merely their legal form. As a result, the substance of transactions with a special purpose entity (“SPE”) forms the basis for their treatment in the Group’s financial statements. An SPE is consolidated in the financial statements when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the SPE indicates that the SPE is controlled by the entity and meets the criteria set out in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and SIC 12 Consolidation - Special Purposes Entities. The primary form of SPE utilised by the Group are securitisations and employee compensation trusts.

Securitisations

The Group utilises securitisations primarily to support the following business objectives:

  as an investor, the Group has used securitisation as part of the management of its interest rate and liquidity risks through Treasury;
  as an investor, securitisations have been utilised by the Group to invest in transactions that offered an appropriate risk-adjusted return opportunity;
  as an originator of securitisations, to meet customer demand to offer a full range of investment opportunities by making available opportunities to invest in AIB-managed Collateralised Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) and Collateralised Bond Obligations (“CBOs”); and
  as an originator of securitisations to support the funding activities of the Group.

AIB has primarily been an investor in securitisations issued by other credit institutions. The most significant investment in securitisations has been through Treasury’s purchases of senior tranches of predominantly AAA-rated prime Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (“RMBS”), holdings of which have continued to reduce during 2012. This portfolio was originally purchased as part of Treasury’s primary interest rate and liquidity management objective, subject to qualifying criteria, including loan-to-value (“LTV”), seasoning, location and quality of originator. A smaller proportion of the overall portfolio is held in other asset classes which are reported in the available for sale portfolio.

At 31 December 2012, the Group also has a small residual portfolio of investments in securitisations which are classified as non-core. The portfolio consists of both cash and synthetic structures across a variety of asset classes, including RMBS, Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and CDOs.

Arising from the acquisition of EBS on 1 July 2011, AIB controls certain special purpose vehicles which had been set-up by EBS (note m Investments in Group undertakings to the parent company financial statements).

Stock borrowing and lending

Securities borrowed are not recognised in the financial statements, unless these are sold to third parties, at which point the obligation to repurchase the securities is recorded as a trading liability at fair value and any subsequent gain or loss included in trading income.

Employee compensation trusts

AIB and some of its subsidiary companies use trust structures to benefit employees and to facilitate the ownership of the Group’s equity by employees. The Group consolidates these trust structures where the risks and rewards of the underlying shares have not been transferred to the employees. Details of these schemes are provided in note 11 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements .

 

 

 

295    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

55 Transfer of financial assets

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business in which it transfers previously recognised financial assets. Transferred financial assets may, in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement:

(i) continue to be recognised in their entirety; or
(ii) be derecognised in their entirety but the Group retains some continuing involvement.

The most common transactions where the transferred assets are not derecognised in their entirety are sale and repurchase agreements, issuance of covered bonds and securitisations.

(i)  Transferred financial assets not derecognised in their entirety

Sale and repurchase agreements

Sale and repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Group sells a financial asset to another party, with an obligation to repurchase it at a fixed price on a certain later date. The Group continues to recognise the financial assets in full in the statement of financial position as it retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The Group’s sale and repurchase agreements are predominantly with central banks and banks. The obligation to pay the repurchase price is recognised within ‘Deposits by central banks and banks’ (note 39) and ‘Customer accounts’ (note 40). As the Group sells the contractual rights to the cash flows of the financial assets, it does not have the ability to use or pledge the transferred assets during the term of the sale and repurchase agreement. The Group remains exposed to credit risk and interest rate risk on the financial assets sold. The obligation arising as a result of sale and repurchase agreements together with the carrying value of the financial assets pledged are set out in the table below.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (notes 39 and 40), all of which mature within six months, (with the exception of 11.25 billion (2011: 3 billion) funded through the ECB three year Long Term Refinancing Operation (“LTRO”)) are secured by Irish Government bonds, NAMA senior bonds, other marketable securities and eligible assets. The Group has securitised certain of its mortgage and loan portfolios as outlined below in relation to AIB Mortgage Bank and EBS Mortgage Finance. These securities, other than issued to external investors, have been pledged as collateral in addition to other securities held by the Group.

The Group has granted a floating charge over certain residential mortgage pools, the drawings against which were Nil at 31 December 2012 (2011: Nil).

Issuance of covered bonds

Covered bonds, which the Group issues, are debt securities backed by cash flows from mortgages for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property through its wholly owned subsidiaries, AIB Mortgage Bank and EBS Mortgage Finance. The Group retains all of the risks and rewards of these mortgage loans and therefore, the loans continue to be recognised on the Group’s statement of financial position with the related covered bonds included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ (note 41). The Group remains exposed to credit risk and interest rate risk on the financial assets sold. As the Group sells the contractual rights to the cash flows of the financial assets it does not have the ability to use the transferred assets during the term of the arrangement. However, of the total debt securities issued amounting to 13.4 billion, internal Group companies hold 10.1 billion which are eliminated on consolidation. These internally issued bonds are used by AIB Group as part of sale and repurchase agreements with the Central Bank of Ireland as outlined above.

Securitisations

Securitisations are transactions in which the Group sells financial assets to special purpose entities (“SPEs”), which, in turn, issue notes to external investors. The notes issued by the SPEs are on terms which result in the Group retaining the majority of ownership risks and rewards and therefore, the financial assets continue to be recognised on the Group’s statement of financial position. The Group remains exposed to credit risk, interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk on the financial assets sold. The liability in respect of the cash received from the external investors is included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ (note 41). Under the terms of the securitisations, the rights of the investors are limited to the financial assets in the securitised portfolios and any related income generated by the portfolios, without recourse to the Group. The Group does not have the ability to use the financial assets transferred as part of securitisation transactions during the term of the arrangement.

In 2012, the Group securitised 533 million of its residential mortgage portfolio held in the AIB UK market segment. These mortgages were transferred to a securitisation vehicle, Tenterden Funding p.l.c. (‘Tenterden’). In order to fund the acquired mortgages, Tenterden issued class A notes to external investors and class B notes to an AIB subsidiary. The transferred mortgages have not been derecognised as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continue to be reported in the Group’s financial statements. Tenterden is consolidated into the Group’s financial statements with the class B notes being eliminated on consolidation. The liability in respect of cash received by Tenterden from the external investors is included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ (note 41) on the statement of financial position. At 31 December 2012, the carrying amount of the assets which the Group continues to recognise is 467 million and the carrying amount of the associated liabilities is 316 million.

 

 

 

    296


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

55 Transfer of financial assets (continued)

Arising from the acquisition of EBS on 1 July 2011, the Group controls three special purpose entities which had previously been set up by EBS: Emerald Mortgages No.4 p.l.c.; Emerald Mortgages No. 5; and Mespil 1 RMBS Limited.

Emerald Mortgages No.4 plc

The total carrying value of the original residential mortgages transferred by EBS Limited to Emerald Mortgages No.4 plc (‘Emerald 4’) as part of the securitisation amounts to 1,500 million. The amount of transferred secured loans that the Group has recognised at 31 December 2012 is 868 million. The carrying amount of the bonds issued by Emerald 4 to third party investors amounts to 846 million and is included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ (note 41).

Neither Emerald Mortgages No. 5 nor Mespil 1 RMBS Limited have external investors.

The following table sets out the carrying value of financial assets which did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

 

                               2012  
  

 

 

 
    
 
 
 
Carrying
amount of
 transferred
assets
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Carrying
amount of
associated
liabilities
  
  
  
(2) 
   

 
 
 

Fair

value of
transferred
assets

  

  
  
  

    

 
 
 

Fair

value of
associated
liabilities

  

  
  
  

    
 
Net
position
  
  
         m         m         m   

 

 

Sale and repurchase agreements

     32,120 (1)      27,950        32,166         27,950         4,216   

Issuance of covered bonds(3)

     5,584        3,315        4,635         3,434         1,201   

Securitisations(3)

     1,178        1,162        1,071         709         362   

 

 

(1)Includes NAMA senior bonds.

(2)Relates to third party investors only.

(3)The carrying value and fair value of transferred assets have been apportioned between external investors and internal investors with that portion relating to external investors recorded in this table.

(ii) Transferred financial assets derecognised in their entirety but the Group retains some continuing involvement

AIB has a continuing involvement in transferred financial assets where it retains any of the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred financial assets. Set out below are transactions in which AIB has a continuing involvement in assets transferred.

Pension scheme

On 31 July 2012, AIB entered into a Contribution Deed with the Trustee of the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme (‘the Irish Scheme’), whereby it agreed to make contributions to the scheme to enable the Trustee ensure that the regulatory Minimum Funding Standard position of non-pensioner members of the pension scheme was not affected by the agreed early retirement scheme. These contributions amounting to 594 million were settled through the transfer to the Irish scheme of interests in an SPV owning loans and receivables previously transferred at fair value from the Group. The loans and receivables which had a carrying value of 1,024 million transferred at fair value to the SPV resulting in a loss on disposal of 430 million. The loans and receivables were derecognised in the Group’s financial statements (note 12).

A subsidiary company of the Group was appointed as a service provider for the loans and receivables transferred. Under the servicing agreement, the Group subsidiary company collects the cash flows on the transferred loans and receivables on behalf of the pension scheme in return for a fee. The fee is based on an annual rate of 0.125% of the principal balance outstanding of all transferred loans and receivables on the last day of each calendar month. The Group has not recognised a servicing asset/liability in relation to this servicing arrangement, as the fee is considered to be a market rate. Under the servicing agreement, the Irish scheme has the right to replace the Group subsidiary company as the service provider with an external third party. In 2012, the Group recognised 0.5 million (cumulative 0.5 million) in the income statement for the servicing of the loans and receivables transferred.

 

 

 

297    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

55 Transfer of financial assets (continued)

NAMA

During 2010 and 2011, AIB transferred financial assets with a net carrying value of 15,428 million to NAMA. All assets transferred were derecognised in entirety.

As part of this transaction, the Group has provided NAMA with a series of indemnities relating to the transferred assets. Also, on the dissolution or restructuring of NAMA, the Irish Minister for Finance (‘the Minister’) may require a report and accounts to be prepared. If NAMA reports an aggregate loss since its establishment and this is unlikely to be made good, the Minister may impose a surcharge on the participating institution. This will involve apportioning the loss on the participating institution, subject to certain restrictions, on the basis of the book value of the assets transferred by the institution in relation to the total book value of assets transferred by all participating institutions. At this stage it is not possible to quantify the maximum exposure to loss which may arise on the dissolution or restructuring of NAMA.

In addition, the Group has been appointed by NAMA as a service provider for the loans and receivables transferred, for which it receives a fee. The fee is based on the lower of actual costs incurred or 0.1% of the value of the financial assets transferred. The Group has not recognised a servicing asset/liability in relation to this servicing arrangement. In 2012, the Group recognised 16 million (cumulative 37 million) in the income statement for the servicing of financial assets transferred to NAMA.

 

 

 

    298


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments

The term ‘financial instruments’ includes both financial assets and financial liabilities. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. The Group’s accounting policy for the determination of fair value of financial instruments is set out in accounting policy number 16.

Readers of these financial statements are advised to use caution when using the data in the following table to evaluate the Group’s financial position or to make comparisons with other institutions. Fair value information is not provided for items that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument. These items include intangible assets such as the value of the branch network and the long-term relationships with depositors, premises and equipment and shareholders’ equity. These items are material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Group as a going concern at 31 December 2012.

The valuation of financial instruments, including loans and receivables, involves the application of judgement and estimation. Market and credit risks are key assumptions in the estimation of the fair value of loans and receivables. During the year, AIB has continued to observe adverse changes in the credit quality of its borrowers, with increasing delinquencies and defaults across a range of sectors. The volatility in financial markets and the illiquidity that is evident in these markets has reduced the demand for many financial instruments and this creates a difficulty in estimating the fair value for loans to customers. AIB has estimated the fair value of its loans to customers taking into account market risk and the changes in credit quality of its borrowers.

 

            31 December 2012        31 December 2011   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            Carrying
amount
     Fair  
value  
       Carrying
amount
     Fair 
value 
 
     Notes      m      m        m       

 

    

 

 

 

Financial assets

              

Cash and balances at central banks

     a         4,047         4,047           2,934         2,934    

Items in course of collection

     a         192         192           202         202    

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale net of liabilities

     c         549         435           1,212         1,012    

Trading portfolio financial assets

     b         24         24           56         56    

Derivative financial instruments

     b         2,835         2,835           3,046         3,046    

Loans and receivables to banks

     d         2,914         2,914           5,718         5,719    

Loans and receivables to customers

     e         72,972         64,138           82,540         68,846    

NAMA senior bonds

     f         17,387         17,446           19,856         20,061    

Financial investments available for sale

     b         16,344         16,344           15,389         15,389    

Fair value hedged asset positions

     g                 –           17         –    

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits by central banks and banks

     h         28,442         28,442           36,890         36,890    

Customer accounts

     h         63,610         64,435           60,674         61,101    

Derivative financial instruments

     b         3,256         3,256           3,843         3,843    

Debt securities in issue

     i         10,666         11,019           15,654         13,025    

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     i         1,271         1,650           1,209         1,120    

Fair value hedged liability positions

     g         565         –           507         –    

 

    

 

 

 

Financial instruments recorded at fair value in the financial statements

(a) The fair value of these financial instruments is considered equal to the carrying value. These instruments are either carried at market value or have minimal credit losses.

 

(b) Financial instruments reported at fair value include trading portfolio financial assets and financial liabilities, derivative financial instruments and financial investments available for sale. The fair value of trading and available for sale debt securities, together with quoted equity shares are based on quoted prices or bid/offer quotations sourced from external securities dealers, where these are available on an active market. Where securities and derivatives are traded on an exchange, the fair value is based on prices from the exchange. The fair value of unquoted equity shares, debt securities not quoted in an active market, and over-the-counter derivative financial instruments is calculated using valuation techniques, as described in accounting policy number 16.

 

 

 

299    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Financial instruments with fair value information presented separately in the notes to the financial statements

(c) The fair value of loans and receivables held for sale has been estimated based on expected sale proceeds. Available for sale equity securities and equity securities designated as at fair value through profit or loss have been included at their carrying value. The fair value of certain other assets within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale has not been included, as these are not financial assets.

 

(d) The fair value of loans and receivables to banks is estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates, where practicable, or rates currently offered by other financial institutions for placings with similar characteristics.

 

(e) The Group provides lending facilities of varying rates and maturities to corporate and personal customers. Valuation techniques are used in estimating the fair value of loans, primarily using discounted cash flows, applying market rates where practicable and the expected cash flows from deleveraging activity.
     In addition to the assumptions set out above under valuation techniques regarding cash flows and discount rates, a key assumption for loans and receivables is that the carrying amount of variable rate loans (excluding mortgage products) approximates to market value where there is no significant credit risk of the borrower. The fair value of variable mortgage products including tracker mortgages is calculated by discounting expected cash flows using discount rates that reflect the interest rate risk in the portfolio. For fixed rate loans, the fair value is calculated by discounting expected cash flows using discount rates that reflect the interest rate risk in that portfolio. For the overall loan portfolio, an adjustment is made for credit risk which at 31 December 2012 took account of the Group’s expectation of credit losses over the life of the loans.

 

(f) The fair value of the NAMA senior bonds has been estimated using a valuation technique since there in no active market for these bonds. The valuation technique required an increased use of management judgement which included, but was not limited to, evaluating available market information, determining the cashflows generated by the instruments, identifying a risk free discount rate and applying an appropriate credit spread.

 

(g) The fair value of the hedged asset and liability positions are included in the fair value of the relevant assets and liabilities being hedged.

 

(h) The fair value of current accounts and deposit liabilities which are repayable on demand, or which re-price frequently, approximates to their book value. The fair value of all other deposits and other borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates, where applicable, or interest rates currently offered by the Group.

 

(i) The estimated fair value of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments, and debt securities in issue, is based on quoted prices where available, or where these are unavailable, are estimated using valuation techniques using observable market data for similar instruments. Where there is no market data for a directly comparable instrument, management judgement, on an appropriate credit spread to similar or related instruments with market data available, is used within the valuation technique. This is supported by cross referencing other similar or related instruments.

Commitments pertaining to credit-related instruments

Details of the various credit-related commitments and other off-balance sheet financial guarantees entered into by the Group are included in note 53. Fees for these instruments may be billed in advance or in arrears on an annual, quarterly or monthly basis. In addition, the fees charged vary on the basis of instrument type and associated credit risk. As a result, it is not considered practicable to estimate the fair value of these instruments because each customer relationship would have to be separately evaluated.

 

 

 

    300


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

The fair values of financial instruments are measured according to the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – financial assets and liabilities measured using quoted market prices (unadjusted).

Level 2 – financial assets and liabilities measured using valuation techniques which use observable market data.

Level 3 – financial assets and liabilities measured using valuation techniques which use unobservable market data.

The following table sets out the carrying value of financial instruments measured at fair value across the three levels of the fair value hierarchy at 31 December 2012 and at 31 December 2011:

 

         2012  
        

    Level 1

m

     Level 2
m
     Level 3
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

Financial assets

           

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                     196         196   

Trading portfolio financial assets

     23         1                 24   

Derivative financial instruments

             2,835                 2,835   

Financial investments available for sale

 

– debt securities

     16,128         61         12         16,201   
 

– equity securities

     58         1         84         143   

 

 
       16,209         2,898         292         19,399   
    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial instruments

             3,236         20         3,256   

 

 
               3,236         20         3,256   
    

 

 

 
         2011  
        

Level 1

m

     Level 2
m
     Level 3
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

Financial assets

           

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                     22         22   

Trading portfolio financial assets

     50         6                 56   

Derivative financial instruments

             3,046                 3,046   

Financial investments available for sale

 

– debt securities

     13,720         1,413         12         15,145   
 

– equity securities

     54         10         180         244   

 

 
       13,824         4,475         214         18,513   
    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Derivative financial instruments

             3,734         109         3,843   

 

 
               3,734         109         3,843   
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

301    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy

 

     2012  
     Financial assets            
     Trading
portfolio
     Debt
securities
     Total  
     m      m      m  

 

 

Transfer into Level 1 from Level 2

     _         908         908   

Transfer into Level 2 from Level 1

                       

 

 

Transfers into Level 1 from Level 2 occurred due to increased availability of reliable quoted market prices which were not previously available.

Reconciliation of balances in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table shows a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

   

2012

 
   

Financial assets

    Financial liabilities  
    Disposal groups    Derivatives     AFS     Total        Derivatives     Total   
    and non-current          Debt     Equity                    
    assets held for sale          securities     securities                    
      m     m     m     m       m      

 

   

 

 

 

At 1 January 2012

  22             12        180        214          109        109    

Designated to fair value through profit or loss

  196                           196                 –    

Transfers out of level 3

  –                    (18     (18)                –    

Total gains or losses in:

             

Profit or loss

  (2)                   (86     (88)         39        39    

Other comprehensive income

  (7)                   5        (2)                –    

Net NAMA subordinated bonds

  –                    (3     (3)                –    

Purchases

  –                    8        8                 –    

Sales

  (13)                   (2     (15)                –    

Settlements

  –                           –          (128     (128)   

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

  196             12        84        292          20        20    
 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3 occurred because of increased observability in the market prices of these instruments.

Losses included in profit or loss for the year in the above tables are presented in the income statement and are recognised as:

 

    

2012

m

 

 

 

Net trading loss

     (39)   

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (86)   

Other operating loss

     (2)   

 

 

Total

         (127)   
  

 

 

 

Losses for the year included in the income statement relating to financial assets and liabilities held at the end of the year:

 

     2012
m
 

 

 

Net trading loss

     (6)   

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (85)   

 

 

Total

         (91)   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    302


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy

 

     2011  
     Financial assets            
     Trading
portfolio
     Debt
securities
     Total  
     m      m      m  

 

 

Transfer into Level 1 from Level 2

             61         61   

Transfer into Level 2 from Level 1

             178         178   

 

 

Transfers into Level 1 from Level 2 occurred due to increased availability of reliable quoted market prices which were not previously available.

Reconciliation of balances in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table shows a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

   

2011

 
   

Financial assets

    Financial liabilities  
    Disposal groups    Derivatives     AFS     Total        Derivatives     Total   
    and non-current 
assets held for sale 
  m     Debt
securities
m
    Equity
securities
m
    m       m      

 

   

 

 

 

At 1 January 2011

  –             12        263        275          122        122    

Acquisition of subsidiaries

  –                    6        6                 –    

Reclassified to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

  22                    (22     –                 –    

Transfers out of Level 3

  –                           –          (4     (4)   

Total gains or losses in:

             

Profit or loss

  –                    (105     (105)         71        71    

Other comprehensive income

  –                    43        43          3          

Net NAMA subordinated bonds additions

  –                    12        12                 –    

Additions

  –                    19        19                 –    

Purchases

  –                    6        6                 –    

Sales

  –                    (42     (42)                –    

Settlements

  –                           –          (83     (83)   

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

  22             12        180        214          109        109    
 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3 occurred because of increased observability in the market prices of these instruments.

Losses included in profit or loss for the year in the above tables are presented in the income statement and are recognised as:

 

     2011  
     m  

 

 

Net trading loss

     (71)   

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (113)   

Other operating loss

       

 

 

Total

         (176)   
  

 

 

 

Losses for the year included in the income statement relating to financial assets and liabilities held at the end of the year:

 

     2011  
     m  

 

 

Net trading loss

     (50)   

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (113)   

 

 

Total

         (163)   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

303    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

56 Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Sensitivity of Level 3 measurements

The implementation of valuation techniques involves a considerable degree of judgement. While the Group believes its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different measurements or assumptions could lead to different fair values. The following table sets out the impact of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions, including the impact of changing credit spread assumptions for debt securities:

 

       

2012

       

Level 3

       

Effect on income   

statement   

     

Effect on other

comprehensive income

          Favourable   Unfavourable            Favourable   Unfavourable
        m   m          m   m

 

   

 

Classes of financial assets

         

Financial
investments
available for sale

 

– debt securities

    –         
 

– equity securities

    (47)       146  

 

   

 

Total

      (47)       146  
   

 

   

 

Classes of financial
liabilities

         

Derivative financial
instruments

  3   (3)        

 

   

 

Total

    3   (3)        
   

 

   

 

 

In relation to the investment in ALH which is designated as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss (and categorised as held for sale) this transaction was concluded in March 2013 (note 69).

 

       

2011

       

Level 3

       

Effect on income   

statement   

     

Effect on other

comprehensive income

          Favourable   Unfavourable            Favourable   Unfavourable
        m   m          m   m

 

   

 

Classes of financial assets

         

Financial
investments
available for sale

 

– debt securities

    –          – 
 

– equity securities

    –        236   (52)

 

   

 

Total

      –        236   (52)
   

 

   

 

Classes of financial
liabilities

         

Derivative financial
instruments

  58   (58)         – 

 

   

 

Total

    58   (58)         – 
   

 

   

 

Day 1 gain or loss:

No difference existed between the fair value at initial recognition of financial instruments and the amount that was determined at that date using a valuation technique incorporating significant unobservable data.

 

 

 

    304


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The accounting policy for financial assets (number 18), describes how the classes of financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities by category as defined in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and by statement of financial position heading.

 

    2012  
    At fair value through
profit and loss
    At fair value
through equity
    At amortised
cost
    Total  
    At fair value
through profit
and loss
    Fair value 
hedge 
derivatives 
    Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
    Available 
for sale 
securities 
   

Loans

and
receivables

    Other             
    m         m         m     m          m  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets

             

Cash and balances at central banks

           –                –         3,481        566(1)         4,047   

Items in the course of collection

           –                –         192        –             192   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

    196 (2)      –                –         353        –             549   

Trading portfolio financial assets

    24        –                –                –             24   

Derivative financial instruments

    1,716        788         331        –                –             2,835   

Loans and receivables to banks

           –                –         2,914        –             2,914   

Loans and receivables to customers

           –                –         72,972        –             72,972   

NAMA senior bonds

           –                –         17,387        –             17,387   

Financial investments available for sale

           –                16,344                –             16,344   

Other financial assets

           –                –                522             522   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,936        788         331        16,344         97,299        1,088             117,786   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

             

Deposits by central banks and banks

           –                –                28,442             28,442   

Customer accounts

           –                –                63,610             63,610   

Derivative financial instruments

    1,933        795         528        –                –             3,256   

Debt securities in issue

           –                –                10,666             10,666   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

           –                –                1,271             1,271   

Other financial liabilities

           –                –                537             537   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,933        795         528        –                104,526             107,782   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Comprises cash on hand.

(2)Designated on initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. All other financial assets/financial liabilities in this column are held for trading.

 

 

 

305    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

57 Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

    2011  
    At fair value through
profit and loss
    At fair value
through equity
    At amortised
cost
    Total  
    Held for
trading
    Fair value 
hedge 
derivatives 
    Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
    Available 
for sale 
securities 
   

Loans

and
receivables

    Other           
    m         m         m     m        m  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets

             

Cash and balances at central banks

           –                –         2,344        590(1)        2,934   

Items in the course of collection

           –                –         202               202   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

           –                22         1,191               1,213   

Trading portfolio financial assets

    56        –                –                       56   

Derivative financial instruments

    1,930        716         400        –                       3,046   

Loans and receivables to banks

           –                –         5,718               5,718   

Loans and receivables to customers

           –                –         82,540               82,540   

NAMA senior bonds

           –                –         19,856               19,856   

Financial investments available for sale

           –                15,389                       15,389   

Other financial assets

           –                –                734        734   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,986        716         400        15,411         111,851        1,324        131,688   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

             

Deposits by central banks and banks

           –                –                36,890        36,890   

Customer accounts

           –                –                60,674        60,674   

Derivative financial instruments

    2,430        731         682        –                       3,843   

Debt securities in issue

           –                –                15,654        15,654   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

           –                –                1,209        1,209   

Other financial liabilities

           –                –                489        489   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,430        731         682        –                114,916        118,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Comprises cash on hand.

58 Interest rate sensitivity

The net interest rate sensitivity of the Group at 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is illustrated in the following tables. The tables set out details of those assets and liabilities whose values are subject to change as interest rates change within each contractual repricing time period. Details regarding assets and liabilities which are not sensitive to interest rate movements are included within non-interest bearing or trading captions. The tables show the sensitivity of the statement of financial position at one point in time and are not necessarily indicative of positions at other dates. In developing the classifications used in the tables it has been necessary to make certain assumptions and approximations in assigning assets and liabilities to different repricing categories.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is included within other assets and other liabilities as interest rate insensitive. However, some derivative instruments are derived from interest sensitive financial instruments, and are shown separately below each year’s table.

For 2010, assets and liabilities of ‘Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale’ have been shown as interest rate insensitive since the sale of a substantial element of these, (BZWBK), had been agreed.

Non-interest bearing amounts relating to financial assets held for sale to NAMA, loans and receivables to banks and loans and receivables to customers include provisions for impairment. Prior periods have been amended to reflect this.

 

 

 

    306


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

 

    2012      
    0<1
Month
    1<3
Months
    3<12
Months
    1<2
Years
    2<3
Years
    3<4
Years
    4<5
Years
    5 years +     Non-interest
bearing
    Trading     Total      
    m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m      

 

 

Assets

                     

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

    323        100        52                                           87               562       

Trading portfolio financial assets

                                                                   24        24       

Loans and receivables to banks

    2,367        15                                                  532               2,914       

Loans and receivables to customers

    75,011        7,485        2,591        1,332        967        574        260        1,158        (16,406            72,972       

NAMA senior bonds

           17,387                                                                17,387       

Financial investments available for sale

    943        1,123        785        1,478        2,913        2,148        1,550        5,257        147               16,344       

Other assets

    3,285                                                         7,312        1,716        12,313       

 

 

Total assets

    81,929        26,110        3,428        2,810        3,880        2,722        1,810        6,415        (8,328     1,740        122,516       
 

 

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Deposits by central banks and banks

    25,906        2,528                                                  8               28,442       

Customer accounts

    27,035        5,759        13,174        1,733        709        955        521        38        13,686               63,610       

Debt securities in issue

           2,461        1,031        849        3,658               1,675        992                      10,666       

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

    7                                    1,237               27                      1,271       

 

 

Other liabilities

                                                            5,353        1,933        7,286       

Shareholders’ equity

                                                            11,241               11,241       

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    52,948        10,748        14,205        2,582        4,367        2,192        2,196        1,057        30,288        1,933        122,516       
 

 

 

 

Derivatives affecting interest rate sensitivity

    1,318        13,152        (14,277     (927     (243     (147     (2,053     3,177                      –       

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    27,663        2,210        3,500        1,155        (244     677        1,667        2,181        (38,616     (193  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    27,663        29,873        33,373        34,528        34,284        34,961        36,628        38,809        193            
 

 

 

 
(Euro currency amounts)   m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    17,843        2,027        3,660        1,250        (310     144        1,575        1,919        (29,323     249     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    17,843        19,870        23,530        24,780        24,470        24,614        26,189        28,108        (1,215     (966  
 

 

 

 
(US$ in euro equivalents)   US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    1,143        (572     (23     3               (5     9        14        (809     (7  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    1,143        571        548        551        551        546        555        569        (240     (247  
 

 

 

 
(Stg£ in euro equivalents)   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    8,470        654        (201     (114     46        538        76        248        (8,533     (425  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    8,470        9,124        8,923        8,809        8,855        9,393        9,469        9,717        1,184        759     
 

 

 

 
(Other currencies in euro
equivalents)
  Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    207        101        64        16        20               7               49        (10  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    207        308        372        388        408        408        415        415        464        454     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

307    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

 

    2011  
    0<1
Month
    1<3
Months
    3<12
Months
    1<2
Years
    2<3
Years
    3<4
Years
    4<5
Years
    5 years +     Non-interest
bearing
    Trading     Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Assets

                     

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

    428        585        41        64               22                      282               1,422   

Trading portfolio financial assets

                                                                   56        56   

Loans and receivables to banks

    5,284        50        12                                           372               5,718   

Loans and receivables to customers

    79,457        6,691        3,199        2,957        1,457        846        629        2,236        (14,932            82,540   

NAMA senior bonds

           19,856                                                                19,856   

Financial investments available for sale

    1,761        2,259        593        1,093        2,430        1,257        1,410        4,342        244               15,389   

Other assets

    2,344                                                         7,396        1,930        11,670   

 

 

Total assets

      89,274        29,441        3,845        4,114        3,887        2,125        2,039        6,578        (6,638     1,986        136,651   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Disposal groups held for sale

                                                            3               3   

Deposits by central banks and banks

    34,243        2,647                                                                36,890   

Customer accounts

    27,232        5,974        8,406        4,392        1,421        553        743        41        11,912               60,674   

Debt securities in issue

    2,451        2,695        2,081        2,870        750        3,017               1,790                      15,654   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                                              1,177        32                      1,209   

Other liabilities

                                                            5,328        2,430        7,758   

Shareholders’ equity

                                                            14,463               14,463   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    63,926        11,316        10,487        7,262        2,171        3,570        1,920        1,863        31,706        2,430        136,651   
 

 

 

 

Derivatives affecting interest rate sensitivity

    (9,358     21,089        (9,724     (2,944     1,126        (1,886     (17     1,714                        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    34,706        (2,964     3,082        (204     590        441        136        3,001        (38,344     (444  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    34,706        31,742        34,824        34,620        35,210        35,651        35,787        38,788        444            
 

 

 

 
(Euro currency amounts)   m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    29,008        (2,957     3,053        (369     487        137        43        1,278        (26,565     947     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    29,008        26,051        29,104        28,735        29,222        29,359        29,402        30,680        4,115        5,062     
 

 

 

 
(US$ in euro equivalents)   US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (272     (128     55        87        13        1        14        28        (2,570     (56  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (272     (400     (345     (258     (245     (244     (230     (202     (2,772     (2,828  
 

 

 

 
(Stg£ in euro equivalents)   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    5,794        32        (111     49        68        279        76        1,689        (8,796     (1,400  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    5,794        5,826        5,715        5,764        5,832        6,111        6,187        7,876        (920     (2,320  
 

 

 

 
(Other currencies in euro
equivalents)
  Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m     Other m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    176        89        85        29        22        24        3        6        (413     65     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    176        265        350        379        401        425        428        434        21        86     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    308


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

 

    2010  
    0<1     1<3     3<12     1<2     2<3     3<4     4<5     5 years +     Non-interest     Trading     Total  
    Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Years     Years           bearing              
    m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Assets

                     

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

    1,233        950        36        1        20        7               1        (326     15        1,937   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                                                            13,911               13,911   

Trading portfolio financial assets

                                                                   33        33   

Loans and receivables to banks

    2,558        2        1                                           382               2,943   

Loans and receivables to customers

    66,825        10,620        3,811        2,230        1,822        952        850        6,488        (7,248            86,350   

                                                     7,869         

Financial investments available for sale

    3,585        4,260        2,041        1,944        1,013        2,369        813        4,486        314               20,825   

Other assets

    3,086                                                         6,391        1,877        11,354   

 

 

Total assets

    77,287        23,701        5,889        4,175        2,855        3,328        1,663        10,975        13,424        1,925        145,222   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Disposal groups held for sale

                                                            11,548               11,548   

Deposits by central banks and banks

    40,578        9,143        148                                                         49,869   

Customer accounts

    31,851        5,783        6,273        789        396        374        343        316        6,264               52,389   

Debt securities in issue

    1,973        4,249        835        1,272        2,820        750        2,000        1,765                      15,664   

Subordinated liabilities & capital instruments

    376        242                                    68        3,645                      4,331   

Other liabilities

                                                            5,523        2,239        7,762   

Shareholders’ equity

                                                            3,659               3,659   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    74,778        19,417        7,256        2,061        3,216        1,124        2,411        5,726        26,994        2,239        145,222   
 

 

 

 

Derivatives affecting interest rate sensitivity

    5,934        9,758        (10,553     (661     (2,563     1,156        (919     (2,152                     

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (3,425     (5,474     9,186        2,775        2,202        1,048        171        7,401        (13,570     (314  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (3,425     (8,899     287        3,062        5,264        6,312        6,483        13,884        314            
 

 

 

 
(Euro currency amounts)   m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (10,413     (5,143     7,716        2,326        1,863        913        147        5,693        (5,041     (227  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (10,413     (15,556     (7,840     (5,514     (3,651     (2,738     (2,591     3,102        (1,939     (2,166  
 

 

 

 
(US$ in euro equivalents)   US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    972        (479     255        (244     78        24        6        64        (875     (89  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    972        493        748        504        582        606        612        676        (199     (288  
 

 

 

 
(Stg£ in euro equivalents)   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    5,845        (71     1,011        665        229        92        2        1,617        (8,649     26     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    5,845        5,774        6,785        7,450        7,679        7,771        7,773        9,390        741        767     
 

 

 

 
(Other currencies in euro equivalents)   PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    16                                                         586        (158  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    16        16        16        16        16        16        16        16        602        444     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

309    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)   
                                                                2009   
 

 

 

 
    0<1     1<3     3<12     1<2     2<3     3<4     4<5     5 years +     Non-interest     Trading     Total   
    Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Years     Years           bearing              
    m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m      

 

 

Assets

                     

Financial assets held for sale to NAMA

    12,969        9,669        133        129        41        47        44        163        (4,108     125        19,212    

Trading portfolio financial assets

                                                                   296        296    

Loans and receivables to banks

    8,218        508        2                                           365               9,093    

Loans and receivables to customers

    73,705        16,520        4,430        2,594        2,114        1,435        903        4,627        (2,987            103,341    

Financial investments available for sale

    5,423        6,485        1,980        3,153        1,932        534        1,104        4,398        327               25,336    

Financial investments held to maturity

           77        1,509                                                         1,586    

Other assets

    3,569                                                         7,247        4,634        15,450    

 

 

Total assets

    103,884        33,259        8,054        5,876        4,087        2,016        2,051        9,188        844        5,055        174,314    
 

 

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

                                                                   3          

Deposits by central banks and banks

    13,522        11,813        7,990        8                                                  33,333    

Customer accounts

    52,322        12,865        9,263        548        429        339        341        163        7,683               83,953     

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

                                                                   23        23    

Debt securities in issue

    9,047        9,891        7,191        39        1,000        1,000        746        1,740                      30,654    

Subordinated liabilities & capital instruments

    846        454                                           3,286                      4,586    

Other liabilities

                                                            6,193        4,860        11,053    

Shareholders’ equity

                                                            10,709               10,709    

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    75,737        35,023        24,444        595        1,429        1,339        1,087        5,189        24,585        4,886        174,314    
 

 

 

 

Derivatives affecting interest rate sensitivity

    11,917        9,771        (16,873     309        (744     (1,660     (34     (2,686                   –    

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    16,230        (11,535     483        4,972        3,402        2,337        998        6,685        (23,741     169     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    16,230        4,695        5,178        10,150        13,552        15,889        16,887        23,572        (169         
 

 

 

 
(Euro currency amounts)   m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    16,672        (12,369     (1,066     4,110        2,779        1,962        872        5,729        (17,356     (1,251  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    16,672        4,303        3,237        7,347        10,126        12,088        12,960        18,689        1,333        82     
 

 

 

 
(US$ in euro equivalents)   US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (5,051     (2,258     (10     235        33        75        43        80        (734     (88  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (5,051     (7,309     (7,319     (7,084     (7,051     (6,976     (6,933     (6,853     (7,587     (7,675  
 

 

 

 
(Stg£ in euro equivalents)   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    6,283        3,746        445        325        289        144        (3     819        (5,398     55     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    6,283        10,029        10,474        10,799        11,088        11,232        11,229        12,048        6,650        6,705     
 

 

 

 
(Other currencies in euro equivalents)   PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (2,039     (906     1,426        241        250        102        70        23        (363     991     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (2,039     (2,945     (1,519     (1,278     (1,028     (926     (856     (833     (1,196     (205  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    310


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

58 Interest rate sensitivity (continued)   
                                                                2008  
 

 

 

 
    0<1     1<3     3<12     1<2     2<3     3<4     4<5     5 years +     Non-interest     Trading     Total  
    Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Years     Years           bearing              
    m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Assets

                     

Trading portfolio financial assets

                                                                   401        401   

Loans and receivables to banks

    5,691        263                                           126        186               6,266   

Loans and receivables to customers

    90,038        22,164        7,037        3,096        2,175        1,871        1,562        3,838        (2,292            129,489   

Financial investments available for sale

    6,857        7,589        2,043        1,549        3,349        1,123        977        5,250        287               29,024   

Financial investments held to maturity

           76        1,423                                                         1,499   

Other assets

    1,565                                                  -        8,492        5,438        15,495   

 

 

Total assets

    104,151        30,092        10,503        4,645        5,524        2,994        2,539        9,214        6,673        5,839        182,174   
 

 

 

 

Liabilities

                     

Deposits by central banks and banks

    16,013        7,491        1,843        74        9                             148               25,578   

Customer accounts

    57,723        14,347        10,610        731        486        384        331        354        7,638               92,604   

Trading portfolio financial liabilities

                                                                   111        111   

Debt securities in issue

    12,401        13,916        4,674        4,098        41        4        1,000        1,680                      37,814   

Subordinated liabilities and capital instruments

    858        400        200                                    3,068                      4,526   

Other liabilities

                                                            7,129        5,443        12,572   

Shareholders’ equity

                                                            8,969               8,969   

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    86,995        36,154        17,327        4,903        536        388        1,331        5,102        23,884        5,554        182,174   
 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments affecting interest rate sensitivity

    4,706        9,096        (8,151     (2,303     (462     (42     37        (2,881                     

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    12,450        (15,158     1,327        2,045        5,450        2,648        1,171        6,993        (17,211     285     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    12,450        (2,708     (1,381     664        6,114        8,762        9,933        16,926        (285         
 

 

 

 
(Euro currency amounts)   m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m     m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    20,835        (7,202     1,258        1,108        3,362        1,781        379        5,814        (14,526     (426  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    20,835        13,633        14,891        15,999        19,361        21,142        21,521        27,335        12,809        12,383     
 

 

 

 
(US$ in euro equivalents)   US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m     US$ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (8,454     (4,710     (2,033     411        421        195        232        478        667        (3  

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (8,454     (13,164     (15,197     (14,786     (14,365     (14,170     (13,938     (13,460     (12,793     (12,796  
 

 

 

 
(Stg£ in euro equivalents)   Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m     Stg£ m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    3,167        (2,935     (267     339        1,388        556        444        1,086        (4,153     430     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    3,167        232        (35     304        1,692        2,248        2,692        3,778        (375     55     
 

 

 

 
(Other currencies in euro equivalents)   PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m     PLN m        

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

    (3,545     (741     2,155        130        109        69        60        (457     562        229     

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

    (3,545     (4,286     (2,131     (2,001     (1,892     (1,823     (1,763     (2,220     (1,658     (1,429  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

311    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

59 Statement of cash flows

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition:

 

    2012     2011     2010   
    m     m      

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

    4,047        2,934        3,686    

Loans and receivables to banks

    1,879                4,439                1,875    

Short term investments

                  151    

 

 
        5,926        7,373        5,712    
 

 

 

 

The Group is required to maintain balances with the Central Bank of Ireland which amounted to 107 million at 31 December 2012 (2011: 142 million; 2010: 118 million).

The Group is required by law to maintain reserve balances with the Bank of England and during 2011 and 2010 also with central banks in Latvia, Lithuania and Estonia. At 31 December 2012, these amounted to 586 million (2011: 1,676 million; 2010: 1,630 million).

There are certain regulatory restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The impact of such restrictions is not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s ability to meet its cash obligations.

Cash flows in respect of acquisitions

The aggregate net outflow of cash arising from the acquisition of Anglo deposit business (note 22) and EBS (note 23) in 2011 is as follows:

 

     2011   
      

 

 

Cash consideration paid on acquisition of Anglo business

     (3,779)   

Cash and cash equivalent acquired on acquisition of EBS

     359    

 

 

Net cash outflow on acquisitions

       (3,420)   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    312


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

60 Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity

    2012  
    Repayable
on demand
   

3 months or less

but not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years or less

but over

1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial assets

           

Financial assets of disposal groups(1)(2)(4)

    237               17        26        195        475   

Trading portfolio financial assets(2)

           2               15        5        22   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

           248        263        1,364        960        2,835   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

    2,083        748        87                      2,918   

Loans and receivables to customers(4)

    32,619        1,675        4,761        8,319        42,023        89,397   

NAMA senior bonds(5)

           17,387                             17,387   

Financial investments available for sale(2)

    4        283        956        8,610        6,348        16,201   

Other financial assets

    5        517                             522   

 

 
    34,948        20,860        6,084        18,334        49,531        129,757   
 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Deposits by central banks and banks

    337        16,605               11,500               28,442   

Customer accounts

    25,896        19,009        12,522        5,194        989        63,610   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

           223        205        962        1,866        3,256   

Debt securities in issue

           2,350        984        6,413        919        10,666   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                         1,237        34        1,271   

Other financial liabilities

    534        3                             537   

 

 
    26,767        38,190        13,711        25,306        3,808        107,782   
 

 

 

 
    2011  
   

Repayable

on demand

   

3 months or less

but not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years or less

but over

1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial assets

           

Financial assets of disposal groups(1)(2)

    5        26        263        671        226        1,191   

Trading portfolio financial assets(2)

           8               35        11        54   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

           238        190        1,163        1,455        3,046   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

    3,353        2,246        123                      5,722   

Loans and receivables to customers(4)

    22,930        2,601        6,696        12,467        52,798        97,492   

NAMA senior bonds(5)

           19,856                             19,856   

Financial investments available for sale(2)

           942        1,334        6,645        6,224        15,145   

Other financial assets

    2        732                             734   

 

 
    26,290        26,649        8,606        20,981        60,714        143,240   
 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Deposits by central banks and banks

    711        33,079               3,100               36,890   

Customer accounts

    26,177        18,683        10,947        4,810        57        60,674   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

           575        305        941        2,022        3,843   

Debt securities in issue

           2,139        3,654        7,196        2,665        15,654   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                         1,177        32        1,209   

Other financial liabilities

    474        15                             489   

 

 
    27,362        54,491        14,906        17,224        4,776        118,759   
 

 

 

 

(1)Only disposal groups that contain financial assets and financial liabilities have been included.

(2)Excluding equity shares.

(3)Shown by maturity date of contract.

(4)Shown gross of provisions for impairment, unearned income and deferred costs.

(5)New notes will be issued at each maturity date, with the next maturity date being 1 March 2013. Upon maturity, the issuer has the option to settle in cash or issue new notes and to date has issued new notes.

 

 

 

313    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

61 Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity

The balances in the table below include the undiscounted cash flows relating to principal and interest on financial liabilities and as such will not agree directly with the balances on the consolidated statement of financial position. All derivative financial instruments with the exception of interest rate swaps have been included in the ‘3 months or less but not repayable on demand’ category at their mark to market value. Interest rate swaps have been analysed based on their contractual maturity undiscounted cash flows.

In the daily management of liquidity risk, the Group adjusts the contractual outflows on customer deposits to reflect inherent stability of these deposits. Offsetting the liability outflows are cash inflows from the assets on the statement of financial position. Additionally, the Group holds a stock of high quality liquid assets, which are held for the purpose of covering unexpected cash outflows.

The following table analyses, on an undiscounted basis, financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturity:

 

    2012  

Repayable

on demand

   

3 months

or less but

not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years

or less but

over 1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial liabilities(1)

           

Derivative financial instruments

           572        480        1,584        1,722        4,358   

Deposits by central banks and banks

    337        16,614        2        11,763               28,716   

Customer accounts

    25,921        19,299        12,918        5,674        1,048        64,860   

Debt securities in issue

           2,539        1,177        7,005        942        11,663   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  160        2,080        123        2,363   

Other financial liabilities

    534        3                             537   

 

 
    26,792        39,027        14,737        28,106        3,835        112,497   
 

 

 

 
    2011  

Repayable

on demand

   

3 months

or less but

not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years

or less but

over 1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial liabilities(1)

           

Disposal groups held for sale

                                         

Derivative financial instruments

           1,027        532        1,625        1,807        4,991   

Deposits by central banks and banks

    712        33,124               3,195               37,031   

Customer accounts

    26,065        19,072        11,315        5,212        152        61,816   

Debt securities in issue

           2,357        3,916        7,912        2,829        17,014   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  160        2,240        121        2,521   

Other financial liabilities

    474        15                             489   

 

 
    27,251        55,595        15,923        20,184        4,909        123,862   
 

 

 

 

(1)Financial liabilities included within disposal groups are based on their undiscounted contractual maturity.

 

 

 

    314


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

61 Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity (continued)

The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under guarantees and similar contracts, included below within contingent liabilities, are classified on the basis of the earliest date the facilities can be called. The Group is only called upon to satisfy a guarantee when the guaranteed party fails to meet its obligations. The Group expects that most guarantees it provides will expire unused.

The Group has given commitments to provide funds to customers under undrawn facilities. The undiscounted cash flows have been classified on the basis of the earliest date that the facility can be drawn. The Group does not expect all facilities to be drawn, and some may lapse before drawdown.

 

    2012  
   

  Payable on

demand

   

3 months

or less but

not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years

or less but

over 1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Contingent liabilities

    1,561                                    1,561   

Commitments

    8,974                                    8,974   

 

 
    10,535                                    10,535   
 

 

 

 
    2011  
   

  Payable on

demand

   

3 months

or less but

not repayable

on demand

   

1 year or less

but over

3 months

   

5 years

or less but
over 1 year

   

Over

5 years

    Total  
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Contingent liabilities

    2,009                                    2,009   

Commitments

    9,862                                    9,862   

 

 
    11,871                                    11,871   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

315    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests

Commentary on the Company’s policy with respect to directors’ remuneration is included in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 179 to 181.

Directors’ remuneration

The following tables detail the total remuneration of the Directors in office during 2012 and 2011:

 

                                       2012  
   

Directors’

fees

Parent and Irish
subsidiary
companies(1)

   

Directors’
fees

Non-Irish
subsidiary
companies(2)

    Salary     Annual
taxable
benefits(3)
    Pension
contribution(4)
    Total  
Remuneration   000     000     000     000     000     000  

 

 

Executive Directors

           

Bernard Byrne*

        399        44        110        553   

David Duffy*

        475               71        546   

 

 
        874        44        181        1,099   
 

 

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

           

Simon Ball

    61                61   

Declan Collier

(resigned as Director on 28 June 2012)

    40                40   

Tom Foley

(appointed 13 September 2012)

    21                21   

Peter Hagan

(appointed 26 July 2012)

    27                27   

David Hodgkinson(1(a))

(Chairman)

    275                275   

Jim O’Hara

    92                92   

Dr Michael Somers(1(b))

(Deputy Chairman)

    150                150   

Dick Spring

    66                66   

Tom Wacker(5)

    83        25              108   

Catherine Woods

    173                173   

 

 
    988        25              1,013   
 

 

 

 

Former Directors

           

Kieran Crowley(6)

      49              49   

Stephen L Kingon(6)

      46              46   

Anne Maher(7)

    50                50   

David Pritchard(6)

      99              99   

Other(8)

              104   

 

 

Total

                2,460   
           

 

 

 

*A reduction of 15% in total remuneration was applied to Bernard Byrne and David Duffy with effect from 1 September 2012.

 

 

 

    316


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

    2011  
Remuneration  

Directors’

fees -
Parent and  Irish
subsidiary
companies
 000

    Directors’
fees  -
Non-Irish
subsidiary
companies
 000
   

Remuneration
for other
activities on
behalf of

the Company
 000

   

Salary




 000

    Annual
taxable
benefits


 000
    Pension
contribution



 000
    Total




 000
 

 

 

Executive Directors

             

Bernard Byrne

(appointed 24 June 2011)

          213        29        38        280   

David Duffy

(appointed 15 December 2011)

          23          3        26   

David Hodgkinson

(remuneration as Executive Chairman from 1 January to 11 December 2011)

          473        108          581   

 

 
          709        137        41        887   
 

 

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

             

Simon Ball

(appointed 13 October 2011)

    6                  6   

Declan Collier

    71                  71   

David Hodgkinson

(remuneration as Non-Executive Chairman from 12 to 31 December 2011)

    15                  15   

Stephen L Kingon

(resigned as Director on 26 July 2011)

    76        37                113   

Anne Maher

(resigned as Director on 26 July 2011)

    85        11                96   

Jim O’Hara

    65                  65   

David Pritchard

(resigned as Director on 26 July 2011)

    47        92                139   

Dr Michael Somers

(Deputy Chairman)

    150                  150   

Dick Spring

    59                  59   

Tom Wacker

(appointed 13 October 2011)

    12                  12   

Catherine Woods

    138          138              276   

 

 
    724        140        138              1,002   
 

 

 

 

Former Directors

             

Kieran Crowley

    24        47                71   

Other

                110   

 

 

Total

                  2,070   
             

 

 

 

 

 

 

317    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the accounts  

 

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

(1)  Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors:
  (a) Mr David Hodgkinson was appointed Non-Executive Chairman with effect from 12 December 2011 and is paid a non-pensionable flat fee of 275,000 per annum which includes remuneration for other services as a director of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.;
  (b) Dr Michael Somers is Deputy Chairman and Chairman of the Board Risk Committee and is paid a non-pensionable flat fee of 150,000 per annum which includes remuneration for other services as a director of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.; and
  (c) All other Non-Executive Directors are paid a basic, non-pensionable fee in respect of service as a Director, payable at a rate of 27,375 per annum (voluntarily reduced from 36,500 between December 2008 and February 2009), and additional non-pensionable remuneration (subject also to an equivalent reduction) paid to any Non-Executive Director who: is the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the Remuneration Committee; is the Senior Independent Director, or performs additional services, such as through membership of Board Committees or the board of a subsidiary company;
(2)  Non-Executive Directors of the Parent Company who also serve as Directors of non-Irish subsidiaries are separately paid a non-pensionable flat fee, which is independently agreed and paid by the subsidiaries, in respect of their service as a Director of those companies;
(3)  ‘Annual Taxable Benefits’ includes the payment of a car allowance, medical insurance and club subscriptions for part of the year. Following a comprehensive review of Pay and Benefits, undertaken during 2012 to assist in reducing the Group’s overall cost, allowances have been reduced or removed and company cars discontinued unless warranted by business mileage levels;
(4)  Pension Contribution’ represents agreed payments to provide post-retirement pension benefits for Executive Directors from normal retirement date. The fees of the Chairman, Deputy Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are non-pensionable;
(5)  Mr Tom Wacker was appointed a Non-Executive Director of AIB Group (UK) plc on 12 April 2012 in respect of which he earns fees as outlined at (2) above;
(6)  Mr Kieran Crowley, Mr Stephen L Kingon and Mr David Pritchard are former Non-Executive Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. who have, since their resignations, continued as Non-Executive Directors of AIB Group (UK) plc, of which Mr Pritchard is Chairman, in relation to which they continue to earn fees as outlined at (2) above;
(7)  Ms Anne Maher is a former Non-Executive Director of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. who has, since her resignation, continued as a Director of the Corporate Trustee of the AIB Irish Pension Scheme and of the AIB Defined Contribution Scheme, in respect of which she continues to earn fees as outlined at (2) above;
(8)  ‘Other’ represents the payment of pensions to former Directors or their dependants granted on an ex-gratia basis and are fully provided for in the Statement of Financial Position.

 

 

 

    318


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

Interests in shares

The beneficial interests of the Directors and the Secretary in office at 31 December 2012, and of their spouses and minor children, in the Company’s ordinary shares are as follows:

 

Ordinary shares    31 December
2012
     1 January
2012*
 

 

 

Directors:

     

Simon Ball

               

Bernard Byrne

               

David Duffy

               

Tom Foley

     100         100   

Peter Hagan

               

David Hodgkinson

               

Jim O’Hara

               

Dr Michael Somers

     13,437         13,437   

Dick Spring

               

Tom Wacker

               

Catherine Woods

               

Secretary:

     

David O’Callaghan

     7,490         7,490   

 

 

*or date of appointment, if later

Throughout 2012, the Directors were again prohibited from trading in the Company’s shares due to significant ongoing corporate activity and close periods in advance of public disclosures.

The following table sets forth the beneficial interests of the Directors and Leadership Team members of AIB as a group (including their spouses and minor children) at 31 December 2012.

 

          Title of class   

        Identity of

        person or group

   Number
owned
     Percent
of class
 

 

 

          Ordinary shares

           Directors and Leadership Team members of AIB as a group      53,553           

*  The total shares in issue at 31 December 2012, excluding 35,680,114 treasury shares, was 517,117,096,249.

 

 

 

319    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

62 Report on directors’ remuneration and interests (continued)

Share options

There were no options to subscribe for ordinary shares outstanding in favour of the Executive Directors at 31 December 2012. Details of the Secretary’s options to subscribe for ordinary shares are given below. Information on the Share Option Schemes, including policy on the granting of options, is given in note 11. The vesting of these options is dependent on Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) targets being met. Subject thereto, the options outstanding at 31 December 2012 are exercisable at various dates in 2013 and 2014. Details are shown in the Register of Directors’ and Secretary’s Interests, which may be inspected by shareholders at the Company’s Registered Office.

 

Secretary:   

Date

of grant

     Number
of shares
     Option Price
     Vested/
unvested
    

Exercise

period

 

 

 

David O’Callaghan

     23.04.2003         2,500         13.30         Vested         23.04.2006 - 2013   
     28.04.2004         2,500         12.60         Vested         28.04.2007 - 2014   

 

 

No share options were granted or exercised during 2012.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the share options plans. The aggregate number of share options outstanding at 31 December 2012 in the names of executive directors and members of the Leadership Team (‘Senior Executive Officers’), was 40,000 as follows:

 

Outstanding as at 31 December 2011:

     124,985   

Add: Options held by Senior Executive Officers appointed during 2012

       

Add: Options granted during 2012

       

Less: Options exercised during 2012

       

Less: Options lapsed during 2012

     (18,500

Less: Options held by Senior Executive Officers who left office during 2012

     (66,485
  

 

 

 

Options outstanding as at 31 December 2012

           40,000   
  

 

 

 

Performance shares

There were no conditional grants of awards of ordinary shares outstanding to Executive Directors or the Secretary at 31 December 2012.

Apart from the interests set out above, the Directors and Secretary in office at year-end, and their spouses and minor children, have no other interests in the shares of the Company.

There were no changes in the Directors’ and Secretary’s interests shown above between 31 December 2012 and 26 March 2013.

The year-end closing price, on the Enterprise Securities Market of the Irish Stock Exchange, of the Company’s ordinary shares was 0.05 per share; during the year, the price ranged from 0.05 to 0.14.

Service contracts

There are no service contracts in force for any Director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

 

 

    320


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions

Related parties of the Group and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) include subsidiary undertakings, associate undertakings and joint undertakings, post-employment benefits, Key Management Personnel and connected parties. The Irish Government is also considered a related party by virtue of its effective control of AIB.

(a) Transactions with subsidiary undertakings

AIB is the ultimate parent company of the Group. Banking transactions are entered into by AIB with its subsidiaries in the normal course of business. These include loans, deposits, provision of derivative contracts, foreign currency transactions and the provision of guarantees on an ‘arms length’ basis. Balances between AIB and its subsidiaries are detailed in notes h, k, m, q and r to the parent company financial statements. In accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, transactions with subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Associated undertakings and joint ventures

From time to time, the Group provides certain banking and financial services for associated undertakings. These transactions are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features. Details of loans to associates are set out in note h to the parent company financial statements, while deposits from associates are set out in notes q and r.

 

(c) Sale and leaseback of Blocks E, F, G and H Bankcentre to Aviva Life and Pensions Ireland Limited (“ALP”)

On 9 June 2006, the Group agreed the sale and leaseback of blocks E, F, G, and H at Bankcentre. The lease is for 20 years. The blocks were sold to ALP for a total consideration of 170.5 million. AIB hold a 24.99% share of Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Ltd. (“ALH”) which is the holding company for Ark Life and ALP. The agreed annual rent payable on blocks E, F, G and H is 7.1 million. The rent is paid through Wallkav Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIB.

 

(d) Provision of banking and related services to Group Pension schemes, unit trusts and investment funds managed by Group companies

The Group provides certain banking and financial services including asset management and money transmission services for the AIB Group Pension schemes and also for unit trusts and investment funds managed by Group companies. Such services are provided in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.

During the year, AIB agreed to make certain contributions to the pension scheme which were settled through the transfer to the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme of interests in an SPV owning loans and receivables previously transferred at fair value from the Group. A subsidiary of AIB was appointed as a service provider for the loans and receivables transferred in return for a servicing fee at a market rate (note 55).

(e) Compensation of key management personnel

The following disclosures are made in accordance with the provisions of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, in respect of the compensation of key management personnel. Under IAS 24, Key management personnel are defined as comprising Executive and Non-Executive Directors together with Senior Executive Officers, namely, the members of the Leadership Team (see pages 168 to 170). The figures shown below include (a) the figures separately reported in respect of Directors’ remuneration in the ‘Report on Directors’ Remuneration and Interests’ in note 62, (b) in respect of five former Senior Executive Officers, their remuneration for the period between the conclusion of their membership of the Leadership Team and their departure from the organisation or 31 December 2012.

 

     Group       Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   
    

2012

m

    

2011  

m  

   

2012

m

   

2011 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term employee benefits(1)

     5.7         5.1          4.9        4.7    

Post-employment benefits(2)

     0.7         0.3          0.5        0.2    

Termination benefits(3)

     0.5         –          0.5        –    

 

 

Total

     6.9         5.4          5.9        4.9    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Comprises (a) in the case of Executive Directors and Senior Executive Officers: salary, medical insurance, benefit-in-kind arising from preferential loans and use of company car (or payment in lieu), and other short-term benefits; and (b) in the case of Non-Executive Directors: directors’ fees.

(2)Comprises payments to defined benefit or defined contribution pension schemes, in accordance with actuarial advice, to provide post-retirement pensions from normal retirement date.

(3)Comprises severance payments made on benefit accrued to two Senior Executive Officers who left during 2012 under the voluntary severance programme.

 

 

 

321    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(f) Transactions with Key management personnel

At 31 December 2012, deposit and other credit balances held by Key management personnel, namely Executive and Non-Executive Directors and Senior Executive Officers, in office during the year amounted to 10.0 million (2011: 6.6 million).

Loans to Key management personnel are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of similar standing not connected with the Group, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features. Loans to executive directors and senior executive officers are also made in the ordinary course of business, on terms available to other employees in the Group generally, in accordance with established policy, within limits set on a case by case basis.

Details of transactions with Key management personnel, and connected parties where indicated, for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

(i) Current Directors

 

    2012  
 

 

 
   

Balance at
31 December
2011

     Amounts
advanced
during 2012
     Amounts
repaid
during 2012
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
2012
 
    000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

David Duffy:

                

Loans

       1,432                 84                 1,348   

Overdraft/Credit card*

       1         n/a         n/a         n/a         3   

 

 

Total

       1,433         n/a         n/a         n/a         1,351   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                   21   

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   1,468   

 

 

Tom Foley:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

       5         n/a         n/a         n/a           

 

 

Total

       5         n/a         n/a         n/a           
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   6   

 

 

Jim O’Hara:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

               n/a         n/a         n/a           

 

 

Total

               n/a         n/a         n/a           
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                   1   

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   36   

 

 

Dr Michael Somers:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

       2         n/a         n/a         n/a         1   

 

 

Total

       2         n/a         n/a         n/a         1   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   3   

 

 

Dick Spring:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

       7         n/a         n/a         n/a         9   

 

 

Total

       7         n/a         n/a         n/a         9   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   17   

 

 

*Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

 

 

    322


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(i) Current Directors

 

    2012  
 

 

 
    Balance at
31 December
2011
     Amounts
advanced
during 2012
     Amounts
repaid
during 2012
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
2012
 
    000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Catherine Woods:

                

Loans

       106                 9                 97   

Overdraft/Credit card*

               n/a         n/a         n/a           

 

 

Total

       106         n/a         n/a         n/a         97   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                   2   

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   106   
As at 31 December 2012, guarantees entered into by Catherine Woods in favour of the Group amounted to 0.1 million.   

 

 

Simon Ball, Bernard Byrne, Peter Hagan, David Hodgkinson and Tom Wacker had no facilities with the Group during 2012.

(ii) Former Directors who were in office during the year

Declan Collier had no facilities with the Group during 2012.

(iii) Senior Executive Officers in office during the year

(Aggregate of 14 persons (2011: 9)):

 

    2012  
 

 

 
    Balance at
31 December
2011
     Amounts
advanced
during 2012
     Amounts
repaid
during 2012
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
2012
 
    000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Loans

       1,739         51         234                 1,556   

Overdraft/Credit card*

       74         n/a         n/a         n/a         39   

 

 

Total

       1,813         n/a         n/a         n/a         1,595   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                   56   

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   1,905   

 

 

(iv) Aggregate amounts outstanding at year-end

 

   

Loans, overdrafts/credit cards

 
   

31 December 2012

000

    

31 December 2011

000

 

 

 

Directors (2012: 6 persons; 2011: 5 persons)

         1,458         1,563   

Senior Executive Officers (2012: 9 persons; 2011: 9 persons)

         1,595         2,377   

 

 
         3,053         3,940   
      

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2012, guarantees entered into by 1 Director and 2 Senior Executive Officers in favour of the Group amounted to 1.4 million in aggregate (2011: 1.9 million by 1 Director and 3 Senior Executive Officers). As at 31 December 2012, one Senior Executive Officer had entered into a foreign exchange forward contract for £120,000.

(v) Connected persons

The aggregate of loans to connected persons of Directors in office as at 31 December 2012, as defined in Section 26 of the Companies Act 1990, are as follows (aggregate of 18 persons; 2011: 17 persons):

 

    2012  
 

 

 
    Balance at
31 December
2011
     Amounts
advanced
during 2012
     Amounts
repaid
during 2012
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
2012
 
    000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Loans

       1,055                 224                 831   

Overdraft/Credit card*

       107         n/a         n/a         n/a         22   

 

 

Total

       1,162         n/a         n/a         n/a         853   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2012

                   34   

Maximum debit balance during 2012

                   1,183   

 

 

No impairment charges or provisions have been recognised in respect of any of the above loans or facilities detailed in (i) to (v) and all interest that has fallen due on all of these loans or facilities has been paid.

*Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

 

 

323    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(i) Directors in office during the year 2011

 

   

2011

 
    Balance at
31 December
2010
     Amounts
advanced
during 2011
     Amounts
repaid
during 2011
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
2011
 
     000       000       000       000       000  

 

 

David Duffy:

                

Loans

       1,512                 80                 1,432   

Overdraft/Credit card*

       14         n/a         n/a         n/a         1   

 

 

Total

       1,526         n/a         n/a         n/a         1,433   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                   27   

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                   1,551   

 

 

 

Jim O’Hara:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

               n/a         n/a         n/a           

 

 

Total

               n/a         n/a         n/a           
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                     

 

 

 

Dr Michael Somers:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

       3         n/a         n/a         n/a         2   

 

 

Total

       3         n/a         n/a         n/a         2   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                   5   

 

 

 

Dick Spring:

                

Loans

                                         

Overdraft/Credit card*

       5         n/a         n/a         n/a         7   

 

 

Total

       5         n/a         n/a         n/a         7   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                     

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                   14   

 

 

 

Catherine Woods:

                

Loans

       115                 9                 106   

Overdraft/Credit card*

               n/a         n/a         n/a           

 

 

Total

       115         n/a         n/a         n/a         106   
    

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                   2   

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                   115   

 

 

As at 31 December 2011, guarantees entered into by Catherine Woods in favour of the Group amounted to 0.1 million.

Simon Ball, Bernard Byrne, Declan Collier, David Hodgkinson and Tom Wacker had no facilities with the Group during 2011.

*Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

 

 

    324


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(ii) Former Directors who were in office during the year

 

     2011  
     Balance at
31 December
     Amounts
advanced
     Amounts
repaid
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
 
     2010      during 2011      during 2011             2011  
     000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Stephen Kingon:

              

Loans

         28                   28                   

Overdraft/Credit card*

     12         n/a         n/a         n/a         15   

 

 

Total

     40         n/a         n/a         n/a         15   
  

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                 1   

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                     44   

 

 

Anne Maher and David Pritchard had no facilities with the Group during 2011.

(iii) Senior Executive Officers in office during the year

(Aggregate of 9 persons; (2010: 10)):

 

     2011  
     Balance at
31 December
     Amounts
advanced
     Amounts
repaid
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
 
     2010      during 2011      during 2011             2011  
     000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Loans

     2,651                 347         1         2,303   

Overdraft/Credit card*

     53         n/a         n/a         n/a         74   

 

 

Total

     2,704         n/a         n/a         n/a         2,377   
  

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                 83   

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                 2,776   

 

 

(iv) Aggregate amounts outstanding at year-end

 

       Loans, overdrafts/credit cards  
     31 December 2011
000
    31 December 2010
000
 

 

 

Directors (2012: 6 persons; 2011: 5 persons)

     1,563        2,857   

Senior Executive Officers (2012: 9 persons; 2011: 9 persons)

     2,377        3,054   

 

 
     3,940        5,911   
  

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2011, guarantees entered into by 1 Director and 3 Senior Executive Officers in favour of the Group amounted to 1.9 million in aggregate (2010: 1.1 million).

*Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

 

 

 

325    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(v) Connected persons

The aggregate of loans to connected persons of Directors in office as at 31 December 2011, as defined in Section 26 of the Companies Act 1990, are as follows (aggregate of 17 persons (2010: 18)):

 

     2011  
     Balance at
31 December
     Amounts
advanced
     Amounts
repaid
     Currency
movements
     Balance at
31 December
 
     2010      during 2011      during 2011             2011  
     000      000      000      000      000  

 

 

Loans

     1,100                 53                 1,047   

Overdraft/Credit card*

     32         n/a         n/a         n/a         107   

 

 

Total

     1,132         n/a         n/a         n/a         1,154   
  

 

 

 

Interest charged during 2011

                 47   

Maximum debit balance during 2011

                 1,244   

 

 

No impairment charges or provisions have been recognised in respect of any of the above loans or facilities detailed in (i) to (v) and all interest that has fallen due on all of these loans or facilities has been paid.

*Amounts advanced and repaid are not shown for overdraft/credit card facilities as such facilities are revolving in nature (i.e. they may be drawn, repaid and redrawn up to their limit over the course of the year).

(g) Summary of relationship with the Irish Government

The Irish Government, as a result of both its investment in AIB’s 2009 Preference shares and AIB’s participation in Government guarantee schemes, became a related party of AIB in 2009. Following the various ordinary/CNV share issues to the NPRFC during 2010 and 2011, AIB is under the control of the Irish Government.

AIB enters into normal banking transactions with the Irish Government and many of its controlled bodies on an arm’s length basis. In addition, other transactions include the payment of taxes, pay related social insurance, local authority rates, and the payment of regulatory fees as appropriate.

Following the crisis in the Irish banking sector and the stabilisation measures adopted since 2008, the involvement of the Irish Government in AIB and in other Irish banks has been and continues to be considerable. This involvement is outlined below.

Rights and powers of the Irish Government and the Central Bank of Ireland

The Irish Minister for Finance (‘the Minister’) and the Central Bank of Ireland (“the Central Bank”) have significant rights and powers over the operations of AIB (and other financial institutions) arising from the various stabilisation measures. These rights and powers relate to, inter alia:

  The acquisition of shares in other institutions;
  Maintenance of solvency ratios and compliance with any liquidity and capital ratios that the Central Bank, following consultation with the Minister, may direct;
  The appointment of non-executive directors and board changes;
  The appointment of persons to attend meetings of various committees;
  Restructuring of executive management responsibilities, strengthening of management capacity and improvement of governance;
  Declaration and payment of dividends;
  Restrictions on various types of remuneration;
  Buy-backs or redemptions by the Group of its shares;
  The manner in which the Group extends credit to certain customer groups; and
  Conditions regulating the commercial conduct of AIB, having regard to capital ratios, market share and the Group’s balance sheet growth.

In addition, various other initiatives such as strategies/codes of conduct for dealing with mortgage and other consumer/business loan arrears are set out in the Risk section of this report.

The relationship of the Irish Government with AIB is outlined under the following headings:

  Capital investments;
  Guarantee schemes;
  NAMA;
  Funding support;
  PCAR/PLAR;

 

 

 

    326


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

The relationship of the Irish Government with AIB is outlined under the following headings:

  Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010:
  (i) Direction Order;
  (ii) Transfer Order;
  (iii) Subordinated Liabilities Order;
  Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011; and
  Relationship framework which was signed in March 2012

There have been no significant changes to the various aspects of this relationship since 31 December 2011.

 

  Capital investments

Ordinary shares

At 31 December 2012, the Irish Government, through the NPRFC, held 99.8% of the ordinary share capital in AIB (2011: 99.8%).

However, the number of shares held increased by 3.624 billion since 2011 through the non-payment of the dividend of 280 million on the preference share capital as noted below. The NPRFC now holds 516.2 billion ordinary shares (31 December 2011: 512.6 billion shares). See note 45 for details of the Government’s investment in the ordinary shares of AIB.

2009 Preference Shares

At 31 December 2012, the Irish Government, through the NPRFC, held 3.5 billion capital (2011: 3.5 billion) in the form of non-cumulative preference shares (“2009 Preference Shares”). The annual cash dividend amounting to 280 million was not paid in either 2012 or 2011, however, the dividend entitlement was satisfied by way of a Bonus issue of 3.624 billion ordinary shares (2011: 1.247 billion). The terms and conditions attaching to the 2009 Preference Shares are outlined in note 45.

Contingent capital notes

On 27 July 2011, AIB issued 1.6 billion of contingent capital notes at par to the Minister. Details of this transaction are set out in note 44.

Capital contributions

On 28 July 2011, the Minister and the NPRFC made capital contributions totalling 6.054 billion to AIB for nil consideration. For further details, see note 51.

 

  Guarantee schemes

The European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations 1995 have been in operation since 1995. These regulations guarantee certain retail deposits up to a maximum of 100,000. In addition, since September 2008, the Irish Government has guaranteed relevant deposits and debt securities of AIB through the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme 2008 (“the CIFS scheme”) which expired in September 2010 and the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 (“ELG Scheme”) which is outlined below.

ELG Scheme

The ELG Scheme is a temporary measure which was introduced in response to the financial crisis.

On 21 January 2010, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., including its international branches and subsidiaries, AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Bank (CI) Limited and Allied Irish Banks North America Inc., became participating institutions for the purposes of the ELG Scheme. The Minister stands as guarantor of all guaranteed liabilities of a participating institution. The ELG Scheme is intended to facilitate the ability of participating credit institutions in Ireland to issue certain debt securities and take deposits with a maturity of up to five years for pre-defined periods. To date, the ELG Scheme has been reviewed on a six monthly basis to determine whether the financial support provided by the ELG Scheme continues to be necessary. However, on 26 February 2013, the Minister announced that the ELG Scheme will end for all new liabilities, with effect from midnight on 28 March 2013 (note 69).

Eligible liabilities under the ELG Scheme comprise the following:

    all deposits to the extent not covered by deposit protection schemes in Ireland or in any other jurisdiction;
    senior unsecured certificates of deposit;
    senior unsecured commercial paper;
    other senior unsecured bonds and notes; and
    other forms of senior unsecured debt which may be specified by the Minister consistent with European Union State aid rules and the European Commission’s Banking Communication (2008/C 270/02) and subject to prior consultation with the European Commission.

Dated subordinated debt and asset-covered securities issued after a covered institution joined the ELG Scheme are not guaranteed under the ELG Scheme. The total liabilities guaranteed under the ELG Scheme at 31 December 2012 amounted to 34 billion ( 40 billion at 31 December 2011).

 

 

 

327    


Table of Contents
  Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

  Guarantee schemes

Participating institutions must pay a fee to the Minister in respect of each liability guaranteed under the ELG Scheme. Details of the total charge for 2012 and 2011 are set out in note 3. Participating institutions will also be required to indemnify the Minister for any costs and expenses of the Minister and for any payments made by the Minister under the ELG Scheme which relate to the participating institution’s guarantee under the ELG Scheme.

AIB Group (UK) plc and AIB Offshore commenced withdrawal from the ELG Scheme effective 18 August 2012 and 30 August, 2012, respectively. However, deposits opened before these dates have been guaranteed for the remainder of their maturity.

 

  NAMA

AIB was designated a participating institution under the NAMA Act in February 2010. Under this Act, AIB transferred financial assets to NAMA for which it received consideration from NAMA in the form of NAMA senior bonds and subordinated NAMA bonds which are detailed in notes 8, 32 and 33. In addition, AIB acquired NAMA senior bonds in 2011 as part of the Anglo transaction ( 11,854 million fair value at acquisition date) and the EBS transaction ( 301 million carrying value at acquisition date), details of which are set out in notes 22 and 23. AIB also acquired 6 million in subordinated NAMA bonds, as part of the EBS transaction (note 23). The NAMA senior bonds are guaranteed by the Irish Government.

Following on the transfer of financial assets to NAMA, a contingent liability/contingent asset arises in relation to:

    final settlement amounts with NAMA on assets transferred;
    a series of indemnities which AIB has provided to NAMA on transferred assets;
    a possible requirement for AIB to share NAMA losses on dissolution of NAMA.

Details of the contingent liability/asset are set out in note 53.

Investment in National Asset Management Agency Investment Ltd (“NAMAIL”)

In March 2010, a then subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. made an equity investment in 17 million “B” shares of NAMAIL, a special purpose entity established by NAMA. The total investment amounted to 17 million, of which 12 million was invested on behalf of the AIB Group pension scheme (fair value at 31 December 2012 of 6 million), with the remainder invested on behalf of clients.

 

  Funding support

AIB received funding from the Central Bank throughout the year through the ECB Monetary Policy Operation Sale and Repurchase Agreements. The total funding amounted to 22.2 billion at 31 December 2012 (2011: 30.8 billion). These agreements were for maturities of between 7 days and 3 months, apart from the 11.25 billion (2011: 3 billion) in the three year LTRO (note 39) which will mature in January and February 2015. The interest rates on these facilities are set by the Central Bank and advised to AIB. These facilities, together with other assets and liabilities with Irish Government entity counterparties, are set out below.

 

  PCAR/PLAR

On 31 March 2011, the Central Bank of Ireland published the ‘Financial Measures Programme Report’ which detailed the outcome of its review of the capital (PCAR) and funding requirements (PLAR) of the domestic Irish banks. The PCAR/PLAR assessments followed the announcement of the EU-IMF Programme for Ireland in November 2010, in which the provision of an overall amount of 85 billion in financial support for the sovereign was agreed in principle. Up to 35 billion of this support was earmarked for the banking system, 10 billion of which was for immediate recapitalisation of the banks with the remaining 25 billion to be provided on a contingency basis. Arising from the 2011 PCAR and PLAR assessments, AIB, including EBS, was required to raise 14.8 billion in total capital (including 1.6 billion in contingent capital), all of which was subsequently raised.

 

  Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010

The Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 was passed into Irish law on 21 December 2010. The Act provides the legislative basis for the reorganisation and restructuring of the Irish banking system agreed in the joint EU/IMF Programme for Ireland (‘the Programme’). This will allow the Minister to take the actions required to bring about a domestic retail banking system that is proportionate to and focused on the Irish economy.

The Act provides broad powers to the Minister (in consultation with the Governor of the Central Bank) to act on financial stability grounds to effect the restructuring actions and recapitalisation measures envisaged in the Programme. The Act applies to banks which have received financial support from the State, building societies and credit unions. Given the exceptional nature of the powers contained in the Act, the powers are time-limited and were scheduled to expire on 31 December 2012. However, in January 2013, the Minister extended the period of effectiveness of the Act for a further period of two years until 31 December 2014.

 

 

 

    328


Table of Contents
   

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

  Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010

The powers provided in the Act allow the Minister to implement key aspects of the agreed Programme for bank restructuring and include the issue of direction orders, special management orders, subordinated liabilities orders and transfer of assets and liabilities orders. In addition, the Act gives the Minister broad powers in relation to directors and officers and their appointment/removal/duties. Various other terms are also imposed on relevant financial institutions as a condition for financial support.

Since the enactment of this legislation, the Minister has invoked certain of his powers under the Act in relation to AIB as follows:

  (i)    Direction Order

On 23 December 2010, the Irish High Court, on application from the Minister, directed AIB, inter alia, to increase its authorised share capital; to issue ordinary and CNV shares to the NPRFC; to cancel its listing on the Main Securities Market and to apply for listing on the Enterprise Securities Market (“ESM”) of the Irish Stock Exchange; and to complete the sale of its Polish interests to Banco Santander (note 18). Arising from this Order, on 23 December 2010, AIB issued ordinary and CNV shares to the NPRFC for net proceeds of 3.7 billion.

  (ii)   Transfer Order

On 24 February 2011, following an application by the Minister, the Irish High Court issued a transfer order for the immediate transfer of certain deposits and corresponding assets from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation to AIB (note 22).

  (iii)   Subordinated Liabilities Order

On 14 April 2011, following an application by the Minister under section 29 of the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010, the Irish High Court issued a Subordinated Liabilities Order (the “SLO”) in relation to all outstanding subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments (including certain tier 1 capital instruments), with the consent of AIB. The Irish High Court declared the SLO effective as of 22 April 2011. The effect of the SLO was to amend the terms of certain subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments. Details of the SLO are set out in note 44.

Acquisition of EBS Limited (“EBS”)

On 31 March 2011, the Minister proposed the combination of AIB and EBS (formerly EBS Building Society) to form one of the two Pillar banks. On 26 May 2011, AIB entered into an agreement with EBS, the Minister and the NTMA to cquire EBS for a consideration of 1 (one euro). The acquisition was effective from 1 July 2011. Details of this transaction are set out in note 23.

 

  Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011

The Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011 was signed into law on 20 October 2011 and became effective on 28 October 2011. This legislation provides the Central Bank with additional powers to achieve an effective and efficient resolution regime for credit institutions that are failing or likely to fail and that is effective in protecting the Exchequer and the stability of the financial system and the economy.

The Act gives the Central Bank power to take control of banks, appoint managers to run them and remove directors, staff and consultants, and to move their deposits and loans to other banks. It provides for the establishment of a Credit Institution Resolution Fund which would provide a source of funding for the resolution of financial instability or in the event of an imminent serious threat to the financial stability of an authorised credit institution. Authorised credit institutions will be obliged to contribute to the resolution fund.

The Act provides for the establishment of “Bridge-Banks” for the purpose of holding assets or liabilities which have been transferred under a transfer order. Bridge-Banks are only intended to hold such assets or liabilities on a temporary basis pending onward transfer as soon as possible.

The Central Bank is empowered to make special management orders in relation to an authorised credit institution, or in relation to a subsidiary or holding company of the authorised credit institution in certain circumstances. The Act also provides powers to the Central Bank regarding the liquidation of authorised credit institutions. Authorised credit institutions may also be directed to prepare a recovery plan setting out actions that could be taken to facilitate the continuation or secure the business or part of the business of that institution.

The legislation which provides for a permanent statutory regime under which the Central Bank may exercise intervention powers when a relevant credit institution is in difficulty is expected, in due course, to replace the temporary emergency provisions of the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 outlined above.

 

  Relationship framework

In order to comply with contractual commitments imposed on AIB in connection with its recapitalisation by the Irish State and with the requirements of EU state aid applicable in respect of that recapitalisation, a relationship framework was entered into between the Minister and AIB in March 2012. This provides the framework under which the relationship between the Minister and AIB is governed. Under the relationship framework, the authority and responsibility for strategy and commercial policies (including business plans and budgets) and conducting AIB’s day-to-day operations rest with the Board of AIB and its management team. However, the Board is required to obtain the prior written consent of the Minister, or to consult with the Minister, in respect of certain material matters, such as material disposals.

 

 

 

329    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

Funding support

Throughout the financial crisis, the Irish Government has provided guarantees under the CIFS (expired September 2010) and ELG schemes as outlined on the previous page. In addition, through the Central Bank, the Irish Government has provided direct funding to the Irish banking sector as follows:

  AIB has borrowings from the Central Bank as part of Eurosystem. These borrowings are under ECB Monetary Policy Operation Sale and Repurchase Agreements and amount to 22.2 billion (2011: 30.8 billion). AIB Mortgage Bank has Nil (2011: Nil) with the Central Bank under the same facility.
  At 31 December 2012, AIB had no borrowings from the Central Bank under non-standard liquidity facilities.

The interest rate on these facilities is set by the Central Bank and advised to AIB on each rollover date and at 31 December 2012 was 0.75%, being the current ECB refinancing rate.

At 31 December 2012, the amounts outstanding totalling 22.2 billion (2011: 30.8 billion) are included within Deposits by central banks and banks in the table below. See note 39 for details of collateral.

The following table outlines the balances held with Irish Government entities(1) at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, together with the highest balances held at any point during the year.

 

            2012         2011     
            Balance        Highest(2)        Balance        Highest(2)  
                  balance held               balance held     
     Note      m        m         m        m     

 

   

 

 

 

Assets

           

Cash and balances at central banks

     a         118           4,250            228           2,618      

Derivative financial instruments

        107           112            104           106      

Loans and receivables to banks

     b         107           5,019            423           2,137      

Loans and receivables to customers

        4           4            11           19      

NAMA senior bonds

     c         17,387           19,860            19,856           19,975      

Financial investments available for sale

     d         7,635           7,697            5,349           6,151      

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        25,358             25,971        
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
            2012         2011     
            Balance        Highest(2)      Balance        Highest(2)  
                  balance held               balance held     
            m        m         m        m     

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Deposits by central banks and banks

     e         22,220           37,836            31,133           47,916      

Customer accounts

        1,220           1,493            176           11,846      

Derivative financial instruments

        53           80            15           31      

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     f         1,237           1,237            1,177           1,177      

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        24,730             32,501        
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

(1)Includes all departments of the Irish Government located in the State and embassies, consulates and other institutions of the Irish Government located outside the State. The Post Office Savings Bank (“POSB”) and the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”) are included.

(2)The highest balance during the year, together with the outstanding balance at the end of each year, is considered the most meaningful way of representing the amount of transactions that have occurred between AIB and the Irish Government.

Substantially all of the above balances relate to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

 

a Cash and balances at the central banks represent the minimum reserve requirements which AIB is required to hold with the Central Bank. Balances on this account can fluctuate significantly due to the reserve requirement being determined on the basis of the institution’s average daily reserve holdings over a one month maintenance period. The Group is required to maintain a monthly average Primary Liquidity balance which at 31 December 2012 was 552 million.
b The balances on loans and receivables to banks include statutory balances with the Central Bank as well as overnight funds placed.
c NAMA senior bonds were received as consideration for loans transferred to NAMA and as part of the Anglo and EBS transactions. These are detailed in notes 32, 22 and 23 and under ‘NAMA Programme’ above.

 

 

 

    330


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

Funding support

d Financial investments available for sale comprise 7,588 million (2011: 5,217 million) in Irish Government securities held in the normal course of business and NAMA subordinated bonds which have a fair value at 31 December 2012 of 47 million (31 December 2011: 132 million) detailed above under ‘NAMA Programme’.
e This relates to funding received from the Central Bank which is detailed under ‘Funding Support’ above, the total of which amounts to 22,220 million (2011: 30,831 million).
f On 27 July 2011, AIB issued 1.6 billion of contingent capital notes at par to the Minister for Finance, the fair value of these notes at initial recognition was 1,153 million (note 44).

All other balances, both assets and liabilities are carried out in the ordinary course of banking business on normal terms and conditions.

Local government(1)

During 2012 and 2011, AIB entered into banking transactions in the normal course of business with local government bodies. These transactions include the granting of loans and the acceptance of deposits, and clearing transactions.

Commercial semi-state bodies(2)

During 2012, AIB entered into banking transactions in the normal course of business with semi-state bodies. These transactions principally include the granting of loans and the acceptance of deposits as well as derivative transactions and clearing transactions.

(1)This category includes local authorities, borough corporations, county borough councils, county councils, boards of town commissioners, urban district councils, non-commercial public sector entities, public voluntary hospitals and schools.

(2)Semi-state bodies is the name given to organisations within the public sector operating with some autonomy. They include commercial organisations or companies in which the State is the sole or main shareholder.

 

 

 

331    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

Financial institutions under Irish Government control/significant influence

Certain financial institutions are related parties to AIB by virtue of the Government either controlling or having a significant influence over these institutions. The following institutions are controlled by the Irish Government:

-   Irish Bank Resolution Corporation Limited (In Special Liquidation);
-   Permanent tsb plc; and
-   Irish Life Group

In addition, the Irish Government is deemed to have significant influence over Bank of Ireland.

Transactions with these institutions are normal banking transactions entered into in the ordinary course of cash management business under normal business terms. The transactions constitute the short-term placing and acceptance of deposits, derivative transactions, investment in available for sale debt securities and repurchase agreements.

At 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, the following balances were outstanding in total to these financial institutions:

 

     2012
Balance
m
     2011 
Balance 
 

 

 

Assets

     

Derivative financial instruments

     78         140    

Loans and receivables to banks(1)

     80         122    

Financial investments available for sale(2)(3)

     845         648    

Liabilities

     

Deposits by central banks and banks(4)

     58         108    

Derivative financial instruments(5)

     47         92    

Customer deposits

     114         –    

 

 

In connection with the acquisition by AIB Group of certain assets and liabilities of the former Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited (now Irish Bank Resolution Corporation Limited (in Special Liquidation)) (“IBRC”), IBRC indemnified AIB Group for certain liabilities pursuant to a Transfer Support Agreement dated 23 February 2011. AIB Group has made a number of claims on IBRC pursuant to the indemnity in an aggregate amount of c. 75 million.

During 2012, AIB entered into a distribution agreement with Irish Life Group which will see Irish Life distribute its products through AIB’s nationwide retail banking network.

(1)The highest balance in loans and receivables to banks amounted to 616 million in respect of funds placed during the year (2011: 1,885 million).

(2)During 2012, AIB incurred an impairment loss of Nil (2011: 132 million) due to liability management exercises by Irish banks, where either cash or equity was received in exchange for debt.

(3)Includes equity securities issued in lieu of debt of 37 million (2011: 36 million).

(4)The highest balance in deposits by central banks and banks amounted to 842 million in respect of funds received during the year (2011: 1,570 million).

(5)The highest balance in customer deposits amounted to 121 million in respect of funds received during the year (2011: Nil).

 

 

 

    332


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

63 Related party transactions (continued)

(h) Indemnities

On 2 February 2004, AIB Capital Markets plc, a wholly-owned subsidiary, extended the terms of an indemnity previously given to certain former directors, officers and employees of Govett Investment Management Ltd. (“Govett”) - now “AIB Investment Management Limited” - to Mr Michael Buckley, the former Group Chief Executive, and Mr Colm Doherty, the former Group Managing Director; Mr Buckley is a former director of a split capital trust managed by Govett, and Mr Doherty is a former director of Govett. The aggregate liability of AIB Capital Markets plc under the aforementioned indemnity is 10 million.

The purpose of the indemnity is to protect the indemnified parties (or any of them) against any civil liability, loss and defence costs which they (or any of them) may suffer by reason of any claim made against them relating to certain split capital or highly leveraged trusts previously managed by Govett and which previously would have been covered by insurance.

Prior to July 2003, the Group’s professional indemnity and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance provided cover in respect of the eventualities mentioned in the previous paragraph. However, on renewal of that insurance on 1 July 2003, and in line with a general change introduced by the insurance industry, exclusions were imposed that removed that cover. By virtue of the terms of the above mentioned indemnity, the indemnified parties now stand in the position they would have been in if those exclusions had not been imposed, except that the aggregate limit of liability under the indemnity is 10 million rather than the higher amount previously provided by the insurance.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has indemnified the Directors of Allied Irish Banks Pensions Limited and AIB DC Pensions (Ireland) Limited, the trustees of the Group’s Republic of Ireland defined benefit pension scheme and defined contribution pension scheme, respectively, against any actions, claims or demands arising out of their actions as Directors of the trustee companies, other than by reason of wilful default.

(i) ALH investment

Deposits received from ALH are set out in note 40.

 

 

 

333    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

64 Commitments

Capital expenditure    2012 
       2011 
 

 

 

Estimated outstanding commitments for capital expenditure not provided for in the financial statements

             11    

Capital expenditure authorised but not yet contracted for

     29          40    

 

 

Operating lease rentals

The total of future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are set out in the following table.

 

    

2012

m

    

2011 

 

 

 

One year

     73         80    

One to two years

     68         69    

Two to three years

     67         65    

Three to four years

     64         64    

Four to five years

     60         62    

Over five years

     507         557    

 

 

Total

             839                 897    
  

 

 

 

Following a programme of sale and leaseback transactions, the Group now holds a number of significant operating lease arrangements in respect of branches and the headquarter locations. AIB Group leases the Bankcentre campus in Ballsbridge, Dublin 4 under three separate lease arrangements and also has a leasehold interest in the ‘AIB International Centre’ located in Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre (“IFSC”).

The minimum lease terms remaining on the most significant leases vary from 1 years to 18 years. The average lease length outstanding until a break clause in the lease arrangements is approximately 9 years with the final contractual remaining terms ranging from 4 years to 35 years.

There are no contingent rents payable and all lease payments are at market rates.

The total of future minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the reporting date were 8 million (2011: 6 million).

Operating lease payments recognised as an expense for the year were 94 million (2011: 67 million). Sublease income amounted to 6 million (2011: 1 million).

For details of the sale and leaseback arrangements see note 14.

 

 

 

    334


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

65 Employees

The average number of employees by market segment for 2012 is set out below (excluding employees on career breaks and other unpaid long term leaves). The figures for Group segment include the following centralised functions: Group Services and Transformation; Chief Financial Office; Chief Risk Office; Non-Core Unit; Corporate Affairs and Marketing; Office of Law Agent; and Office of Group Internal Audit.

In 2011, average employee numbers for discontinued operations and EBS reflect the fact that these were employees of the Group for only part of 2011 and are, accordingly, time apportioned.

 

     2012      2011   

 

 

Continuing operations

     

PBB

     6,285         6,017    

CICB

     1,620         1,752    

AIB UK

     2,234         2,282    

EBS

     604         288    

Group

     3,965         3,943    

 

 
     14,708         14,282    

Discontinued operations

     

BZWBK

             2,434    

 

 

Total

             14,708                 16,716    
  

 

 

 

The 12 month average above of 14,708 is higher than the actual December 2012 figure of 13,429(1). This variance is a result of the impact that voluntary severance and early retirements, predominantly in the fourth quarter, have had on year end numbers.

The geographical analysis of average employees for 2012 is as follows:

  Republic of Ireland – 12,094;
  United Kingdom – 2,523;
  United States of America – 66; and
  Rest of World – 25.

See also page 402 in Additional information.

(1)This figure excludes employees who departed between 19 December and 31 December 2012.

 

 

 

335    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

66  Regulatory compliance

During 2012, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. was in breach of the 25% limit for ECB repo funding. These breaches were due to the difficult funding environment and the Central Bank was advised as appropriate.

EBS Mortgage Finance (“EBS MF”) breached the 25% single counterparty large exposures limit during December 2011. The excess was corrected in January 2012 and EBS MF is no longer in breach.

 

 

67 Financial and other information    2012     2011     2010  

 

 

Operating ratios

      

Operating expenses/operating income

     311.9     39.6     (49.1 )% 

Operating expenses/operating income before exceptional items

     122.1 %          94.4     70.6

Other income/operating income

     (78.1 )%      68.9     154.9

Other income/operating income before exceptional items

     22.3     24.5     20.1

Rates of exchange

      

/US$

      

Closing

     1.3194        1.2939        1.3362   

Average

     1.2850        1.3924        1.3259   

/Stg£

      

Closing

     0.8161        0.8353        0.8608   

Average

     0.8110        0.8682        0.8578   

/PLN

      

Closing

     4.0740        4.4580        3.9750   

Average

     4.1839        4.1188        3.9943   

 

 

 

     Assets        Liabilities and equity  
Currency information   

2012

m

    

2011  

m  

    

2012

m

    

2011

m

 

 

    

 

 

 

Euro

     99,110         106,468           102,768         107,443      

Other

     23,406         30,183           19,748         29,208   

 

    

 

 

 
     122,516         136,651           122,516         136,651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

    336


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

68  Average balance sheets and interest rates

The following table shows interest rates prevailing at 31 December 2012 together with average prevailing interest rates, gross yields, spreads and margins for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     As at 
31 December 
     Average interest rates for
Years ended 31 December
 
Interest rates   

2012 

    

2012

%

   

2011

%

   

2010

%

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ireland

         

AIB Group’s prime lending rate

     0.63          0.85        1.69        1.38   

European inter-bank offered rate

         

One month euro

     0.11          0.33        1.18        0.81   

Three month euro

     0.19          0.58        1.12        1.02   

United Kingdom

         

AIB Group’s base rate

     0.50          0.50        0.50        0.50   

London inter-bank offered rate

         

One month sterling

     0.49          0.62        0.65        0.65   

Three month sterling

     0.52          0.83        0.88        0.80   

Poland

         

One month zloty

     4.23          4.78        4.36        3.52   

United States

         

Prime rate

     3.25          3.25        3.25        3.25   

Gross yields, spreads and margins(1)(2)

         

Gross yield(3)

         

Group

        2.98        3.22        3.16   

Domestic

        3.07        3.16        2.85   

Foreign

        2.58        2.97        3.09   

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate spread(4)

         

Group

        0.25        0.66        1.12   

Domestic

        0.24        0.49        0.64   

  Foreign

        0.57        1.25        1.79   

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest margin(5)

         

Group

        0.91     1.03     1.31

Domestic

        0.78     0.73     0.69

Foreign

         1.47     2.17     2.19

 

    

 

 

 
Average interest earning assets          

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

 

 

 

Group

     122,200        131,038        141,093   

Domestic

     99,580        103,539        107,626   

Foreign

     22,620        27,499        33,467   

 

 

(1)The gross yields, spreads and margins presented in this table are extracted from the average balance sheets and interest rates on the following pages and this breakdown into domestic and foreign has been compiled on the basis of location of office. The gross yields, spreads and margins are presented on a continuing operations basis.

(2)The average balance sheet is presented on a continuing operations basis. Comparative figures have also been re-presented on this basis.

(3)Gross yield represents the average interest rate earned on interest earning assets.

(4)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average interest rate earned on interest earning assets and the average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

(5)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets. Net interest margin is presented on a continuing operations basis only.

 

 

 

337    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

68  Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

The following tables show the average balances and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011 and 2010. The calculation of average balances include daily and monthly averages for reporting units. The average balances used are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group. The average balance sheet is presented on a continuing operations basis.

 

    Year ended 
31 December 2012 
    Year ended 
31 December 2011 
    Year ended 
31 December 2010 
 
   

Average

balance

   

Interest

 

   

Average 

rate 

   

Average

balance

   

Interest

 

   

Average 

 rate 

   

Average

balance

   

Interest

 

   

Average 

rate 

 
Assets   m     m         m     m         m     m      

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading portfolio financial assets

                 

Domestic offices

    14               2.5         28        1        2.5         54        1        1.9    

Foreign offices

    23        1        3.7         24        1        4.4         13        1        3.8    

Loans and receivables to banks

                 

Domestic offices

    1,349        7        0.5         2,712        33        1.2         4,453        32        0.7    

Foreign offices

    6,344        24        0.4         5,123        36        0.7         3,550        19        0.5    

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

                 

Domestic offices

    65,268        2,161        3.3         68,015        2,380        3.5         80,899        2,415        3.0    

Foreign offices

    15,735        540        3.4         20,555        697        3.4         27,535        919        3.3    

NAMA senior bonds

                 

Domestic offices

    18,957        329        1.7         17,980        348        1.9         2,230        29        1.3    

Financial investments available for sale

                 

Domestic offices

    13,992        560        4.0         14,804        508        3.4         19,990        590        2.9    

Foreign offices

    518        19        3.7         1,797        84        4.7         2,369        96        4.1    

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average interest earning assets

                 

Domestic offices

    99,580        3,057        3.1         103,539        3,270        3.2         107,626        3,067        2.8    

Foreign offices

    22,620        584        2.6         27,499        818        3.0         33,467        1,035        3.1    

Net interest on swaps

      130            137            369     

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average interest earning assets

    122,200        3,771        3.1         131,038        4,225        3.2         141,093        4,471        3.2    

Non-interest earning assets

    9,767            6,723            8,352       

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

    131,967        3,771        2.9         137,761        4,225        3.1         149,445        4,471        3.0    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of assets applicable to foreign activities

        18.5             21.2             24.8    
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

(1)Includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA as at 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

    338


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

68  Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

 

    2012     2011      2010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities & shareholders’ equity

  Average
balance
   

Interest

 

    Average 
rate 
    Average
balance
   

Interest

 

    Average 
rate 
    Average
balance
   

Interest

 

    Average  
rate  
 
  m     m         m     m         m     m     %    

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to central banks and banks

                 

Domestic offices

    33,060        251        0.8         42,121        593        1.4         35,402        368        1.0     

Foreign offices

    462        1        0.2         870        7        0.8         1,722        7        0.4     

Due to customers

                 

Domestic offices

    39,110        1,445        3.7         40,421        1,296        3.2         43,827        924        2.1     

Foreign offices

    11,524        233        2.0         11,173        200        1.8         17,719        251        1.4     

Other debt issued

                 

Domestic offices

    12,027        500        4.2         15,342        597        3.9         21,533        650        3.0     

Foreign offices

    267        12        4.5         296        14        4.8         3,700        45        1.2     

Subordinated liabilities

                 

Domestic offices

    1,240        223        18.0         1,810        172        9.5         4,284        382        8.9     

Foreign offices

                  –         295        (4     (1.4)        127               –     

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average interest earning liabilities

                 

Domestic offices

    85,437        2,419        2.8         99,694        2,658        2.7         105,046        2,324        2.2     

Foreign offices

    12,253        246        2.0         12,634        217        1.7         23,268        303        1.3     

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average interest earning liabilities

    97,690        2,665        2.7         112,328        2,875        2.6         128,314        2,627        2.0     

Non-interest earning liabilities

    20,899            15,248            14,428       

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average liabilities

    118,589        2,665        2.2         127,576        2,875        2.3         142,742        2,627        1.8     

Shareholders’ equity

    13,378            10,185            6,703       

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    131,967        2,665        2.0         137,761        2,875        2.1         149,445        2,627        1.8     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations

        13.1             12.6             18.9     
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

339    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements  

 

 

68  Average balance sheets and interest rates (continued)

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared with the year ended 31 December 2011 and the year ended 31 December 2011 compared with the year ended 31 December 2010. Volume and rate variances have been calculated based on the movements in average balances over the year and changes in interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities respectively. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate are allocated ratably to volume and rate.

 

    December 2012 over December 2011         December 2011 over December 2010  
    Increase/(decrease) due to changes in  
 

 

 

 
   

Average

Volume

m

   

Average     

Rate     

m     

   

Net     

Change     

m     

       

    Average

Volume

m

   

Average     

Rate     

m     

   

Net 

Change 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

             

Trading portfolio financial assets

             

Domestic offices

    (1     –             (1)                     –             –    

Foreign offices

           –             –                      –             –    

Loans and receivables to banks

             

Domestic offices

    (17     (9)            (26)              (6     7               

Foreign offices

    10        (22)            (12)              8        9             17    

Loans and receivables to customers(1)

             

Domestic offices

    (96     (123)            (219)              (291     256             (35)   

Foreign offices

    (162     5             (157)              (240     18             (222)   

NAMA senior bonds

             

Domestic offices

    19        (38)            (19)              205        114             319    

Financial investments available for sale

             

Domestic offices

    (24     76             52               (172     90             (82)   

Foreign offices

    (60     (5)            (65)              (21     9             (12)   

 

     

 

 

 

Total interest income

    (331     (116)            (447)              (517     503             (14)   
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

             

Due to central banks and banks

             

Domestic offices

    (127     (215)            (342)              67        158             225    

Foreign offices

    (4     (2)            (6)                     –             –    

Due to customers

             

Domestic offices

    (41     190             149               (71     443             372    

Foreign offices

    6        27             33               (98     47             (51)   

Other debt issued

             

Domestic offices

    (128     31             (97)              (202     149             (53)   

Foreign offices

           (2)            (2)              (42     11             (31)   

Subordinated liabilities

             

Domestic offices

    (53     104             51               (221     11             (210)   

Foreign offices

    4        –             4                      (4)            (4)   

 

     

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    (343     133             (210)              (567     815             248    
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net interest income

             

Domestic offices

    230        (204)            26               163        (294)            (131)   

Foreign offices

    (218     (45)            (263)              (113     (18)            (131)   

 

     

 

 

 

Net interest income (interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities)

    12        (249)            (237)              50        (312)            (262)   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest on swaps

        (7)                  (232)   
     

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest income

        (244)                  (494)   
     

 

 

         

 

 

 

(1)Includes loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA at 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

    340


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

69 Non-adjusting events after the reporting period

The following are the significant non-adjusting events that have taken place since 31 December 2012:

Minimum Funding Standard funding plan

Approval was received from the Pensions Board in 2013 in relation to a funding plan up to January 2018 with regard to regulatory Minimum Funding Standard requirements of the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme.

Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme 2009

On 26 February 2013, the Minister for Finance announced that the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 (“ELG Scheme”) will end for all new liabilities with effect from midnight on 28 March 2013. After this date, no new liabilities will be guaranteed under the ELG Scheme. This follows the withdrawal of AIB UK (AIB GB and FTB) from the ELG Scheme in August 2012, which had a negligible effect on deposit balances.

The existing deposit guarantee scheme, which guarantees deposits of up to 100,000 per qualifying depositor, is unaffected by this announcement.

The cost of the ELG scheme has been significant, 388 million in 2012 and 488 million in 2011.

Disposal of 24.99% investment in ALH, acquisition of 100% of Ark Life

During March 2013, AIB concluded discussions with Aviva Group Ireland p.l.c. on the exercise of the put options and completed the disposal of its interest in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”) and the acquisition of 100% of Ark Life Assurance Company Limited (‘Ark Life’ or ‘Ark’).

AIB’s investment in ALH at 31 December 2012 was designated as an ‘equity investment at fair value through profit or loss in the Held for Sale category (notes 34 and 35).

AIB has considered its long term strategy with regard to this newly acquired subsidiary, and has taken the necessary steps that entitles it to designate Ark as a ‘subsidiary held exclusively with a view to resale’ on acquistion. Accordingly, the investment in Ark will be considered a disposal group.

Following a net cash outlay, which was in line with the assumptions that supported the year end valuations, the investment in Ark will be initially measured at fair value less costs to sell, being a market related valuation of Ark’s MCEV of 447 million. The fair value of liabilities acquired amounted to 3.8 billion while the fair value of assets acquired amounted to 4.1 billion. At each subsequent reporting date, the investment will be valued at fair value less costs to sell.

Change of Auditor

Following the tender process as outlined in the Report of the Directors on page 172, the Board has decided to put forward a resolution, at the AGM to be held on 20 June 2013, that Deloitte & Touche be appointed as Auditor to the company.

70 Dividends

No final dividend will be paid in respect of the year ended 31 December 2012.

71 Approval of financial statements

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 March 2013.

 

 

 

341    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Parent company financial statements and notes

 

 

 

Statement of financial position

Statement of cash flows

Statement of changes in equity

Accounting policies

Note

 

a Administrative expenses

 

b Retirements benefits

 

c Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

 

d Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

 

e Trading portfolio financial assets

 

f Derivative financial instruments

 

g Loans and receivables to banks

 

h Loans and receivables to customers

 

i Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

 

j Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

 

k NAMA senior bonds

 

l Financial investments available for sale

 

m Investments in Group undertakings

 

n Intangible assets

 

o Property, plant and equipment

 

p Deferred taxation

 

q Deposits by central banks and banks

 

r Customer accounts

 

s Debt securities in issue

 

t Other liabilities

 

u Provisions for liabilities and commitments

 

v Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

 

w Share capital

 

x Capital reserves

 

y Capital redemption reserves

 

z Contributions from the Minister for Finance and NPRFC

 

aa Memorandum items: Contingent liabilities and commitments and contingent assets

 

ab Transfer of financial assets

 

ac Fair value of financial instruments

 

ad Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

ae Statement of cash flows

 

af Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity

 

ag Related party transactions

 

ah Commitments

 

 

 

    342


Table of Contents
 

Statement of financial position – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

as at 31 December 2012

  LOGO

 

 

     Notes       

2012

m

      

2011

m

 

 

 

Assets

            

Cash and balances at central banks

     ae           1,076           1,067   

Items in course of collection

          95           100   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     d           561           1,169   

Trading portfolio financial assets

     e           24           56   

Derivative financial instruments

     f           2,768           3,025   

Loans and receivables to banks

     g           31,284           36,028   

Loans and receivables to customers

     h           37,234           42,074   

NAMA senior bonds

     k           17,082           19,509   

Financial investments available for sale

     l           14,930           13,336   

Interests in associated undertakings

          3           3   

Investments in Group undertakings

     m           2,735           2,361   

Intangible assets

     n           168           154   

Property, plant and equipment

     o           267           278   

Other assets

          110           292   

Current taxation

          6           44   

Deferred taxation

     p           2,931           2,738   

Prepayments and accrued income

          469           571   

 

 

Total assets

          111,743           122,805   
       

 

 

 

Liabilities

            

Deposits by central banks and banks(1)

     q           39,389           46,150   

Customer accounts

     r           48,751           46,774   

Disposal groups held for sale

     d                     1   

Derivative financial instruments

     f           3,541           4,061   

Debt securities in issue

     s           5,142           9,902   

Current taxation

          14             

Other liabilities

     t           520           416   

Accruals and deferred income

          826           744   

Retirement benefit liabilities

     b           690           794   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

     u           276           436   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     v           1,271           1,209   

 

 

Total liabilities

          100,420           110,487   
       

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

            

Share capital

     w           5,206           5,170   

Share premium

     w           2,890           4,926   

Reserves

          3,227           2,222   

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

          11,323           12,318   
       

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

               111,743           122,805   
       

 

 

 

(1)This includes 19,760 million of borrowings from central banks (2011: 27,268 million).

David Hodgkinson, Chairman; David Duffy, Chief Executive Officer; Catherine Woods, Director; David O’Callaghan, Company Secretary.

 

 

 

343    


Table of Contents
LOGO  

Statement of cash flows – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

for the year ended 31 December 2012  

 

 

 

       Notes       

2012

m

    

2011

m

    

2010(4) 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of loss before taxation to net cash outflow from operating activities

               

Loss for the year from continuing operations before taxation

            (1,668      (4,516      (8,448)   

Adjustments for:

               

Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                    (3,154      (372)   

Profit on disposal of businesses

            (1              –    

(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

            (2      1         (42)   

Loss on disposal of financial assets

            276         286         51    

Dividend income

            (280      (2,205      (1,161)   

Impairment of associated undertakings

            5                 52    

Impairment of subsidary undertakings

       m           (136      3,813         –    

Profit on disposal of associated undertakings

                            (577)   

Gain on designation of associate as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss

            (184              –    

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

       j           1,353         5,306         4,991    

Loss on transfer of financial instruments held for sale to NAMA

            (67      403         5,599    

Writeback of provisions/provisions for liabilities and commitments

            9         (129      294    

Provisions for impairment on financial investments available for sale

            79         275         58    

Change in other provisions

            166         35         59    

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

            95         101         170    

Interest on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

            223         172         382    

Loss/(profit) on disposal of financial investments available for sale

            74         42         (87)   

Amortisation of premiums and discounts

            (125      (65      (12)   

Change in prepayments and accrued income

            103         (18      250    

Change in accruals and deferred income

            81         37         (453)   

 

 
            1         384         754    

 

 

Change in deposits by central banks and banks

            (6,993      (27,895      10,136    

Change in customer accounts(1)

            1,871         (9,784      (24,507)   

Change in loans and receivables to customers(2)

            4,224         15,781         3,138    

Change in NAMA senior bonds

            2,395         886         –    

Change in loans and receivables to banks

            4,707         9,747         7,483    

Change in trading portfolio financial assets/liabilities

            33         (22      81    

Change in derivative financial instruments

            (655      593         189    

Change in items in course of collection

            4         34         (7)   

Change in debt securities in issue

            (4,765      (2,783      (11,280)   

Change in other assets

            186         (139      112    

Change in other liabilities

            (49      (36      (1,276)   

Effect of exchange translation and other adjustments(3)

            (881      (272      (632)   

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating assets and liabilities

            77         (13,890      (16,563)   

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating activities before taxation

            78         (13,506      (15,809)   

Taxation paid

            42         15         (2)   

 

 

Net cash outflow from operating activities

            120         (13,491      (15,811)   

Investing activities (note a)

            (617      1,601         5,648    

Financing activities (note b)

            (160      11,333         3,446    

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

            (657      (557      (6,717)   

Opening cash and cash equivalents

            3,092         3,618         10,139    

Effect of exchange translation adjustments

            (1      31         196    

 

 

Closing cash and cash equivalents

              2,434         3,092         3,618    
         

 

 

 

 

 

 

    344


Table of Contents
 

Statement of cash flows – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 2012

  LOGO

 

 

 

     Notes       

2012

m

    

2011

m

   

2010 

 

 

 

(a) Investing activities

            

Net cash outflow on acquisition of business combinations

                  (3,779     –    

Purchase of financial investments available for sale

     l           (4,522      (2,378     (5,930)   

Proceeds from sales and maturity of financial investments available for sale

     l           4,320         8,251        8,939    

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     o           (32      (16     (21)   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

          2         2        81    

Additions to intangible assets

     n           (68      (31     (23)   

Disposal of intangible assets

                           

Disposal of investment in associated undertakings

                         1,467    

Investment in Group undertakings

     m           (600      (2,660 )(4)      (27)   

Dividends received from subsidiary companies

          264         2,205 (5)      1,118    

Disposal/redemption of investment in businesses and subsidiaries

          10         7        –    

Dividends received from associated undertakings

          9                43    

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

               (617      1,601        5,648    
       

 

 

 

(b) Financing activities

            

Proceeds of issue of CCNs

     v                   1,600        –    

Proceeds of issue of share capital to NPRFC

     w                   5,000        3,698    

Capital contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC

     z                   6,054        –    

Redemption of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  (1,089     –    

Cost of redemption of capital instruments

                  (9     (5)   

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

          (160      (223     (247)   

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

          (160      11,333        3,446    
       

 

 

 

(1)Includes deposits placed by the NTMA 1,127 million (2011: 27 million; 2010:Nil).

(2)Includes financial assets held for sale to NAMA and loans and receivables to customers within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale.

(3)Included within the effect of exchange translation and other adjustments are amounts in respect of pension contributions of  187 million (2011: 73 million; 2010: 293 million). In addition, included within this caption is a charge of 146 million in respect of past service costs relating to the early retirement scheme; a credit of 29 million in respect of a curtailment gain for voluntary severance employees; and a credit of 160 million in respect of defined benefits, all of which are non-cash movements.

(4)Additions to investment in Group undertakings of 600 million (2011: 3,637 million) (note m) include non-cash transactions of Nil (2011: 977 million in relation to investments in EBS Limited and Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (International) plc.

(5)Dividends include 2,180 million from AIB European Investments Limited, which was the holding company of BZWBK. The proceeds of sale of BZWBK were remitted by AIB European Investments Limited to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. by way of dividend.

 

 

 

345    


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Statement of changes in equity – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

for the year ended 31 December 2012

 

   

Share

capital

       

Share

premium

       

Other

equity

interests

       

Capital

reserves

       

Capital

redemption

reserves

       

Revaluation

reserves

       

Available 

for sale 

securities 

reserves 

 
    m         m         m         m         m         m          

 

 

At 1 January 2012

    5,170          4,926               –          2,011          3,958          15          (948)   

Loss for the year

                                                          –    

Other comprehensive income

                                                 (2       1,217    

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                                 (2       1,217    

Capital contributions

                               (247                         –    

Reduction of capital (notes w and y)

             (2,000                         (3,958                –    

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note w)

    36          (36                                           –    

Other movements

                                                          –    

 

 

At 31 December 2012

    5,206          2,890                   1,764                   13          269    
 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash flow

hedging

reserves

       

Revenue

reserves

       

Foreign

currency

translation

reserves

       

Treasury

shares

       

Share

based

payments

reserves

        Total    
    m         m         m         m         m          

 

 

At 1 January 2012

    122          (2,355       (68       (549       36          12,318    

Loss for the year

             (1,418                                  (1,418)   

Other comprehensive income

    (157       (633       (2                         423    

Total comprehensive income for the year

    (157       (2,051       (2                         (995)   

Capital contributions

             247                                     –    

Reduction of capital (notes w and y)

             5,958                                     –    

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note w)

                                                 –    

Other movements

                                                 –    

 

 

At 31 December 2012

    (35       1,799          (70       (549       36          11,323    
 

 

 

 

 

   

Share

 capital

       

Share

 premium

       

Other

equity

 interests

       

Capital

 reserves

       

Capital

 redemption

reserves

       

 Revaluation

reserves

       

 Available 

for sale 

 securities 

reserves 

 
    m         m         m         m         m         m          

 

 

At 1 January 2011

    3,965           5,089          239           156                   11          (997)   

Loss for the year

                                                          –    

Other comprehensive income

                                                          49    

Total comprehensive income for the year

                                                          49    

Capital contributions (notes y and z)

                               2,687                            –    

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note w)

    163          (163                                           –    

Issue of ordinary shares (note w)

    5,000                                                       –    

Cancellation of deferred shares (notes w and y)

    (3,958                                  3,958                   –    

Redemption of capital instruments

                      (239                                  –    

Share based payments

                                                          –    

Other movements

                               (832 )(1)                 4          –    

 

 

At 31 December 2011

    5,170          4,926                     2,011          3,958          15          (948)   
 

 

 

 

 

   

 Cash flow

hedging

reserves

       

 Revenue

 reserves

       

Foreign

currency

 translation

reserves

       

 Treasury

shares

       

Share

based

 payments

reserves

         Total   
    m         m         m         m         m          

 

 

At 1 January 2011

    376          (5,353       (67       (549       42          2,912    

Loss for the year

             (3,674                                  (3,674)   

Other comprehensive income

    (254       (436       (1                         (642)   

Total comprehensive income for the year

    (254       (4,110       (1                         (4,316)   

Capital contributions (notes y and z)

             6,054                                     8,741    

Ordinary shares issued in lieu of dividend (note w)

                                                 –    

Issue of ordinary shares (note w)

                                                 5,000    

Cancellation of deferred shares (notes w and y)

                                                 –    

Redemption of capital instruments

             216                                     (23)   

Share based payments

             6                            (6       –    

Other movements

             832                                       

 

 

At 31 December 2011

    122          (2,355       (68       (549       36          12,318    
 

 

 

 

(1)See Parent company note ‘x’.

 

 

 

    346


Table of Contents
  Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   LOGO

 

 

Accounting Policies

The accounting policies adopted by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. are the same as those of the Group as set out on pages 193 to 217 where applicable.

a   Administrative expenses

 

        

2012    

m    

       

2011  

m  

       

2010

m

 

 

 

Personnel expenses:

            

Wages & salaries

       630              610            565   

Termination benefits(1)

       230                –              

Retirement benefits(2)

       (146)               35            74   

Social security costs

       68                64            58   

Other personnel expenses

       7                (5)            (11
       789              704            686   

General and administrative expenses(3)

       424              471            339   

 

 
         1,213              1,175            1,025   
  

 

 

(1)On 21 May 2012, AIB announced the specific terms of a voluntary severance programme which includes both an early retirement scheme and a voluntary severance scheme. At 31 December 2012, a provision of 229 million has been made in respect of termination benefits arising from the voluntary severance programme. This amount comprises 146 million in respect of past service costs relating to the early retirement scheme and 112 million relating to the voluntary severance scheme (notes b and u) and a credit of 29 million in respect of a pension curtailment gain. In addition, a provision of 1 million has been made in respect of termination benefits in Allied Irish America.

(2)The amount comprises a credit of 160 million relating to defined benefit expense (2011: charge of 22 million; 2010: charge of 61 million), a defined contribution expense of 7 million (2011: 6 million; 2010: 6 million) and a long term disability payments expense of 7 million (2011: 7 million; 2010: 7 million).

(3)Includes external costs relating to the transfer of financial instruments to NAMA that amounted to 3 million (2011: 28 million; 2010: 21 million).

 

 

 

347    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

b      Retirement benefits

AIB p.l.c operates a number of pension and retirement benefit schemes for employees, the majority of which are funded. These include both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. The hybrid scheme includes elements of a defined benefit scheme and a defined contribution scheme.

Defined benefit schemes

Of the defined benefit schemes operated by AIB p.l.c., the most significant is the AIB Group Irish Pension Scheme (‘the Irish scheme’), further details of which are provided in the Group’s retirement benefits note (note 12).

Financial and mortality assumptions

The financial and mortality assumptions adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are the same as those adopted in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements. See note 12 for further details.

Sensitivity analysis for principal assumptions used to measure scheme liabilities

There are inherent uncertainties surrounding the financial assumptions adopted in calculating the actuarial valuation of the AIB p.l.c. pension schemes. A sensitivity analysis for the key assumptions for the Irish scheme is set out in the Group’s retirement benefits note (note 12).

Fair value of scheme assets

The following table sets out on a combined basis for all schemes, the fair value of the assets held by the schemes together with the long-term rate of return expected for each class of asset for AIB p.l.c.. The expected rates of return on individual asset classes were estimated using current and projected economic and market factors at the measurement date in consultation with the Group’s actuaries.

Under IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised), which AIB p.l.c. will adopt from 1 January 2013, the expected return on assets is replaced with an interest cost on assets which is set equal to the discount rate at the measurement date.

 

     2012        2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Long term
rate of return
expected
    Value          Scheme  
assets  
     Long term
rate of return
expected
     Value          Scheme 
assets 
 
     %     m          %        %      m           

 

    

 

 

 

Equities

     5.9        1,608             46           6.9         1,758             67    

Bonds

     2.8        884             25           3.1         469             18    

Mortgage portfolio

     5.0        570             16                   –             –    

Property

     5.5        186             5           5.4         186               

Cash/other

     4.3        264             8           4.5         215               

 

    

 

 

 

Total market value of assets

     4.8        3,512             100           5.9         2,628             100    

Actuarial value of liabilities of funded schemes

       (4,191)                  (3,389)         

 

    

 

 

 

Deficit in the funded schemes

       (679)(1)               (761)(1)      

Unfunded deferred benefit obligation

       (11)                  (33)         

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension deficit

            (690)                       (794)         
    

 

 

         

 

 

   

(1)Of which 673 million deficit relates to the Irish scheme and 6 million deficit relates to other schemes (2011: 754 million deficit relates to the Irish scheme; 7 million deficit relates to other schemes).

At 31 December 2012, the pension scheme assets included AIB shares amounting to Nil (2011: Nil). Included in the actuarial value of the liabilities is an amount in respect of commitments to pay annual pensions amounting to 104,234 (2011: 109,813) in aggregate to a number of former directors or the spouses of deceased former directors.

 

Movement in defined benefit obligation during the year   

2012

m

       2011
m
 

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at beginning of year

     3,422           3,046   

Current service cost

     62           55   

Past service cost – Termination benefits

     146             

   – Other

     (218)           3   

Interest cost

     169           167   

Contributions by employees

     17           16   

Actuarial losses

     851           252   

Benefits paid

     (209        (93

Curtailment – Termination benefits

     (29          

 – Other

     (8        (26

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

     (1        2   

 

 

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

          4,202           3,422   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    348


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

b   Retirement benefits (continued)

Movement in the scheme assets during the year   

2012

m

   

2011

m

 

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of year

     2,628        2,704   

Expected return(1)

     165        174   

Actuarial gains/(losses)

     129        (248

Contributions by employer

     781 (2)      73   

Contributions by employees

     17        16   

Benefits paid

     (208     (93

Translation adjustment on non-euro schemes

            2   

 

 

Fair value of scheme assets at end of year

          3,512             2,628   
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes payment of pension levy.

(2)Includes the transfer to the Irish scheme of interests in an SPV owning loans and receivables previously transferred at fair value from the Group.

 

Amount recognised in the statement of comprehensive income   

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

 

 

 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets

     129        (248     73   

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities

     (10     24        85   

Changes in demographic and financial assumptions

     (841 )(1)      (276     (173

 

 

Actuarial loss recognised

     (722     (500     (15

Deferred tax

     89        64        3   

 

 

Recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

          (633             (436                 (12
  

 

 

 

(1)Principally due to reduction in discount rate and updating of mortality assumptions in 2012.

 

History of experience gains and losses   

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 

 

 

Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:

          

Amount

     129        (248     73        114        (1,208

Percentage of scheme assets

     4     9     3     5     62

Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities:

          

Amount

     (10     24        85        64        (54

Percentage of scheme liabilities

     0     1     3     2     2

Total gross amount recognised in SOCI(1):

          

Amount

     (722     (500     (15     293        (812

Percentage of scheme liabilities

     17     15     1     10     27

 

 

(1) Statement of comprehensive income.

          
Defined benefit pension schemes   

2012

m

   

2011

m

   

2010

m

   

2009

m

   

2008

m

 

 

 

Funded defined benefit obligation

     4,191        3,389        2,990        2,777        2,928   

Scheme assets

     3,512            2,628            2,704             2,261        1,941   

 

 

Deficit within funded schemes

     679        761        286        516        987   

Unfunded defined benefit obligation

     11        33        56        49        48   

 

 

Deficit within schemes

     690        794        342        565            1,035   
  

 

 

 

Defined contribution schemes

AIB p.l.c. operates a defined contribution (“DC”) scheme, further details of which are provided in the Group’s retirement benefits note (note 12). The total cost in respect of the DC scheme for 2012 was 7 million (2011: 6 million; 2010: 6 million). The cost in respect of defined contributions is included in administrative expenses (note 10).

Long-term disability payments

AIB p.l.c. provides an additional benefit to employees who suffer prolonged periods of sickness. It provides for the partial replacement of income in event of illness or injury resulting in the employee’s long term absence from work. In 2012, AIB p.l.c. contributed 7 million (2011: 7 million; 2010: 7 million) towards insuring this benefit. This amount is included in administrative expenses (note 10).

 

 

 

349    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

c  Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

The following table provides a movement analysis of loans and receivables held for sale to NAMA:

 

     Gross
loans and
receivables
    Impairment
provisions
    Carrying
value
 
     m     m     m  

 

 

At 1 January 2011

     712        (137     575   

Exchange translation adjustments

     (1     1          

Transferred to NAMA during 2011

     (573     309        (264

Reclassification in/out and
other movements(1)

     (138     (139     (277

Impairment charge during 2011

            (34     (34

 

 

At 31 December 2011

             –                 
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes changes in eligible loans and receivables transferring during 2011, along with movements in the number of loans and receivables within the eligible pool.

There were no loans classified as held for sale or transferring to NAMA in 2012.

d  Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

At 31 December 2012, disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale comprise non-current assets and non-current liabilities held for sale. These mainly include loans and receivables, but also included within this caption is AIB’s investment in Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited (“ALH”).

Disposal groups and non-current assets/liabilities are shown as single line items in the statement of financial position with no re-presentation of comparatives. An analysis of the components of these single line items is set out below:

 

        2012              2011  
   

 

 

    

 

 

 
        Assets
m
         Liabilities
m
             Assets
m
         Liabilities
m
 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and receivables(1):

                    

Customers

      353                         1,122             

Banks

                              7             
      353                       1,129             

Associated undertakings(2)(3)

      12                       12             

Other:

                    

Repossessed assets

                              3             

Equity investment at fair value through
profit or loss(3)

      196                                     

AIB Investment Managers(4)

                              23             

Other

                (5)             2           1 (5) 
      196                       28           1   

 

    

 

 

 

Total disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

           561                            1,169           1   
 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Loans and receivables held for sale are net of provisions of 122 million (31 December 2011: 9 million) (note j).

(2)Associated undertakings include LaGuardia Hotel 12 million at 31 December 2012 and ALH 12 million at 31 December 2011.

(3)AIB’s investment in ALH is now held as an equity investment and has been designated as at fair value through profit or loss (note 35 to the consolidated financial statements).

(4)AIB Investment Managers was disposed of during 2012 resulting in a gain of 2 million.

(5)Liabilities of Nil (31 December 2011: 1 million) which relates to deposits from banks.

Further details of loans and receivables held for sale are set out in the Risk management section of this report.

 

 

 

    350


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

e  Trading portfolio financial assets      

2012 

        2011 
 

 

 

Debt securities:

       

Government securities

      –           24    

Bank eurobonds

      –             

Other debt securities

      22           24    
      22           54    

Equity securities

                 

 

 
      24           56    
 

 

 
       

2012 

        2011 
 

 

 

Of which listed:

       

Debt securities

      22           54    

Equity securities

                 

Of which unlisted:

       

Equity securities

                 

 

 
              24           56    
 

 

 

 

 

 

351    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

f  Derivative financial instruments

Details of derivative transactions entered into and their purpose are described in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents the notional principal amount together with the positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts for 2012 and 2011.

 

                  

2012

m

    

2011

m

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts(1)

               

Notional principal amount

               132,053         149,886   

Positive fair value

               2,576         2,888   

 

 

Exchange rate contracts(1)

               

Notional principal amount

               7,539         7,545   

Positive fair value

               71         45   

 

 

Equity contracts(1)

               

Notional principal amount

               3,833         3,962   

Positive fair value

               121         92   

 

 

Credit derivatives(1)

               

Notional principal amount

               114         216   

Positive fair value

                         

 

 

Total notional principal amount

                     143,539               161,609   

Positive fair value

               2,768         3,025   
            

 

 

 

(1)Interest rate, exchange rate and credit derivative contracts are entered into for both hedging and trading purposes. Equity contracts are entered into for trading purposes only.

The following table analyses the notional principal amount and positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts by residual maturity:

 

                  Residual maturity  
  

 

 

 
    

< 1 year

m

    

1 < 5 years  

m  

    5 years +
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

2012

          

Notional principal amount

     71,897         36,529          35,113         143,539   

Positive fair value

     463         1,270          1,035         2,768   

 

 
                  Residual maturity  
  

 

 

 
    

< 1 year

m

    

1 < 5 years  

m  

    5 years +
m
    

Total

m

 

 

 

2011

          

Notional principal amount

     77,779         41,766          42,064         161,609   

Positive fair value

     275         1,167          1,583         3,025   

 

 

 

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has the following concentration of exposures in respect of notional principal amount and positive fair value of interest rate, exchange rate, equity and credit derivative contracts. The concentrations are based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

    

     Notional principal amount       Positive fair value  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    

2012

m

    

2011  

m  

   

2012

m

    

2011

m

 

 

   

 

 

 

Republic of Ireland

     140,364         156,983          2,356         2,553   

United Kingdom

     2,571         3,321          377         413   

United States of America

     604         1,305          35         59   

Rest of World

             –                    

 

   

 

 

 
         143,539         161,609          2,768         3,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

    352


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

f  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

The following table shows the notional principal amount and the fair value of derivative financial instruments analysed by product and purpose as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 

                           2012                                     2011  
  

 

 

   

 

 
     Notional           Fair value        Notional           Fair value  
     principal           Assets         Liabilities              principal           Assets          Liabilities  
   amount                                amount                         
     m           m         m              m           m          m  

 

   

 

 

Derivatives held for trading

                            

Interest rate derivatives - over the counter (OTC)

                            

Interest rate swaps

     24,987            1,383          (1,623)             38,783            1,763           (1,944)   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     1,826            80          (68)             2,193            70           (115)   

Forward rate agreements

                         –              1,122            1           (1)   

Interest rate options

     1,015            9          (9)             1,765            14           (11)   

Total OTC interest rate contracts

     27,828            1,472          (1,700)             43,863            1,848           (2,071)   

Interest rate derivatives - exchange traded

                            

Interest rate futures

     124                     –              4,605                        

 

   

 

 

Interest rate contracts total

     27,952            1,472          (1,700)             48,468            1,848           (2,071)   

 

   

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives (OTC)

                            

Foreign exchange contracts

     7,320            69          (19)             7,279            41           (95)   

Currency options bought and sold

     219            2          (2)             266            4           (4)   

 

   

 

 

Foreign exchange derivatives total

     7,539            71          (21)             7,545            45           (99)   

 

   

 

 

Equity derivatives (OTC)

                            

Equity index options

     3,833            121          (123)             3,962            92           (95)   

 

   

 

 

Equity index contracts total

     3,833            121          (123)             3,962            92           (95)   

 

   

 

 

Credit derivatives (OTC)

                            

Credit derivatives

     69                     (20)             171                      (109)   

 

   

 

 

Credit derivatives contracts total

     69                     (20)             171                      (109)   

 

   

 

 

Total trading contracts

     39,393            1,664          (1,864)             60,146            1,985           (2,374)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges (OTC)

                            

Interest rate swaps

     34,110            352          (732)             55,300            254           (656)   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

                         –                                     

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (OTC)

                            

Interest rate swaps

     67,621            729          (850)             40,083            773           (751)   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

     2,370            23          (94)             6,035            13           (279)   

Currency swaps

                         –                                     

Credit default swaps

     45                     (1)             45                      (1)   

 

   

 

 

Total hedging contracts

     104,146            1,104          (1,677)             101,463            1,040           (1,687)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

         143,539            2,768 (1)        (3,541)(2 )         161,609            3,025 (1)         (4,061) (2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

(1)Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of 293 million (2011: 356 million).

(2)Includes amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of 485 million (2011: 448 million).

 

 

 

353    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

f  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Cash flow hedges

The table below sets out the hedged cash flows which are expected to occur in the following periods:

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1
and 2 years
     Between 2
and 5 years
     More than
5 years
         Total  
     m      m      m      m          m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     82         25         71         36           214   

Forecast payable cash flows

     18         16         78         41           153   

 

 
                                     2011  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than          Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years             
     m      m      m      m          m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     218         59         133         60           470   

Forecast payable cash flows

     116         58         180         115           469   

 

 

 

The table below set out the hedged cash flows, including amortisation of terminated cashflow hedges, which are expected to impact the income statement in the following periods:

   

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than          Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years             
     m      m      m      m          m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     82         25         71         36           214   

Forecast payable cash flows

     48         45         126         57           276   

 

 
                                     2011  
  

 

 

 
     Within 1 year      Between 1      Between 2      More than          Total  
            and 2 years      and 5 years      5 years             
     m      m      m      m          m  

 

 

Forecast receivable cash flows

     248         86         192         88           614   

Forecast payable cash flows

     116         58         180         116           470   

 

 
g  Loans and receivables to banks            

2012

m

        

2011

m

 

 

 

Funds placed with central banks

              89           405   

Funds placed with other banks

              31,199           35,627   

Provision for impairment

              (4        (4

 

 
              31,284           36,028   
           

 

 

 

Of which:

                

Due from third parties

              1,575           2,587   

Due from subsidiary undertakings(1)

  

        29,709           33,441   
              31,284           36,028   

 

 

Amounts include:

                

Reverse repurchase agreements

              61           59   

 

 
                          2012          2011  
Loans and receivables to banks by geographical area(2)             m          m  

 

 

Republic of Ireland

              29,530           31,894   

United States of America

              4           7   

United Kingdom

              1,750           4,125   

Poland

                        2   

 

 
                  31,284           36,028   
           

 

 

 

(1)Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings may include repurchase agreements.

(2)The classification of loans and receivables to banks by geographical area is based primarily on the location of the office recording the transaction.

Loans and receivables to banks include cash collateral of 1,186 million (2011: 1,838 million) placed with derivative counterparties in relation to net derivative positions (note f).

 

 

 

    354


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

 

h  Loans and receivables to customers   

2012 

           

2011 

 

 

 

Loans and receivables to customers

     47,559               50,964    

Amounts receivable under finance leases and
hire purchase contracts (note i)

     456               521    

Unquoted debt securities

     224               786    

Provisions for impairment (note j)

     (11,005)              (10,197)   

 

 
         37,234               42,074    
  

 

 

 

Of which:

          

Due from third parties

     25,343               30,206    

Due from subsidiary undertakings(1)

     11,891               11,868    
     37,234               42,074    

 

 

Of which repayable on demand or at short notice

     24,195               19,410    

Amounts include:

          

Due from associated undertakings

     –                 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings may include repurchase agreements.

  

 

i   Amounts receivable under finance leases and hire purchase contracts

The following balances principally comprise of leasing arrangements involving vehicles, plant, machinery and equipment.

 

  

  

    

2012 

           

2011 

 

 

 

Gross receivables

          

Not later than 1 year

     131               163    

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

     362               392    

Later than 5 years

     11               20    

 

 
     504               575    

Unearned future finance income

     (50)              (56)   

Deferred costs incurred on origination

                    

 

 

Total

     456               521    
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments analysed by residual maturity

          

Not later than 1 year

     130               160    

Later than one year and not later than 5 years

     317               345    

Later than 5 years

                  16    

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

           456                     521    
  

 

 

 

Provision for uncollectible minimum payments receivable(1)

     104               104    

Net investment in new business

     155               158    

 

 

(1)Included in the provisions for impairment on loans and receivables to customers (note j).

 

 

 

355    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

j   Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

The following table shows provisions for impairment on loans and receivables (both to banks and customers) and also includes loans and receivables within disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale. The classification of loans and receivables into corporate/commercial, residential mortgages, and other relates to classification used in the Group’s ratings tools and are explained in the ‘Risk management’ section of this report.

 

    

2012

 
  

 

 

 
     Corporate/     Residential              Other          Total  
    

Commercial

m

   

mortgages

m

         m          m  

 

 

At 1 January 2012

     9,367        174           669           10,210   

Exchange translation adjustments

     (4                         (4

Transfers(1)

     29        (17                  12   

Charge against income statement

     1,179        (6        180           1,353   

Amounts written off

     (341     (4        (90        (435

Disposals

     (6                         (6

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     1                            1   

 

 

At 31 December 2012

             10,225        147           759           11,131   
  

 

 

 

Total provisions are split as follows:

              

Specific

     9,672        125           695           10,492   

IBNR

     553        22           64           639   

 

 
     10,225        147           759           11,131   
  

 

 

 

Amounts include:

              

Loans and receivables to banks (note g)

                 4   

Loans and receivables to customers (note h)

                 11,005   

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note d)

                 122   

 

 
                     11,131   
              

 

 

 

(1)Includes transfers from provisions for liabilities and commitments.

  

     2011  
  

 

 

 
     Corporate/     Residential              Other          Total  
     Commercial
m
    mortgages
m
         m          m  

 

 

At 1 January 2011

     5,267        146           527           5,940   

Exchange translation adjustments

     14        1                     15   

Charge against income statement

     4,929        143           234           5,306   

Amounts written off

     (536     (10        (92        (638

Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years

     2                            2   

Provisions on loans and receivables transferred to NAMA

     (309                         (309

Provisions on mortgage business transferred to subsidiary

            (106                  (106

 

 

At 31 December 2011

     9,367        174           669           10,210   
  

 

 

 

Total provisions are split as follows:

              

Specific

     8,144        109           516           8,769   

IBNR

     1,223        65           153           1,441   

 

 
              9,367        174           669           10,210   
  

 

 

 

Amounts include:

              

Loans and receivables to banks (note g)

                 4   

Loans and receivables to customers (note h)

                 10,197   

Loans and receivables of disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale (note d)

                 9   

 

 
                     10,210   
              

 

 

 

 

 

 

    356


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

k   NAMA senior bonds

During 2011 and 2010, AIB received NAMA senior bonds and NAMA subordinated bonds as consideration for loans and receivables transferred to NAMA.

The following table provides a movement analysis of the NAMA senior bonds:

    

2012

m

   

2011

m

 

 

 

At 1 January

     19,509        7,869   

Purchased from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation

                11,854   

Additions

            769   

Net returns

     (136     (165

Amortisation of discount

     104        68   

Repayments

     (2,395     (886

 

 

 

At 31 December

       17,082        19,509   
  

 

 

 

l    Financial investments available for sale

The following table gives at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, the carrying value (fair value) of financial investments available for sale by major classifications together with the unrealised gains and losses:

 

     2012  
  

 

 

 
     Fair value       Unrealised      Unrealised     Net unrealised     Tax effect     Net  
         

gross gains

m

    

gross losses

m

   

gains/(losses)

m

    m    

after tax

m

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

              

Irish Government securities

     7,172          496         (1     495        (62     433   

Euro government securities

     1,754          153         (4     149        (18     131   

Non Euro government securities

     666          95                95        (12     83   

Supranational banks and government agencies

     1,682          55                55        (7     48   

Collateralised mortgage obligations

     22                  (6     (6     1        (5

Other asset backed securities

     920          1         (140     (139     17        (122

Euro bank securities

     2,195          50         (11     39        (5     34   

Non Euro bank securities

     126          3                3               3   

Euro corporate securities

     87          6         (3     3        (1     2   

Non Euro corporate securities

     193          17                17        (4     13   

Other investments

     12                                         

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     14,829          876         (165     711        (91     620   

Equity securities

              

Equity securities - NAMA subordinated bonds

     45                                         

Equity securities - other

     56          4         (8     (4     1        (3

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial investment available for sale

         14,930          880         (173     707        (90     617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

357    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

l   Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

     2011   
  

 

 

 
    

Fair value 

 

    

Unrealised
 gross gains

m

    

Unrealised
gross losses

m

   

Net unrealised
gains/(losses)

m

   

Tax effect

 

m

   

Net 
after tax 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities

              

Irish Government securities

     4,861                  (330     (330     41        (289)   

Euro government securities

     1,830          101         (62     39        (5     34    

Non Euro government securities

     696          95         (3     92        (12     80    

Supranational banks and government agencies

     1,147          10         (1     9        (1       

Collateralised mortgage obligations

     509                  (12     (12     2        (10)   

Other asset backed securities

     1,210                  (353     (353     44        (309)   

Euro bank securities

     2,054          15         (92     (77     10        (67)   

Non Euro bank securities

     424          4         (2     2                 

Euro corporate securities

     110          4         (6     (2            (2)   

Non Euro corporate securities

     279          15         (5     10        (2       

Other investments

     12                                       –    

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     13,132          244         (866     (622     77        (545)   

Equity securities

              

Equity securities - NAMA subordinated bonds

     127                                       –    

Equity securities - other

     77          5         (21     (16     3        (13)   

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial investments available for sale

         13,336          249         (887     (638     80        (558)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale financial investments with unrealised losses have been assessed for impairment based on the credit risk profile of the counterparties involved. Impairment losses on debt securities of Nil (2011: 164 million) and 79 million (2011: 111 million) on equity securities have been recognised.

Analysis of movements in financial investments available for sale

 

     2012        2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
    

Debt
securities

m

   

Equity
securities

m

   

Total  

 

m  

    

Debt
securities

m

   

Equity
securities

m

   

Total 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 1 January

     13,132        204        13,336           19,082        237        19,319    

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

            (18     (18)                        –    

Exchange translation adjustments

                   –           (13     (1     (14)   

Purchases

     4,516        6        4,522           2,321        57        2,378    

Additions(1)

                   –                  18        18    

NAMA subordinated bonds - additions

                   –                  14        14    

Return of NAMA subordinated bonds

            (3     (3)                 (3     (3)   

Sales

     (2,249     (24     (2,273)          (3,903     (34     (3,937)   

Maturities

     (2,047            (2,047)          (4,314            (4,314)   

Provisions for impairment

            (79     (79)          (164     (111     (275)   

Amortisation of discounts net of premiums

     21               21           (3            (3)   

Movement in unrealised gains

     1,456        15        1,471           126        27        153    

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

          14,829        101        14,930           13,132        204        13,336    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

             

Listed

     14,817        53        14,870           13,120        48        13,168    

Unlisted

     12        48        60           12        156        168    

 

    

 

 

 
     14,829        101        14,930               13,132        204        13,336    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Additions relate to transfers from loans and receivables arising from debt/equity restructures and other additions.

 

 

 

    358


Table of Contents
   

 

 

l    Financial investments available for sale (continued)

 

Debt securities analysed by remaining contractual maturity   

2012

m

    2011
m
 

 

 

 

Due within one year

     798        2,007   

After one year, but within five years

     7,912        5,633   

After five years, but within ten years

     4,715        3,349   

After ten years

     1,404        2,143   

 

 
         14,829        13,132   
  

 

 

 
m    Investments in Group undertakings   

2012

m

   

2011

m

 

 

 

Equity

    

At 1 January

     1,691        1,897   

Additions(1)

     600        3,637   

Liquidations

     (6     (7

Reclassification to disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

            (35

Reversal of impairment/(impairment)

     150        (3,801 )(2) 

 

 

At 31 December

     2,435        1,691   
  

 

 

 

Subordinated debt

    

At 1 January

     670        660   

Redeemed

     (370       

Exchange translation adjustments

            10   

 

 

At 31 December

     300        670   
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,735        2,361   
  

 

 

 

Of which:

    

Credit institutions

     2.348        1,598   

Other

     387        763   

 

 

Total – all unquoted

     2,735        2,361   
  

 

 

 

(1)In 2012, additions include 400 million investment in EBS Limited and 200 million investment in AIB Mortgage Bank. In 2011, additions relate to investments (cash) in subsidiaries of 2,660 million, non-cash investments of 742 million in EBS and 235 million in Anglo IOM.

(2)An impairment charge of 12 million was made for AIB Investment Managers Limited in 2011 which was classified as held for sale and not included here (note d).

The investments in Group undertakings are included in the financial statements on an historical cost basis.

Letters of financial support

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has provided letters of financial support to the Board of Directors of the following subsidiaries: AIB Mortgage Bank; EBS Limited; AIB Group (UK) plc; AIB Holdings (NI) Limited and AIB UK Loan Management Limited.

Impairment losses reversed/recognised in Group undertakings

At both 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, the carrying value of investments in subsidiary undertakings of the parent company, Allied Irish Banks p.l.c., was reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of assets. These impairment reviews were carried out for the purpose of the parent’s separate financial statements where the accounting policy is to carry investments in subsidiaries at cost less provisions for impairment.

During 2012 and 2011, there was a requirement for the parent company to inject additional capital into certain subsidiaries arising from further losses which had been incurred. This necessitated an impairment review in accordance with the methodology set out below as there were indications that impairment losses may have occurred.

In respect of each of the subsidiaries set out below, an impairment reversal/(impairment loss) was calculated by comparing its carrying value to the recoverable amount based on value-in-use calculations. Each subsidiary was determined to be a cash generating unit.

In determining value-in-use, the expected pre-tax cash flows are discounted at an appropriate risk adjusted interest rate, both of which require the exercise of judgement. The discounted cash flows model calculates the present value of estimated future earnings attributable to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. as the shareholder. The estimation of pre-tax cash flows is sensitive to the periods for which forecasts are available and to assumptions as to long term growth rates.

 

 

 

359    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

m  Investments in Group undertakings (continued)

Impairment losses recognised in Group undertakings

The key assumptions used for determining value-in-use for each subsidiary are as follows:

AIB Mortgage Bank

During 2012, AIB invested a further 200 million into AIB Mortgage Bank. Arising from this capital injection, AIB reviewed its investment for impairment. The recoverable amount of the investment was determined using cash flow projections based on financial plans approved by management and covering a three year period up to 31 December 2015 with a terminal growth rate of 2% applied into perpetuity. The forecast cash flows were discounted at a rate of 11%. Based on these assumptions, the carrying value of the investment is in line with the forecast cash flows. Therefore, no impairment loss has been recognised (2011: impairment loss of 994 million).

The results of this valuation are sensitive to changes in the growth and discount rates. Increasing the discount rate to 12% and reducing the growth rate into perpetuity from 2015 to 1% would result in an impairment loss of 161 million. If the discount rate was reduced to 10% and the growth rate increased to 3% from 2015, the impairment loss would reverse by 294 million.

AIB Holdings (N.I.) Limited

The net asset value of AIB Holdings (N.I.) Limited is negative following the impairment in 2011 of its investment in AIB Group UK p.l.c.. Accordingly, the investment by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. in AIB Holdings (N.I) Limited was written down to Nil in 2011 arising from the negative asset value in this subsidiary. There was no change to the valuation in 2012 arising from the impairment review.

AIB UK Loan Management Limited

The carrying value of the investment in AIB UK Loan Management Limited was written down to Nil in 2011 as it is expected that the business will be wound up in the next twelve to twenty four months, with no residual value. This subsidiary received a capital injection of Stg£ 580 million in December 2011 which is available to cover forecasted losses in winding up the business.

EBS Limited (“EBS”)

100% of the share capital of EBS was acquired for a consideration of 1 on 1 July 2011. The transaction was accounted for under the carrying value basis resulting in a capital contribution of 742 million (see Parent company note ‘x’). This Day 1 capital contribution was recorded as an investment in the subsidiary in the books of Allied Irish Banks p.l.c..

During 2012, AIB invested 400 million in this subsidiary. Impairment reviews were carried out both at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011. At 31 December 2012, the recoverable amount of the investment was determined using cash flow projections based on financial plans approved by management and covering a three year period up to 31 December 2015 with a terminal growth rate of 2% applied into perpetuity. The forecast cash flows have been discounted at a rate of 11%. Based on these assumptions, AIB reversed an impairment loss amounting to 150 million in EBS Limited, which had been recognised in 2011. This impairment reversal arose from an appreciable increase in the carrying value of the subsidiary’s available for sale debt securities portfolio due to changed market conditions. At 31 December 2011, AIB recognised an impairment loss of 1,042 million using the same methodology as in 2012.

The results of this valuation are sensitive to increases in the growth and decreases in the discount rate. If the discount rate was reduced to 10% and the growth rate increased to 3% from 2015, the impairment loss would reduce by a further 164 million.

Principal subsidiary undertakings incorporated in the Republic of Ireland

 

    

Nature of business

 

 

AIB Mortgage Bank*    Issue of Mortgage Covered Securities
EBS Limited*    Mortgages and savings

 

*Group interest is held directly by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

The above subsidiary undertakings are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland and are wholly-owned unless otherwise stated.

The issued share capital of each undertaking is denominated in ordinary shares.

All regulated banking entities are subject to regulations which require them to maintain capital ratios at agreed levels and so govern the availability of funds available for distribution.

AIB Mortgage Bank

AIB Mortgage Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. Its principal purpose is to issue mortgage covered securities for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property in accordance with the Asset Covered Securities Acts, 2001 and 2007.

On 13 February 2006, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. transferred to AIB Mortgage Bank its Irish branch originated residential mortgage business, amounting to 13.6 billion in mortgage loans.

In March 2006, AIB Mortgage Bank launched a 15 billion Mortgage Covered Securities Programme. The Programme was subsequently increased to 20 billion in 2009.

 

 

 

    360   


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

m  Investments in Group undertakings (continued)

Principal subsidiary undertakings incorporated in the Republic of Ireland

On 25 February 2011, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. transferred substantially all of its mortgage intermediary originated Irish residential loans, related security and related business of approximately 4.2 billion to AIB Mortgage Bank. The transfer was effected pursuant to the statutory transfer mechanism provided for in the Asset Covered Securities Acts.

Under an Outsourcing and Agency Agreement dated 8 February 2006, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., as Service Agent for the AIB Mortgage Bank, originates residential mortgage loans through its retail branch network and intermediary channels in the Republic of Ireland, services the mortgage loans and provides treasury services in connection with financing, as well as a range of other support services.

As at 31 December 2012, the total amount of principal outstanding in respect of mortgage covered securities issued was 10.3 billion (2011: 12.4 billion) of which 3.3 billion was held by debt investors (2011: 2.8 billion), 1 billion by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (2011: 3.2 billion) and 6 billion was self issued to AIB Mortgage Bank (2011: 6.4 billion). The bonds issued to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and to AIB Mortgage Bank were held by the Central Bank of Ireland under sale and repurchase agreements at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011. At the same date, the total amount of principal outstanding in the covered assets pool including mortgage loans and cash was 17.3 billion (2011: 19.1 billion).

EBS Limited (“EBS”)

EBS, which is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland, became a wholly owned subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. on 1 July 2011. Prior to becoming part of AIB Group, EBS had traded as a building society for over 75 years. In May 2010, EBS was recapitalised by the Minister for Finance (‘the Minister’) in an amount of 875 million, and, in March 2011, the Minister announced that EBS Building Society was to be merged with AIB Group to form one of the two ‘pillar banks’ in Ireland. Accordingly, on 1 July 2011, EBS Building Society underwent a demutualisation pursuant to an acquisition conversion scheme under the Building Societies Act 1989 (as amended), the effect of which was that the building society became a limited company and obtained a banking licence. The special investment shares that had been invested in EBS Building Society by the Irish Government converted into 625 million of ordinary shares held by the Minister, who transferred the entire issued share capital ( 625 million ordinary shares) in EBS to AIB on 1 July 2011. Under and in accordance with the Building Societies Act 1989 (as amended), on the conversion of EBS Building Society to EBS Limited, the business, property, rights and liabilities of EBS Building Society vested in EBS Limited. AIB operates EBS as a standalone, separately branded subsidiary of AIB with its own branch network. EBS will continue to operate as a mortgage and savings business.

EBS Group had consolidated total assets of 16 billion as at 31 December 2012, EBS has a countrywide network of 82 outlets, comprising 14 branches, 42 tied branch agencies and 26 tied agencies in Ireland. EBS also has a direct telephone based distribution division, EBS Direct. EBS offers residential mortgages and savings products, together with life and property insurance on an agency basis. It had a 0.7 per cent. share of the retail savings market in 2012 and an 11 per cent. share of outstanding retail mortgage balances. At 31 December 2012, the Tier 1 and total capital ratios for EBS were 8.62 per cent. and 9.87 per cent., respectively.

In December 2007, EBS established Haven Mortgages Limited (‘Haven’), a wholly owned subsidiary focused on mortgage distribution through the intermediary market which, prior to 2005, had not been part of its target market. Haven is authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland as a retail credit firm under Part V of the Central Bank Act 1997 (as amended). Haven has its own board of directors and the autonomy to grow and establish its business around the needs of its customer (the intermediary). Haven offers a full range of prime mortgages.

In December 2008, EBS established EBS Mortgage Finance, a wholly owned subsidiary which is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. EBS Mortgage Finance is a designated mortgage credit institution for the purposes of the Asset Covered Securities Acts 2001 and 2007 (as amended) and also holds a banking licence. Its purpose is to issue Mortgage Covered Securities for the financing of loans secured on residential property in accordance with the Asset Covered Securities legislation. Such loans may be made directly by EBS Mortgage Finance or may be purchased from EBS and other members of the EBS Group or third parties. On 1 December 2008, 1 June 2009, 1 May 2010 and 1 November 2011, EBS transferred to EBS Mortgage Finance certain Irish residential loans and related security held by it and certain of its Irish residential loan business related to such loans and security. The aggregate book value of the Irish residential loans transferred was approximately 3.41 billion in respect of the transfer on 1 December 2008; 1.74 billion in respect of the transfer on 1 June 2009; 803 million in respect of the transfer on 1 May 2010; and 2.49 billion in respect of the transfer on 1 November 2011. As at 31 December 2012, the total amount of principal outstanding in the covered assets pool, including mortgage loans and cash was 5.8 billion (2011: 6.8 billion).

In December 2008, EBS Mortgage Finance launched a 6 billion Mortgage Covered Securities Programme. As at 31 December 2012, the total amount of principal outstanding in respect of the mortgage covered securities issued was 3.15 billion (2011: 3.6 billion) of which 0.05 billion was held by debt investors. The remaining 3.1 billion was issued to EBS.

 

 

 

361    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

m  Investments in Group undertakings (continued)

Principal subsidiary undertaking incorporated outside the Republic of Ireland

 

    

Nature of business

 

 

 

AIB Group (UK) p.l.c.

   Banking and financial services

trading as First Trust Bank in Northern Ireland

trading as Allied Irish Bank (GB) in Great Britain

  

Registered office: 4 Queen’s Square, Belfast, BT1 3DJ

  

 

The above subsidiary undertaking is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.. The registered office is located in the principal country of operation. The issued share capital is denominated in ordinary shares.

In presenting details of the principal subsidiary undertakings, the exemption permitted by the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992, has been availed of and, in accordance with the regulations, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. will annex a full listing of subsidiary undertakings to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

Guarantees given to subsidiaries by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

Each of the companies listed below, and consolidated into these accounts, have availed of the exemption from filing its individual accounts as set out in Section 17 of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986. In accordance with the Act, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has irrevocably guaranteed the liabilities of these subsidiaries.

 

AIB Capital Markets plc    Traprop Limited
AIB Corporate Banking Limited    Jonent Downs Limited
AIB Corporate Finance Limited    Skonac
AIB Holdings (Ireland) Limited    Skobar
AIB Finance Limited    Skodell
Allied Irish Leasing Limited    Skovale
AIB International Leasing Limited    Skopek
AIB Leasing Limited    Skobio
AIB Services Limited    Wallkav Limited
AIB Venture Capital Limited    Marro Properties Limited
Allied Combined Trust Limited    Ammonite Limited
Allied Irish Banks (Holdings & Investments) Limited    AIB Capital Exchange Offering 2009 Limited
Allied Irish Finance Limited    AIB European Investments Limited
Allied Irish Nominees Limited    P B Nominees Limited
Eyke Limited    Alibank Nominees Limited
First Venture Fund Limited    AIB Combined Leasing Limited
Hengram Limited    Radstock Limited
The Hire Purchase Company of Ireland Limited    Rushwood Holdings Limited
Blogram Limited    The Royal Bank of Ireland Limited
Sanditon Limited    The Munster and Leinster Bank Limited
S. & M. (Limerick) Limited    Mezzanine Management Limited
AIB International Finance    Fullplex Management Company Limited
AIB Investment Company    AIB Investment Services Limited
General Estates and Trust Company Limited    AIB Financial Services Limited
AIB Limited    AIB Insurance Services Limited
Commdec Limited    AIB 24 Hour Services Limited
Dohcar Limited    AIB Telephone Services Limited
Dohhen Limited    AIB Commercial Finance Limited
Kavwall Limited    AIB Debt Management Limited

 

 

 

    362


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

m  Investments in Group undertakings (continued)

Acquisition of subsidiary

Included in the Group’s consolidated loans and receivables to customers is 3,539 million (2011: 3,899 million) of loans held through securitisation vehicles Emerald No.4, Emerald No.5 and Mespil 1 RMBS Limited. These were acquired by AIB as part of the acquisition of EBS Limited.

Emerald Mortgages No.4 plc

The total carrying amount of the original residential mortgages transferred by EBS Limited to Emerald Mortgages No.4 plc (‘Emerald 4’) as part of the securitisation amounts to 1,500 million. The amount of transferred secured loans that the Group has recognised at 31 December 2012 is 868 million. The carrying amount of the bonds issued by Emerald 4 to third party investors amounts to 846 million. The carrying amount of the loan note in EBS issued to Emerald 4 amounts to 872 million and is included within customer accounts (note r).

Emerald Mortgages No.5

The total carrying amount of original residential mortgages transferred by EBS Limited to Emerald Mortgages No.5 (‘Emerald 5’) as part of the securitisation amounts to 2,500 million. The amount of transferred secured loans that the Group has recognised at 31 December 2012 is 1,716 million. Bonds were issued by Emerald 5 to EBS but these are not shown in the Group’s financial statements, as these bonds are eliminated on consolidation.

Mespil 1 RMBS Limited (‘Mespil’)

The total carrying amount of secured loans that the Group has recognised as at 31 December 2012 is 955 million in relation to the transfers from EBS Limited and Haven Mortgages Limited. The bonds issued by Mespil to EBS are not shown in the Group’s financial statements, as these bonds are eliminated on consolidation.

 

     2012       2011  
n  Intangible assets    Software
m
     Other
m
     Total 
     Software
m
    Other
m
     Total
m
 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

                

At 1 January

     532         3         535          562        3         565   

Additions – internally generated

     59                 59          25                25   

                – externally purchased

     9                         6                6   

Amounts written off(1)

                     –          (46             (46)   

Disposals

                     –          (15             (15)   

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     600         3         603          532        3         535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortisation/impairment

                

At 1 January

     378         3         381          377        3         380   

Amortisation for the year

     52                 52          59                59   

Impairment for the year

     2                         3                3   

Amounts written off(1)

                     –          (46             (46)   

Disposals

                     –          (15             (15)   

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     432         3         435          378        3         381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December

         168                 168          154                154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Relates to assets which are no longer in use with a nil carrying value.

Internally generated intangible assets under construction amounted to: 44 million (31 December 2011: 30 million).

Internally generated software amounted to: 300 million (31 December 2011: 264 million).

 

 

 

363    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

o  Property, plant and equipment

 

     Property        Equipment        Total   
  

 

 

       
    

Freehold

 

 

m

   

Long

leasehold

 

m

   

Leasehold  

under 50  

years  

m  

     m         

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

            

At 1 January 2012

     125        85        84           407           701    

Reclassifications

     1        (1     –           –           –    

Additions

     1               7           24           32    

Disposals

     (1            (9)          (14)          (24)   

Amounts written off(1)

                   (1)          (2)          (3)   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

     126        84        81           415           706    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation/impairment

            

At 1 January 2012

     31        20        48           324           423    

Depreciation charge for the year

     4        2        8           25           39    

Impairment for the year

     2               –           –             

Disposals

                   (9)          (13)          (22)   

Amounts written off(1)

                   (1)          (2)          (3)   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

     37        22        46           334           439    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2012

     89        62        35           81                   267    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Property        Equipment        Total   
    

Freehold

 

 

m

    

Long
leasehold

 

m

   

Leasehold  
under 50  
years  

m  

     m         

 

    

 

 

 

Cost

             

At 1 January 2011

     118         82        85           416           701    

Reclassification from disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     1         3        –           –             

Additions

             1        4           11           16    

Transfer of business(2)

     6                –           –             

Disposals

             (1     (5)          (20)          (26)   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

     125         85        84           407                   701    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation/impairment

             

At 1 January 2011

     26         19        46           315           406    

Depreciation charge for the year

     4         2        6           27           39    

Transfer of business(2)

     1                –           –             

Disposals

             (1     (4)          (18)          (23)   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

     31         20        48           324           423    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at 31 December 2011

     94         65        36           83           278    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Relates to assets which are no longer in use with a Nil carrying value.

(2)Internal transfer from a subsidiary.

The net book value of property occupied by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. for its own activities was 185 million (2011: 195 million).

Property and equipment includes 2 million for items in the course of construction (2011:Nil).

 

 

 

    364


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

p  Deferred taxation   

2012

m

      

2011 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

       

Provision for impairment of loans and receivables

                 

Available for sale securities

               135    

Retirement benefits

     92           105    

Temporary difference on provisions for future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom plc (under Administration)

                 

Cash flow hedges

     8           –    

Unutilised tax losses

     2,800           2,513    

Other

     87             

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     2,987           2,758    
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Cash flow hedges

               (14)   

Assets used in business

     (15        (6)   

Available for sale securities

     (41        –    

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (56        (20)   
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     2,931           2,738    
  

 

 

 

Represented on the balance sheet as follows:

       

Deferred tax assets

       2,931           2,738    
  

 

 

 

For each of the years ended 31 December 2012 and 2011, full provision has been made for capital allowances and other temporary differences.

 

Analysis of movements in deferred taxation   

2012

m

      

2011 

 

 

 

At 1 January

     2,738           1,836    

Exchange translation and other adjustments

               (1)   

Deferred tax through other comprehensive income

     (66        97    

Income statement

     259           806    

 

 

At 31 December

       2,931           2,738    
  

 

 

 

Comments on the basis of recognition of deferred tax assets on unused tax losses are included in ‘Critical accounting policies and estimates’ on pages 46 and 47. Comments on the prospective regulatory capital treatment of deferred tax assets are included in ‘Risk factors’ on page 63.

At 31 December 2012, recognised deferred tax assets on tax losses and other temporary differences, net of deferred tax liabilities, totalled 2,931 million (2011: 2,738 million). The most significant tax losses arise in the Irish tax jurisdiction and their utilisation is dependent on future taxable profits.

Temporary differences recognised in other comprehensive income consist of deferred tax on available for sale securities, cash flow hedges and actuarial gains/losses on retirement benefit schemes. Temporary differences recognised in the income statement consist of provision for impairment of loans and receivables, amortised income, assets leased to customers, and assets used in the course of business.

 

 

 

365    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

q    Deposits by central banks and banks  

2012   

m   

              

2011

m

 

Central banks

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  19,760               26,966

Other borrowings

  –               302
  19,760              

 

27,268

Banks

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  5,414               4,706

Other borrowings

  14,215               14,176
  19,629              

 

18,882

 

 

 

  39,389   

               46,150

Of which:

            

Due to third parties

  25,752               32,675

Due to subsidiary undertakings(1)

  13,637               13,475
  39,389               46,150

Amounts include:

            

Due to related party

  –              

 

(1)Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings may include repurchase agreements.

Details of AIB’s sale and repurchase activity are set out in note 55 to the Group’s financial statements.

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has granted a floating charge over certain residential mortgage pools, the drawings against which were 90 million at 31 December 2012 (2011: Nil).

Financial assets pledged under existing agreements to repurchase, and providing access to future funding facilities with central banks and banks are detailed in the following table:

 

     2012       2011  
     Central      Banks      Total       Central      Banks      Total  
    

banks

m

     m          

banks

m

     m      m  

 

    

 

 

 

Total carrying value of financial assets pledged

     22,984         6,807         29,791          32,832         5,350         38,182   

Of which:

                 

Government securities(1)

     14,795         4,835         19,630          17,685         3,082         20,767   

Other securities

     8,189         1,972         10,161          15,147         2,268         17,415   

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Includes NAMA senior bonds.

 

 

 

    366


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

r   Customer accounts        2012   
 m   
         2011
 m
 

 

 

Current accounts

       12,193              11,522   

Demand deposits

       6,312              6,332   

Time deposits

       30,246              28,920   

 

 
       48,751              46,774   
  

 

 

Of which:

         

Non-interest bearing current accounts

         

Domestic offices

       11,633              10,147   

Foreign offices

       214              191   

Interest bearing deposits, current accounts and short-term borrowings

             

Domestic offices

          34,631                 33,970   

Foreign offices

       2,273              2,466   
   48,751              46,774   
  

 

 

Of which:

         

Due to third parties

       42,363              39,910   

Due to subsidiary undertakings(1)

       6,388              6,864   
       48,751              46,774   

Amounts include:

         

Due to associated undertakings

       1,259              1,373   

 

 
(1)Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings may include repurchase agreements.          
s   Debt securities in issue       

 

2012   
 m   

         2011
 m
 

 

 

Bonds and medium term notes:

         

European medium term note programme

       5,142              9,689   

Other debt securities in issue:

         

Commercial certificates of deposit

       –              213   

 

 
   5,142              9,902   
  

 

 
t   Other liabilities       

 

2012   
 m   

         2011
 m
 

 

 

Items in transit

       20              28   

Creditors

       3                

Future commitments in relation to the funding of Icarom(1)

       –              11   

Fair value of hedged liability positions

       165              128   

Other

       332              249   

 

 
   520              416   
  

 

 

(1)Obligations to Icarom were fully satisfied at 31 December 2012.

 

 

 

367    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

u  Provisions for liabilities and commitments

Voluntary severance programme

Details of the Group’s voluntary severance programme are set out in note 43 to the consolidated financial statements and these details apply equally to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. expects that total past service costs arising under the terms of the early retirement scheme will ultimately amount to  146 million, based on current best estimates (note b). This provision is included within pension scheme liabilities.

The cost of offering the voluntary severance scheme to eligible employees is estimated to amount to  112 million of which  35 million had been utilised at 31 December 2012. Therefore, a provision has been made amounting to  77 million at 31 December 2012 which is based on Managements’ best estimate of the amount required to settle the additional costs expected to arise from the scheme.

These provisions, totalling 258 million, have been netted with a curtailment gain of  29 million and included in termination benefits under administrative expenses (note a) in the income statement.

 

 

 

    368


Table of Contents
  Notes to the accounts – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.   LOGO

 

 

u Provisions for liabilities and commitments
    31 December 2012  
    Liabilities   
and   
charges   
    NAMA(1)
constructive   
obligation   
    NAMA(2)   
provisions     
    Onerous(3)
contracts   
    Legal claims      Other(4)
provisions   
    Voluntary
severance  
scheme  
    Total   
    m        m        m          m            m        m        

 

 

At 1 January

    24            –           298             6                  103           –          436    

Transfer out

    (8)           –           –             –           –         –           –          (8)   

Exchange translation adjustments

    –            –           –             –           –         1           –            

Amounts charged to income statement

    10(5)         –           18(2)          6                  54           112          201    

Amounts released to income statement

    (1)(5)        –           (88)(2)         (1)          (1)        (5)          –          (96)   

Provisions utilised

    (4)           –           (207)            (1)          –         (11)          (35)         (258)   

 

 

At 31 December

    21            –           21             10                  142           77          276    
 

 

 

 
   

 

2011

       
    Liabilities
and
charges
    NAMA(1)
constructive   
obligation   
    NAMA(2)
provisions   
    Onerous
contracts
    Legal claims     Other(2)
provisions   
    Total        

 

   
    m     m        m        m     m     m        m        

 

   

At 1 January

    17        293           –           3        4        69           386     

Acquisition of subsidiary(6)

           –           –                         73           73     

Amounts charged to income statement

    17 (4)      –           298         5        1        39           360     

Amounts released to income statement

           (146)          –           (2            (50)          (198  

Provisions utilised

    (10     (147)          –                         (28)          (185  

 

   

At 31 December

    24        –           298         6        5        103           436     
 

 

 

   

The total provisions for liabilities and commitments expected to be settled within one year amount to 230 million (31 December 2011 408 million).

1)At 31 December 2010, the transfer in 2011 of certain loans to NAMA at a discount was deemed unavoidable, accordingly a provision of 293 million being a constructive obligation was made for the expected discount.

(2)NAMA provisions represent amounts due to NAMA in respect of adjustments to transfers which had not been settled at 31 December 2011.   At 31 December 2012, 88 million of this provision was released to the income statement. This followed the resolution with NAMA of certain issues relating to transfers which had taken place in earlier periods. In addition, 18 million was charged to the income statement in respect of Section 93 claims i.e. new claims under the NAMA Act.

(3)Provisions for the unavoidable costs expected to arise from branch closures.

(4)Includes provisions for refunds to customers in respect of payment protection insurance, restructuring and reorganisation costs.

(5)Included in charge/(writeback) of provisions for liabilities and commitments in income statement.

(6)Relates to the acquisition of Anglo IOM.

 

 

 

 

369    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

v Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

All outstanding subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments of AIB Group are issued by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and are detailed in note 44 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

w Share capital

The share capital and share premium of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., are detailed in note 45 to the consolidated financial statements, all of which relates to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

 

x Capital reserves
    2012             2011      
 

 

   

 

 

   
   

Capital
contribution
reserves

            Other
capital
reserves
            Total             Capital
contribution
reserves
            Other
capital
reserves
            Total      
        m             m             m             m             m             m      

 

   

 

 

   

At 1 January

      1,855            156            2,011                       156            156     

Capital contributions:

                                   

Anglo business transfer (note 22)*

                                             1,498                           1,498       

EBS acquisition(1) (note 23)*

                                             742                           742       

CCNs issuance (note v)

                                             447                           447       
                                       2,687                       2,687     

Transfer to revenue reserves:

                                   

Anglo business transfer

      (187                        (187           (66)                           (66    

EBS acquisition

                                             (742)                           (742    

CCNs issuance (note v)

      (60                        (60           (24)                           (24    
      (247                    (247         (832)                       (832  

 

   

 

 

   

At 31 December

      1,608            156            1,764            1,855            156            2,011     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

*To the consolidated financial statements

(1)The capital contribution is higher for Group than at Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. level due to the elimination of negative mark to market on intercompany investments between Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and EBS.

The capital contributions are initially non-distributable but may become distributable as outlined in accounting policy number 28. The transfers to revenue reserves relate to the capital contributions being deemed distributable.

 

y Capital redemption reserves

All capital redemption reserves are held by Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. and are detailed in note 50 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

z Contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC

Capital contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC to Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. are detailed in note 51 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

    370


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

aa   Memorandum items: contingent liabilities and commitments, and contingent assets

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has given guarantees in respect of the liabilities of certain of its subsidiaries and has also given guarantees to the satisfaction of the relevant regulatory authorities for the protection of the depositors of certain of its banking subsidiaries in the various jurisdictions in which such subsidiaries operate (note m).

Details of contingent liabilities and commitments entered into by AIB Group are set out in note 53 to the consolidated financial statements.

The commentary on Legal proceedings, Contingent liability/contingent assets and Participation in TARGET 2 – Ireland, as set out in note 53 to the consolidated financial statements, applies also to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

The following tables give the nominal or contract amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.:

 

    

      Contract amount

     
          2012           2011       
          m                

 

   

Contingent liabilities - credit related

             

Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security:

             

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit

        761            1,218        

Other contingent liabilities

        334            357        
        1,095            1,575      

Commitments

             

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

        16            17        

Undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities

                   –        

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

                 

Less than 1 year(1)

        6,144            6,255        

1 year and over(2)

        1,530            1,997        
        7,690            8,269      

 

   
        8,785            9,844      
  

 

   

(1)An original maturity of up to and including 1 year or which may be cancelled at any time without notice.

(2)With an original maturity of more than 1 year.

 

     Contingent liabilities(1)     

        Commitments 

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012            2011            2012            2011   
     m            m            m             

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of exposure

           

Republic of Ireland

     848               1,073               7,517               7,859    

United Kingdom

     –               20               132               177    

United States of America

     247               475               41               185    

Rest of the world

     –               7               –               48    

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         1,095               1,575                7,690               8,269    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Included in exposures are amounts relating to Group subsidiaries of 27 million (2011: 50 million).

Masterscale grade

The credit ratings of contingent liabilities and commitments as at 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 are set out in the following table.

     2012          2011  
     m      m  

 

 

1 to 3

     3,596         5,147   

4 to 10

     2,832         2,609   

11 to 13

     1,646         1,496   

Unrated

     711         592   

 

 
         8,785         9,844   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

371    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

ab   Transfer of financial assets

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. enters into transactions in the normal course of business in which it transfers previously recognised financial assets. Transferred financial assets may, in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement:

(i)  continue to be recognised in their entirety; or
(ii)  be derecognised in their entirety but Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. retains some continuing involvement.

The most common transactions where the transferred assets are not derecognised in their entirety are sale and repurchase agreements. Details of these transactions are set out in note 55 to the consolidated financial statements and apply equally to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

(i)  Transferred financial assets not derecognised in their entirety

The following table sets out the carrying value of financial assets which did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

 

     2012   
     Carrying     Carrying      Fair      Fair      Net   
     amount of     amount of      value of      value of      position   
     transferred     associated      transferred      associated         
     assets     liabilities      assets      liabilities         
                  m      m       

 

 

Sale and repurchase agreements

     29,791 (1)      25,174         29,837         25,174         4,663    
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes NAMA senior bonds.

 

(ii) Transferred financial assets derecognised in their entirety but Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. retains some continuing involvement

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. has a continuing involvement in transferred financial assets where it retains any of the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred financial assets. Set out below are transactions in which Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. has a continuing involvement in financial assets transferred.

NAMA

Details in relation to the continuing involvement of assets transferred to NAMA by Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. are set out in note 55 to the consolidated financial statements. The carrying value of assets transferred during 2010 and 2011 amounted to 13,483 million, all of which were derecognised.

In 2012, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. recognised 16 million (cumulative 37 million) in the income statement for the servicing of all financial assets transferred to NAMA by the Group.

AIB Mortgage Bank

In 2011, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. transferred substantially all of its mortgage intermediary originated Irish residential loans, related security and related business of approximately 4.2 billion to AIB Mortgage Bank.

Under an Outsourcing and Agency Agreement dated 8 February 2006, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., as Service Agent for AIB Mortgage Bank, originates residential mortgage loans through its retail branch network and intermediary channels in the Republic of Ireland, services the mortgage loans and provides treasury services in connection with financing, as well as a range of other support services. In 2012, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. recognised 58 million (cumulative 280 million) in the income statement for the provision of services under this agreement.

 

 

 

    372


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

ac   Fair value of financial instruments

Details of the methodologies employed by AIB in measuring fair value are set out in note 56 to the consolidated financial statements.

Readers of these financial statements are advised to use caution when using the data in the following table to evaluate the financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. or to make comparisons with other institutions. Fair value information is not provided for items that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument. These items include intangible assets such as the value of the branch network and the long-term relationships with depositors, premises and equipment and shareholders’ equity. These items are material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company as a going concern at 31 December 2012.

 

                    31 December 2012        31 December 2011   
            Carrying            Fair          Carrying      Fair   
            amount            value        amount      value   
     Notes(1)      m            m        m       

 

    

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

              

Cash and balances at central banks

     a            1,076               1,076           1,067         1,067    

Items in course of collection

     a            95               95           100         100    

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

     c            549               435           1,128         944    

Trading portfolio financial assets

     b            24               24           56         56    

Derivative financial instruments

     b            2,768               2,768           3,025         3,025    

Loans and receivables to banks

     d            31,284               31,337           36,028         36,081    

Loans and receivables to customers

     e            37,234               34,759           42,074         38,427    

NAMA senior bonds

     f            17,082               17,139           19,509         19,711    

Financial investments available for sale

     b            14,930               14,930           13,336         13,336    

Fair value hedged asset positions

     g            –               –           13         –    

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits by central banks and banks

     h            39,389               39,439           46,150         46,161    

Customer accounts

     h            48,751               49,238           46,774         47,096    

Derivative financial instruments

     b            3,541               3,541           4,061         4,061    

Debt securities in issue

     i            5,142               5,207           9,902         8,801    

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

     i            1,271               1,650           1,209         1,120    

Fair value hedged liability positions

     g            165               –           128         –    

 

    

 

 

 

(1)A description of the fair value methodologies is detailed in note 56 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

373    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

ac   Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

The following table sets out, by financial instrument measured at fair value, the valuation methodologies(1) adopted in the financial statements as at 31 December 2012 and as at 31 December 2011.

 

    

2012

 
          Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
          m      m      m      m  

 

 

Financial assets

              

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

                        196         196   

Trading portfolio financial assets

        23         1                 24   

Derivative financial instruments

                2,768                 2,768   

Financial investments available for sale – debt securities

        14,753         64         12         14,829   

      – equity securities

        53         1         47         101   

 

 
        14,829         2,834         255         17,918   
  

 

 

Financial liabilities

              

Derivative financial instruments

                3,521         20         3,541   

 

 
                3,521         20         3,541   
  

 

 
          2011  
          Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
          m      m      m      m  

 

 

Financial assets

              

Trading portfolio financial assets

        50         6                 56   

Derivative financial instruments

                3,025                 3,025   

Financial investments available for sale – debt securities

        11,881         1,239         12         13,132   

      – equity securities

        48         10         146         204   

 

 
        11,979         4,280         158         16,417   
  

 

 

Financial liabilities

              

Derivative financial instruments

                3,952         109         4,061   

 

 
                3,952         109         4,061   
  

 

 

(1)Valuation methodologies in the fair value hierarchy:

  (a)  Level 1 – financial assets and liabilities measured using quoted market prices (unadjusted).
  (b)  Level 2 – financial assets and liabilities measured using valuation techniques which use observable market data.
  (c)  Level 3 – financial assets and liabilities measured using valuation techniques which use unobservable market data.

 

 

 

    374


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

ac   Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy

 

     2012        2011  
     Trading      Debt      Total        Trading      Debt      Total  
     portfolio      securities             portfolio      securities         
Financial assets    m      m      m        m      m      m  

 

    

 

 

 

Transfer into Level 1 from Level 2

             908         908                   61         61   

Transfer into Level 2 from Level 1

                     –                   178         178   

 

    

 

 

 

Transfers into Level 1 from Level 2 occurred due to increased availability of reliable quoted market prices which were not previously available.

Reconciliation of balances in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following tables show a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

 

    2012   
    Financial assets                 Financial liabilities    
    Trading     Derivatives     AFS     Total       Derivatives     Total   
    portfolio           Debt
securities
    Equity
securities
                   
    m     m     m     m     m       m      

 

   

 

 

 

At 1 January 2012

                  12        146        158          109        109    

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

                         196        196                 –    

Transfers out of level 3

                         (18     (18)                –    

Total gains or losses in:

             

Profit or loss

                         (78     (78)         39        39    

Other comprehensive income

                                –                 –    

Net NAMA subordinated bonds

                    (3     (3)                –    

Settlements

                                –          (128     (128)   

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2012

                  12        243        255          20        20    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3 occurred because of increased observability in the market prices of these instruments.

 

  

    2011   
    Financial assets                 Financial liabilities    
    Trading     Derivatives     AFS     Total       Derivatives     Total   
    portfolio           Debt     Equity                    
                securities     securities                    
    m     m     m     m     m       m      

 

   

 

 

 

At 1 January 2011

                  12        195        207          122        122    

Transfers out of Level 3

                                –          (4     (4)   

Total gains or losses in:

             

Profit or loss

                         (106     (106)         71        71    

Other comprehensive income

                         51        51          3          

Net NAMA subordinated bonds additions

                         11        11                 –    

Additions

                         18        18                 –    

Sales

                         (23     (23)                –    

Settlements

                                –          (83     (83)   

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011

                  12        146        158          109        109    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3 occurred because of increased observability in the market prices of these instruments.

 

 

 

375    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

ac   Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

Losses included in profit or loss for the year in the previous tables are presented in the income statement and are recognised as:

 

                                
       2012          2011  
     m          m  

 

 

Net trading loss

     (39        (71

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (78        (106

 

 

Total

       (117        (177
  

 

 

 

Losses for the year included in the income statement relating to financial assets and liabilities held at the end of the year:

 

   

       2012          2011  
     m          m  

 

 

Net trading income

     (6        (50

Provisions for impairment of financial investments available for sale

     (78        (106

 

 

Total

       (84        (156
  

 

 

 

Sensitivity of Level 3 measurements

The implementation of valuation techniques involves a considerable degree of judgement. While the Company believes its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different measurements or assumptions could lead to different fair values. The following table sets out the impact of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions, including the impact of changing credit spread assumptions for debt securities.

    2012  
    Level 3  
    Effect on income
statement
    Effect on other
comprehensive income
 
    Favourable     Unfavourable     Favourable     Unfavourable  
    m     m     m     m  

 

 

Classes of financial assets

       

Financial investments
available for sale – debt securities

                            

                                 – equity securities

           (45     140          

 

 

Total

           (45     140          
 

 

 

 

Classes of financial liabilities

       

Derivative financial instruments

    3        (3              

 

 

Total

    3        (3              
 

 

 

 

 

In relation to the investment in ALH which is designated as an equity investment at fair value through profit or loss (and categorised as held for sale) this transaction was concluded in March 2013 (note 69 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

   

    2011  
    Level 3  
    Effect on income
statement
    Effect on other
comprehensive income
 
    Favourable     Unfavourable     Favourable     Unfavourable  
    m     m     m     m  

 

 

Classes of financial assets

       

Financial investments
available for sale – debt securities

                           

                                 – equity securities

                  233        (54

 

 

Total

                  233        (54
 

 

 

 

Classes of financial liabilities

       

Derivative financial instruments

    58        (58              

 

 

Total

    58        (58              
 

 

 

 

Day 1 gain or loss:

No difference existed between the fair value at initial recognition of financial instruments and the amount that was determined at that date using a valuation technique incorporating significant unobservable data.

 

 

 

    376


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

ad   Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

The following table analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and financial liabilities by category as defined in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and by statement of financial position heading.

 

    2012  
    At fair value through
profit and loss
    At fair value
through equity
    At amortised
cost
    Total  
   

At fair value
through
profit and loss

m

   

Fair value
hedge
derivatives

m

    Cashflow
hedge
derivatives
m
    Available
for sale
securities
m
   

Loans

and
receivables
m

   

Other    

 

 

m    

    m  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets

             

Cash and balances at central banks

           –         –         –          558            518(1)        1,076   

Items in the course of collection

           –         –         –          95            –            95   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

    196 (2)      –         –         –          353            –            549   

Trading portfolio financial assets

    24        –         –         –          –            –            24   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

    1,664        352         752         –          –            –            2,768   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

           –         –         –          31,284            –            31,284   

Loans and receivables to customers(5)

           –         –         –          37,234            –            37,234   

NAMA senior bonds

           –         –         –          17,082            –            17,082   

Financial investments available for sale

           –         –         14,930          –            –            14,930   

Other financial assets

           –         –         –          –            418            418   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,884        352         752         14,930          86,606            936            105,460   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

             

Deposits by central banks and banks(6)

           –         –         –          –            39,389            39,389   

Customer accounts(7)

           –         –         –          –            48,751            48,751   

Derivative financial instruments(8)

    1,864        732         945         –          –            –            3,541   

Debt securities in issue(9)

           –         –         –          –            5,142            5,142   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

           –         –         –          –            1,271            1,271   

Other financial liabilities

           –         –         –          –            330            330   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,864        732         945         –          –            94,883            98,424   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

377    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

ad   Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

    2011  
    At fair value
through

profit and loss
    At fair value
through equity
    At amortised
cost
   

 

 
    Held for     Fair value      Cashflow     Available      Loans     Other         Total  
    trading     hedge      hedge     for sale      and              
          derivatives      derivatives     securities      receivables              
    m         m         m     m         m  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets

             

Cash and balances at central banks

           –                –         527        540(1)        1,067   

Items in the course of collection

           –                –         100        –            100   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

           –                –         1,129        –            1,129   

Trading portfolio financial assets

    56        –                –                –            56   

Derivative financial instruments(3)

    1,985        254         786        –                –            3,025   

Loans and receivables to banks(4)

           –                –         36,028        –            36,028   

Loans and receivables to customers(5)

           –                –         42,074        –            42,074   

NAMA senior bonds

           –                –         19,509        –            19,509   

Financial investments available for sale

           –                13,336                –            13,336   

Other financial assets

           –                –                600            600   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,041        254         786        13,336             99,367        1,140            116,924   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

             

Deposits by central banks and banks(6)

           –                –                46,150            46,150   

Customer accounts(7)

           –                –                46,774            46,774   

Derivative financial instruments(8)

    2,374        656         1,031        –                –            4,061   

Debt securities in issue(9)

           –                –                9,902            9,902   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

           –                –                1,209            1,209   

Other financial liabilities

           –                –                240            240   

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,374        656             1,031        –                104,275              108,336   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Comprises cash on hand.

(2)Designated on initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. All other financial assets/financial liabilities in this column are held for trading.

(3)Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of 293 million (2011: 356 million).

(4)Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of 29,709 million (2011: 33,441 million).

(5)Includes exposure to subsidiary undertakings of 11,891 million (2011: 11,868 million).

(6)Includes amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of 13,637 million (2011: 13,475 million).

(7)Includes amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of 6,388 million (2011: 6,864 million).

(8)Includes amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of 485 million (2011: 448 million).

(9)Includes amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of 46 million (2011: 47 million).

ae  Statement of cash flows

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition:

 

    

2012

m

     2011
m
    2010
m
 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

     1,076         1,067        2,007   

Loans and receivables to banks

     1,358         2,025        1,611   

 

 
         2,434         3,092        3,618   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    378


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

af   Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity

 

    2012  
    Repayable     3 months or less     1 year or less     5 years or less     Over    

Total

 
    on demand     but not repayable     but over     but over     5 years        
          on demand     3 months     1 year              
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial assets

           

Financial assets of disposal groups(1)(3)

    237               17        26        195        475   

Trading portfolio financial assets(1)

           2               15        5        22   

Derivative financial instruments(2)

           202        261        1,270        1,035        2,768   

Loans and receivables to banks(3)

    16,794        5,373        1,140        7,734        247        31,288   

Loans and receivables to customers(3)

    24,195        5,326        3,540        5,224        10,031        48,316   

NAMA senior bonds(4)

           17,082                             17,082   

Financial investments available for sale(1)

    4        157        637        7,912        6,119        14,829   

Other financial assets

           418                             418   

 

 
    41,230        28,560        5,595        22,181        17,632        115,198   
 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Deposits by central banks and banks

    7,179        17,973        2,219        11,948        70        39,389   

Customer accounts

    21,653        16,326        8,343        2,412        17        48,751   

Derivative financial instruments(2)

           171        223        1,266        1,881        3,541   

Debt securities in issue(5)

           2,368               2,774               5,142   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                         1,237        34        1,271   

Other financial liabilities

    330                                    330   

 

 
        29,162        36,838        10,785        19,637        2,002        98,424   
 

 

 

 
   

 

2011

 
    Repayable     3 months or less     1 year or less     5 years or less     Over     Total  
    on demand     but not repayable     but over     but over     5 years        
          on demand     3 months     1 year              
    m     m     m     m     m     m  

 

 

Financial assets

           

Financial assets of disposal groups(1)(3)

    5        26        212        671        215        1,129   

Trading portfolio financial assets(1)

           8               35        11        54   

Derivative financial instruments(2)

           96        179        1,167        1,583        3,025   

Loans and receivables to banks(3)

    15,607        7,804        2,515        9,824        282        36,032   

Loans and receivables to customers(3)

    19,410        5,439        5,074        9,978        12,460        52,361   

NAMA senior bonds(4)

           19,509                             19,509   

Financial investments available for sale(1)

           1,018        989        5,633        5,492        13,132   

Other financial assets

    2        598                             600   

 

 
    35,024        34,498        8,969        27,308        20,043        125,842   
 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

           

Deposits by central banks and banks

    6,136        33,344        2,477        4,141        52        46,150   

Customer accounts

    21,801        14,096        5,791        4,601        485        46,774   

Derivative financial instruments(2)

           405        272        1,017        2,367        4,061   

Debt securities in issue(5)

           2,091        2,638        5,173               9,902   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

                  7        1,177        25        1,209   

Other financial liabilities

    240                                    240   

 

 
    28,177        49,936        11,185        16,109        2,929        108,336   
 

 

 

 

(1)Excluding equity shares.

(2)Shown by maturity date of contract.

(3)Shown gross of provisions for impairment and unearned income.

(4))New notes will be issued at each maturity date, with the next maturity date being 1 March 2013. Upon maturity, the issuer has the option to settle in cash or issue new notes and to date has issued new notes.

(5)Includes 46 million issued to subsidiary companies in both 2012 and 2011.

The balances shown above for Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. include exposures to subsidiary undertakings.

 

 

 

379    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Notes to the financial statements – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.  

 

 

 

af   Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity (continued)

Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity - contingent liabilities and commitments

The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under guarantees and similar contracts, included below within contingent liabilities, are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called. The Company is only called upon to satisfy a guarantee when the guaranteed party fails to meet its obligations. The Company expects that most guarantees it provides will expire unused.

The Company have given commitments to provide funds to customers under undrawn facilities. The undiscounted cash flows have been classified on the basis of the earliest date that the facility can be drawn. The Company does not expect all facilities to be drawn, and some may lapse before drawdown.

 

     2012  
     Payable on      3 months or less      1 year or less      5 years or less      Over      Total  
     demand      but not repayable      but over      but over      5 years         
            on demand      3 months      1 year                
     m      m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contingent liabilities(1)

     1,095                                         1,095   

Commitments

     7,690                                         7,690   

 

 
         8,785                                         8,785   
  

 

 

 
    

 

2011

 
     Payable on      3 months or less      1 year or less      5 years or less      Over      Total  
     demand      but not repayable      but over      but over      5 years         
            on demand      3 months      1 year                
     m      m      m      m      m      m  

 

 

Contingent liabilities(1)

     1,575                                         1,575   

Commitments

     8,269                                         8,269   

 

 
         9,844                                         9,844   
  

 

 

 

(1)Included in exposure are amounts relating to Group subsidiaries of 27 million (2011: 50 million).

ag  Related party transactions

Related parties of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) include subsidiary undertakings, associate undertakings and joint undertakings, post-employment benefits, Key Management Personnel and connected parties. The Irish Government is also considered a related party by virtue of its effective control of AIB. Related party transactions are detailed in note 63 to the consolidated financial statements.

ah  Commitments

 

     2012      2011  
Capital expenditure    m      m  

 

 

Estimated outstanding commitments for capital expenditure not provided for in the financial statements

     7         11   

Capital expenditure authorised but not yet contracted for

           29           39   

 

 

Operating lease rentals

The total of future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are set out in the following table.

 

     2012      2011  
     m      m  

 

 

One year

     66         69   

One to two years

     63         62   

Two to three years

     62         59   

Three to four years

     55         59   

Four to five years

     35         52   

Over five years

     149         173   

 

 

Total

         430         474   
  

 

 

 

Operating lease payments recognised as an expense for the year were 67 million (2011: 60 million). Sublease income amounted to Nil (2011: Nil). Included in the lease payments is 41 million (2011: 42 million) paid to other Group subsidiaries. Future minimum lease payments due to subsidiaries of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. amount to 180 million excluding VAT (2011: 229 million excluding VAT) and are included in the total of 430 million in 2012 (2011: 474 million).

Details of the sale and leaseback arrangements of AIB Group are set out in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

    380


Table of Contents
  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to the Accounts   LOGO

 

 

The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the statement of Auditors’ responsibilities set out with their Audit Report, is made with a view to distinguish for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the Auditor in relation to the accounts.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, the directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2012. The Directors have also elected to prepare the Group accounts in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial position and performance of the Group and Company; the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2012 provide in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
State that the financial statements comply with IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS issued by the IASB; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2012. They are also responsible for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Under applicable law, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that comply with that law and Enterprise Securities Market (“ESM”) Rules.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in Ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors that are listed on page 168 to 170 confirm, to the best of their knowledge and belief, that:

the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2012 and of its loss for the year then ended;
the Company financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2012 and of its loss for the year then ended; and
the Directors’ report and the Financial Review and Risk Management sections, contained in the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group.

On behalf of the Board

 

David Hodgkinson      David Duffy   
Chairman      Chief Executive Officer   

 

 

 

381    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

 

 

 

To the Members and Board of Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as at 31 December 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of comprehensive income and consolidated statements of cash flows and related notes for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2012, including the disclosures marked as “forms an integral part of the financial statements” in the ‘Risk Management’ section on pages 57 to 166, the “Accounting Policies” section on pages 193 to 217. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amount and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and subsidiaries as at 31 December 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated 23 April 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s internal control over financial reporting

 

 

LOGO

Chartered Accountants

Dublin, Ireland

23 April 2013

 

 

 

    382


Table of Contents
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (continued)   LOGO

 

 

To the Members and Board of Directors of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.:

We have audited Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2012, based on criteria established in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements’ Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluation the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may be become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2012, based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2012 and 2011, and related consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of changes in equity, consolidated statements of cash flows, consolidated statements of comprehensive income and the related notes to the financial statements, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2012 and our report dated 23 April 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

 

LOGO

Chartered Accountants,

Dublin, Ireland

23 April 2013

 

 

 

383    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

 

     Page  

Schedule to Report of the Directors

     385   

Memorandum and Articles of association

     388   

Reporting currency and exchange rates

     395   

Offer and listing details

     396   

Taxation

     398   

Exchange controls

     401   

Employees

     402   

Description of property

     403   

Other shareholder information

     403   

 

 

 

    384


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Schedule to Report of the Directors

Information required to be contained in the Directors’ Annual Report by the European Communities (Takeover Bids (Directive 2004/25/EC)) Regulations 2006.

As required by these Regulations, the information contained below represents the position as of 31 December 2012.

Capital Structure

The authorised share capital of the Company is 11,092,752,297 divided into 702,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares of 0.01 each (‘Ordinary Shares’), 3,500,000,000 2009 Non-Cumulative Preference Shares of 0.01 each (‘2009 Preference Shares’) and 403,775,229,679 Deferred Shares of 0.01 each (‘Deferred Shares’). The issued share capital of the company is 517,152,776,363 Ordinary Shares and 3,500,000,000 2009 Preference Shares.

For so long as the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”) holds 2009 Preference Shares, subject to certain exceptions, the consent of the Minster will be required for the passing of certain share capital resolutions of the Company, being resolutions relating to: (i) an increase in the authorised share capital; (ii) a re-issue of Treasury Shares; (iii) the issue of any shares; or (iv) the redemption, consolidation, conversion or sub-division of the share capital. The exceptions referred to above include any issue of shares made for the purposes of redeeming or purchasing the 2009 Preference Shares.

Rights and Obligations of Each Class of Share

The Rights and Obligations of the Ordinary Shares and the 2009 Preference Shares are contained in a summary of the Memorandum and Articles of Association on pages 388 to 394.

Percentage of Total Share Capital Represented by Each Class of Share

The Ordinary Shares represent approximately 63% of the authorised share capital and approximately 99.3% of the issued share capital of the Company. The 2009 Preference Shares represent approximately 0.3% of the authorised share capital and approximately 0.7% of the issued share capital of the Company. The Deferred Shares represents approximately 36.4% of the authorised share capital none of which is in issue.

Restrictions on the Transfer of Shares

Save as set out below there are no limitations in Irish law on the holding of the Ordinary Shares and there is no requirement to obtain the approval of the Company, or of other holders of the Ordinary Shares, for a transfer of Ordinary Shares.

  (a) The Ordinary Shares are, in general, freely transferable but the Directors may decline to register a transfer of Ordinary Shares upon notice to the transferee, within two months after the lodgement of a transfer with the Company, in the following cases:
  (i) a lien held by the Company;
  (ii) in the case of a purported transfer to an infant or a person lawfully declared to be incapable for the time being of dealing with their affairs; or
  (iii) in the case of a single transfer of shares which is in favour of more than four persons jointly.
  Ordinary Shares held in certificated form are transferable upon production to the Company’s Registrars of the Original Share certificate and the usual form of stock transfer duly executed by the holder of the shares.
  Shares held in uncertificated form are transferable in accordance with the rules or conditions imposed by the operator of the relevant system which enables title to the Ordinary Shares to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and in accordance with the Companies Act 1990 (Uncertificated Securities) Regulations 1996.
  The rights attaching to Ordinary Shares remain with the transferor until the name of the transferee has been entered on the Register of Members of the Company.
  (b) 2009 Preference Shares are freely transferable provided that the minimum number of 2009 Preference Shares transferred to any one person is not less than 50,000.

 

 

 

385    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Exercise of Rights of Shares in Employees’ Share Schemes

The AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998 and the Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. Share Ownership Plan (UK) provide that voting rights in respect of shares held in trust for employees who are participants in those schemes are, on a poll, to be exercised only in accordance with any directions in writing by the employees concerned to the Trustees of the relevant scheme.

Deadlines for exercising Voting Rights

Voting rights at general meetings of the Company are exercised when the chairman puts the resolution at issue to the vote of the meeting. A vote decided under show of hands is taken forthwith. A vote taken on a poll for the election of the Chairman or on a question of adjournment is also taken forthwith and a poll on any other question is taken either immediately, or at such time (not being more than thirty days from the date of the meeting at which the poll was demanded or directed) as the chairman of the meeting directs. Where a person is appointed to vote for a shareholder as proxy, the instrument of appointment must be received by the Company not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the appointed proxy proposes to vote, or, in the case of a poll, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for taking the poll.

Rules Concerning Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association

As provided in the Companies Acts, the Company may, by special resolution, alter or add to its Articles of Association. A resolution is a special resolution when it has been passed by not less than three-fourths of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote and voting in person or by proxy, at a general meeting at which not less than twenty-one clear days’ notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. A resolution may also be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than twenty-one clear days’ notice has been given if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

Rules Concerning the Appointment and Replacement of Directors of the Company

Other than in the case of a casual vacancy, Directors are appointed on a resolution of the shareholders at a general meeting, usually the Annual General Meeting.
No person, other than a Director retiring at a general meeting is eligible for appointment as a Director without a recommendation by the Directors for that person’s appointment unless, not less than forty-two days before the date of the general meeting, written notice by a shareholder, duly qualified to be present and vote at the meeting, of the intention to propose the person for appointment and notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of willingness to act, if so appointed, shall have been given to the Company.
A shareholder may not propose himself or herself for appointment as a Director.
The Directors have power to fill a casual vacancy or to appoint an additional Director (within the maximum number of Directors fixed by the Company in general meeting) and any Director so appointed holds office only until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting following his appointment, when the Director concerned shall retire, but shall be eligible for reappointment at that meeting.
One third of the Directors for the time being (or if their number is not three or a multiple of three, not less than one third), are obliged to retire from office at each Annual General Meeting on the basis of the Directors who have been longest in office since their last appointment. While not obliged to do so, the Directors have, in recent years, adopted the practice of all (wishing to continue in office) offering themselves for re-election at the Annual General Meeting.
A person is disqualified from being a Director, and their office as a Director ipso facto vacated, in any of the following circumstances:
  if at any time the person has been adjudged bankrupt or has made any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally;
  if found to be mentally disordered in accordance with law;
  if the person be prohibited or restricted by law from being a Director;
  if, without prior leave of the Directors, he or she be absent from meetings of the Directors for six successive months (without an alternate attending) and the Directors resolve that his or her office be vacated on that account;
  if, unless the Directors or a court otherwise determine, he or she be convicted of an indictable offence;
  except in the case of a Government Appointee, if he or she be requested, by resolution of the Directors, to resign his or her office as Director on foot of a unanimous resolution (excluding the vote of the Director concerned) passed at a specially convened meeting at which every Director is present (or represented by an alternate) and of which not less than seven days’ written notice of the intention to move the resolution and specifying the grounds therefore, has been given to the Director;
  except in the case of a Government Appointee, if he or she has reached an age specified by the Directors as being that at which that person may not be appointed a Director or, being already a Director, is required to relinquish office and a Director who reaches the specified age continues in office until the last day of the year in which he or she reaches that age; or
  in the case of a Government Appointee, if removed from office by the Government Preference Shareholder pursuant to the Articles of Association.

 

 

 

    386


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Rules Concerning the Appointment and Replacement of Directors of the Company (continued)

In addition, the office of Director is vacated, subject to any right of appointment or reappointment under the Articles, if:
  not being a Director holding for a fixed term an executive office in his or her capacity as a Director, he or she resigns their office by a written notice given to the Company; or
  being the holder of an executive office other than for a fixed term, the Director ceases to hold such executive office on retirement or otherwise; or
  the Director tenders his or her resignation to the Directors and the Directors resolved to accept it; or
  he or she ceases to be a Director pursuant to any provision of the Articles.
Notwithstanding anything in the Articles of Association or in any agreement between the Company and a Director, the Company may, by Ordinary Resolution of which extended notice has been given in accordance with the Companies Acts, remove any Director before the expiry of his or her period of office.
See note 63 to the consolidated financial statements regarding the power of the Minister for Finance to nominate such number of non executive directors equal to either (a) 25 per cent of the Directors when the total number of Directors is 15 or less or (b) 4 Directors where the total number of Directors is 16, 17 or 18.

The Powers of the Directors Including in Relation to the Issuing or Buying Back by the Company of its Shares

Under the Articles of Association, the business of the Company is to be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and to any directions given by special resolution of a general meeting. The Articles of Association further provide that the Directors may make such arrangement as may be thought fit for the management, organisation and administration of the Company’s affairs including the appointment of such executive and administrative officers, managers and other agents as they consider appropriate and delegate to such persons (with such powers of sub-delegation as the Directors shall deem fit) such functions, powers and duties as the Directors may deem requisite or expedient.

Pursuant to resolution of the shareholders, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Directors are unconditionally authorised until 26 July 2016 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot relevant securities up to the aggregate nominal amount of 6,892,692,445. By such authority, the Directors may make offers or agreements which would, or might, require the allotment of such securities after 26 July 2016.

Any treasury shares for the time being held by the Company may, by decision of the Directors, be re-issued off market. Where treasury shares are re-issued for the purposes of the AIB Approved Employees’ Profit Sharing Scheme 1998, the Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. Share Ownership Plan (UK), the AIB Group Share Option Scheme or the AIB Group Performance Share Plan 2005, the minimum price at which a treasury share may be re-issued is the issue price as provided for in such a scheme. In all other circumstances the minimum price shall be 95% of the Appropriate Price. The “Appropriate Price” is the average of the closing quotation prices of the Ordinary Shares for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the treasury share is re-issued, as published in the Irish Stock Exchange Daily Official List (or any successor publication thereto or any equivalent publication for securities admitted to trading on the Enterprise Securities Market). For any business day on which there is no dealing on the Ordinary Shares on that Exchange, the minimum price will be the price equal to (i) the mid-point between the high and low market guide prices and for the Ordinary Shares as published in the Irish Stock Exchange Daily Official List (or any successor publication thereto or any equivalent publication for securities admitted to trading on the Enterprise Securities Market); or (ii) if there is only one such market guide price so published, the price so published. The maximum price at which a treasury share may be re-issued off-market is 120% of the Appropriate Price.

 

 

 

387    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Memorandum & Articles of Association

A summary of the Memorandum & Articles of Association of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is set out below.

Objects and Registration Details

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) is a public limited company that was incorporated as a limited company in 1966 and was subsequently re-registered as a public limited company in 1985. Objects and purposes are set out in its Memorandum of Association. The principal objects of AIB are to carry on the business of banking in all or any of its branches and departments and to undertake all manner of financial services.

Directors

Any Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement with AIB must declare his/her interest at a meeting of the Directors at which the question of entering into such contract/arrangement first arises, if his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Directors after he becomes so interested. The Articles of Association also require that a Director may not vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement or any other proposal whatsoever in which he has a material interest. Nothing in the Articles of Association will restrict a Government Appointee from participating fully in any meeting of the Directors or voting on any matter unless the Government Appointee has an interest in the matter which concerns him personally (for example, the fact that he or she was appointed by the Government Shareholder, the fact that a Government Preference Shareholder or a Government Body may have an interest in the matter or the fact that the matter relates to a matter that requires the consent of the Government Preference Shareholder shall not be regarded as giving rise to such an interest). Interests in shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, AIB are disregarded for the purpose. This prohibition on voting is disapplied in respect of resolutions concerning the following matters (amongst others):

where a Director is to be given security or indemnified in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him for the benefit of AIB or any of its subsidiaries;
the giving of security or indemnifying a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of AIB or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;
any proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or securities of or by AIB or any of its subsidiaries in which a Director is interested as an underwriter or sub-underwriter;
regarding any proposal concerning any other company in which a Director is interested, directly or indirectly, provided that he does not hold or is not beneficially interested in 1% or more of any class of the equity share capital of that company (or of any third company through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant company (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this Article to be a material interest in all circumstances);
any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any superannuation fund or retirement benefits plan under which he might benefit and which has been approved by or is subject to and conditional upon approval by the Revenue Commissioners; and
relating to any other arrangement for the benefit of employees of AIB or any of its subsidiaries under which a Director benefits or stands to benefit in a similar manner as the employees concerned and which does not accord to any Director as such any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement relates.

The remuneration of the Directors is determined from time to time by AIB in General Meeting. Any Director while holding the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman is entitled to such additional remuneration as may be determined from time to time by the Directors. Remuneration granted may be by way of fees, salary, commission, participation in profits, or all or any of such modes, or by such other mode as AIB may from time to time consider appropriate. All remuneration fixed or granted accrues from day to day. Any Director who serves on any Committee or devotes special attention to the business of the Company or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise as the Directors may determine. A Director holding an executive office shall receive such remuneration, whether in addition to or in substitution for his ordinary remuneration as a Director and whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or partly in one way and partly in another, as the Directors may determine.

The Directors may exercise all the borrowing powers of AIB and the power to give mortgages and charges over its assets and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debts or liabilities of AIB or any third party.

Under the Articles, retirement of Directors, other than Government Appointees, is by rotation at each Annual General Meeting and one-third of the Directors for the time being, or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, then not less than one-third shall retire from office at each Annual General Meeting.

 

 

 

    388


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Rights and Restrictions Attaching to Shares

The authorised share capital of AIB is 11,092,752,297 divided into 702,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 3,500,000,000 2009 Preference Shares and 403,775,229,679 Deferred Shares. Subject to the Companies Acts and to any special rights of existing shares, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions and unless otherwise determined by the Directors in relation to any particular preference shares prior to allotment, preference shares may be issued on the terms and in such manner as the Company may by Special Resolution determine.

Rights and Obligations of Ordinary Shares

The following rights attach to the Ordinary Shares:

The right to receive duly declared dividends, in cash or, where offered by the Directors, by allotment of additional Ordinary Shares.
The right to attend and speak, in person or by proxy, at general meetings of the Company.
The right to vote, in person or by proxy, at general meetings of the Company having, in a vote taken by show of hands, one vote, and, on a poll, a vote for each Ordinary Share held.
The right to appoint a proxy, in the required form, to attend and/or vote at general meetings of the Company.
The right to receive, (by post or electronically), twenty-one days at least before the Annual General Meeting, a copy of the Directors’ and Auditors’ reports accompanied by (a) copies of the balance sheet, profit and loss account and other documents required by the Companies Acts to be annexed to the balance sheet or (b) such summary financial statements as may be permitted by the Companies Acts.
The right to receive notice of general meetings of the Company.
In a winding-up of the Company, and subject to payments of amounts due to creditors and to holders of shares ranking in priority to the Ordinary Shares, repayment of the capital paid up on the Ordinary Shares and a proportionate part of any surplus from the realisation of the assets of the Company.

There is attached to the Ordinary Shares an obligation for the holder, when served with a notice from the Directors requiring the holder to do so, to inform the Company in writing not more than 14 days after service of such notice, of the capacity in which the shareholder holds any share of the Company and if such shareholder holds any share other than as beneficial owner to furnish in writing, so far as it is within the shareholder’s knowledge, the name and address of the person on whose behalf the shareholder holds such share or, if the name or address of such person is not forthcoming, such particulars as will enable or assist in the identification of such person and the nature of the interest of such person in such share. Where the shareholder served with such notice (or any person named or identified by a shareholder on foot of such notice), fails to furnish the Company with the information required within the time specified, the shareholder shall not be entitled to attend meetings of the Company, nor to exercise the voting rights attached to such share, and, if the shareholder holds 0.25% or more of the issued Ordinary Shares, the Directors will be entitled to withhold payment of any dividend payable on such shares and the shareholder will not be entitled to transfer such shares except by sale through a Stock Exchange to a bona fide unconnected third party. Such sanctions will cease to apply after not more than seven days from the earlier of receipt by the Company of notice that the member has sold the shares to an unconnected third party or due compliance, to the satisfaction of the Company, with the notice served as provided for above.

Rights and Obligations of 2009 Preference Shares

The following rights attach to the 2009 Preference Shares:

The right to receive a non-cumulative cash dividend at a fixed rate of 8% of the subscription price per annum payable annually, at the discretion of the Directors, in arrears on each anniversary of the date of the issue of the shares.
The right to receive this dividend ranks
  (a) pari passu with other shares constituting core tier 1 capital (excluding the Ordinary Shares);
  (b) junior to certain other preferred securities; and
  (c) in priority to the Ordinary Shares.
In the event that a dividend on 2009 Preference Shares is not paid in cash, the right to receive a bonus issue of Ordinary Shares (‘Bonus Shares’) calculated by dividing the amount of the unpaid dividend by the average price of an Ordinary Share over the 30 trading days prior to the dividend payment date, subject to an adjustment in circumstances where the Bonus Shares are not issued on the dividend payment date.
Where the issue of Bonus Shares is deferred, the holders of 2009 Preference Shares are granted voting rights at general meetings of the Company equivalent to the voting rights that would have attached to the Bonus Shares if they had been issued on the relevant dividend payment date (‘Provisional Voting Rights’), provided:
  (a) these shall not be exercisable against any Directors’ resolution for the issue of core tier 1 securities to redeem or purchase all or any of the 2009 Preference Shares; or
  (b) on any resolution on any action by the Company in relation to ‘Preferred Securities’ as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

 

 

389    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

The right to receive copies of the circulars to shareholders but not to attend, speak, vote at general meetings save while held by a Government Body and then only in the following circumstances and the following manner:
  (a) on a resolution seeking approval for a change of control of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of its business; and
  (b) on a resolution to appoint, re-elect or remove directors.
Subject as provided below, on either of the foregoing resolutions (and while held by a Government Body) the right to cast a number of votes equal to 25% of all votes capable of being cast by shareholders (including the 2009 Preference Shareholder) on a poll at a general meeting of the Company.
If the NPRFC and Government Entities, through their holding of Ordinary Shares (or other securities issued in future), control 25% or more of the total voting rights, then the 2009 Preference Shares will carry no voting rights. If those entities, through their holding of Ordinary Shares (or other securities issued in future), control less than 25% of the total voting rights, then, in respect of resolutions to appoint, re-elect or remove directors and any resolution concerning a proposed change of control of AIB, the 2009 Preference Shares carry the right to “top-up” their total voting rights to 25% of the total voting rights, including the votes attaching to the 2009 Preference Shares.
In a winding up of the Company or a return of capital by the Company (other than a redemption or purchase of shares) the right to receive a repayment of the capital (including premium) paid up, rank as follows:
  (a) pari passu with the repayment of the paid up nominal value on Ordinary Shares;
  (b) in priority to the payment of any further amount on Ordinary Shares; and
  (c) junior to the repayment of capital on all other classes of shares that rank ahead of the Ordinary Shares.
The right while held by a Government Body to appoint directly either (a) 25 per cent of the Directors where the total number of Directors is 15 or less or (b) 4 Directors where the total number of Directors is 16, 17 or 18 (in either case including any Directors nominated by the Minister pursuant to the Government Guarantee Schemes).

Redemption of 2009 Preference Shares

will not be redeemable at the option of the holder.
may be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, at any time subject to the consent of Central Bank and that the redemption or purchase is made up of distributable profit and/or the proceeds of an issue of shares constituting core tier 1 capital.
redemption price for the first five years shall be 1.00 per 2009 Preference Share, being the original subscription price including premium of each 2009 Preference Share. Thereafter, the redemption price of each 2009 Preference Share will be 1.25, including premium.
shall be required to redeem all of the 2009 Preference Shares if there are less than 35,000,000 2009 Preference Shares in issue, subject to the Central Bank’s consent.
may redeem or purchase 2009 Preference Shares which are held by a Government Entity without being required to redeem or purchase any 2009 Preference Shares held by another person.
on redemption or purchase of 2009 Preference Shares, the Company will be required to issue any outstanding Bonus Shares.

Rights and Obligations of the Deferred Shares

The Deferred Shares have no voting or dividend rights. On a winding-up of the Company or other return of capital (other than a redemption or purchase of shares of any class in the capital of the Company), holders of Deferred Shares have the right to receive the nominal value of those shares only after the holders of Ordinary Shares have received payment of such amount as is paid up or credited as paid up in respect of those Ordinary Shares plus 10 million per share.

The Deferred Shares are not transferable, other than with the prior written consent of the Directors. The Company has, however, the right at any time, without the consent of the holder, to instruct the Company Secretary to acquire the Deferred Shares for nil consideration and the Company acquired and cancelled 395,759,506,824 Deferred Shares on 27 July 2011 resulting from the renominalisation of the ordinary share capital of the Company from 0.32 each to 0.01 each following the passing of a Special Resolution to this effect on 26 July 2011.

Dividend Rights

Under Irish law, and under the Articles, dividends are payable only out of income available for distribution. Holders of the shares of the Company are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company by Ordinary Resolution provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

Subject to any preferential or other special rights for the time being attached to any class of shares, the income to be distributed by way of dividend is to be applied in payment of dividends upon the shares of the Company in proportion to the amounts paid up thereon otherwise than in advance of calls.

The Company may pay such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the income of the Company available for distribution.

 

 

 

    390


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Under Article 46 the Company may by Ordinary Resolution convert any paid up shares into stock and re-convert any stock into paid-up shares of any denomination. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date of its declaration may be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.

Voting Rights

Voting at any General Meeting is by a show of hands unless a poll is properly demanded. On a show of hands, every member who is present in person or by proxy has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by him. On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for each share of which he is the holder. A poll may be demanded by the Chairman of the meeting or by at least five members having the right to vote at the meeting or by a member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting or by a member or members holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

All business is deemed special that is transacted at an Extraordinary General Meeting. All business that is transacted at an Annual General Meeting is also deemed special with the exception of declaring a dividend, receiving the accounts, statements of financial position and reports of the Directors and Auditors, electing Directors in the place of those retiring, voting additional remuneration for the Directors, appointing Auditors and fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors.

No business may be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Ten members present in person and entitled to vote at such meeting constitutes a quorum. In the case of an Annual General Meeting or of a meeting for the passing of a Special Resolution or the appointment of a Director, twenty-one clear days’ notice at the least, and in any other case fourteen clear days’ notice at the least, needs to be given in writing in the manner provided for in the Articles to all the members (other than those who, under the provisions of the Articles or the conditions of issue of the shares held by them, are not entitled to receive the notice) and to the Auditors for the time being of the Company.

Variation of Class Rights

The rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to the 2009 Preference Shares may be varied, altered or abrogated, either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the written consent of the holders of not less than 66 23% in nominal value of such class of shares or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a class meeting of holders of such classes of shares provided that the holders of not less than 66 23% in nominal value of such class of shares vote in favour of such resolution.

Article 7 provides that whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963-2009 and subject as otherwise provided in the Articles be varied or abrogated, either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a Class Meeting of the holders of the shares of the class but not otherwise.

Convening of General Meetings

AIB must hold a General Meeting in each year as its Annual General Meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year and no more than fifteen months may elapse between the date of one Annual General Meeting and that of the next. The Annual General Meeting will be held at such time and place as the Directors determine. All General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings, are called Extraordinary General Meetings. The Directors may at any time call an Extraordinary General Meeting. Extraordinary General Meetings shall also be convened by the Directors on the requisition of members holding, at the date of the requisition, not less than one-tenth of the paid up capital carrying the right to vote at General Meetings and in default of the Directors within twenty one clear days, convening such a meeting to be held within two months, the requisitionists (or more then half of them) may but only within three months themselves convene a meeting.

Disclosure of Share Ownership

Article 13(b) provides that the Directors may by notice in writing sent to any member require such member to inform the Company in writing not more than 14 days after service of the notice of the capacity in which such member holds any share otherwise than as beneficial owner to furnish in writing, so far as it is within the member’s knowledge, the name and address of the person on whose behalf the member holds such share or, such particulars as will enable or assist in the identification of such person and the nature of the interest of such person in such shares. Failure to respond to such notice within the prescribed period of time will result in the member not being entitled to attend meetings of the Company not to exercise the voting rights attached to such share, and, if the member holds 0.25% or more of the issued Ordinary shares of the Company, the Directors are entitled to withhold payment of any dividend payable on such shares and the member shall not be entitled to transfer such shares except by sale through a Stock Exchange to a bona fide unconnected third party.

 

 

 

391    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Material Contracts

The following are all the contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) that have been entered into by members of the AIB Group: (i) within two years immediately preceding the date of this document which are, or may be, material to the Group; or (ii) at any time and contain obligations or entitlements which are, or may be, material to the Group as at the date of this document:

 

1 The Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 and the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme Agreements. On 20 January 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries, AIB Group (UK) p.l.c., AIB Bank (CI) Limited and Allied Irish Banks North America Inc. each executed an Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme Agreement and on 21 January 2010 were each issued with a Participating Institution Certificate under the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme. EBS and AIB International Savings Limited (formerly Anglo Irish Bank Corporation (International) plc and which is an Isle of Man company that was acquired by AIB in February 2011), both also hold a Participating Institution Certificate under the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme.

 

2 Arrangements in relation to The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (“NPRFC”)

(i) The Subscription Agreement

  (a) Pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement between AIB, the Minster for Finance (the ‘Minister’) and the NPRFC dated 13 May 2009, AIB agreed to issue the 2009 Preference Shares and the 2009 Warrants to the NPRFC at an aggregate subscription price of 3.5 billion.
  (b) AIB gave the NPRFC and the Minster certain warranties relating to the business and operation of the Group. These warranties are considered standard for this type of agreement and cover issues such as the Company’s issued share capital, accuracy and completeness of certain information, accuracy of audited financial statements, payment of taxes, possession of all material licences and absence of material litigation.
  (c) AIB provided various undertakings to the NPRFC and the Minster, including agreeing to commit to the Minster’s ‘Bank Customer Package’. This includes, inter alia, obligations on AIB to:
  A increase lending capacity to small to medium-sized enterprises by 10 per cent. and provide an additional 30 per cent capacity for lending to first-time buyers during each quarter of the financial year when compared to the corresponding quarter in the year commencing 1 January 2008;
  B establish a 100 million fund to support environmentally friendly investment and innovations in clean energy;
  C comply with the Code of Conduct for Business Lending to Small and Medium Enterprises and the Code of Conduct for Mortgage Arrears published by the Central Bank;
  D make every effort to avoid repossessions and, in any case, not commence court proceedings for the repossession of a principal private residence within 12 months of arrears appearing, where the customer maintains contact and co-operates reasonably with AIB;
  E fund and co-operate with an ‘Independent Review of Credit Availability’; and
  F work closely with the IDA Ireland, Enterprise Ireland and with other Irish state agencies to ensure the supply of appropriate finance to contractors engaged on major projects sponsored by those agencies.
    AIB also agreed to submit a restructuring plan to the Minster, including an assessment of AIB’s business model’s viability and details of how AIB intends to repay the State aid provided. This restructuring plan, which was prepared by the Group, has now been submitted to the European Commission by the Government. In addition, AIB agreed to accept restrictions on the amount of remuneration Directors would receive.
    AIB also agreed that, on request from the NPRFC, it would undertake all necessary acts in order to facilitate the placing, offering to the public or admission to listing of the 2009 Preference Shares or any Ordinary Shares acquired as a result of the 2009 Warrants or the 2009 Preference Shares.
    Under the terms of the Subscription Agreement, AIB must consult with the Minister or his nominee prior to taking any material action which may be reasonably expected to have a public interest dimension.
  (d) On 13 May 2009, the NPRFC paid to AIB 3.5 billion (less an arrangement fee of 30 million paid by AIB to the NPRFC) in respect of the issue to it of the 2009 Preference Shares and the 2009 Warrants.
  (e) AIB undertook in the Subscription Agreement that application would be made in due course for the Warrant Shares and any Bonus Shares to be admitted to trading on a regulated market.
  (f) In addition to agreeing to allow the Government Entities to make use of any public offer prospectus issued by the Company for the purposes of placing such Ordinary Shares with investors, the Company also undertook to co-operate in the preparation and issue of a public offer prospectus where this is required for the purposes of an offering to the public, a placing or listing of the 2009 Preference Shares or any Ordinary Shares acquired as a result of holding 2009 Preference Shares or 2009 Warrants.

 

 

 

    392


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

(ii) 2010 Placing Agreement

  (a) Pursuant to the terms of the Placing Agreement between the Minister, the NPRFC, the National Treasury Management Agency (“NTMA”) and AIB, dated 23 December 2010, AIB agreed to issue 675,107,845 new Ordinary Shares to the NPRFC at an aggregate subscription price of 3,818,438,297.
  (b) To the extent that the NPRFC subscription for these shares would result in it holding more than 49.9% of the Ordinary Shares in issue, CNV Shares were to be allotted to the NPRFC so that, following such allotment, the NPRFC did not acquire more than 49.9% of the Ordinary Shares then in issue. In April 2011, AIB converted into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis the 10,489,899,564 CNV Shares issued to the NPRFC in connection with the 2010 Placing Agreement, following completion of the disposal of AIB’s interests in BZWBK.
  (c) The obligations of the Minister, the NPRFC and the NTMA were conditional on AIB having complied, and continuing to comply, with letters from the Minister dated 13 and 22 December 2010, stating that the provision of further state funding to AIB was conditional on the Board’s decision not to pay any bonuses to staff no matter when they may have been earned, since AIB could not be in a position to pay without state support, past, present and future save that nothing in the Agreement was to prevent AIB meeting its obligations on foot of a Court Order.
  (d) The cancellation of the 294,251,819 warrants over new Ordinary Shares held by the NPRFC in return for the payment to it by AIB of approximately 52 million;
  (e) AIB gave the Minister, the NPRFC and the NTMA certain warranties relating to the business and operation of the Group. These warranties are considered standard for this kind of agreement and cover issues such as the Company’s issued share capital, accuracy and completeness of certain information, accuracy of audited financial statements, payment of taxes, possession of all material licenses, absence of material litigation and absence of breach of material change of control provisions.
  (f) AIB entered into various covenants with the Minister, the NPRFC, the NTMA, the National Asset Management Agency or any other state entity to use all reasonable efforts to comply, and procure compliance by the Group, with various commitments including:
  A Meeting a lending target of 3 billion per annum for new or increased credit facilities to SMEs in each of the two twelve month periods commencing on 1 January 2011 and 2012.
  B Providing 20 million for seed capital to Enterprise Ireland supported ventures and 100 million for environmental, clean energy and innovation projects (in addition to the commitments under the Subscription Agreement).
  C Working with Enterprise Ireland and the Irish Bankers Federation to develop sectoral expertise in the modern growth sectors of the economy, and with Enterprise Ireland to develop a range of banking services to meet the needs of Irish SMEs trading internationally.
  D Taking actions, agreed with the Minister, to develop new credit products in areas where cash flow, rather than property or assets, is the basis for business lending.
  (g) AIB also agreed to co-operate fully with the Minster and the European Commission in connection with the Commission’s assessment of the Group’s restructuring plan under EU State aid rules and to implement fully the final restructuring plan when approved by the NTMA and the Commission.
  (h) AIB repeated and extended undertakings in the Subscription Agreement relating to matters concerning the remuneration of its directors, senior executives and employees.
  (i) AIB undertook various obligations in respect of the CNV Shares, relating to the issue of securities, the modification of rights attaching to securities and the transferability of the CNV Shares.

(iii) EBS Acquisition Agreement

Pursuant to the terms of an Acquisition Agreement between the Minister, the NTMA, EBS Building Society and AIB, dated 26 May 2011, AIB agreed to acquire the entire issued share capital of EBS. The EBS merger completed on 1 July 2011 (following its conversion into a private company and receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals) and was effected pursuant to an acquisition conversion scheme mechanism under Part XI of the Building Societies Act 1989 (as amended) whereby EBS was first demutualised by conversion from a building society into a private limited company, called EBS Limited, the entire issued share capital of which was held by the Minister prior to the acquisition of that share capital by AIB. As AIB and EBS respectively are substantially owned by the State, the consideration payable by AIB for the EBS Merger was a nominal cash payment of 1.00.

(iv) 2011 Placing Agreement, Capital Contribution and Minister’s Letter

  (a) Pursuant to the terms of the Placing Agreement between the Minister, the NPRFC, the NTMA and AIB, dated 1 July 2011, AIB agreed to issue 500,000,000,000 new Ordinary Shares to the NPRFC at an aggregate subscription price of 5 billion. On 28 July 2011, the Minister and the NPRFC agreed to make capital contributions of 2,283,146,860 and  3,770,970,659 respectively to AIB for no consideration and AIB is not legally obliged to repay the capital contributions. The capital contributions were made in order to enable AIB to meet its regulatory capital requirements.
  (b) The Company agreed to give certain covenants and undertakings to the Minister, the NTMA and the NPRFC, including in relation to its reserves, dividends, disclosure of information, matters of public interest, use of proceeds and future material transactions, together with additional covenants and undertakings in relation to the availability of credit, the Group’s

 

 

 

393    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

  restructuring plan, corporate governance and remuneration. In addition, the Company gave certain representations and warranties and indemnities to the Minister, the NTMA and the NPRFC and the liability of the Company in respect of any breach of those representations, warranties and indemnities is unlimited as to time and amount.
  (c) The continued provision of State funding and support to AIB is dependent on enforcement by AIB of a wide restriction on payment of employment bonuses by the Group, details of which are contained in a letter from the Minister to AIB dated 25 July 2011. The Minister’s Letter contains undertakings in relation to measures to promote the availability of credit, AIB’s restructuring plan, related party transactions, corporate governance and remuneration and fees payable to directors, senior executives, employees and service providers of AIB.

(v) Contingent Capital Note Purchase Agreement

  (a) Pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement between the Minister and AIB, dated 26 July 2011, AIB agreed to issue 1.6 billion of contingent tier 2 capital notes to the Minister, issued at par with a five year and one day maturity, with an aggregated principal amount of 1.6 billion.
  (b) The Contingent Capital Notes will convert mandatorily in their entirety into Ordinary Shares in the event that the core tier 1 capital ratio of AIB falls below 8.25% or (following implementation of the Capital Requirements Directive IV in Ireland), AIB’s common equity tier 1 ratio falls below 8.25% or, if the Central Bank, in its sole discretion, notifies AIB that it has determined that the Group’s financial and solvency condition is deteriorating in such a way that a fall below the ratios described above is likely to occur in the short term and AIB is incapable of restoring the Group’s capital ratio to a level above 8.25% during the following 90 days. The Contingent Capital Notes will also convert immediately and mandatorily into Ordinary Shares in the event that a non-viability event occurs (including in the event of the Group becoming insolvent, bankrupt, unable to pay its debts as they fall due, ceases to carry on its business or fails to meet minimum capital adequacy requirements).
  (c) Following a conversion event, the Contingent Capital Notes will be immediately converted into a fixed number of Ordinary Shares that is determined by dividing the principal amount of each Contingent Capital Note by the conversion price of 0.01 per Ordinary Share. The Contingent Capital Notes also include certain anti-dilution adjustments.
  (d) The Contingent Capital Notes carry a fixed annual mandatory interest rate of 10% of the principal amount. The Minister may, where it remains the holder of 100 per cent. of the Contingent Capital Notes, in order to facilitate the sale of the Contingent Capital Notes to third party investors, at any time (but becoming effective only from the date of such sale being completed and settled) increase the interest rate to a new level determined by an independent remarketing agent nominated by the Minister, but not exceeding 18 per cent. per annum. In addition, AIB will provide, at the request of the Minister, sufficient disclosure to allow for the Contingent Capital Notes to be listed and to be sold to third party investors. AIB will have the option, prior to any such sale of the Contingent Capital Notes being completed and settled, to source third party investors at a potentially lower interest rate, but only if it has sourced sufficient investors to purchase an amount equal to the principal amount paid by the Minister for the Contingent Capital Notes on overall better terms. The Minister will have discretion as to whether or not to sell to any such investors. Admission of the Contingent Capital Notes to the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and to trading on its Global Exchange Market, an exchange-regulated market, occurred on 27 October 2011.
  (e) The Contingent Capital Notes constitute direct, unsecured and subordinated obligations of the Group and rank junior to unsubordinated obligations of the Group and pari passu without any preference among themselves and equally with all other dated subordinated obligations of the Group which rank or are expressed to rank equally with the Contingent Capital Notes (if any). The Contingent Capital Notes rank senior to other obligations of the Group that are expressed to rank junior to the Contingent Capital Notes.

(vi) Relationship Framework

In order to comply with contractual commitments imposed on AIB in connection with its recapitalisation by the Irish State and with the requirements of EU state aid applicable in respect of that recapitalisation, a relationship framework was entered into between the Minister and AIB in March 2012. This provides the framework under which the relationship between the Minister and AIB is governed. Under the relationship framework, the authority and responsibility for strategy and commercial policies (including business plans and budgets) and conducting AIB’s day-to-day operations rest with the Board of AIB and its management team. However, the Board is required to obtain the prior written consent of the Minister, or to consult with the Minister, in respect of certain material matters, such as material disposals.

 

 

 

    394


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Reporting currency and exchange rates

AIB Group publishes consolidated financial statements in euro (). In this Annual Financial Report, references to ‘US dollars’, ‘dollars’, ‘US$’, ‘cents’ or ‘¢’ are to United States currency, references to ‘EUR’, ‘euro’, ‘’ or ‘c’ are to euro currency, references to ‘sterling’ or ‘Stg£’ are to British currency, references to ‘zloty’, ‘PLN’ or ‘zl’ are to Polish currency and references to ‘Yen’ are to Japanese currency.

The following table shows, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information regarding the noon buying rate, expressed in US dollars per euro.

 

     Period 
   end(1)
        Average 
rate(2)
          High             Low  
  

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2008

   1.3919          1.4688             1.6010              1.2446   

Year ended 31 December 2009

   1.4332          1.3936             1.5100              1.2547   

Year ended 31 December 2010

   1.3269          1.3302             1.4536              1.1959   

Year ended 31 December 2011

   1.2973          1.3946             1.4875              1.2926   

Year ended 31 December 2012

   1.3186          1.2921             1.3463              1.2062   

 

(1) The noon buying rate at such dates differed from the rates used in the preparation of AIB Group’s consolidated financial statements, which were US$ 1.3917, US$ 1.4406 US$ 1.3362, US$ 1.2939 and US$ 1.3194 to 1.00 at 31 December 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 respectively.
(2) The average rate for each period is the average of the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during that period.

On 19 April 2013 the noon buying rate was 1.00 = US$1.3066

The accounting policy in respect of the translation of gains and losses arising in foreign locations is set out on page 198. Details of the exchange rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 67 of this report.

 

 

 

395    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Offer and listing details

Trading market for Ordinary shares of AIB

0n 26 January, 2011 AIB ordinary shares commenced trading on the Enterprise Securities Market (“ESM”) of the Irish Stock Exchange (“ISE”). This followed a direction to AIB by the Irish High Court on 23 December 2010, under the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010, to apply to cancel its listing of ordinary shares on the Main Securities Market of the ISE (‘Irish Main Market Delisting’) and to apply for admission to trading on the ESM of the ISE.

The High Court also directed AIB to apply to cancel the admission of its ordinary shares to the Official List maintained by the UK Financial Services Authority and to cancel trading on the main market of the London Stock Exchange (‘UK Delisting’).

AIB traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) in the form of American Depositary Shares (“ADS”). Each ADS, which comprised 10 ordinary shares, traded under the symbol “AIB” and was evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”). On 25 August AIB delisted from the NYSE, from which time AIB’s ADSs were no longer traded on the NYSE.

At 31 December 2012, AIB had outstanding 517,117,096,249 ordinary shares of 0.01 each, of which 35,680,114 were held as Treasury Shares (note 47). At that date, outstanding ADSs amounting to 27,072,592, evidenced by ADRs, represented less than 0.1% of total outstanding ordinary shares (see page 397 for further information).

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the ordinary shares during the periods indicated, based on midmarket prices at close of business on the Irish Stock Exchange and the high and low sales prices for ADS, as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

      Ordinary      
  shares(1)      
    American
 Depositary Shares(2)
 
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
     High          Low      High     Low  
    (Euro)     (Dollars)  

Year ended 31 December

        

2008

    15.98             1.65          47.14            4.59      

2009

    3.37             0.27          9.84            0.76      

2010

    1.79             0.27          4.95            0.83      

2011

    0.33             0.04          4.48            0.41      

2012

    0.14             0.05          –            –      

Calendar year

        

2011

        

First quarter

    0.31             0.19          4.48            2.40      

Second quarter

    0.33             0.14          4.34            2.05      

Third quarter

    0.14             0.04          2.13            0.46      

Fourth quarter

    0.10             0.04          –            –      

2012

        

First quarter

    0.14             0.06          –            –      

Second quarter

    0.09             0.06          –            –      

Third quarter

    0.07             0.05          –            –      

Fourth quarter

    0.06             0.05          –            –      

 

(1) On 26 July 2011, the nominal value of each ordinary share was reduced from 0.32 to 0.01 per share.
(2) An American Depositary Share (“ADS”) represented two ordinary shares up to 22 February 2011. On 23 February 2011, AIB changed the ratio whereby one ADS represents ten ordinary shares.

Bonus Issue

On 30 April 2012, Allied Irish Banks p.l.c., announced that it was obliged under its Articles of Association to issue Ordinary Shares by way of bonus issue to the NPRFC as a result of the non payment of the annual cash dividend payable on the 2009 Preference Shares on 13 May 2012. 3,623,969,972 ordinary shares were issued and allotted to the NPRFC on 14 May 2012.

 

 

 

    396


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

American Depositary Receipts

The Company’s listing of the ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs, was obtained on the NYSE effective 28 November 1990. Each ADS, which comprised two ordinary shares, traded under the symbol “AIB” and is evidenced by an ADR. The ADR depositary is The Bank of New York Mellon (‘the Depositary’). On 7 February 2011, AIB announced its intention to change the ratio of one ADS representing two ordinary shares to one ADS representing ten ordinary shares. The effective date of this change was 23 February 2011.

On 4 August 2011, AIB announced that its Board of Directors had resolved to delist its ADSs, each representing ten ordinary shares, par value 0.01 per share, from the NYSE, terminate the deposit agreement governing the ADSs (‘the Deposit Agreement’) with the Depositary and, in due course, terminate the registration of AIB’s securities with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘the SEC’) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (‘the Exchange Act’), in each case after the completion of the required legal steps. The Board of Directors made the decision in light of the increase in the Irish Government’s shareholding (through the NPRFC) to 99.8% on 27 July 2011, and the savings in costs and administrative efforts that would result from the delisting and any subsequent deregistration under the Exchange Act.

AIB filed the related Form 25 with the SEC on 15 August 2011. The delisting became effective at the close of business on 25 August 2011, from which time AIB’s ADSs were no longer traded on the NYSE. On 10 October 2011, AIB terminated the ADS facility by terminating the ADS deposit agreement between AIB and the Depositary.

In April 2012, the Depositary commenced the sale of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs on the ESM. Because of the limited liquidity in the ordinary shares on the ESM, this disposal process has extended over a significant period and is continuing.

AIB has not arranged for listing and/or registration on another US national securities exchange or for quotation of its securities in a US quotation medium, but expects that its ordinary shares will continue to trade on the ESM of the ISE.

Fees incurred in Past Annual Period

There were no NYSE listing fees paid in 2012 as AIB delisted in 2011.

 

 

 

397    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Taxation

This is a summary of the principal tax consequences for Irish resident individual holders and Eligible United States (“US”) Holders, as defined below, of AIB Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing such Ordinary Shares, held as capital assets. It also covers Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) in general. It is not a comprehensive analysis of all potential tax consequences and does not cover all categories of investors. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors in relation to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of AIB Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including any foreign, state or local tax law.

Underlying this summary is the Double Taxation Convention between Ireland and the US (‘the Tax Treaty’) and the tax laws, judicial decisions, regulations and administrative rulings and practices of Ireland and the US currently in effect, which are subject to change at any time.

Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) - General

In general, DWT is deducted from dividends paid by Irish resident companies at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20%).

Certain classes of shareholders are exempt from DWT provided they return a properly completed declaration (certified as required) to AIB’s Registrar, prior to the relevant dividend payment record date.

Potentially-exempt shareholders include Irish resident companies, pension schemes, charities and certain non-resident persons. For a full exemption listing see the Irish Revenue website http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/exemptions.html

Declaration forms to claim exemption may be obtained either from AIB’s Registrar at:

Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd, Heron House, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18, Ireland.

Telephone: +353-1-2475411. Facsimile: +353-1-2163151.

Email: web.queries@computershare.ie

or from the Irish Revenue Commissioners at:

Dividend Withholding Tax Unit, Collector General’s Division, Government Offices, Nenagh, Co. Tipperary, Ireland.

Telephone: +353-67-63400. Facsimile: +353-67-33822.

Email: infodwt@revenue.ie

Website: http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/index.html

Taxation of Irish Resident Individual Shareholders:

Taxation of Dividends

(i) Irish Income Tax and Dividend Withholding Tax Credit

Shareholders who are individuals are liable to Irish income tax at their marginal rate on the amount of the dividend before deduction of DWT, and the DWT is available either for offset against the income tax liability, or for repayment, where it exceeds the total income tax liability. Such shareholders will normally also be liable to PRSI contribution (if regarded as ‘self-employed’ or a ‘modified PRSI rate payer’) and to the Universal Social Charge. All shareholders will be liable to PRSI contribution from 1 January 2014.

(ii) Back-up Withholding Tax

An Irish resident holder of ADSs is subject to US withholding tax at the rate of 15% with respect to dividends paid on ADSs or the proceeds of sale of ADSs. Unless the holder has provided to the withholding agent the applicable completed Form W-8 (‘Certificate of Foreign Status’) the dividends or the proceeds of sale of the ADSs may be subject to US back-up withholding tax which will increase the total withholding tax to 28%.

Irish Capital Gains Tax

When shares are disposed of a capital gain may result if the sales proceeds less selling costs are greater than the base cost of the shares sold and allowable deductions. Capital gains tax is charged at 33% on chargeable gains arising on disposals on or after 6 December 2012 (previously 30%).

Stamp Duty

The Irish stamp duty implications of transactions in shares or ADSs are the same as for Eligible US Holders. See ‘Irish Stamp Duty’ in the ‘Taxation of Eligible US Holders’ section.

 

 

 

    398


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Taxation of a gift or an inheritance

Capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”), comprising gift tax and inheritance tax, is charged in Ireland where the value of the aggregate taxable gifts and inheritances received by an individual on or after 5 December 1991 exceeds the tax free threshold applicable. The tax free threshold applicable is determined by the relationship between the parties. From 6 December 2012, amounts in excess of the threshold are taxed at 33% (previously 30%).

Taxation of Eligible US Holders:

An ‘Eligible US Holder’, for the purpose of this discussion, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is (a) a resident of the United States for the purposes of US federal income tax, (b) not a resident of Ireland for the purposes of Irish taxes and (c) not engaged in trade or business in Ireland through a permanent establishment, and (d) eligible for benefits under the Tax Treaty.

Eligible US Holders of ADSs are treated as the owners, as appropriate, of the underlying ordinary shares for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Tax Treaty.

 

Irish Tax
(i)   Irish Income Tax
  An Eligible US Holder is not liable to Irish income tax on dividends paid by AIB where the recipient is:
    a person, other than a company, who is not ordinarily resident in Ireland in a year of assessment; or
    a company that is not under the control (direct or indirect) of a person or persons who are Irish resident.
   

a company, the principal class of shares of which (or of its 75% parent or of a collection of companies which own 100% of that company) are substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange.

 

(ii)   Irish Dividend Withholding Tax and Related Tax Treaty Provisions
 

Generally an exemption from Irish DWT is available where the Eligible US Holder provides AIB’s Registrar with the relevant declaration, certified as required and, in the case of an individual, is not ordinarily resident in Ireland.

For further detail in relation to claims for exemption, see above under Irish Dividend Withholding Tax (“DWT”) – General. Eligible US Holders who have DWT deducted from their dividend may, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to a refund by making an application to the Irish Revenue Commissioners at the address shown above. Where entitlement to repayment under Irish domestic law cannot be established, the provisions of the Tax Treaty may apply. The provisions of the Tax Treaty can limit the Irish tax liability of an Eligible US Holder, who is unable to claim repayment of the full DWT deducted from the dividend, to 15% of the aggregate of the cash dividend and related DWT (the ‘gross amount’). In such circumstances, the Eligible US Holder may claim repayment from the Irish Revenue Commissioners under the provisions of the Tax Treaty of the amount of DWT in excess of 15% of the gross amount of the dividend.

 

(iii)   Gains on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposal
 

A gain realised on the sale, exchange or other disposal of the AIB ordinary shares or ADSs by an Eligible US Holder who is not ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes is not subject to Irish capital gains tax.

 

(iv)   Irish Stamp Duty
 

In the case of a transfer or sale of AIB ordinary shares, stamp duty will generally be charged at the rate of 1% of the value of the shares.

The surrender of ADSs to the Depositary in return for ordinary shares, where the surrender does not relate to a sale or contemplated sale or mortgage of such AIB ordinary shares, will generally not be chargeable to the 1% stamp duty. Where there is a surrender of the ADSs to the Depositary in return for ordinary shares which is done as a conveyance on sale or in contemplation of sale, then stamp duty is payable at the rate of 1% of the value of the shares.

 

(v)   Taxation of a gift or an inheritance
 

Capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”), comprising gift tax and inheritance tax, applies to gifts and bequests of Irish situate assets. CAT may also apply to non-Irish situate assets depending on the tax residence, ordinary residence and domicile positions of the donor and the successor or donee. As such, CAT applies to gifts and bequests of AIB ordinary shares. It is not entirely clear whether ADSs representing ordinary shares are regarded as non-Irish situate assets. As such, CAT may also apply to gifts and bequests of ADSs representing ordinary shares regardless of the residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the donor and successor or donee. For further details of CAT see ‘Taxation of Irish Shareholders - Taxation of a Gift or an Inheritance’.

 

US Tax
(i)  US Federal Income Taxation
  An Eligible US Holder is subject to US Federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by AIB out of AIB’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). Dividends received by individuals before 1 January 2013, that constitute qualified dividend income, are taxed at a maximum federal tax rate of 15%, subject to certain holding requirements. Holders of Ordinary Shares or ADSs must have held their shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date. Subject to the same holding requirements, beginning in 2013, dividends received by individuals, with taxable income above certain threshold amounts, are taxed at a maximum federal tax rate of 20%.

 

 

 

399    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

 

Dividends paid by AIB with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income for US tax purposes if AIB was not in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend was paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). Based on our current and projected financial data, we believe AIB should not be treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to tax years 2011 and 2012 and we do not anticipate that AIB would be treated as a PFIC for the 2013 year.

Dividends paid by AIB to US corporate stockholders with respect to ordinary shares and ADSs, will not qualify for the dividend received deduction otherwise generally allowed to such stockholders. The amount of the dividend to be included in income will be the US dollar value of the euro payment made, determined at the spot US dollar/euro exchange rate on the date of actual or constructive receipt by the Eligible US Holder in the case of ordinary shares, or by the Depositary in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the payment is actually converted into US dollars. Any gain or loss recognised by an Eligible US Holder on the sale or disposal of euros as a result of currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includable in income to the date the payment is converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

Distributions in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits would be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the Eligible US Holder’s basis in his AIB ordinary shares or ADSs and would reduce the US Holder’s basis in his AIB ordinary shares or ADSs. Any remaining excess would be treated for US federal tax purposes as capital gains, provided the AIB ordinary shares or ADSs are capital assets in the hands of such Eligible US Holder.

Subject to various limitations, Eligible US Holders who have Irish DWT applied to their dividend may be entitled to a credit against their US federal income tax liability. Under US tax law, the limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to separate classes of income. Dividends paid by AIB are foreign source “passive category income” or “general category income” depending on the holder’s circumstances. In either case, foreign tax credits allowable with respect to each category of income cannot exceed the US federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to such category of income. No foreign tax credit is allowed to the extent a refund of DWT is available to the Eligible US Holder.

 

(ii) US Withholding Tax
 

A holder of ADSs may, under certain circumstances, be subject to US backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on ADSs or the proceeds of sale of ADSs. A US holder of ADSs is subject to backup withholding tax unless such holder: (i) is a corporation or comes within the certain other exempt categories and, when required, certifies this fact; or (ii) provides a correct tax- payer identification number (“TIN”), certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding tax and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding tax rules. Subject to certain limitations, amounts withheld under the US backup withholding tax rules may be creditable against the holder’s US federal income tax liability.

 

(iii)   US State and local taxes
 

State and local taxes may apply to distributions received by holders of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

(iv)   Gains on sale, exchange or other disposal
 

Upon the sale, exchange or other disposal of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs, a US Holder will recognise a gain or loss, if any, equal to the difference between the amount realised upon the sale, exchange, or disposal and the US Holder’s tax basis. Generally, a holder’s tax basis in AIB ordinary shares or ADSs will be the US Holder’s cost. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Capital gains recognised by non-corporate US Holders before 1 January 2013, on shares held longer than one year, are taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Beginning in 2013, capital gains recognized by non-corporate US Holders, with taxable income above certain threshold amounts, are taxed at a maximum tax rate of 20%. Any gain will generally be treated as income from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Effective 10 October 2011 AIB terminated its ADR facility. A US Holder of ADSs could surrender their ADSs and receive underlying AIB ordinary shares. A US Holder does not recognise gain or loss on the surrender of ADSs and receipt of AIB ordinary shares. The US Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares received is equal to the tax basis in the ADSs surrendered. A US Holder that does not surrender their ADSs ultimately will receive proceeds in connection with the termination and, at that point, under current law, would be treated as having sold their shares, recognising gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realised and the US Holder’s tax basis. As discussed above such gain or loss would generally be capital gain or loss.

 

(v)   Taxation of a gift or an inheritance
 

The 1951 estate tax convention between Ireland and the US is accepted by both countries’ revenue authorities as applying to Irish inheritance tax, but not gift tax. Under this convention and US tax law any such inheritance tax payable in Ireland generally will be allowed as a credit, subject to certain limitations, against so much of the US federal estate tax as is payable on the same property. Transfers of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs upon death may be subject to US federal estate tax subject to certain threshold exemptions. US federal gift tax may apply to gifts of AIB ordinary shares or ADSs subject to certain thresholds and exemptions. No credit is allowable against Federal gift tax for Irish gift tax paid on the same property.

 

 

 

    400


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Exchange controls

Under Article 63 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, all restrictions on the movements of capital between member states of the European Union and between such member states and third countries are prohibited.

Under Article 66 of the Treaty where, in exceptional circumstances, movements of capital to or from third countries cause, or threaten to cause, serious difficulties for the operation of economic and monetary union, the Council of the European Union, on a proposal from the European Commission, and after consulting the European Central Bank, may take safeguard measures with regard to third countries for a period not exceeding six months if such measures are strictly necessary.

Under Article 75 of the Treaty, where is necessary to prevent and combat terrorism and related activities, the European Parliament and the Council, acting by means of regulations are to define a framework for administrative measures with regard to capital movements and payments, such as the freezing of funds, financial assets or economic gains belonging to, or owned or held by, natural or legal persons, groups or non-State entities.

There are no restrictions under AIB’s Articles of Association or under Irish law, as currently in force, that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners, as such, to hold securities of AIB freely or, when entitled, to vote such securities freely. There are currently no restrictions under Irish law, decrees, or regulations affecting the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-resident holders of AIB securities except in respect of United Nations and/or European Union sanctions.

 

 

 

401    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Employees

At year end December 2012, AIB Group had 13,429(1) full time equivalent staff in payment (end of month average staff in payment full time equivalent, excluding career breaks and other unpaid long-term leaves) on a worldwide basis, mainly in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland, Great Britain, USA.

AIB Group offers a wide range of employee relations programmes in each of the areas in which it operates. AIB, and the Irish Bank Officials’ Association (“IBOA”) which is the principal recognised trade union for bank employees conduct their employee relations in keeping with agreed Partnership Principles, which, since February 2000, have underpinned the approach taken in employee and industrial relations.

The AIB Code of Conduct, which was extensively revised in 2012, sets out the standards of conduct and behaviour required from staff. This Code is subject to review annually. AIB encourages its staff to raise any concerns of wrongdoing through a number of channels, both internal and external. One such channel, the AIB Speak-Up policy, includes a confidential external helpline. Staff are assured that if they raise a concern in good faith, AIB will not tolerate any victimisation or unfair treatment of the staff member as a result.

Pay developments in 2012 reflected the financial position of the Group and ongoing pressure to retain key staff and skills in light of extensive restructuring of the Group’s activities, the implementation of pay and benefit reductions and the introduction of Early Retirement and Voluntary Severance Schemes. Remuneration spend was tightly managed within tight budgetary parameters. There were no general salary increases or increments paid in 2012 and there were no bonus or share schemes in operation. Specific pay increases awarded during the year reflected the need to retain staff in critical areas and in recocognition of additional responsibilities undertaken following the Group’s restructuring and significant staff numbers departing under the early retirement and voluntary severance programmes.

The average number of employees by market segment for 2012 and 2011 and by division for 2010 (excluding employees on career breaks, long term absences or any other unpaid leaves) are described in the table below. See also note 65 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

     Years ended 31 December  
     2012        2011               2010  

Continuing operations

             Continuing operations       

PBB

     6,285           6,017            AIB Bank ROI          6,850   

CICB

     1,620 (4)         1,752(5)         Capital Markets(5)(7)      2,177   

AIB UK

     2,234           2,282            AIB Bank UK          2,342   

EBS(2)

     604           288            Central & Eastern Europe(8)      N/A   

Group

     3,965 (3)         3,943            Group(8)          2,886   

 

 
     14,708           14,282                 14,255   

Discontinued operations

             Discontinued operations   

BZWBK

               2,434(6) (9)       BZWBK(6)(9)       9,631   

 

      

 

 

Total

     14,708 (1)         16,716                 23,886   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

(1) The 12 month average above of 14,708 is higher than the actual December 2012 figure of 13,429 (excludes leavers from 19 December to 31 December 2012). The variance is a result of the impact that voluntary severance and early retirements, predominantly in quarter 4, have had on the actual AIB figures.
(2) EBS was acquired on 1 July 2011, accordingly, staff numbers have been time apportioned in 2011.
(3) The figures for Group include the following centralised functions: Group Services and Transformation; Chief Financial Office; Chief Risk Office; Non Core Unit; Corporate Affairs & Marketing; Office of Law Agent and Office of Group Internal Audit.
(4) AIB Investment Managers was disposed of on 1 June 2012, data has been included for January to May 2012.
(5) AIB’s investment in Goodbodys was derecognised at 31 December 2010, therefore its employees are not included from that date.
(6) Central and Eastern Europe division ceased operations in 2010, following the classification of BZWBK and BACB as a discontinued operation during the year.
(7) In 2010, Treasury segment employees of BZWBK were no longer included in Capital Markets.
(8) In 2010, the Group segment included employees in AmCredit and assignees based in BZWBK and BACB, which had previously been included within the Central and Eastern Europe division.
(9) BZWBK includes all staff in BZWBK and its subsidiaries, excluding assignees from AIB.

 

 

 

    402


Table of Contents
    LOGO

 

 

Description of property

As at 31 December 2012, AIB operated from an estate of circa 290 branches/outlets, and 28 offices. These are held principally in the Republic of Ireland, Northern Ireland, Great Britain, Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands. The estate is held under a combination of freehold/long leasehold and short lease tenures. AIB also holds a large number of ATM locations under lease and licence agreements in the Republic of Ireland.

Over the course of 2012, AIB undertook a large scale branch consolidation programme resulting in the closure of 52 branches and sub offices in the Republic of Ireland, and five in Northern Ireland. A further 17 branches in the Republic of Ireland will close over the first half of 2013. These properties, depending on tenure, will be placed on the market for sale, or surrendered back to landlords over the course of the year.

AIB’s headquarters is located at Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4. This is a large campus style complex of interlinked office buildings on a site of approximately 14 acres. The complex houses most of AIB’s support functions, in addition to car parking, meeting and staff welfare facilities. AIB holds this site under a number of separate lease arrangements.

AIB also holds an office under lease at AIB International Centre located in Dublin’s International Financial Services Centre (“IFSC”), which it will exit mid-2013. In addition, AIB has a number of other head office properties in principal towns nationwide including Dublin, Naas, Cork, Limerick, Waterford and Galway.

In Northern Ireland, AIB’s First Trust Bank head office is located at First Trust Centre, 92 Ann Street, Belfast. First Trust also holds a large property at Queen’s Square, Belfast and has a branch network comprising 42 locations.

AIB’s UK headquarters is located at Tenterden Street, West London which is held under lease. In addition, AIB has a further nine leasehold properties in and around London, with another 15 locations nationwide. An additional 12 closed premises are also held under management which are to be reviewed over the course of 2013. The lease on AIB UK’s previous head office location, Bankcentre, Uxbridge, expired and was vacated in December 2012.

EBS is largely accommodated across the AIB Bankcentre campus. The former EBS headquarters, at 2 Burlington Road, Dublin 4, is now an integrated part of the AIB head office estate. This is a modern 80,000 square foot facility held under lease. EBS also leased a 7,000 square foot unit on Amiens Street, Dublin 2 which ceased in September 2012. The branch estate comprises 62 outlets which are leased or owned by EBS with a further 24 locations held by tied agents and franchisees.

Other shareholder information

1. Internet-based Shareholder Services
   Ordinary Shareholders with access to the internet may:
    register for electronic communications on the following link, www.computershare.com/register/ie;
    check their shareholdings on the Company’s Share Register;
    check past dividend payment details;
    update your information online on the following link: www.investorcentre.com/ie/changeaddress; and
    download standard forms required to initiate changes in details held by the Registrar, by accessing AIB’s website at www.aibgroup.com, clicking on the Investor Relations, Shareholder Information and Personal Shareholder Details option, and following the on-screen instructions. When prompted, the Shareholder Reference Number (shown on the shareholder’s share certificate, dividend counterfoil and personalised circulars) should be entered. These services may also be accessed via the Registrar’s website at www.computershare.com.
   Shareholders may also use AIB’s website to access the Company’s Annual Financial Report.

 

2. Stock Exchange Listings
   Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. is an Irish-registered company. Its ordinary shares are traded on the Enterprise Securities Market (“ESM”) of the Irish Stock Exchange.

 

3. Registrar
   The Company’s Registrar is:
   Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd.,
   Heron House, Corrig Road, Sandyford Industrial Estate, Dublin 18.
   Telephone: +353-1-247 5411. Facsimile: +353-1-216 3151.
   Website: www.computershare.com or www.investorcentre.com/ie/contactus

 

4. Shareholding analysis
   The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission hold 516,237,363,722 ordinary shares of 0.01 each in the share capital of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c..

 

 

 

403    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Additional information  

 

 

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting: 20 June 2013, at the Company’s Head office at Bankcentre, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Interim results

Unaudited interim results for the half-year ending 30 June 2013 will be announced towards the end of July/early August 2013 and will be available on the Company’s website – www.aibgroup.com.

Shareholder’s enquires regarding Ordinary Shares should be addressed to:

Computershare Investor Services (Ireland) Ltd.,

Heron House,

Corrig Road,

Sandyford Industrial Estate,

Dublin 18, Ireland.

Telephone: +353 1 247 5411

Facsimile: +353 1 216 3151

Website: www.computershare.com

or

www.investorcentre.com/ie/contactus

or

www.aibgroup.com

 

 

 

    404


Table of Contents
  Glossary of terms   LOGO

 

 

ABS

     Asset backed securities are securities which are collateralised by income producing assets other than mortgage loans. They are typically structured in tranches of differing credit qualities. Some common types of asset backed securities are those backed by credit card receivables, home equity loans and car loans.

Arrears

     Arrears relates to any interest or principal on a loan which was due for payment, but where payment has not been received. Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue.

Banking

Book

     A regulatory classification consisting of all exposures which are not in the trading book. Banking book positions are typically structural in nature (i.e. when arises as a consequence of the size and composition of the Group’s balance sheet) or relates to investment positions being maintained by the Group’s Treasury function (e.g. Available for Sale securities portfolios). These positions attract regulatory capital requirements that reflect inherent credit and interest rate risks.

Basis point

     One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%), so 100 basis points is 1%. Used in quoting movements in interest rates or yields on securities.

Basis risk

     A type of market risk that refers to the possibility that the change in the price of an instrument (e.g. asset, liability, derivative, etc) may not match the change in price of the associated hedge, resulting in losses arising in the Group’s portfolio of financial instruments.

Buy- to- let

     A residential mortgage loan approved for the purpose of purchasing a residential investment property to rent out.

CBOs/CDOs

     A collateralised bond obligation (“CBO”)/collateralised debt obligation (“CDO”) is an investment vehicle (generally an SPE) which allows third party investors to make debt and/or equity investments in a vehicle containing a portfolio of loans and bonds with certain common features. In the case of synthetic CBOs/CDOs the risk is backed by credit derivatives instead of the sale of assets (cash CBOs/CDOs).

CET 1 ratio

     Common equity tier 1 – A measurement of a bank’s core equity capital compared with its total risk-weighted assets.

Collectively

assessed

impairment

     Impairment assessment on a collective basis for portfolios of loans that are not considered individually significant for specific provisioning. In addition, portfolios of performing loans are assessed on a collective basis to estimate the amount of losses incurred, but which have yet to be individually identified (IBNR provisions).

Commercial

paper

     Commercial paper is similar to a deposit and is a relatively low-risk, short-term, unsecured promissory note traded on money markets issued by companies or other entities to finance their short-term expenses. In the USA, commercial paper matures within 270 days maximum, while in Europe, it may have a maturity period of up to 365 days; although maturity is commonly 30 days in the USA and 90 days in Europe.

Commercial

     Commercial property lending focuses primarily on the following property segments:

property

     a) Apartment complexes;
     b) Develop to sell;
     c) Office projects;
     d) Retail projects;
     e) Hotels; and
     f) Selective mixed-use projects and special purpose properties.

Concentration

risk

     Concentration risk is the risk of loss from lack of diversification, investing too heavily in one industry, one geographic area or one type of security.

Contractual

maturity

     The period when a scheduled payment is due and payable in accordance with the terms of a financial instrument.

Core tier 1

capital

     Called-up share capital, share premium and eligible reserves plus equity non-controlling interests, less goodwill, intangible assets and supervisory deductions as specified by the Central Bank of Ireland.

CRD

     Capital requirements directives (‘CRD’): Capital adequacy legislation implemented by the European Union and adopted by member states. They are designed to ensure the financial soundness of credit institutions and certain investment firms.

Credit default

swaps

     An agreement between two parties whereby one party pays the other a fixed coupon over a specified term. The other party makes no payment unless a specified credit event, such as a default, occurs, at which time a payment is made and the swap terminates. Credit default swaps are typically used by the purchaser to provide credit protection in the event of default by a counterparty.

Credit

derivatives

     Financial instruments where credit risk connected with loans, bonds or other risk-weighted assets or market risk positions is transferred to counterparties providing credit protection. The credit risk might be the exposure inherent in a financial asset such as a loan or might be generic credit risk such as the bankruptcy risk of an entity.

Credit risk

     The risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss to the other party by failing to discharge an obligation.

 

 

 

405    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Glossary of terms  

 

 

 

Credit risk mitigation      Techniques by lenders used to reduce the credit risk associated with an exposure by the application of credit risk mitigants, examples include: collateral; guarantee; and credit protection.
Credit risk spread      Credit spread can be defined as the difference in yield between a given security and a comparable benchmark government security or the difference in value of two securities with comparable maturity and yield but different credit qualities. It gives an indication of the issuer’s or borrower’s credit quality.
Criticised loans      Loans requiring additional management attention over and above that normally required for the loan type.
Customer accounts      A liability of the Group where the counterparty to the financial contract is typically a personal customer, a corporation (other than a financial institution) or the government. This caption includes various types of deposits and credit current accounts, all of which are unsecured.
Debt Restructuring      This is the process whereby customers in arrears, facing cash flow or financial distress renegotiate the terms of their loan agreements in order to improve the likelihood of repayment. Restructuring may involve altering the terms of a loan agreement including a partial write down of the balance. In certain circumstances, the loan balance may be swapped for equity in the counterparty.
Debt securities      Assets on the Group’s balance sheet representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies and other undertakings.
Debt securities in issue      Liabilities of the Group which are represented by transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificates.
Default      When a customer breaches a term and/or condition of a loan agreement, a loan is deemed to be in default for case management purposes. Depending on the materiality of the default, if left unmanaged it can lead to loan impairment. Default is also used in Basel II context when a loan is either 91+ days past due or impaired, and may require additional capital to be set aside.
Delinquency      Failure by a customer to repay an obligation when due or as agreed. In the case of loans and credit cards, this will arise when a payment of either capital and/or interest is 1 day or more overdue. Overdrafts are deemed to be delinquent if an approved limit is exceeded for 1 day or more.
Earnings constraint      Within the Group, market risk portfolios are controlled from a risk (using VaR limits) and financial perspective. The Earnings constraint is the Group’s primary financial limit. It is an expression of the Group’s tolerance for gross income loss in any financial period (i.e. utilisation against the Earnings Constraint Limit is based on cumulative gross income in each half year).
Economic capital      The amount of capital which the Group needs to protect against extreme losses from a material risk it is running (e.g. credit risk, market risk). It is based on internally developed calculation methodologies and estimates, as opposed to regulatory capital, which uses a methodology determined by the Basel Accord and imposed by the Regulator.
Eurozone      The eurozone represents the seventeen European Union countries that have adopted the euro as their common currency.
Exposure at Default      Exposure at default (“EAD”) is the expected or actual amount of exposure to the borrower at the time of default.
First/second lien      Where a property or other security is taken as collateral for a loan, first lien holders are paid before all other claims on the property. Second lien holders are subordinate to the rights of first lien holders to a property security.
Forbearance      Forbearance is the term that is used when repayment terms of a loan contract have been renegotiated in order to make repayment terms more manageable for borrowers. Forbearance techniques have the common characteristic of rescheduling principal or interest repayments, rather than reducing them. Standard forbearance techniques employed by the Group include: - interest only; a reduction in the payment amount; a temporary deferral of payment (a moratorium); extending the term of the mortgage; and capitalising arrears amounts and related interest.
     Sub-headings under forbearance include:
     Split mortgages
     A split mortgage is one of the forbearance solutions that may be offered to customers in arrears whose mortgages are unsustainable. The loan is split in to two parts, a sustainable element and an unsustainable element which are subject to separate repayment schedules.
     Negative equity trade down
     A forbearance solution which allows a customer to sell their residential property and subsequently purchase a new property and transfer the negative equity portion to a new loan secured on the new property.

 

 

 

    406


Table of Contents
  Glossary of terms   LOGO

 

 

     Voluntary sale for loss
     A forbearance solution which may be offered to residential mortgage customers in financial difficulty. This operates on a voluntary basis whereby the customer agrees to sell the mortgage property and repay any residual debt outstanding.
Funded/ unfunded exposures     

Funded: Loans, advances and debt securities where funds have been given to a debtor with an obligation to repay at some future date and on specific terms.

Unfunded: Unfunded exposures are those where funds have not yet been advanced to a debtor, but where a commitment exists to do so at a future date or event.

Guarantee      An undertaking by the Group/other party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so.
Home loan      A loan secured by a mortgage on the primary residence or second home of a borrower.
ICAAP      Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) The Group’s own assessment, through an examination of its risk profile from regulatory and economic capital perspectives, of the levels of capital that it needs to hold.
Impaired loans      Loans are typically reported as impaired when interest thereon is 91 days or more past due or where a provision exists in anticipation of loss, except: (i) where there is sufficient evidence that repayment in full, including all interest up to the time of repayment (including costs) will be made within a reasonable and identifiable time period, either from realisation of security, refinancing commitment or other sources; or (ii) where there is independent evidence that the balance due, including interest, is adequately secured. Upon impairment the accrual of interest income based on the original terms of the claim is discontinued but the increase of the present value of impaired claims due to the passage of time is reported as interest income.
IRBA      The Internal Ratings Based Approach (“IRBA”) allows banks, subject to regulatory approval, to use their own estimates of certain risk components to derive regulatory capital requirements for credit risk across different asset classes. The relevant risk components are: Probability of Default (“PD”); Loss Given Default (“LGD”); and Exposure at Default (“EAD”).
ISDA Master Agreements      Standardised contracts, developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) used as an umbrella under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into.
LCR      Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) is the ratio of the stock of high quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the following 30 days. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be at least 100% with effect from 2015. The Liquidity coverage ratio is designed to ensure that financial institutions have the necessary assets on hand to ride out short-term liquidity disruptions.
Leveraged lending      Leveraged lending involves lending to entities by leveraging off their equity structures having considered the cash generating capacity of the business and its capacity to repay any associated debt. Leveraging structures are typically used in management and private equity buy-outs, mergers and acquisitions. Leverage lending typically is to non-investment grade borrowers and carries commensurate rates of return.
Leverage ratio      To prevent an excessive build-up of leverage on institutions’ balance sheets, Basel III introduces a non risk- based leverage ratio to supplement the risk-based capital framework of Basel II. It is defined as the ratio of tier 1 capital to total exposures. Total exposures include on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet items and derivatives, and should generally follow the accounting measure of exposure.
LGD      Loss Given Default (“LGD”) is the expected or actual loss in the event of default, expressed as a percentage of ‘exposure at default’.
Liquidity risk      The risk that Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.
Loans past due      When a borrower fails to make a contractually due payment, a loan is deemed to be past due. ‘Past due days’ is a term used to describe the cumulative number of days that a missed payment is overdue. Past due days commence from the close of business on the day on which a payment is due but not received. In the case of overdrafts, past due days are counted once a borrower:
     –  has breached an advised limit;
     –  has been advised of a limit lower than the then current amount outstanding; or
    

–  has drawn credit without authorisation. When a borrower is past due, the entire exposure is reported as past due, rather than the amount of any excess or arrears.

Loan to deposit ratio      This is the ratio of loans and receivables to customers as presented in the statement of financial position compared to customer accounts.
Loan workout      Loan workout is the process whereby once an advance is deemed to be criticised (i.e. ‘Watch’, ‘Vulnerable’ or ‘Impaired’), the Group monitors and reviews the advance regularly with the objective of working with the customer to resolve their financial difficulties, which may include restructuring, in order to maximise the level of recovery by the Group.

 

 

 

407    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Glossary of terms  

 

 

 

LTV   

 Loan to value (“LTV) is an arithmetic calculation that expresses the amount of the loan as a percentage of the value of security/collateral. A high LTV indicates that there is less of a cushion to protect the lender against collateral price falls or increases in the loan carrying amount if repayments are not made and interest is capitalised onto the outstanding loan balance.

 

MCEV   

Market consistent embedded value (“MCEV”) of a life insurance company represents the shareholders’ interests in the earnings distributable from assets allocated to the covered business after sufficient allowance for the aggregate risks in the covered business has been made.

 

Medium term notes   

Medium term notes (“MTNs”) are notes issued by the Group across a range of maturities under European Medium Term Note Programme.

 

Monte Carlo Simulation   

A mathematical modelling process or analytical technique for solving a problem by performing a large number of trial runs, called simulations, and inferring a solution from the collective results of the trial runs. It is a standard method for calculating the probability distribution of possible outcomes and has particular application in determining the ‘Value at Risk’ (“VaR”) of portfolios containing option products.

 

Mortgage covered securities   

Mortgage covered securities (also known as covered bonds) are debt securities backed by cash flows from mortgages. They are issued for the purpose of financing loans secured on residential property.

 

NAMA   

National Asset Management Agency (“NAMA”) was established in 2009 as one of a number of initiatives taken by the Irish Government to address the serious problems which arose in Ireland’s banking sector as the result of excessive property lending.

 

Net interest

 income

  

The amount of interest received or receivable on assets net of interest paid or payable on liabilities.

 

NSFR   

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), a significant part of the Basel III bank liquidity regime. The NSFR aims to ensure banks are able to survive an extended closure of wholesale funding markets. It establishes a minimum acceptable amount of stable funding based on the liquidity characteristics of a bank’s assets and activities over a one year horizon. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be over 100% with effect from 2018. The NSFR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

 

Optionality risk   

A type of market risk associated with option features that are embedded within assets or liabilities on the Group’s balance sheet. The embedded option features can significantly change the cash flows (and/or redemption) of the contract and can, therefore, effect its duration, yield and pricing. Examples include bonds with early call provisions or prepayment risk on a mortgage portfolio. Where these risks are left unhedged, it can result in losses arising in the Group’s portfolio.

 

OUBBs   

Own-use bank bonds (“OUBBs”) Banks issue government-guaranteed bonds to themselves and use these bonds as collateral to procure funding from the European Central Bank.

 

PCA   

Principal components analysis (“PCA”) is mathematical way of identifying patterns in data. It is used to analyse interest rate shock scenarios by decomposing the interest rate term structure into its principal components.

 

PD   

Probability of Default (“PD”) is the likelihood that a borrower will default on an obligation to repay.

 

Prime loan   

Loan in which both the criteria used to grant the loan (loan-to-value, debt-to-income, etc.) and to assess the borrower’s history (no past due reimbursements of loans, no bankruptcy, etc.) are sufficiently conservative to rank the loan as high quality and low-risk.

 

Re-pricing risk   

Repricing risk is a form of interest rate risk (i.e. a type of market risk) that occurs when asset and liability positions are mismatched in terms of re-pricing (as opposed to final contractual) maturity. Where these interest rate gaps are left unhedged, it can result in losses arising in the Group’s portfolio of financial instruments.

 

Repo   

Repurchase Agreement (“Repo”) is a short-term funding agreement that allows a borrower to create a collateralised loan by selling a financial asset to a lender. As part of the agreement the borrower commits to repurchase the security at a date in the future repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the counterparty to the transaction it is termed a reverse repurchase agreement or a reverse repo.

 

RWAs   

Risk weighted assets (“RWAs”) are a measure of assets (including off-balance sheet items converted into asset equivalents e.g. credit lines) which are weighted in accordance with prescribed rules and formulas as defined in the Basel Accord to reflect the risks inherent in those assets.

 

RMBS   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) are debt obligations that represent claims to the cash flows from pools of mortgage loans, most commonly on residential property.

 

Securitisation   

Securitisation is the process of aggregation and repackaging of non-tradable financial instruments such as loans and receivables, or company cash flow into securities that can be issued and traded in the capital markets.

 

SPE    Special purpose entity (“SPE”) is a legal entity which can be a limited company or a limited partnership created to fulfil narrow or specific objectives. A company will transfer assets to the SPE for management or use by the SPE to finance a large project thereby achieving a narrow set of goals without putting the entire firm at risk.

 

 

 

    408


Table of Contents
  Glossary of terms   LOGO

 

 

Structured securities   

This involves non-standard lending arrangements through the structuring of assets or debt issues in accordance with customer and/or market requirements. The requirements may be concerned with funding, liquidity, risk transfer or other needs that cannot be met by an existing off the shelf product or instrument. To meet this requirement existing products and techniques must be engineered into a tailor-made product or process.

 

Sub-prime   

Extension of credit to borrowers who, at the time of the loans’ origination, exhibit characteristics indicating a significantly higher risk of default than traditional bank lending customers.

 

Tier 1 capital   

A measure of a bank’s financial strength defined by the Basel Accord. It captures core tier 1 capital plus other tier 1 securities in issue, but is subject to deductions relating to the excess of expected loss on the IRBA portfolios over the IFRS provision on the IRBA portfolios, securitisation positions and material holdings in financial companies.

 

Tier 2 capital   

Broadly includes qualifying subordinated debt and other tier 2 securities in issue, eligible collective impairment provisions, unrealised available for sale equity gains and revaluation reserves. It is subject to deductions relating to the excess of expected loss on the IRBA portfolios over the accounting impairment provisions on the IRBA portfolios, securitisation positions and material holdings in financial companies.

 

Tracker mortgage   

A mortgage with a variable interest rate which tracks the European Central Bank (“ECB”) rate, at an agreed margin above the ECB rate and will increase or decrease within five days of an ECB rate movement.

 

VaR   

The Group’s core risk measurement methodology is based on an historical simulation application of the industry standard Value at Risk (“VaR”) technique. The methodology incorporates the portfolio diversification effect within each standard risk factor (interest rate, credit spread, foreign exchange, equity, as applicable). The resulting VaR figures, calculated at the close of business each day, are an estimate of the probable maximum loss in fair value over a one day holding period that would arise from a ‘worst case’ movement in market rates. This VaR metric is derived from an observation of historical prices over a period of one year and assessed at a 95% statistical confidence level (i.e. the VaR metric may be exceeded at least 5% of the time).

 

Vulnerable loans   

Loans where repayment is in jeopardy from normal cash flow and may be dependent on other sources for repayment.

 

Watch loan   

Loans exhibiting weakness but with the expectation that existing debt can be fully repaid from normal cash flow.

 

Yield curve risk    A type of market risk that refers to the possibility that an interest rate yield curve changes its shape unexpectedly (e.g. flattening, steepening, non-parallel shift), resulting in losses arising in the Goup’s portfolio of interest rate instruments.

 

 

 

409    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Principal addresses  

 

 

 

Ireland & Britain

Group Headquarters

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

Website: http://www.aibgroup.com

AIB Bank - Personal, Business &

Corporate Banking

Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

Facsimile: + 353 1 660 3063

First Trust Bank

First Trust Centre, 92 Ann Street,

Belfast BT1 3HH.

Telephone: + 44 28 9032 5599

From RoI: 048 9032 5599

Allied Irish Bank (GB)

4 Tenterden Street, Off Hanover Square

London W1S 1TE

Telephone: + 44 20 7647 3300

Facsimile: + 44 20 7629 2376

AIB Corporate Banking

AIB Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

Facsimile: + 353 1 668 2508

AIB Finance & Leasing

AIB Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

Facsimile: + 353 1 668 2508

AIB Customer Treasury Services

AIB Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

Facsimile: + 353 1 641 2201

AIB Business Banking

AIB Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 6411603

Facsimile: + 353 1 7721221

AIB Commercial Finance Limited

AIB Bankcentre, Ballsbridge,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 667 0233

Facsimile: + 353 1 667 0250

AIB Corporate Banking Britain

St Helen’s, 1 Undershaft,

London EC3A 8AB.

Telephone: + 44 207 090 7130

Facsimile: + 44 207 090 7100

EBS Limited

The EBS Building,

2 Burlington Road,

Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 665 9000

Facsimile: + 353 1 874 7416

AIB Financial Solutions Group

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

AIB Arrears Support Unit

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

AIB Enterprise Lending Services

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

AIB Transactions and Non Core

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

AIB Third Party Servicing

Bankcentre, PO Box 452,

Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.

Telephone: + 353 1 660 0311

USA

AIB Corporate Banking

North America

1166 Avenue of the Americas, 18th floor,

New York, NY 10036.

Telephone: + 1 212 339 8000

Facsimile: + 1 212 515 6710

AIB Customer Treasury Services

1166 Avenue of the Americas, 18th floor,

New York, NY 10036.

Telephone: + 1 212 339 8000

Facsimile: + 1 212 339 8006

 

 

All numbers are listed with international codes. To dial a location from within the same jurisdiction, drop the country code after the + sign and place a 0 before the area code. This does not apply to calls to First Trust from Ireland (Republic).

 

 

 

    410


Table of Contents
  Index   LOGO

 

 

 

A  

 

Accounting policies

    193   

Administrative expenses

    237   

Annual General Meeting

    404   

Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (Parent company) financial statements and notes

    342   

Approval of financial statements

    341   

Acquisition of EBS Limited

    255   

Associated undertakings

    271   

Audit Committee

    176   

Auditor’s fees

    247   

Average balance sheets and interest rates

    337   

Aviva Life Holdings Ireland Limited

    273   

 

B

 

Board Committees

    169   

Board & Executive Officers

    168   

Businesses of AIB Group

    13   

 

C

 

Capital adequacy information

    44   

Capital management

    43   

Capital reserves

    292   

Capital redemption reserves

    292   

Chairman’s statement

    4   

Chief Executive’s review

    6   

Commitments

    334   

Company secretary

    174   

Contingent liabilities and commitments

    293   

Contributions from the Minister for Finance and the NPRFC

    292   

Corporate Governance Statement

    173   

Corporate Social Responsibility

    9   

Credit ratings

    122   

Credit risk

    69   

Critical accounting policies

    45   

Currency information

    395   

Customer accounts

    280   

 

D

 

Debt securities in issue

    281   

Deferred taxation

    277   

Deposits by central banks and banks

    279   

Derivative financial instruments

    259   

Directors

    168   

Directors’ interests

    319   

Directors’ remuneration

    316   

Discontinued operations

    249   

Disposal groups and non-current assets held for sale

    257   

Disposal of businesses

    246   

Distributions on equity shares

    254   

Dividend income

    232   

Dividends

    341   

 

E

 

Earnings per share

    252   

Employees

   
 
 
335
&
402
  
  
  

Exchange controls

    401   

Exchange rates

    395   

 

F

 

Fair value of financial instruments

    299   

Finance leases and hire purchase contracts

    265   

Financial and other information

    336   

Financial assets and financial liabilities by contractual residual maturity

    313   

Financial assets and financial liabilities held for sale to NAMA

    256   

Financial calendar

    404   

Financial investments available for sale

   
 
 
144
&
268
  
  
  

Financial investments held to maturity

    55   

Financial liabilities by undiscounted contractual maturity

    314   

Financial review

    11   

Foreign exchange risk

    152   

Forward looking information

    2   

 

G

 

Gain on redemption/remeasurement of subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

    233   

Glossary

    405   

Going concern

    195   

Group Internal Audit

    67   

 

I

 

Income statement

    218   

Independent auditor’s report

    382   

Intangible assets and goodwill

    274   

Interest income

    232   

Interest expense

    232   

Interest rate risk (non-trading)

    148   

Interest rate sensitivity

    307   

Internal controls

    182   

Investments in Group undertakings

    361   

Irish Government

    326   
L  

Liquidity risk

    147   

Loans and receivables to banks

    264   

Loans and receivables to customers

    265   

 

M

 

Management report

    21   

Market risk

    148   

Memorandum and articles of association

    388   

 

N

 

NAMA senior bonds

    267   

NAMA subordinated bond

    268   

Net fee and commission income

    232   

Net trading loss

    233   

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

    178   

Non-adjusting events after the reporting period

    341   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   
 
 
251
&
292
  
  
  

Notes to the financial statements

    225   

 

O

 

Off balance sheet arrangements

    295   

Offer and listing details

    396   

Operational risk

    153   

Other equity interests

    291   

Other liabilities

    281   

Other operating (loss)/income

    236   

Own shares

    291   

 

P

 

Parent company risk information

    156   

Pension risk

    155   

Principal addresses

    410   

Profit/(loss) on transfer of financial instruments to NAMA

    235   

Profit/(loss) on disposal of property

    246   

Property, plant & equipment

    275   

Prospective accounting changes

    214   

Provision for impairment on financial investments available for sale

    246   

Provisions for impairment on loans and receivables

    266   

Provisions for liabilities and commitments

    282   
 

 

 

 

411    


Table of Contents
LOGO   Index (continued)  

 

 

 

R  

Regulatory compliance

    336   

Regulatory compliance risk

    154   

Related party transactions

    321   

Remuneration committee

    179   

Report of the Directors

    171   

Retirement benefits

    239   

Risk appetite

    65   

Risk framework

    65   

Risk governance and risk management organisation

    65   

Risk identification and assessment process

    67   

Risk management

 

   

 

57

 

  

 

S  

Schedule to Report of the Directors

    385   

Segmental information

    226   

Share-based compensation schemes

    237   

Share capital

    286   

Statement of cash flows

    221   

Statement of comprehensive income

    219   

Statements of changes in equity

    223   

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

    381   

Statement of financial position

    220   

Subordinated liabilities and other capital instruments

    284   

Supervision and regulation

 

   

 

185

 

  

 

T  

Taxation

    248 & 398   

Trading portfolio financial assets

    258   

Transfer of financial assets

    296   

Transfer of business from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation

    254   
 
W  

Website

    404   

 

 

 

 

 

 

    412


Table of Contents
2012 Form 20-F item number   
1    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors   
   Not applicable   
2    Offer statistics and expected timetable   
   Not applicable   
3    Key information   
   Financial highlights    3
   Risk factors    58
4    Information on the company   
   History and development of the company    12
   Businesses of AIB    13
   Organisational structure:   
       Businesses of AIB and    13
       Investment in Group undertakings    360
   Description of property    403
5    Operating and Financial Review & Prospects   
   Critical accounting policies & estimates    45
   Management report    21
   Capital management    43
   Off-balance sheet arrangements    295
   Deposits and short term borrowings    49
   Financial investments available for sale    53
   Contractual obligations    56
6    Directors’ Senior Management & Employees   
   The Board and Executive Committee    168
   Report on Directors’ remuneration and interests    316
   Directors’ report    171
   Corporate Governance Statement    173
   Employees    402
7    Major Stockholders and Related Party Transactions   
   Major stockholders    172
   Related party transactions    321
8    Financial information   
   Legal proceedings    294
   Prospective accounting changes    214
9    The Offer and listing   
   Offer and listing details    396
10    Additional information   
   Memorandum and Articles of Association    388
   Exchange controls    401
   Taxation    398
11    Quantitative & Qualitative Disclosures about Risk   
   Risk management - Factors    58
   Risk management - Framework    65
   Risk management - Individual risk types    68
   Risk management - Principal risks and uncertainties    58
   Supervision & Regulation    185
12    Description of Securities other than Equity Securities   
   Not applicable   
13    Defaults, dividend Arrearages & Delinquencies   
   Not applicable   
14    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders & Use of Proceeds   
   Not applicable   
15    Controls & Procedures   
   Evaluation of disclosure controls & procedures    184
   Managements’ report on internal control over financial reporting    184
16A    Audit Committee Financial Expert    176
16B    Code of Ethics    184
16C    Principal Accountant Fees & Services    247
17    Financial Statements   
   Not applicable   
18    Financial Statements & Exhibits   
   Financial Statements    218
 

 

413    


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant, Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c., certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 23 April 2013.

 

  ALLIED IRISH BANKS, p.l.c.
  (Registrant)
By:   PAUL STANLEY
  Name:   Paul Stanley
  Title:   Acting Chief Financial Officer


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit

1.1

  Memorandum & Articles of Association

4.6

  ELG Scheme Guarantee Scheme Agreement – Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20- F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2010; file number 001-10284)

4.7

  ELG Scheme Guarantee Scheme Agreement – AIB Bank (CI) Ltd (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2010; file number 001-10284)

4.8

  ELG Scheme Guarantee Scheme Agreement – AIB Group (UK) plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2010; file number 001-10284)

4.9

  ELG Scheme Guarantee Scheme Agreement – Allied Irish Banks North America Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2010; file number 001-10284)

4.11

  NPRFC Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2011; file number 001-10284)

4.13

  The Placing Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2011; file number 001-10284)

4.14

  Acquisition Agreement dated 26 May 2011 among Allied Irish Banks p.l.c., the Minister for Finance of Ireland and the National Treasury Management Agency and EBS Building Society (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2013; file number 001-10284)

4.15

  Note Purchase Agreement dated 26 July 2011 among Allied Irish Banks p.l.c. and the Minister for Finance of Ireland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2013; file number 001-10284)

4.16

  Relationship Framework dated 29 March 2012 specified by the Minister for Finance in respect of the relationship between the Minister for Finance and Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c.

8.1

  Subsidiaries List

12.1

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

12.2

  Certification of Acting Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.1

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.2

  Certification of Acting Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002